Skip to main content

Full text of "The yellow peril, or, The Orient vs. the Occident as viewed by modern statesmen and ancient prophets"

See other formats


THE 



I 




^/E^ 



By G. G. RUPERT 



CORNELL 

UNIVERSITY 

LIBRARY 




THE 

CHARLES WILLIAM WASON 

COLLECTION ON CHINA 

AND THE CHINESE 



DS 519 R94™" ""'**"'•>' '-'""'T 
^^JS'l?t,SS!S/.,.n The Orient vs. the 




3 1924 023 207 818 




The original of tiiis book is in 
tine Cornell University Library. 

There are no known copyright restrictions in 
the United States on the use of the text. 



http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924023207818 




Yours Truly, G. G. RUPERT 



THE YELLOW PERIL 

or 

Xne Orient vs. The Occident 

as viewed hy 
Modern Statesmen and Ancient Propnets 



BY 

G. G. RUPERT 

Author of The Inspired History of the Nitions, Past and Future ; The 

Bible Atlas : The Two Covenants : Time, Tradition and 

Truth ; and other Books. 



THIRD EDITION 



PUBLISHED BY 

UNION PUBLISHING CO. 

bRitton, okla., u. s. a. 



Entered according to Act of Congress, 1911, 

by 

G. Q. RUPERT 

In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, 

at Washington, D. C. 



INTRODUCTION TO THIRD EDITION. 



LIKE the train travels over the long stretch of country from 
New York to San Francisco, so the onward march of 
time brings to view new scenery in the prophetic field which 
has been long ago pointed out to be seen on the travel of time. 
When the first edition of this book was printed we were soon 
given a glimpse of the Russo-Japanese struggle. That strug- 
gle opened up the future of the eastern world and made it pos- 
sible for the world's attention to be drawn out to see the future 
probabilities. This was presented by me in the Inspired His- 
tory which I had written. The next edition of the subject 
was as presented in the book The Yellow Peril, the world was 
expecting a world's war to begin at any time, and so now it 
has come and passed. That war brought Russia prominently be- 
fore the people. One of the strategic points mentioned in The 
Yellow Peril was the probable opening of the Dardanelles, 
and the Turkish question. That question the war settled. 
That point is no longer a question for discussion. That is 
past. Now the question is the next scene pointed out on our 
world travels is, what is Russia now to do in the carrying 
out of the last point mentioned by the prophet? Namely the 
raising of the largest army the world has ever witnessed as 
the result of her union with the kings of the east as a menace 
to the western world. Is the Bolshevik movement to be the 
forerunner of that final scene pointed out by the prophet when 
that vast army will say, Let us go up to the land of unwalled 
villages to take a prey and to take a spoil, and what nation 
is the wealthy nation which will be the final aim of that army 
to come against? 

5 



6 Introduction to Third Edition. 

Thus far the positions taken are all lined up and each 
prediction has been met. Will the last scene be witnessed? 
We say it will. Therefore we print with more confidence this 
third edition on the subject than we did the two former. The 
last scene is now to be acted before us. Then comes the Son 
of man to take the Kingdom. Therefore the question now 
is, What is the question for our day ? 

The question for the world, boiled down, is the financial 
question. The controversy is over the division of the spoil. 

There is involved in the settlement of that question the race 
question, the religious question, and the question who shall 
rule the world. The financial question involves the wealth of 
the world, now centered in the hands of the few. That is to 
be divided. That division will be won by force. The race 
question is between the colored races of the world and the 
white race. Who will rule the world? Two-thirds of the 
world are colored. The religious question to be settled is be^ 
tween the eastern nations, who are not professed Christian, 
and the western nations, who profess to be Christian. The 
scenery on the travel of time has all been passed except these 
and the things involved at the time of their fulfillment. 

Nations have filled the predictions made of them. The 
signs preceding the coming of Christ are now past. The last 
prophetic period is to be fulfilled when Christ comes. In 
fact, all things predicted, yet unfulfilled, will be met at His 
coming. So the three questions mentioned above are the things 
now to expect from every standpoint of both the world and 
prophecy. To the people of God the work now is to educate 
the remnant people with a knowledge of the story of Israel 
as given in the whole Bible. The remnant are now to be 
searched out and called out of Babylon. In brief, this is the 
story and work for Israel now to be done. So keep your eye 
on these special things now due the world and allow no side 
issue to draw you away from them. The story of Israel in- 
cludes every doctrine, every prophecy, and in fact the whole 



Introduction to Third Edition. 7 

Bible. But the story in its connected form must be the point 
to which all things else belong. All prophecy fits to that story. 
All law and promises fit to that story. 

Salvation is of Israel. All true organization belongs to that 
story; when we lose sight of that story we lose sight of the 
whole Bible. There is no truth which does not belong to that 
story. No doctrine, no prophecy, no faith, no salvation, no 
light but the light of Israel. Keep the mind centered on the 
above central points mentioned from this on. These points 
are the main points. All else fits with them. 

We are happy to say that after the years have past since 
this book first appeared, we can say we see no reason why 
anything should be taken from it. Neither should we add 
anything to it. Time has proven its truthfulness in its predic- 
tions of the future. The world's war ending in 1918, leaves 
the position of the book untarnished. Russia has been "turned 
back" according to the prophecy. She is now "coming forth" 
with her aim of spoil and prey which statesmen and warriors 
look upon as a menace to the world. The Yellow Peril is 
one hundred fold more a probability than it was when we first 
took the position twenty years ago.- It is the question in Cali- 
fornia. 'The statesmen of the world view it with a certainty 
that it will come. We have clippings from the press on the 
question that would fill a volume. 

The capital and labor question is now the question to be 
settled in the near future, as it is represented by the Bol- 
shevik, the Socialist, the Communist, the Anarchist, the I. W. 
W. and the Non-Partisan League, with all their auxiliaries in 
the world. Russia is the hot-bed pointed out by the prophet 
from which the plant was to be first nourished, and for the 
past forty years the plant has been growing in that soil, only 
to be transplanted into all the world. 

Professed Christendom has passed through a horror and 
deluge of bloodshed that ought to have taught her a lesson that 
would have humbled the worst sinner but to no avail. Her crimes 



8 Introduction to Third Edition. 

have increased rather than diminished, till at this writing she has 
filled up the cup of her iniquity and God is calling on his chil- 
dren to come out of her, that they "be not partakers of her 
sins and that ye receive not of her plagues." Such is the 
picture before us now to face. The admonition is, Prepare 
to meet thy God, O Israel. 

It would be well to read the Appendix on page 519 first, 
then read from the beginning. 



■ 1 1 gzg 




CHAPTER I. 



EUROPE, TURKEY AND THE EAST. 

The phrase, "The Yellow Peril," was first introduced into 
public print by Emperor William of Germany in 1895. In 
making a cartoon, representing the dangers likely to arise from 
the nations of the East against the West, the Emperor named 
the picture, "The Yellow Peril." 

This picture was presented to the Czar of Russia. Since 
that time the phrase has become a very common one, and 
well understood as applying to the yellow races of the East. 
The nations thus spoken of are termed, in the Bible, the 
"kings of the East," which would be China, India, Japan 
and Korea. The yellow peril is becoming more apparent 
every year. It needs no argument to the ordinary reader, 
to convince him that this is a question to be settled in the 
near future. As to who will be master of the Pacific Ocean 
is a question to be settled by the United States and Japan, 
joined by the nations of the East. As to who will control 
the Turk, the Dardanelles and the Suez Canal, is a question 
to be settled between Western Europe and Russia, as joined 
by the nations of the Orient. This is the world-wide question. 
This is the Yellow Peril, as understood by statesmen and 
diplomats of the world. 

This is a question foreseen by all the prophetic writers who 
lived thousands of years ago. Therefore in the examination 

9 



10 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

of this subject, we give a two-fold evidence : First, as viewed 
by eminent writers of this age; and second, as viewed by 
the inspired writers of Holy Writ. 

We clip the following from the Muskogee Times-Demo- 
crat, of 1908, as giving a good, general introductory view of 
the war preparations of European nations, and the subject 
under consideration: 

"London, July 31. — Not since the Franco-Prussian war 
of a generation ago has there been so much war talk in Europe 
as is now keeping busy the chancellories of the old world. 

"Austria has started to make strong reinforcements along 
her southern frontier, and Italy has taken fright at this and 
is laying in a heavy stock of new artillery at a cost' of $50,- 
000,000. 

"Germany is moving rapidly to place war on a new basis 
by the use of airships, and the new monster air vessel of 
Count Zeppelin, which the Berlin government intends to pur- 
chase for $50,000, will serve as the basis for an armed aerial 
fleet. 

"France is greatly worried because her plans to subdue 
Morocco are not materializing; she fears the Germans will 
step in shortly, and declare that Paris has had its full chance 
to make good in the land of the Moors, and somebody else 
should be given an opportunity. 

"England has just concluded a series of naval maneuvers, 
using over three hundred warships, directed against Germany, 
and Englishmen are considering the introduction of the con- 
tinental system of conscription for their army. 

"Russia is making faces at Turkey and on the Turkish- 
Russian frontier forces of both nationalities are being mobi- 
lized. The Turks have given large orders for artillery and 
ammunition, and there is a report that the Sultan intends to 
go to war in the Balkans as a means of getting at Russia. 

"The war fever has spread even to the small nationalities. 
In Scandinavia the Swedes are starting to double their naval 



Europe, Turkey and the East. II 

strength, and Norway is considering the erection of fortifica- 
tions in the neutral zone between herself and Sweden, while 
the two little countries are saying nasty things to each other. 

"Holland and Belgium are considering forming a dual de- 
fensive league, to band together their armies to protect both 
from possible German encroachment. 

, "Predictions are being made that there has got to be one 
big blood-letting in Europe, at least, before general peace 
reigns. Such a conflict would involve all the civilized coun- 
tries of the world except the United States, and would be the 
greatest calamity in the history of the world." 

That Europe is aware of the coming danger, there is no 
question. 

Says a London despatch: "Every statesman in Europe is 
afraid of the outlook. There is a fear that Germany, which is 
being driven into a corner by the successful efforts of England 
to isolate her, will turn round suddenly one day and strike 
out with the mailed fist before any one realizes what has been 
done." 

Russia's policy. 

The following article, takfen from The Cosmopolitan, 1903, 
is worthy of the most careful consideration: First, because it 
is so comprehensive and true concerning the policy of Rus- 
sia; and second, because when that policy is carried out, one 
may see clearly the position Russia will then occupy relative 
to the rest of the world. It is the position predicted by Holy 
Writ. 

Now, the writer, viewing from a human standpoint the 
probabilities of Russia's success in the Far East, made his 
predictions. These predictions, so far as the present is con- 
cerned, failed. The effort was made in Manchuria, as pre- 
dicted; but Japan interfered, defeated Russia, and captured 
some of her strongholds in the Far East. Does this change 
Russia's policy? Not by any means. 



12 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Vladivostok, her ocean port in the extreme East, has been 
greatly strengthened since that time. She is double tracking 
her Siberian railroad. Japan and Russia have since entered 
into an alliance and are on better terms than they were before 
the Russo-Japanese war. Do not let the reader imagine for 
a moment this defeat will prevent the final conflict of the world. 
As will be seen later in this study, it is only another step to aid 
in carrying out the policy of Russia. 

We now offer the article from The Cosmopolitan, Decem- 
ber, 1903, "The World's Final Great War," by John Brisben 
Walker: 

"The commanding position which Russia has grasped 
along the frontiers of China, India and Persia seems to leave 
no doubt as to her intentions. We are to have one great 
final war, which promises to be so frightful in its waste 
of human life and so costly in its expenditure of treasure, that 
it will be a lasting horror; and it must settle the question of 
the world's civilization. Napoleon predicted that in one hun- 
dred years the world would be either Cossack or republican. 
Busy with home affairs, neither governments nor peoples seem 
to understand how threatening is the Cossack rule — even to 
America itself. 

"Russia has today one hundred and twenty-nine millions 
of population. Persistently, carrying out a plan conceived 
more than forty years ago, she has quietly occupied every 
position in Asia which would eventually enable her to annex 
the four hundred millions of China; then the two hundred 
and eighty millions of India, and finally the eight millions of 
Persia. 

"Year after year Russian army posts have been advanced, 
reenforced and built into large commands ; until today Russia 
is ready to attack, not China alone, but along her entire fron- 
tier line in Asia. In the event of war, only the most supreme 
exertions by England, France, Austria and Italy, reenforced 
by the United States, can stop the Cossack advance. 



Europe, Turkey and the East. 13 

"The fact that, for her own purposes, Germany has en- 
tered into compact to act with Russia, makes the situation one 
of the utmost difficulty — of the most extreme danger. For 
once, the German Emperor seems to be short-sighted. What- 
ever part of China may be conceded to him temporarily, 
eventually he must find himself opposed to Russia as certainly 
as England and Japan are today. [Italics ours.] 

"Does any one doubt Russia's plans? Never was policy 
more clearly written. There can be no question about it, and 
if our attention were not ^o absorbed in home affairs, the 
American public would quickly understand it. During two 
years spent in Peking and northern China, in military affairs, 
the writer became convinced that no obstacle would be likely 
to exist to the extension of Russian dominion toward the 
East, unless China herself should be built up into a strong 
military power. The building of the Trans-Siberian Railway 
and the occupation of Manchuria would be thfe first steps. It 
was not anticipated at that time that the plan of campaign 
would be so far-reaching as to bring Russia simultaneously into 
China, India and Persia. 

"There can be no question that entrance into Manchuria 
was part of the long-preconceived plan. Very likely the Boxer 
troubles were stirred up with a view to giving excuse for this 
entry, and distracting the attention of the world. Having 
entered, Russia had no intention of leaving. The pretense 
of evacuation was only because at the time she was not ready 
to begin battle. Other nations, and especially the United 
States, have been blind to what this movement really meant. 

"It is now no longer necessary that additional Russians 
should be brought in to capture China. The Manchurians and 
Mongols furnish splendid fighting material, at least so far as 
private soldiers go. They can subsist on a little rice, make 
long marches, sleep in the open, obey orders and quickly learn 
to handle fire-arms with precision. They can be subsisted and 
kept satisfied with a total expenditure of not above six or 



14 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

eight dollars a month, as against from five to eight times that 
cost for the American soldier ; and the Russians have the offi- 
cers ready to put over them. 

"Russia is now established along the frontiers, its forts 
built, and its navies in the Eastern harbors of Asia. Many 
officers have arrived, and vast quantities of stores and arms 
have been shipped in. More than one hundred and fifty thou- 
sand Russian troops are either on the ground or within call, 
as the nucleus of an army of occupation. It would require 
but a short time to drill natives in order to put half a million 
men in the field, sweep down on Peking and over nofthern 
China. 

"Let the civilized world stop its pleasures and its business 
long enough to consider this spectacle and ask, whence will 
the force be brought to combat the Russian forces in China? 
But let Russia annex four hundred millions of Chinese sub- 
jects and with this low-priced labor build armaments: then 
India and Persia are certain to fall. 

"America feels confident in her strength, and added to 
England and France, we imagine that we might conquer the 
world. But where would these three nations stand if Russia 
had at command two-thirds of the world's population? Does 
she need money to conduct her campaigns? By weight of 
numbers she would move down and capture it. 

"If Russia should be permitted to retain her position in 
Manchuria, the Cossack will presently hold the world by brute 
force. I am opposed to war. I do not believe in war. I 
hope there will never be another war. But if there can be a 
just war, it is called for now. Either America and southern 
Europe must fight Russia ait this time, or concede to her all 
of Asia. 

"Vain as the United States is of her strength, she will find 
occasion in the near future to regret present indifference. 
Manchuria is but the stepping-stone to China. China captured, 
the balance of power is determined. 



Europe, Turkey and the East. 15 

"The hundred years covered by Napoleon's prediction has 
a decade still to run — a decade in which to determine whether 
the world is to be Cossack or republican. 

"The people of the United States have been so intent upon 
their own little corner of the 'world, that they have failed to 
reflect on what a Cossack world would mean. But this Man- 
churian question is a matter of such tremendous importance 
that it demands thoughtful determination. Russia is doing 
her work so quietly, so diplomatically, and with such deceptive 
professions of good faith, that we stand like children review- 
ing events without comprehension of what they mean, or of 
the influence at work upon our own destiny." 

The above article shows how clearly men of the world 
view the present situation regarding the policy of nations and 
future probabilities of war. We would now impress the reader 
with this thought: The yellow peril, in the main, is not the 
danger to the Far East ; but it is the danger that arises to the 
West, from the yellow races of the East. This being the 
case, the double tracking of the Siberian railroad, the victories 
of Japan, and the general awakening of China, with the alli- 
ance between Russia and Japan, only increase the danger of 
the yellow peril. 

A GENERAL AWAKENING IN THE FAR EAST. 

We take the following from the Review and Herald, under 
head of "China's Awakening," by G. B. Thompson: 

"An ancient seer, looking down through the centuries to 
the time when 'the day of the Lord is near,' and the nations 
are preparing for slaiughtpr, exclaimed, 'Let the heathen bfe 
awakened.' Joel 3:12. This suggests that in the days when 
the final chapters in the history of the world are being written, 
and the drama of sin finished, there would be an awaken- 
ing among the nations known as 'heathen.' 

"For centuries these great heathen Gibraltars have lain 
almost dormant. The twelfth century after Christ looked back 



i6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

upon the twentieth century before Christ, and scarcely a ripple 
was seen upon the surface that indicated a breaking away from 
medieval habits and customs. More than half the world 
seemed hopelessly chained in the shackles of ignorance and 
superstition for all time. 

"But a change has suddenly come. The light of the pres- 
ent civilization is piercing the gloom of the ages, and the mil- 
lions are waking up. In the Chicago Tribune of October 3, 
1909, Mr. Frank C. Carpenter, writing from Peking, gives a 
most interesting account of China's awakening, from which I 
take the following: 

" 'I write of the greatest intellectual movement of all time. 
This nation of four hundred million is starting to school, and 
thousands of teachers are already at work, beginning to in- 
struct, it along the lines of our civilization. The movement 
was started only four years ago by the great empress dowager 
at the advice of Yuan Shih Kai, Chang Chi Tung, and other 
progressive statesmen. By an imperial edict the old system of 
examinations under which China has been working for cen- 
turies was wiped off the slate, and the new education was 
begun. 

" 'Now there are colleges in every provincial capital, and 
modern schools in the four thousand walled cities. A gov- 
ernment department of education has been instituted, and over 
it is one of the great imperial boards. In the new constitution 
which was issued last year a system of common schools was 
provided, and compulsory education at the earliest possible 
moment. By that constitution China will have its parliament 
within eight years from now, and the work of training the peo- 
ple for self-government is to go on by fixed steps from year 
to year. 

" 'The lines of the development of the new education have 
been carefully laid out. The composition of text-books began 
in 1908, and a large number of these will be published this 
year. In 19 10 schools for easy learning will be further ex- 



Europe, Turkey and the East. ly 

tended over the empire, and by 1912 they will be in all the vil- 
lages and market towns. The work will go steadily on, and 
in 1916 one Chinese in every twenty will be able to read and 
write, and will have received some education in our modem 
civilization. 

'"Scholars Will Make an Army. — One in twenty! Five 
per cent. ! It seems small, but it bulks large. Five per cent, 
of these people means twenty million, and this will be the edu- 
cational army with which China will start on its career under 
the new constitution. 

" 'At present not one in a hundred Chinese can read the 
simplest characters of his language, and it is safe to say that 
not more than one in five hundred has an education along the 
old lines so advanced as that of our grammar schools. All 
this is to be changed, and by the next generation it is safe to 
say that the majority of the people will all have gone to school. 

" 'I came here from Japan. It is now thirty years since 
that country began a constitutional movement like this which 
is now being inaugurated here. I doubt whether education 
was more advanced there at that time than in China now. To- 
day every boy and girl in the Japanese empire is receiving 
more or less education, and more than one-tenth of the whole 
nation is going to school. No one who has not seen the edu- 
cational awakening of the land of the mikado can appreciate 
what such movements mean. Here in China they will be mul- 
tiplied many fold by the character of the race and its vast pop- 
ulation.' " 

Fully one-half the population of the globe live in India, 
Japan, China and Korea. Add to this one hundred and forty- 
nine millions in Russia and one hundred and seventy millions 
in Africa and Arabia; then those of Turkey and Persia, and 
you have a total of about eleven hundred millions. These are 
the people of the yellow peril. This is what statesmen of 
Western Europe say is the peril that threatens them. The 
Turk holds the key to the situation. 



i8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Russia has ever felt the need of an ocean outlet, in order 
to carry out her policy. Her outlet from the Black Sea is 
controlled by Turkey. Her outlet from the Baltic Sea is 
blockaded much of the time with ice. That is also true of 
Vladivostok, her port in the Far East. Her fixed policy for 
many years has been to control Turkey. But Western Europe 
knows that this must not be. That would give Russia the con- 
trol, or at least an entrance to the Mediterranean Sea. Thus 
Turkey has been the keystone in the arch of peace between the 
East and the West for long years. Napoleon saw the situa- 
tion in his day. 

RISE OF THE OTTOMAN EMPIRE. 

We take the following from the Review and Herald, writ- 
ten by P. T. Magan : 

"The rise of the Turks was romantic and phenomenal. 
'When it is recalled that at the beginning of the thirteenth 
century the Osmanli Turks were pastoral tribes living in tents 
and movable huts in Central Asia, slightly fixed to the soil, 
holding the camp rather than the land as native country, and 
recognizing allegiance only to powerful chiefs ; that at the be- 
ginning of the fourteenth century they had migrated into Asia 
Minor, and had become somewhat fixed to a small tract of land 
in Anatolia ; at the beginning of the fifteenth century they had 
acquired vast possessions in Anatolia and Rumelia, Bulgaria, 
Ragusa, Servia, and Wallachia in Europe ; at the beginning of 
the sixteenth century they had added Trebizond, Karaman, and 
Armenia in Asia, and Greece (including Constantinople), Bos- 
nia, Herzegovina, Albania, and the Crimea in Europe; and by 
the middle of that century Tunis, Egypt, Algiers, and Tripoli 
in Africa, Kurdistan, Arabia, Syria, -and Bagdad in Asia, and 
Moldavia, Hungary, and Transylvania in Europe, — ^when sig- 
nificant facts like these are recalled, it is obvious that the rise 
of the Ottoman Turks was no common or unimportant event 
in the history of mankind. See 'Turkey and the Turks,' by 
Munroe, page 13. 



Europe, Turkey and the East. 19 

"The Osmanli, or Ottoman Turks, have ever been regarded 
by the Western nations as interlopers in Europe. While the 
great powers of Europe are of Teutonic and Slavic extrac- 
tion, the Osmanli Turks are of Mongolian stock. They orig- 
inated in the plains of Sungaria near the desert of Gobi. 
'These were one of two great races which alternately filled 
the role of the scourges of God.' 

" 'The thirteenth century had half run its course when Kay- 
kubad, the Seljuk sultan of Iconium, was one day hard beset 
near Angora by a Mongol army. The enemy was rapidly 
gaining the mastery, when suddenly the fortune of the day was 
reversed. A small body of unknown horsemen charged upon 
the foe, and victory declared for the Seljuk. The cavaliers 
who had thus opportunely come to the rescue knew not whom 
they had assisted, nor did the Seljuks recognize their allies. 
The meeting was one of those remarkable accidents which 
sometimes shape the future of nations. Ertoghrul, son of Su- 
leyman, . . . was journeying from the Euphrates banks, 
where he had halted awhile, to the more peaceful seclusion of 
Anatolia, when he unexpectedly came upon the battlefield of 
Angora. With the nomad's love of scrimmage, and the war- 
rior's sympathy for the weaker side, he led his four hundred 
riders pell-mell into the fray, and won the day. He little 
thought that by his impulsive and chivalrous act he had taken 
the first step toward founding an empire that was destined to 
endure in undiminished glory for three centuries, and which 
even now, when more than six hundred years have elapsed, 
and many a fair province has been wrested or inveigled out of 
its grasp, still stands lord over wide lands, and holds the alle- 
giance of many peoples, of divers races and tongues. From 
Ertoghrul to the reigning sultan of Turkey, thirty-five [now 
thirty-six] princes in the male line have ruled the Ottoman 
empire without a break in the succession. There is no such 
example of continuous authority of a single family in the his- 
tory of Europe.' — 'Turkey,' Lane- Poole, pages 8, 9. Such was 



20 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the romantic and humble birth of the Turkish power of today. 

"At Sugut in 1258 there was born Othman, the son of 
Ertoghrul. He was the first ruler of the Hne who ventured 
to assert his absolute independence. His descendants took the 
name of Othmanlis, or, as we call them, Ottomans. This 
man was destined not only to give his name to the Ottomans, 
but he became the great conquering hero of the race. The 
Turks hold that they are descended from Japheth, the son of 
Noah. He was the father of three sons. The Turks teach 
that to his firstborn, Aboul-Turk, he gave the sovereignty of 
Turkestan. 

"Again: the Turks profess the religion of Mohammed. 
The creed of that faith is generally compressed into the well- 
known formula: 'There is no god but God, and Mohammed 
is his prophet.' But there is another and longer form, which 
reads as follows: 

" 'I believe in God, and his angels, and his books, and his 
prophets, and the last day, and the predestination of good and 
evil by God, and the resurrection after death. I bear witness 
that there is no God but God, and I bear witness that Mo- 
hammed is his slave and his prophet.' (Cited by Sir Charles 
Eliot, 'Turkey and the Turks,' chap. 6, par. 3.)" 

In 1453 A. D. the Turk became the possessor of Constanti- 
nople; sixty- four years later (a. d. 15 17), the "glorious land" 
and Egypt and Northern Africa became territory of the Sul- 
tan's. The present population of Turkey is reduced to twenty 
millions. The religion is Mohammedan. There is no union 
between the Turk and the Christian. 

The character of the Turk is well known by the manner of 
his treatment of the Armenian Christians. For centuries he 
was the scourge of the Greek Catholic Church in the East. 
Had it not been for the position Turkey occupies between the 
East and the West, it would have ceased to be a nation long 
ago. Russia hds not dared to use her full force in overcoming 
her, for she knew that meant war with the nations of the West. 



Europe, Turkey and the East. 21 

England and Western Europe were able to conquer Constan- 
tinople, and would have done so long ago, but they knew that 
meant war with Russia. Thus the matter stands and is well 
understood by the nations of the world. The world knows 
that question is to be settled and that it cannot be long de- 
layed; hence every possible preparation for it is being made 
by the nations. 

No imagination of man can tell as to the outcome ; but the 
Word of God is absolute, and tells plainly what the future 
will be. 

While this preparation is going on, while statesmen of the 
world and critical Bible students see the certainty of the 
deluge of blood that is to come in the near future, there are 
those of the visionary class who imagine they see, in the near 
future, a reign of peace and a world's conversion. The fol- 
lowing quotation upon that point is significant : 

"Universal Disarmament. — While the British government 
was giving a banquet to the peace-congress delegates on 
July 31, the British prime minister, Mr. Asquith, took occa- 
sion to express his opinion in reference to universal disarma- 
ment. He cordially welcomed the delegates, and approved 
their ideals, but declared that he 'could not indulge in the 
hope that the youngest person now alive would witness the 
advent of the day of universal disarmament.' He was not im- 
pressed with the idea that the completeness of the preparations 
for war would serve to prevent nations from declaring war 
upon each other. He stated that the principal nations were 
now spending two and one-half billion dollars annually for 
war preparations, and that they did not purchase these things 
'for ornament. They were intended for use, and some day 
they would be let loose upon the world.' The British secretary 
of war stated, at the same banquet, that 'these were not the 
days when any nation could prudently lessen its national de- 
fenses.' These men, who are constantly in touch with the 
feelings and purposes of nations, are better able to speak with 



22 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

certainty concerning the prospects for universal peace than are 
those who are giving the cry of peace and safety, which is, in 
itself, a sign of the perils of the last days." 

In order that we may not be deemed fanatical on this ques- 
tion we quote from the Church Standard, as follows : 

"Men talk of 'the Yellow Peril.' They do not seem to see 
that it is through Russia, and through Russia only, that the 
yellow races might become a peril to the world at large. Give 
Russia control in China, and without spending one ruble of 
Russian money it might have at its command an additional 
army of a million men thoroughly drilled in all the arts of 
war and officered by Russians or other Europeans. With such 
a force in hand, Russia, half-civilized, half-savage Russia, with 
its ingrained despotism and hatred of the very name of lib- 
erty, would speedily be seen in her true colors as the enemy 
of the human race, commanding the obedience of mankind, 
with Vae Victis on its banners. That is the true 'Yellow 
Peril'." 

We believe sufficient has been said to place the European 
question pertaining to the yellow peril before the reader, viz. : 
The possession of the Turkish territory by Russia and the na- 
tions of the East ; thus preparing the way for the subjugation 
of the nations of the West to those powers. This is the yel- 
low peril of the East, as viewed by statesmen and diplomats 
of the world. 



a, 

< 



Cu 


z 


^ 5 




K 


-- •< 


< 


S 




$ 





«1 






CO 



i?V3 3H1 JO SSHIV 3Hi 











CHAPTER II. 

AMERICA, THE PACIFIC AND THE EAST. 

Crossing the Atlantic to the United States and the Pacific 
the yellow peril means, Who shall control the Pacific? Shall 
it be Japan aided by "the kings of the East," or shall it be 
the United States? Nothing but war between Japan and the 
United States will ever determine that question. 

Now that this question is also seen by men of the world 
as a question to be settled in the near future, we offer some 
statements upon this point: 

"Forecasting War. — The following quotations, one from 
the San Francisco Argonaut and the other from the governor's 
speech of welcome to the men of Admiral Evans' fleet at San 
Diego, shows the sentiments which are running in many Amer- 
ican minds regarding the propriety of sending battleship fleets 
to the Pacific. The Argonaut said: 'Somebody is going to 
dominate this great ocean. If the United States doesn't do it 
— if she foolishly throws away her chance — then Japan will 
do it. The course of a sound statesmanship, now that we 
have a vastly overmastering force in the Pacific, is to maintain 
that status. It can be done easily and naturally, without excit- 
ing suspicion or resentment.' 

"The governor said: 'Upon this broad and calm ocean in 
the future will be waged the greatest war of commerce between 

25 



26 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the great powers of the world. Here is where nations will 
strive for supremacy, and here is where will be fought the 
greatest naval battles of the world. 

" 'The Pacific O.cean cannot always remain a peaceful 
ocean. In the contests to come our country will play the most 
important part because its interests will be the greatest; and 
when that time shall come, we must be ready for it; if we 
maintain the mastery of this great ocean, we must have the 
means to do it with. Here in the future, no doubt, will clash 
the great navies of the world, and upon these waters will the 
great naval conflicts be carried on.' 

"Wars are carried on or kept in abeyance today at the 
dictates of commercialism, and the commercial advantages of 
being able to dominate trade in the Pacific Ocean are consid- 
ered worth fighting for by the great powers, no doubt. It can 
be depended on that the question of commercial supremacy in 
the Pacific will not be settled among the nations by the prin- 
ciples of the Golden Rule." 

"Berlin, 1905. — 'The United States and not Russia is the 
real enemy of Japan,' says Professor Tomizu, the famous 
Japanese economist, in an article published in Thursday's 
Post. The article, which was originally written for a Tokio 
paper, and claims to express the opinion of the most cultured 
set in the capital of the mikado, will undoubtedly cause a sen- 
sation and reversion of the feeling toward Japan in the United 
States. 

"Professor Tomizu points to the enormous production of 
all kinds of manufacturing in America, which makes it neces- 
sary for that country to seek new markets in all parts of the 
world, but especially in the Orient, and warns his countrymen 
to prepare for the gigantic struggle with America over the 
supremacy in the Pacific, which, he says, is inevitable. The, 
struggle may break out at almost any moment, he says, but 
will surely begin as soon as the Panama Canal shall have been 
finished. 



America, the Pacific and the East. 27 

"When that great undertaking shall have been gompleted, 
he says, a conflict between the two youngest world powers, 
Japan and America, must come, a struggle of such enormous 
proportions that the present war with Russia will seem as mere 
child's play in comparison. Japan should therefore, it is rea- 
soned, not impose too heavy peace conditions upon Russia, 
but rather endeavor to win the czar's friendship with a view 
of a future Russo-Japanese alliance." 

In the Daily Oklahoman of February 25, 191 1, six years 
later. Dr. Tomizu is quoted in a Pekin dispatch as follows : 

"Conquer the World. — Dr. Tomizu ridicules the idea of 
peaceful expansion by means of emigration, pointing out that 
no country would contemplate with equanimity the influx of a 
large number of Japanese laborers. Great Britain herself is 
content to remain an ally of Japan only so long as Japan ex- 
pands to the north; should Japan reduce her land forces, ex- 
pand her navy and try to invade the south Great Britain would 
speedily change her attitude. The same remark holds good 
of the other powers, such as France, Germany and America; 
while even Russia would have no special reason for favoring 
such a movement. 

" 'In my view,' concludes Dr. Tomizu, 'the Japanese Em- 
pire must expand in every direction as far as it can. It is in- 
dispensable to the national existence of every country to 
expand at every point, utilizing every opportunity of doing so. 
Russian expansion, for instance, followed the line of least 
resistance, only to come across stronger neighbors with supe- 
rior momentum. Russia does not seem to think of expanding 
on the German frontier, but she is striving to make herself 
great and strong in the East before she can push her way 
into the West with irresistible force. We ought to follow 
this policy. 

" 'It is not necessary to be bound by the policy of "not 
expanding to the north." March forth, I say, north and south, 
as well as east and west, if opportunity should be favorable 



28 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

for making our country's name glorious in the world. It is 
said Russia is aiming at the conquest of the entire world, 
following out the last instructions of Peter the Great. I do 
not know whether this story is true or not, but it is a suitable 
motto for Japan to adopt. We ought to aim, in place of Rus- 
sia, at becoming masters of the Far East.' " 

Another writer says : 

"Japanese competition has nearly driven the American flag 
off the Pacific ocean. Japan is developing her commercial 
marine even more rapidly than she is increasing her navy. 
She is establishing new steamship lines to the South American 
west coast. Why is Japan doiiig this? 

"Because upon the completion of the Panama Canal, Ja- 
pan's shipping expects to rapidly dominate the Atlantic, as it 
already has the Pacific. The cheapness of Japanese labor in 
the construction, maintenance and operation of her ships in- 
volves the most serious competition the western world has 
yet faced. The future will show the gravity of the mistake 
committed by the United States in opening the Panama Canal 
freely to the commerce of the world. The future will also 
show the mistake made by the present administration's 'under- 
standing' or alliance with Japan. The future will show that the 
American people are spending untold millions upon the canal 
simply that the new waterway may be exploited for Japanese 
commerce. 

"This phase of the subject is here brought to the attention 
of the American people for the first time. But they will feel 
the truth of this warning more and more as the years go on. 
Unless a different policy prevails, what little is now left of 
America's commercial marine, on either ocean, is foredoomed 
to extinction. The Panama Canal, open to all, will chiefly 
benefit Japan, but Uncle Sam pays for it all." 

A press dispatch of November 18, 1910, gives the follow- 
ing report : 

"St. Louis, Nov. i8. — Plans of Samuel Gompers to de- 
mand the exclusion of all Japanese from the United States — 



America, the Pacific and the East. 29 

in fact, all Asiatics — was expected to be one of the principal 
topics of discussion at the convention of the American Federa- 
tion of Labor today. President Gompers advocated this in a 
speech at a banquet to convention delegates. 

"Gompers declared he would stand aside for no man in 
his desire for the brotherhood of man, but that the invasion 
of Asiatics was a menace to American standards of life and 
must be combatted if the white race hoped to maintain suprem- 
acy on the continent. 

"The speech was received with thunderous cheers." 

Nothing could be more pointed and plain than the fore- 
going statements. The United States and Japan stand, today, 
just as Russia and Japan stood before the Russo-Japanese war. 
There is just as much of a question to be settled as there was 
then. Friction between Japan and Russia existed some time 
before that war. There is friction now between the United 
States and Japan, as the following will show: 

"The Japanese Situation. — The extraordinary degree of 
warmth displayed by President Roosevelt in regard to the 
anti- Japanese legislation pending in the California Legislature 
would seem to indicate that the situation is much more acute 
than has been permitted hitherto to appear on the surface. 
That the relations between this country and Japan were peril- 
ously close to the breaking point last year (1908), when these 
questions first arose, was clearly manifested by the utterances 
of the Japanese press, and, in fact, the consensus of opinion in 
diplomatic circles in Europe argued that a clash was inevitable 
in the near future. This opinion must have been based on 
facts which have not appeared in print and concerning which 
the Japanese would be likely to speak more frankly to out- 
siders than to the American public. At all events, President 
Roosevelt's strenuous efforts to put a stop to the proposed 
legislation by the State of California are sufficiently ominous 
alone to warn the authorities of that State that they are tread- 
ing on dangerous ground. 



30 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

"It is almost unsupposable that this country should be 
plunged into a great war on account of such an insignificant 
matter as the private, selfish interests of a few scores of Cal- 
ifornia raisin growers, for that is really the bottom of the 
trouble ; a few shrewd Japanese have gained a monopoly of the 
business in the San Joaquin valley. It is all the more exas- 
perating to think that we might be driven to war for such a 
trivial cause with a nation that is sincerely friendly to us. 
And patience with such a situation reaches its limits when we 
consider how terrible consequences of such a war would be. 
By reason of their half-savage traditions and instincts the 
Japanese are perhaps the most warlike nation on earth at this 
time. And by reason of their recent war with Russia they 
are undoubtedly better prepared and more thoroughly trained 
than any nation for such a conflict. Their easy victories over 
the Russians may not argue much, but their conspicuous gal- 
lantry on the field of battle and daring exploits in their naval 
operations at Port Arthur go far to prove that they are nat- 
ural-born fighters. Moreover, their thorough organization and 
marvelous preparedness for every emergency argue a genius 
for war which, added to their natural instincts of reckless 
bravery, makes them most formidable antagonists. While 
Japan is poor and her statesmen are struggling with problems 
of an empty treasury, the Japanese people are patriotic to the 
highest degree and would cheerfully melt their last silver tea- 
pot to contribute to the success of their arms. Besides, it must 
be remembered that national poverty doesn't count for so much 
in a naval warfare such as theirs would be with us, especially 
where their armies and navy could forage on our possessions. 
In the first place, it costs very little more to maintain a navy 
in war than in peace; and in the next place, the Japanese 
would seize Hawaii, Guam and the Philippines very soon after 
the outbreak of hostilities. An American army officer in a 
carefully prepared article in the American Review of Reviews 
last year made an extremely plausible showing to support his 



America, the Pacific and the East. 31 

contention that within three weeks after war began Japan 
could land an army of 250,000 men in California and hold the 
entire Pacific slope for two years or more, until we could 
organize and lick an army into shape to dislodge them. He 
admitted that we could whip them in the long run, but in the 
meantime we should suffer great losses and unspeakable hu- 
miliations. For one thing, war with Japan would amount to 
a sentence of death or captivity upon all our gallant soldiers 
and sailors in the Pacific waters and in our foreign posses- 
sions. That fact alone should give us cause, not for pusil- 
lanimous retreat from any rightful position, but at least for 
refraining from unjust and gratuitous discriminations against 
the few inoffensive Japanese who are living clearly within 
their rights in California." 

Later in this book it will be seen that this conflict was 
pointed out plainly, in the prophetic Word, nearly twenty- 
seven hundred years ago. 

Mr. Hobson, who gained such fame by the sinking of the 
Merrimac, in the Spanish-American war, has been very solici- 
tous over a war between the United States and Japan. He 
has lectured extensively on the question. The following are 
some of his statements as gleaned from the press : 

"The Captain Says Uncle Saum and Mikado Will Clash. — 
America is going to have war with Japan. There's danger 
the United States will get licked and licked hard. 

"Captain Richmond Pearson Hobson says so. He has in- 
vestigated. Also he made a big speech in Congress to help 
President Roosevelt win that big navy, which he didn't; and 
then, too, Hobson wrote some 'steen thousand letters and mag- 
azine articles and made some thousand speeches sounding the 
alarm. 

"Monday evening he told an audience at the Woodland 
Avenue Presbyterian Church that war with the Japs is bound 
to come, that this country is honeycombed with 85,000 Jap 
spies, and that the entire Pacific coast is at the Japs' mercy. 



32 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

"Capt. R. P. Hobson Sees It For the World.— 'Hkw York, 
March 12. — Much is being written about the so-called "yellow 
peril." The thought originated in Russian sources, is being 
widely spread that victorious Japan might some day marshal 
the myriads of China and overrun the world. 

"From this point of view Russia is pictured as the bul- 
wark to protect Western civilization from this danger. 

"The fact is lost sight of that Japan is an island empire 
and can be cut off from China by the simple loss of control 
of the sea. Sea power being largely a question of resources 
it is absurd to think that Japan could stand out against the 
whole powers. 

"The so-called yellow peril is conjured up by military pow- 
ers, notably Germany, France and now Italy, seeking to jus- 
tify their action in siding with Russia. If the inner truth 
were known it would evolve that Russia claiming to control 
the fate of China, has made overtures fo the military powers 
of foreign inducements in a proposed division of China. 

"Such an overture succeeded in 1895, when the military 
powers backed Russia to set aside the treaty of Shimonsekit 
by which action Japan was despoiled and Russia fell heir to 
the rewards of Japanese victory over China. 

"Soon Germany, upon a pretext of the murder of a mis- 
sionary, seized Kiau-Chau and established a German colony 
on the Shantung peninsula. 

"Italy attempted to seize a Chinese port, but seemed to 
lose courage and hesitated when China opposed her activities 
in Indo-China, but without great results. 

"The first understanding of the military powers resulted 
chiefly in a Russian advance until she gained Manchuria, with 
20,000,000 of Tartar-Chinese population. 

"The military powers should take warning. The present 
understanding that Russia appears to be bringing about to foil 
Japan would doubtless end principally in Russian advance into 
China. 



America, the Pacific and the East. 33 

"Russia has a wonderful assimilating power. Having ab- 
sorbed the tribes of central and northern Asia, and moulded 
them into Russian legions to carry forward the Russian ad- 
vance, it does not require a prophet to see a day when with 
Russo-Chinese armies, Russia would drive the Germans, the 
French, Italians and other Europeans into the seas and the 
distant mother countries would be powerless to prevent Rus- 
sia, then in control of 400,000,000 Chinese. 
' "She would organize armies to overrun the world. This 
is the true 'yellow peril'." \ 

War between the nations will come, and it seems most 
probable that the next war will be between the United States 
and Japan. We take the following from the Signs of the 
Times, volume of 1908 : 

"The Next Great Naval Battle. — It was frequently voiced 
in speeches made during the last session of Congress that the 
next great naval battle will be fought in the Pacific Ocean. It 
was stated in these discussions that history shows that when- 
ever two races have come together, one has yielded ready 
servitude to the other, or else there has been a prolonged clash 
at arms. Modern means of travel have brought the yellow, 
races of the East in contact with the white races of the West, 
and war cannot ultimately be averted. 

"Sir James E. Erskine, an admiral of the British fleet, who 
recently visited San Francisco, has also expressed his convic- 
tion that the next naval battle of any consequence will be in 
the Pacific. He also gives it as his opinion that the warships 
of the 'Dreadnaught' class will be very greatly increased in 
size. Both German and French officials have recently ex- 
pressed very similar opinions. 

"It is usually the case when men think that certain things 

are bound to come, that they do not put forth the proper 

resistance to prevent them, and even will do things to help 

their prophecies to come true. But however these things may 

be, we know from the prophetic word that the great war of 
3 



34 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Armageddon is rapidly drawing near. The prospects for the 
future are for war and not for peace." 

What did the Russo-Japanese war demonstrate to the 
world? First, it revealed the bravery, skill and endurance in 
war possessed by the Eastern races; second, it resulted in 
an understanding and an alliance between Russia and Japan; 
third, it caused a general awakening in China ; fourth, the dou- 
ble tracking of the Siberian railroad ; fifth, the great enlarge- 
ment of the Japanese navy ; sixth, a new order of things in the 
Orient. 

"'The New East.'— [JnAtr this title The Outlook (New 
York) prints an editorial which is suggestive of new ele- 
ments which are entering into the Far Eastern question. It 
will certainly stimulate serious thinking on the part of those 
who are considering these nations and their immediate future 
from the prophetic standpoint. We copy the following para- 
graphs : 

" 'Without being able to define the changes which it will 
bring to the modern world, it is quite evident that the impres- 
sion prevails throughout Europe that the war between Japan 
and Russia is almost certain to be epoch-making in its results. 
A significant change has already come over the discussion of 
the Far Eastern situation by the English and Continental 
press. For many decades Europe has thought of the East as 
a territory to be opened up and exploited by the West. It 
has been taken for granted that the wish and power of the 
East might be left out of the account; they were not factors 
that needed to be dealt with. The only factors in the situation 
to be considered by statesmen and diplomatists were the feel- 
ings and attitude of the great powers toward one another in 
the acquisition either of influence or of territory. It has ap- 
parently not occurred to the directors of the great forces of 
Europe for many decades past that India, China, Japan, Per- 
sia, Afghanistan, or Burma had any rights which a Western 
nation was bound to respect. Certain duties almost every 



America, the Pacific and the East. 35 

Western nation recognized. The English have felt the neces- 
sity of giving India and Egypt capable, effective, and honest 
administration, not because Egypt or India had a right to such 
government, but because the English conscience demanded it. 
Wherever Russia has gone in the East, she has given pre- 
cisely the kind of government which she thought best adapted 
for the people. Being herself semi-Oriental, she has been a 
kind of middle term between the East and the West, mediating 
in a certain sense between two radically different tempera- 
ments, and using either Eastern or Western methods as best 
suited her purposes; but it is doubtful whether it has ever 
occurred to any Russian statesman that China, Japan, or 
Afghanistan had any rights which Russia was bound to re- 
spect. Even at this moment, when a new idea in regard to 
the future condition of things in the East has begun to define 
itself in the minds of the Western world, newspaper discus- 
sion in England and on the Continent still concerns itself with 
the question of the readjustment of relations between the great 
powers; the prime problem bein^, apparently, not what will 
the East do or think or be, but how will Russia, Germany, and 
England stand related to one another in the inevitable changes 
which are already taking place. 

" 'It is too early, and it would be extremely hazardous, 
to venture any prediction as to the final results of the war; 
but if, as seems probable, Japan is to emerge from the strug- 
gle with greatly added prestige, is to keep Korea from falling 
into the hands of Russia, and to preserve in consequence the 
integrity of China, it is quite clear that new forces have en- 
tered in the field of world-politics, and that new powers must 
be reckoned with. Pitt is reported to have said, when the 
return of Napoleon from Elba was reported to him, "You may 
roll up the map of Europe ;" it is quite certain that the present 
map of the East will, in the coming few years, receive very 
important modifications. The great powers will no longer be 
able to deal with the East as a passive body ; they must reckon 



2,6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

with it as they reckon with one another. This does not mean 
that China is to be at once an aggressive power, that India 
is to expel the English, that Tonquin is to rid itself of the 
French; but it does mean that the East is fast coming to a 
consciousness of a certain unity of interest between the dif- 
ferent great sections of the Orient, and to a dim perception 
of its power, if that power can be trained and organized. In 
Japan, the protagonist in the present act of the great drama, 
the East has found an executive nation; the one people, so 
far, in the Orient who are able not only to think, but to act 
— ^not only to feel, but to do. Japan is today one of the most 
thoroughly and highly organized countries in the world; it is 
doubtful whether there is in any other country such unanimity 
of opinion, such passionate devotion to the ruler, such eager- 
ness to die for the sake of the country. Every particle of 
power, every kind of resource which Japan contains, is at the 
hand of the government, ready for use in a struggle which 
the Japanese believe to be a life-and-death fight for their inde- 
pendence. Dut of this war Japan is likely to emerge as a 
power of at least the second order, sufficiently strong to com- 
mand respect and to compel considerate dealing on the part of 
other powers. That under her leadership China may be reor- 
ganized, and become a new force in the world, is highly prob- 
able.' " 

THE AWAKENING OF CHINA. 

Says the prophet, "Let the heathen be awakened and let 
them come up to the valley of Jehosaphat." The following 
quotations will show how literally this is being fulfilled : 

"A writer in Harper's Weekly is impressed by the unmis- 
takable signs of a great awakening in China, as evidence of 
which he cites the following: 

" 'One of these signs is the repurchase from American cit- 
izens of the franchise for building a railway from Canton 
to Hankow. Another is the fact that of late scores of thou- 
sands of Chinese soldiers have been organized, trained, and 



America, the Pacific and the East. 37 

officered by Chinese educated in Japan or by Japanese officers. 
Now an edict has gone forth from Peking that an army of 
forty thousand men, similarly disciplined and equipped, shall 
be raised in each of more than twenty provinces. Five years 
ago there was not a single Chinese studying in Japan. Now 
there are upward of a thousand Chinese young men of the 
higher or governing class attending military or naval schools 
or other educational institutions in the island empire. Almost 
all the British, French, and German military instructors were 
dismissed five years ago. There is also reason to expect that, 
backed by the moral influence, if not also by the material 
power, of Japan, the Peking government will speedily insist 
on the withdrawal of the foreign intruders from her soil.' 

"The Orient is darkened by the shadows of mighty coming 
events." 

"Mrs. Helen E. Gardner, who has been six years in tour- 
ing the world, has spent considerable time in China. She says 
of this country: 

" 'China is going to give us a tremendous surprise. It 
will be a surprise such as the w6rld has never known. The 
whole country is waking up — its men, women, and children 
are working toward an end that will open the eyes of the 
world. They are doing it quietly, and one cannot tell how, 
because they keep their own secrets. But it is coming; and 
the women are taking a large part in the awakening of the 
kingdom. It is they who are responsible for the boycott of 
Japan. Indeed, yes; the women prevail in every enUghtened 
country. 

" 'China is getting a wonderful army, and is sending thou- 
sands of its students abroad to study, just as Japan did. It 
is believed the government superintends and manages these 
educational enterprises, but no one knows. China does not 
tell.' " 

Who can doubt, after reading this book from the beginning 
to this page, that the awful reality of war is soon to burst 



38 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

upon the world? The sum total of all the wars, since the 
foundation of the world, would not equal the awfulness of the 
general war before us. It is the burden of all prophetic 
writers. It will result in the consumption of the whole earth. 
It is customary in these days, when the probabilities of war 
approach, for many to raise the cry of "peace and safety." 
They talk of peace congresses and arbitration and thus quiet 
the minds of the people. Let not the reader be deceived. God 
says it will come and that should be the end of controversy as 
to its certainty. Who will be the watchman, at this time, who 
will give the trumpet no uncertain sound ? 

In The Southern Watchman of March, 191 1, appeared a 
most excellent article having direct bearing upon this subject. 
We quote: 

"For a number of years it has been apparent that Japan 
has realized that the continuance of her very existence as a 
nation is dependent upon her preparedness to meet any western 
antagonist on the field of combat; hence, she has put forth 
every effort to be in a state of readiness for such an event. 
However none seemed to realize her real strength until it was 
measured in her terrible struggle with Russia. 

"During the progress of that war Major-General Wilson, 
in the 'Annals of the American Academy of Political and 
Social Science,' discussing the probable terms of peace, said of 
the Japanese: 

" 'They will probably stay on the continent this time, come 
what may. And this makes a permanent disturbance of the 
balance of power in Eastern Asia. It brings about a state of 
"unstable equilibrium." It inaugurates a new epoch in the 
history of mankind. It becomes an encouragement to every 
Asiatic people. It means Asia for the Asiatics. It means that 
the white man is no longer to dominate the yellow man. It 
means that the period of spoliation has come to an end. It 
means that Japan is awake. Finally, it means that China must 
also awake, and that the two will awaken all Asiatic mankind. 



America, the Paciftc and the East. 39 

It makes Japan the hegemon — the ruling people of the Asiatic 
rac^s — and will surely turn every element of discontent in 
Asia toward her for instruction and guidance.' 

"Recently Japan has annexed Korea. She has entered into 
an alliance with Russia by which Manchuria has virtually been 
divided between the two powers. In the Literary Digest of 
March 5, 1910, are to be found the following significant words, 
showing that another part of the above remarkable prediction 
of Major-General Wilson is being fulfilled: 

" 'A league of influential Japanese and Hindus to consoli- 
date the Asiatic people against the domination of Europe is 
attracting notice and concern. High officials at the court of 
Mikado and chiefs of the Japanese aristocracy are at the head 
of it, and the constitution is from the pen of Count Okuma. 
On the other side there are many of the most influential peo- 
ple of India enrolled among its members.' 

"In the London Daily Express of April 25, 1905, Mr. John 
Hays Hammond, lecturing before the American Political Sci- 
ence Association, is reported to have quoted the following ut- 
terance from the president of the Japanese House of Peers : 

" 'The sacred duty is incumbent upon us as the leading 
state of Asiatic progress to stretch a helping hand to China, 
India, Korea, to all the Asiatics who have confidence in us, 
and who are capable of civilization. As their more powerful 
friend, we desire them all to be free from the yoke which 
Europe has placed upon them, and that they may thereby prove 
to the world that the Orient is capable of measuring swords 
with the Occident on any field of battle.' 

"It is evident that preparation is being made among the 
leading states of Asia, under the tutorship of Japan, for a 
colossal struggle with Europe. 

"Mr. Meredith Townsend in a remarkable book entitled 
'Asia and Europe,' deals with the questions, 'Will theJEast 
ever conquer the West? Will the yellow whirlwind, rushing 
with irresistible force across the world, engulf Europe and its 



40 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

civilization until its peoples sink beneath the matchless strength 
and numbers of eight hundred million inhabitants of Asia?' 
And then the London Daily Mail, commenting upon it, says, 
'Some day it will come; and then, if Europe should drive it 
back, it in its turn would drive Europe out of Asia.' 

"In the conclusion of its review of this book, the London 
Daily Mail says : 

" 'It is an appalling glimpse into the future, which, if it be 
founded on truth, makes the dark tragedy of today more than 
ever a calamity of the first magnitude and a waste of lives and 
energies without the smallest hope of good. What, asks Mr. 
Townsend, in closing a remarkable chapter, is to become of 
Asia? It is the most fascinating, the most hopeless of prob- 
lems, and we feel with the author as we close his book that 
the only possible reply is : What God wills, not what Europe 
wills.' 

"Thinking men of the world seem to have a more and more 
settled conviction that the final issue of the Eastern Question 
(and by this I mean the Far East as well as the Near East), 
rests with God, and is very immanent. The greatest of Eng- 
lish scholars of the Far Eastern question — ^Weale — on the very 
first page of his history entitled "The Reshaping of the Far 
East," quotes from the sixteenth chapter of Revelation the 
verses describing the second, third, fourth, and sixth plagues, 
and the battle of Armageddon, the last of which reads as fol- 
lows: 

" 'The sixth angel poured out his vial upon the great river 
Euphrates; and the water thereof was dried up, that the way 
of the kings of the East might be prepared. And I saw three 
uilclean spirits like frogs come out of the mouth of the dragon, 
and out of the mouth of the beast, and out of the mouth of 
the false prophet. For they are the spirits of devils, working 
miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth and of 
the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great day 
of God Almighty. Behold I come as a thief. Blessed is he 



America, the Pacific and the East. 41 

that watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, 
and they see his shame. And he gathered them together into 
a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon.' 

"Of late years frequent reference is made to a coming 
world-wide struggle, and it is often spoken of as 'the Arma- 
geddon of the nations.' 

"About the time of the beginning of the Russia-Japanese 
war, a London daily paper speaking of Korea said, 'In no 
more suitable arena could the first blows of the world's ap- 
proaching Armageddon be struck.' 

"Lord Roseberry in a great speech on the military situa- 
tion in Europe before the press delegates in June, 1909, said : 
'Without any tangible reason we see the nations preparing new 
armaments. They cannot arm any more men on land, so they 
have to seek new armaments upon the sea, piling up these 
enormous preparations as if for some great Armageddon.' 

"The Post, of Washington, D. C, in a recent issue, after 
speaking of the situation in Europe and Asia, says, 'Maybe 
Armageddon is just ahead of us.' 

"Under the heading, 'Oscar Second's Fear of the Yellow 
Peril,' I take from the Literary Digest of July 30, 1910, the 
following: 'The late Oscar II, of Sweden, was a man of great 
diplomacy and far-seeing political sagacity. Prince Adam 
Wiszniewski publishes part of a letter written by King Oscar 
to him, and dated March 22, 1896, in which the king expresses 
himself thus: 

" 'I hope to die in peace. My military and warlike inclina- 
tions, which were rather strong in my younger years, have 
gradually died down and have now all but disappeared. But 
I believe that in the bloody con-flict, sure to take place some- 
time, and on the outcome of which the fate of Europe will 
probably depend, the Occident will be conquered by the Orient 
— where already each day sees the organization of the strong 
races of the future and the preparation for the great battle. 
I must confess to a feeling of worry and fear when I con- 



42 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

template the dangers to the Western European civilization sure 
to develop from the coasts of the Pacific' " 

From The Woman's National Daily of January 20, 191 1, 
we quote: 

"Berlin, Germany, January 20. — Crown Prince Freider- 
ich Wilhelm has been sent by his father on an Oriental tour 
at a cost of $500,000. He will pass through India and the 
countries of the Far East on a long journey of inspection and 
will study governments, armies, and financial conditions. 

"The young prince will be accompanied by a royal suite 
of the sharpest and shrewdest men in the German army. His 
trip will occupy months. 

"England sees in the move another step in the great Ger- 
man scheme of aggrandizement and world colonization, but 
as a matter of fact, it is only another chapter in the great 
book of experience and thoughtful study which the kaiser 
has determined his successor shall know. He has also deter- 
mined this study shall be carried out in royal style and that 
the German eagle shall parade the Eastern countries in imperial 
fashion." 

From the same paper dated January 21, 191 1 : 

" 'Japan could seize Seattle, Tacoma, Portland, the Bremer- 
ton government navy yard, five great transcontinental rail- 
ways, fortify mountain passes and have an empire upon which 
to live before the United States could get 75,000 troops to 
the Pacific Ocean,' declared Representative W. E. Humphrey 
of Washington, in an address at the annual banquet of the 
Lake Carriers' Association. He added: 

" 'The nations of the earth know we are utterly unprepared 
for war. They know our army is too small ; our navy is vir- 
tually helpless because we have no merchant vessels as an 
auxiliary. They know we have no transports for the one and 
no auxiliaries for the other. Japan has six hundred merchant 
vessels on the Pacific fit for transportation. The United States 
has six.' " 



'America, the Pacific and the East. 43 

Also under date of January 27, 191 1, Mr. Robert M. Mc- 
Wade, in the same paper, says : 

" 'No matter what kind of contrary counsel comes from 
Washington,' says J. E. Drake, of Santa Rosa, Cal., 'we Cal- 
ifornians are going to protect ourselves from the baneful and 
odious Asiatic evil. The restrictive measures that we were 
prevented from putting into effect by the interference of Col. 
Theodore Roosevelt will no longer be delayed, as our present 
Legislature is doing all that is necessary to minimize the harm 
which has been done by the Chinese and Japanese, especially 
the latter. If these people were let alone, they would before 
long be the sole occupants of some of our most fertile valleys ; 
for, wherever they settle, the white people move out. Australia 
has done the proper and wise thing by passing iron-clad laws 
forever prohibiting the Asiatics from obtaining a residence 
there. "A White Australia" is the slogan, and we are equally 
determined on "A White California".' " 

And just to show that the years have only confirmed Mr. 
Hobson in his views of the yellow peril, we quote : 

"Portland, Maine, March 20. — Speaking at the celebra- 
tion of the birthday of General Neil Dow here. Congressman 
Richmond P. Hobson yesterday declared that only by preserv- 
ing its virility can the white race preserve itself from the yel- 
low peril. 

" 'Here in America we are making the last stand of the 
white race,' he said. 'Eight hundred million yellow men in 
the Far East want America and if this generation is robbed 
of its virility the next generation will hear the hoof beats of 
the yellow man's horse and the nation will perish. 

" 'So long as the men of this country maintain their man- 
hood we are safe from the yellow peril and I believe that the 
verdict of the people will be that the "great destroyer" of 
manhood, the liquor traffic, must itself be destroyed.' " 

"In an article in the Daily Mail Year Book, 1908, by Archi- 
bald R. Colquhoun, F. R. G. S., entitled, 'A Great World Color 



44 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Problem: How It Challenges the White Man's Supremacy,' 
may be found the following paragraph: 

" 'There is no question that the victory of Japan over 
Russia and the Anglo- Japanese Alliance raised the question of 
relations between white and yellow in an entirely new form, 
and, moreover, that a spirit of renascence is at work through- 
out Asia which is destined to challenge the vaunted supremacy 
of the white man.' " 

We will close this chapter with an opinion of the great 
French Admiral, Fournier, who foresees a frightful conflict 
of nations to be begun by a war between Japan and the United 
States. The clipping is from The Literary Digest of April 
23, 1910: 

"While several of our public men have lately spoken of the 
probability of war between Japan and America, their prophe- 
cies fade into insignificance beside the vision beheld by Ad- 
miral Fournier, formerly commander of the French fleet in 
the Mediterranean. He not only thinks that war between 
Japan and America is inevitable, but predicts that all the Eu- 
ropean powers will eventually become involved in what will 
practically prove to be the Armageddon of the Apocalypse. 
He says, in his recently published "Souvenirs," that the United 
States is displeased by the recently taken steps in Japanese 
politics which have wounded our 'American egoism.' The 
protection of American interests in Asia can be secured only 
by naval supremacy, he avers. To quote his words : 

" 'American interests in Asia are hostile to the Japanese. 
Japan has at present no means of retaining her empire ex- 
cepting by diplomatic skill or the victories of war. This is 
especially the case in regions which the United States can con- 
trol commercially only by supporting China and maintaining 
the rule of the open door.' 

"The complications likely to result from a conflict between 
America and Japan are thus summarized by this eminent naval 
authority : 



America, the Pacific and the East. 45 

" 'The naval forces of the United States will some day 
far excel those of Japan, and will probably equal those of Eng- 
land, in spite of the latter's efforts to maintain the maritime 
supremacy. Japan, therefore, will be obliged to call upon her 
English ally for help. If, on the other hand, the United States 
should combine with the Triple Alliance of Germany, Austria,' 
and Italy, France would be compelled to unite her forces with 
England and Japan.' 

"The Admiral remarks, however, that Germany would 
think twice before taking part in such an imbroglio, and de- 
clares : 

" T doubt whether the Kaiser, although at present devoured 
by the desire to break up the Triple Alliance, and to adopt a 
foreign policy just as unscrupulous as that of the Iron Chan- 
cellor, Bismarck, would run the risk of a war wherein he 
might be defeated both by sea and by land. The American 
navy would, however, be quite unable 4o cope with the fleet of 
England and Japan without the assistance of the fleets of 
Germany, Italy, and Austria, in a conflict which involved both 
the Atlantic and Pacific oceans. This is at present the only 
consideration which makes postponable a war between Japan 
and America.' — Translation made for The Literary Digest." 

These chapters, we believe, give a clear view of the situa- 
tion, viz. : The relation Turkey sustains as middle power be- 
tween Europe and Asia, and also the Pacific Ocean as it is to 
be controlled by America, or by Japan as the leader of the 
East. The one who controls the Pacific controls all the islands 
of the Pacific and the Panama Canal, for no fleet could be 
sent through the canal to the Pacific Ocean into the mouth of 
an enemy ready to swallow it up. 

The territory of the Turt will be the battle-ground between 
Europe and Asia (see Inspired History) ; the Pacific, between 
America and Asia. The great armies of Europe and Asia, 
engaged in this encounter, will be mostly land forces (Eze. 
38) ; while those engaged between America and the East will 



46 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

be naval forces (Isa. 27). A look at the maps inserted will 
show the situation clearly. 

Russia will be the leader of the land forces of the East, 
while Japan will be the Jeader of the naval forces against 
America. See comments on Eze. 38 and Isa. 27, 28.) There- 
fore, in either case it is the East against the West. The cause 
of it all will be told in the chapter. The .Yellow Peril, or the 
Heathen against Christendom. 

There is no excuse for ignorance upon this question, for 
there is not a subject so clearly defined in all the Bible, nor 
one which is more frequently mentioned. It could not be 
more clearly understood than the statesmen of the world tell 
it from their standpoint. The author spares no pains in this 
volume to give a thorough examination of the subject, both 
from the viewpoint of the world and the inspired writers. He 
does this, feeling the subject to be so vital to every person 
that no individual can afford to be contented with a super- 
ficial study of the question. This matter affects every person 
in the world; therefore let each one study the subject until 
he masters it as an individual matter as well as a national 
problem. 




CHAPTER III. 



THE THREE DIVISIONS OF THE WORLD. 



EUROPE, ASIA, AND AFRICA, 



As we view the history of the world for many cen- 
turies through the history as given by the pen of inspira- 
tion, we will now seek to show the teaching of the Bible 
concerning the three great divisions of the world in the 
last days, the movement of the nations, and the issue be- 
tween them as they shall gather to the great battle of 
Armageddon. 

"And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out 
of the mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the 
beast, and out of the mouth of the false . prophet. For 
they are the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go 
forth unto the kings of the earth and of the whole world, 
to gather them to the battle of that great day of God 
Almighty. Behold, I come as a thief. Blessed is he that 
watcheth, and keepeth his garments, lest he walk naked, 
and they see his shame. And he gathered them together 
into a place called in the Hebrew tongue Armageddon." 
Rev. 16:13-16. 

The events here described take place under the sixth 

4 49 



50 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 



plague. When the vial of the seventh plague is poured 
out, there comes a voice out of the temple of heaven out 
of the throne, saying, "It is done." This movement is 
the greatest and the crowning event of all earth's history. 
There is not a nation or language iut will be represented 
in the movement. There is no theme of this age that 
should attract the attention of 
mankind more, and the student of 
prophecy can now see the forces as 
they are shaping up and getting 
ready for the great battle of Arma- 
geddon. To these divisions, and 
to the movements in these last 
days, we wish to call the attention 
of the reader. First, What powers 
are here represented by the sym- 
bols used? Second, What will be 
the issue that will bring the com- 
bined forces of the world into 
action? We will now answer the 
first question. These symbols are 
brought to view in chapters 12 and 
13 inthe book of Revelation. We 
will now turn and consider these 
chapters as they bear upon this 
subject. 

"And there appeared a great 
wonder in heaven; a woman 

clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, 
and upon her head a crown of twelve stars; and she 
being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to 
be delivered. And there appeared another wonder in 
heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads 
and ten horns, and seyen crowns upon his heads. And 
his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did 




The Three Divisions of the World. 51 

cast them to the earth; and the dragon stood before the 
woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour 
her child as soon as it was born. And she brought forth 
a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of 
iron; and her child was caught up unto God, and to His 
throne." Rev. 12:1-5. 

This symbol has been previously commented upon as 
one that applied to the Roman government. John wrote 
A. D. 96. A woman as used in the Scriptures as a pro- 
phetic symbol represents a church. In Revelation 17 is 
brought to view a corrupt woman, representing the great 
apostasy of the Catholic Church during the Dark Ages. 
In Matthew 25, where the church of Christ is brought to 
view, it is symbolized by ten virgins. Says Paul, "I have 
espoused you to one husband." So John, in the twelfth 
, chapter of Revelation, speaks of the church of Christ under 
the symbol of a woman expecting the birth of a man child. 
She is clothed with the sun, — ^the light of the gospel then 
shining upon the church, as revealed through the preaching 
of Christ and the apostles. The moon was under her feet, 
representing the borrowed light or glory of the typical serv- 
ice under the Mosaic dispensation, as it pointed to Christ. 
The expected man child was the Son of God, as shown in 
verse 5. He was caught up unto God and His throne. 
The dragon, symbolizing the Roman power, used as an 
instrument of Satan, stood before the woman, ready to 
devour the child as soon as it was born. This was ful- 
filled by King Herod, when he sent forth and slew all the 
male children two years old and under in Bethlehem of 
Judea, hoping to put to death the infant Saviour. Thus 
we have the first symbol located, namely, the Roman gov- 
ernment. It had seven heads and ten horns, the seven 
heads symbolizing the seven forms of government under 
which Rome ruled. John lived under the imperial or sixth 
head. The ten horns symbolized the ten kingdoms of 



52 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Western Rome, as afterwards divided, between the years 
351 and 483 A. D. Thus we have this symbol clearly 
defined. Its territory included the world, since Csesar 
Augustus issued a decree that all the world should be taxed. 
So we have the first of the three divisions unquestionably 
defined and established. The history of this power is 
briefly sketched in this chapter from the days of Christ 
to the great gathering of Armageddon. 

Verse 6 brings to view its experience with the church 
during the papal persecution, ending in 1798. "And the 
woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place 
prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thou- 
sand two hundred and threescore days." 

The next event following this papal persecution is the 
conflict between Satan and Michael, who is Christ, and 
the angels on either side. This conflict, we understand, 
takes place in the closing hours of probation. "And there 
was war in heaven ; Michael and His angels fought against 
the dragon; and the dragon fought and his angels, and 
prevailed not; neither was their place found any more in 
heaven. And the great dragon was cast out, that old 
serpent, called the Devil, and Satan, which deceiveth the 
whole world ; he was cast out into the earth, and his angels 
were cast out with him. And I heard a loud voice saying 
in heaven. Now is come salvation, and strength, and the 
kingdom of our God, and the power of His Christ; for 
the accuser of our brethren is cast down, which accused 
them before our God day and. night. And they overcame 
him by the blood of the Lamb, and by the word of their 
testimony; and they loved not their lives unto the death. 
Therefore rejoice, ye heavens, and ye that dwell in them. 
Woe to the inhabiters of the earth and of the sea! for 
the devil is come down unto you, having great wrath, 
because he knoweth that he hath but a short time." 

The dragon was an ensign of the Roman government 



The Three Divisions of the World. 53 

for over four hundred years. Satan, in the verses just 
quoted, bears the same name. He received this name the 
same as he received the name of the serpent, because he 
used these instruments to carry forward his work. Thus 
verses i to 12, inclusive, carry us briefly over the history 
from the birth of Christ to the closing hours of probation. 
Verse 13 continues, and calls attention to the bitter per- 
secution that Satan will manifest toward the remnant of 
the church in the closing hours of time. "And when the 
dragon saw that he was cast unto the earth, he persecuted 
the woman which brought forth the man child." 

The prophet now carries us back, beginning with verse 
14, to the establishment of the Papacy, in a. d. 538, and 
rehearses the history of the church through the Dark Ages, 
in the following language, and closes up again with the 
wrath of the dragon against the remnant of the chjirch : 
"And to the woman were given two wings of a great 
eagle, that she might fly into the wilderness; into her place, 
where she is nourished for a time, and times, and half a 
time, from the face of the serpent. And the serpent cast 
out of his mouth water as a flood after the woman, thaf 
he might cause her to be carried away of the flood. And 
the earth helped the woman; and the earth opened her 
mouth, and swallowed up the flood which the dragon cast 
out of his mouth. And the dragon was wroth with the 
woman, and went to make war with the remnant of her 
seed, which keep the commandments of God, and have 
the testimony of Jesus Christ." Rev. 12:14-17. 

Verse 15 tells the effort that Satan put forth during 
the Dark Ages in casting out of his mouth the waters of 
false doctrines as a flood, that he might cause the church 
to be carried away by them. Verse 16 brings to view the 
Reformation, showing the help the woman received from 
the earth in the restoration of truth. This brings us again 
to 1798. Verse 17 again calls attention to the conflict 



54 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

in the closing hours of probation and in the time of trouble, 
when the dragon power, under control of Satan, will wage 
war against the remnant of Christendom, and will try- 
to wipe every vestige of Christianity from the earth. This 
remnant is represented as being those "that keep the com- 
mandments of God, and have the testimony of Jesus 
Christ." While all Christendom are expected to be and 
should be of the class here described, yet other scriptures 
show that there will be very few in reality bearing these 
characteristics, and it is for this cause that the terrible 
judgments here described are visited upon the remnant by 
the dragon power. 

Before leaving this chapter, we would call more spe- 
cial attention to the comments on verses 7 to 12. These 
verses should be studied in connection with the fourteenth 
chapter of Isaiah. Isaiah's prophecies largely refer to the 
closing events of the world's history, and in connection 
with these events Satan and his destiny are introduced. 
"How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the 
morning! how art thou cut down to the ground, which 
didst weaken the nations! For thou hast said in thine 
heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne 
above the stars of God; I will sit also upon the mount of 
the congregation, in the sides of the north; I will ascend 
above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the Most 
High. Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell, to the 
sides of the pit. They that see thee shall narrowly look 
upon thee, and consider thee, saying, Is this the man that 
made the earth to tremble, that did shake kingdoms; that 
made the world as a wilderness, and destroyed the cities 
thereof ; that opened not the house- of his prisoners ? All 
the kings of the nations, even all of them, lie in glory, 
every one in his own house. But thou art cast out of 
thy grave like an abominable branch, and as the raiment 
of those that are slain, thrust through with a sword, that 



The Three Divisions of the World. 55 

go down to the stones of the pit ; as a carcass trodden under 
feet." Isa. 14:12-19. 

The prophet introduces the thought by calling atten- 
tion to the casting of Satan to the ground. John says 
he was cast into the earth. In the twentieth chapter of 
Revelation the prophet says: "I saw an angel come down 
from heaven, having the key of the bottomless pit and a 
great chain in his hand. And he laid hold on the dragon, 
that old serpent, which is the Devil, and Satan, and bound 
him a thousand years, and cast him into the bottomless pit." 

The bottomless pit here mentioned is the earth as it 
exists during the one thousand years. When Satan was 
originally cast out of the dwelling-place of God, he was 
cast into Tartar Roe, which surrounds this planet, but in 
the last conflict with Christ, he and his angels are cast into 
the earth itself, where they will eventually be judged and 
meet their final doom. "And the angels which kept not 
their first estate, but left their own habitation. He hath 
reserved in everlasting chains, under darkness, unto the 
judgment of the great day." Jude 6. 

The prophet Isaiah rehearses the boastings of Satan, 
vvhich he has uttered before his angels: "For thou hast 
said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt 
my throne above the stars of God ; I will sit also upon the 
mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north." 
The last expression, "the sides of the north," refers to the 
great northern power which he will especially lead on to 
Armageddon against Christendom. Remember this sym- 
bol represented the whole world in the days of Christ, but 
there are two symbols yet to follow, which will show sub- 
divisions both of the territory and religion of the power 
here represented. Note these points well as we pass to the 
next symbol brought to view in Revelation 13. 




CHAPTER IV. 
WESTERN EUROPE. 



"And I stood upon the sand of the sea, and sav/ a 
beast rise up out of the sea, having seven heads and ten 
horns, and upon his horns ten crowns, and upon his heads 
the name of blasphemy. And the beast which I saw was 
like unto a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, 
and his mouth as the mouth of a lion; and the dragon gave 
him his power, and his se^t, and great authority. And I 
saw one of his heads as it were wounded to death ; and his 
deadly wound was healed; and all the world wondered 
after the beast." Rev. 13:1-3. 

The symbol here introduced has the same number of 
heads and horns as the dragon of chapter 12. It also has 
the same number of horns as the fourth beast of Daniel 
7. The angel interpreting the ten horns of Daniel 7 says, 
"The ten horns out of this kingdom are ten kings that 
shall arise." The seven heads, as before stated, are seven 
forms of government. John lived under the sixth, or 
imperial. He gives an additional feature in this chapter, 
by saying, "I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to 
death; and his deadly wound was healed." One of these 
forms of government, says John, received a deadly blow, 

56 




Western Europe. 57 

but "the deadly wound was healed." The crowns were 
upon the heads of the dragon, but now they are changed 
to the horns. "The beast which I saw was Hke unto a 
leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his 
mouth as the mouth of a lion." He received his power 
and seat and great authority from 
the dragon. The last expression 
shows that the symbol introduced 
is of later origin than the dragon. 
This is also stated in verse 4, where 
John says its subjects worshiped 
the dragon. This is conclusive that 
we must look later in the world's 
history than the establishment of the dragon power for the 
power here introduced, hence we must consider carefully the 
changes that took place in the Roman Empire, for it was 
universal, and ruled the world. 

Constantine died A. D. 337- He was the last universal 
ruler of the empire. After his death the empire was 
divided between his three sons, Constantius, Constantine 
II, and Constans. Constantius possessed the East, and 
fixed his residence at Constantinople, the metropolis of the 
empire. Constantine II held Britain, Gaul, and Spain. 
Constans held Illyricum, Africa, and Italy. The empire 
still later resolved itself into two divisions, the Eastern 
and the Western. In a. d. 330 the seat of government was 
moved from Rome to Constantinople, but when the divi- 
sion into the East and West was made, there were seats 
of government both at Rome and Constantinople. Says 
Daniel, The beast "had ten horns." John says the beast 
of his prophecy had ten horns. Following this division 
into two parts, the Western Empire was next divided into 
ten kingdoms. Their ancient names are as follows: The 
Huns, Ostrogoths, Visigoths, Franks, Vandals, Suevi, 
Burgundians, Heruli, Anglo-Saxons, and Lombards. 



S8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Some authors put Alemanni instead of Huns. These are 
now known as the ten kingdoms of Western Europe. The 
ancient Anglo-Saxon is now the English. The Lombards 
are now the Germans. The Franks are now the French, 
and so on, bearing at this age of the world different names 
from their ancient designations. This clearly locates the 
territory of the symbol now being considered, namely, the 
Western Empire of Rome. 

Let the reader keep these points well in mind, for the 
divisions here established remain unchanged until the 
nations are gathered to the great battle of Armageddon. 
In describing this beast, John said its body "was like unto 
a leopard, and his feet were as the feet of a bear, and his 
mouth as the mouth of a lion." The lion was the symbol 
used by Daniel to represent Babylon, the bear to represent 
the Medes and Persians, the leopard to represent Grecia. 
The Lord uses this, beast with its peculiar features to 
represent the Western Empire of Rome. Bear in mind 
there are two principal thoughts in prophecy, first, to bring 
out the history of the world for the benefit of all who may 
read ; second, the relation the Lord's people sustain to these 
governments in different ages of the world. 

There are two special features well defined in the 
inspired history of earthly governments; one is the gov- 
ernment as a civil power; the other, the ecclesiastical. 
These two features are sometimes represented by the same 
symbol, yet statements are made that will clearly define 
both these characteristics. The beast of Revelation 13 has 
the characteristics or features of the symbols representing 
the governments previous to this one. In taking up the 
features of governments, the Lord designs to describe them 
as they existed in the Western Empire of Rome. This 
symbol has the mouth of a lion. To what feature of the 
Babylonian government could this refer? Babylon was 
a government fpunded upon both civil and religious priti- 



Western Europe. 59 

ciples. We do not mean by saying religious that they were 
Christians, but they had a system of worship, and that 
system was recognized by the^civil law. This was mani- 
fest in the decrees that were issued in which Daniel and 
his companions were involved concerning the worship of 
their God. The Babylonians were worshipers of the plan- 
ets of heaven, which was a system devised by the enemy 
of truth much further back than their day. Those in 
charge of this system of worship were classed among the 
wise men of Babylon, as they claimed that they could inter- 
pret dreams and foretell future events through their study 
of the sun, moon, and stars, as recorded in Dan. 2 13. 
Isaiah refers to them in the following language: "Thou 
art wearied in the multitude of thy counsels. Let now 
the astrologers, the star-gazers, the monthly prognostica- 
tors, stand up, and save thee from these things that shall 
come upon thee. Behold, they shall be as stubble; the 
fire shall burn them ; they shall not deliver themselves from 
the power of the flame ; there shall not be a coal to warm at, 
nor fire to sit before it." Isa. 47:13, 14. 

It was this system that troubled Israel in their day. 
The apostle Stephen refers to Israel's experience in the 
wilderness in connection with this system of worship : 
"To whom our fathers would not obey, but thrust him 
from them, and in their hearts turned back again into 
Egypt. Saying unto Aaron, Make us gods to go before 
us; for as for this Moses, which brought us out of the 
land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him. And 
they made a calf in those days, and ofifered sacrifices unto 
the idol, and rejoiced in the works of their own hands. 
Then God turned, and gave them up to worship the host 
of heaven ; as it is written in the book of the prophets, O ye 
house of Israel, have ye ofifered to Me slain beasts and 
sacrifices by the space of forty years in the wilderness? 
Yea, ye took up the tabernacle of Moloch, and the star 



6o The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

of your god Remphan, figures which ye made to worship 
them; and I will carry you away beyond Babylon." 
Acts 7:39-43- 

Israel so far departed from the Lord in their history 
that this system of heathen worship was ingrafted in and 
became a part of their temple services. Josiah, a great 
reformer in Israel, commanded the high priest to take the 
vessels dedicated to this system from the house of God. 
"And the king commanded Hilkiah the high priest, and the 
priests of the second order, and the keepers of the door, 
to bring forth out of the temple of the Lord all the vessels 
that were made for Baal, and for the grove, and for all 
the host of heaven ; and he burned them without Jerusalem 
in the fields of Kidron, and carried the ashes of them unto 
Beth-el. And he put down the idolatrous priests, whom 
the kings of Judah had ordained to burn incense in the 
high places in the cities of Judah,, and in the places round 
about Jerusalem ; them also that burned incense unto Baal, 
to the sun, and to the moon, and to the planets, and to all 
the host of heaven. And he brought out the grove from 
the house of the Lord, without Jerusalem, unto the brook 
Kidron, and burned it at the brook Kidron, and stamped 
it small to powder, and cast the powder thereof upon the 
graves of the children of the people." 2 Kings 23 :4-6. 

Moses warned the people in his day, in the following 
language, "And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, 
and when thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, 
even all the host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship 
them, and serve them, which the Lord thy God hath divided 
unto all nations under the whole heaven." Deut. 4:19. 
He also pronounced the death penalty against the idolatrous 
practise: "If there be found among you, within any of 
thy gates which the Lord thy God giveth thee, man or 
woman, that hath wrought wickedness in the sight of the 
Lord thy God, in transgressing His covenant, and hath 



Western Europe. 6x 

gone and served other gods, and worshiped them, either 
the sun, or moon, or any of the host of heaven, which I 
have not commanded; and it be told thee, and thou hast 
heard of it, and inquired dihgently, and, behold, it be true, 
and the thing certain, that such abomination is wrought 
in Israel; then shalt thou bring forth that man or that 
woman, which have committed that wicked thing, unto 
thy gates, even that man or that woman, and shalt stone 
them with stones, till they die." Deut. 17:2-5. 

In the days of Jeremiah the prophet, the Lord's people 
were so blinded that they failed to see the judgments of 
God resting upon them for the course they had taken. 
They referred to their experience, and argued that, while 
they followed these practises, they were blessed in all the 
work of their hands, but since they had been compelled to 
give up this idolatry, they had not been prospered. It is 
true that the long-suffering of God waits, but sooner or 
later, as we have learned in the study before us, the judg- 
ments of God are sure to follow such a course. Their 
words are recorded by the prophet Jeremiah : "But we will 
certainly do whatsoever thing goeth forth out of our own 
mouth, to burn incense unto the queen of heaven, and to 
pour out drink-offerings unto her, as we have done, we, 
and our fathers, our kings, and our princes, in the cities 
of Judah, and in the streets of Jerusalem; for then had 
we plenty of victuals, and were well, and saw no evil. 
But since we left off to burn jncense to the queen of heaven, 
and to pour out drink-offerings unto her, we have wanted 
all things, and have been consumed by the sword and by 
the famine. And when we burned incense to the queen 
of heaven, and poured out drink-offerings unto her, did 
we make her cakes to worship her, and pour out drink- 
offerings unto her, without our men? Then Jeremiah 
said unto all the people, to the men, and to the women, and 
to all the people which had given him that answer, saying, 



62 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

The incense that ye burned in the cities of Judah, and in 
the streets of Jerusalem, ye, and" your fathers, your kings, 
and your princes, and the people of the land, did not the 
Lord remember them, and came it not into His mind?" 
Jer. 44:17-21. 

This system is spoken of as the worship of Baal, to 
which Aaron made the golden calf in the days of Moses. 
Their gods were the sun and the moon and the host of 
heaven. This system was handed down through Babylon, 
symbolized by the lion, Medo-Persia, symbolized by the 
bear, and Grecia, symbolized by the leopard. The Lord 
through the prophet John points out the characteristics 
of Western Rome, and one of these characteristics would 
be that, in the formation of that government, the systetn 
of heathen religion would be retained as one of the prin- 
ciples recognized by the law of that government. 

In the prophecies of Ezekiel, and recorded in chapter 8, 
it is there shown that in the last days this system would 
still be in vogue : "Then said He unto me. Hast thou seen 
this, O son of man? turn thee yet again, and thou shalt 
see greater abominations than these. And He brought 
me into the inner court of the Lord's house, and, behold, 
at the door of the temple of the Lord, between the porch 
and the altar, were about five and twenty men, with their 
backs toward the temple of the Lord, and their faces 
toward the east; and they worshiped the sun toward the 
east. Then He said unto me, Hast thou seen this, O son 
of man? Is it a light thing to the house of Judah that 
they coinmit the abominations which they commit here? 
for they have filled the land with violence, and have 
returned to provoke Me to anger; and, lo, they ^ put the 
branch to their nose. Therefore will I also deal in fury; 
Mine eye shall not spare, neither will I have pity; and 
though they cry in 'Mine ears with a loud voice, yet will I 
not hear them." Eze. 8:15-18. 



Western Europe. 63 

The Lord has said it is through "the spirits of devils, 
working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the 
earth and of the whole world, to gather them to the battle 
of that gteat day of God Almighty." These miracles will 
be wrought under a system purporting to be divine wor- 
ship. There are in our civilization, in our social customs, 
and even in the prevailing forms of religion, many traces 
of heathen beliefs and customs. The names of the days 
of the week as we now have them were given by the 
Romans, as they were also the worshipers of the planets 
of heaven. Sunday, the first day of the week, is a name 
derived from sun worship. Monday is a name derived 
from the moon; Thursday, from their God Thor; Satur- 
day, fiom the planet Saturn. 

NAMES OF THE DAYS OF THE WEEK. 

We copy the following testimony verbatim from the 
American Encyclopedia, edition of 1872-73 : — 

"Sunday (Sax. sunnan doeg), the first day of the 
week, identical with the Roman dies soils ( day of the sun) . 
Among Christian nations it is kept as a sabbath, and in 
remembrance of the Saviour's resurrection. In the early 
ages of our era, the day was devoted as far as practicable 
to religious worship, which began at daybreak; and as 
early as the end of the second century abstinence from 
worldly business appears to have been customary. When 
the Christian religion came to be recognized by the State, 
laws were enacted for the observance of this day. Con- 
stantine ordered, in 321, the suspension of all business in 
the courts of law, except the manumission of slaves, and 
all other business except agricultural labor. Additions 
were made to this order under various emperors, and in 
425, under Theodosius II, games and theatrical exhibitions 
were forbidden. In 538 the third council of Orleans for- 
bade all labor on Sunday. Many theologians maintain 



64 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

that there is no divine authority for any distinction between 
Sunday and other days." 

"Monday (Lat. .Lunae dies, Fr. lundi, Ger. Montag, 
the day of the moon), the second day of the week, which 
derives its designation from the Romans, who gave the 
names of the sun, moon, and five planets to the seven days 
in modern use." 

"Tuesday, the third day of the week. In the Roman 
calendar it was called dies Martis, from Mars, and its 
present name is derived from Tiw, the Anglo-Saxon god 
of war." 

Under the name Tuisco, the Encyclopedia says, "Tuisco 
r Anglo-Saxon Tiw) ;" that is, this is the German name 
of the god of war corresponding to the Anglo-Saxon. It 
continues : — 

"Both Tuisco and his son gave laws to their [the Ger- 
man] nation, and the name of the day on which the early 
Germans held judicial meetings, Tuesday, \s derived from 
that of the former." 

"Wednesday (Anglo-Saxon Wodnesdaeg, Swed. 
Odensdag or Onsdag), the fourth day of the week, named 
from Woden or Odin, the Scandinavian All-father, to 
whom it was sacred. It is the Mercurii dies [day of Mer- 
cury] of the Roman calendar." 

"Thursday, the fifth day of the week, the dies Jovis 
[day of Jupiter] of the Roman calendar, and sacred in 
the Northern mythology to the thunderer, Thor, for whom 
it was named. In German it is called Donnerstag (thunder 
day)." 

"Friday, the sixth day of the week, called by the Sax- 
ons Frige daeg, or day of Frigga (the wife of Odin), 
whence our name, and by the Romans dies Veneris, or 
Venus' day." 

"Saturday (Saturn's day), the seventh and last day 
of the week, and the Roman dies Saturni. It is the Jewish 



Western Europe. 65 

Sabbath, and in the Roman Catholic breviary is still called 
dies sabbati [day of the Sabbath]." 

The Western Empire of Rome was especially ecclesi- 
astical in its form of government. The religion of the 
government, as we shall see more clearly later on, was a 
system made up from the typical service of the Hebrews, 
from the ordinances of Christianity, and still more largely 
from the forms of heathen worship. The three combined 
are called by the apostle "the mystery of iniquity;" hence 
the symbol in Revelation 13 connects these characteristics 
of the former governments with the Western Empire of 
Rome. 

The next point in the symbol is that the beast had seven 
heads. The imperial head was in John's day. The sev- 
enth, or papal, head, which received its deadly wound, was 
still future, and will be noticed in its order. The apostle 
says of this leopard beast that "the dragon gave him his 
power, and his seat, and great authority." This point 
should be well established. The question arises, How 
came the Western Empire of Rome to be a separate divi- 
sion of the world ? It needs but a few statements to make 
this clear. Following the days of Christ, the gospel trav- 
eled west. Paul carried the gospel to Rome, in Italy, and 
other portions of Western Europe, hence his epistles are 
directed to the Romans, the Corinthians, and others. He 
was an apostle to the Gentiles. Any one reading his let- 
ters will remember well the conflicts and difficulties he had 
to meet; but notwithstanding all this, his labors w^re 
blessed, and churches were raised up. 

Paul was far-seeing, and realized that Satan was a 
wily foe, and it was only by eternal vigilance that the truth 
of God was kept alive in the earth. He knew, too, by the 
history of all the past, that, when the reformation and an 
aggressive work were accomplished, it would only be a 
question of time until others would come in bearing less 



66 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

burdens and with less appreciation of sacred things, and 
hence a reaction would be sure to follow, and so he writes : 
"For I know this, that after my departing shall grievous 
wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. Also 
of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse 
things, to draw away disciples after them. Therefore 
watch, and remember, that by the space of three years I 
ceased not to warn every one night and day with tears." 
Acts 20:29-31. 

False doctrines were already entering the church in 
Paul's day, and the conflict between Christianity and 
heathenism was sharp. The great temple at Ephesus was 
dedicated to sun worship, and as Christianity made its 
advancement, we read that the Ephesians, fearing their 
religion was being overthrown, cried out for the space of 
two hours on one occasion, "Great is Diana of the Ephe- 
sians." Some had gotten wrong ideas from Paul's epistle 
to the Thessalonians concerning the second advent of Christ 
to the world. Others among the Greeks had gotten the 
idea that the resurrection had already passed. False doc- 
trines were creeping in on every hand, and to those in 
Thessalonica, who had gotten a wrong idea with regard 
to the second coming of Christ, Paul writes as follows: 
"Now we beseech you, brethren, by the coming of our 
Lord Jesus Christ, and by our gathering together unto 
Him, that ye be not soon shaken in mind, or be troubled, 
neither by spirit, nor by word, nor by letter as from us, 
as that the day of Christ is at hand. Let no man deceive 
you by any means; for that day shall not come, except 
there come a falling away first, and that man of sin be 
revealed, the son of perdition; who opposeth and exalteth 
himself above all that is called God, or that is worshiped; 
so that he as God sitteth in the temple of God, showing 
himself that he is God. Remember ye not, that, when I 
was yet with you, I told you these things? And now ye 



Western Europe. 67 

know what withholdeth that he might be revealed in his 
time. For the .mystery of iniquity doth already work ; 
only he who now letteth will let, until he be taken out of 
the way. And then shall that Wicked be revealed, whom 
the Lord shall consume with the spirit of His mouth, and 
shall destroy with the brightness of His coming; even 
him, whose coming is after the working of Satan with all 
power and signs and lying wonders, and with all deceiv- 
ableness of unrighteousness in them that perish; because 
they received not the love of the truth, that they might be 
saved." 2 Thess. 2:1-10. 

Paul well knew there would be a falling away from 
the true faith and a "giving heed to seducing spirits and 
doctrines of devils," and under this condition the church 
of Christ would have a desperate struggle to maintain even 
an existence. He knew there would be a power arise, 
described in the thirteenth chapter of Revelation. He no 
doubt had gotten much of this information from the 
prophecies of Daniel, which clearly locate the time and 
continuance of the government we are now considering. 
The formation .of the Western Empire of Rome was an 
outgrowth of existing circumstances. The Roman gov- 
ernment itself had reached the zenith of its power, and was 
now on its downward course. Constantine, the last of 
its emperors as universal ruler, seeing this, left not a stone 
unturned to save it from ruin, but his efforts were in vain. 
In order to do this, he enlisted the political influence of 
the church to carry out his scheme. He purported to have 
seen a vision of the cross of Christ in the heavens, and, as 
a result of this purported vision, he erected the cross and 
commenced to establish the church as a prime factor in the 
government. This was three hundred and twenty-one 
years after Christ. The church at this time had so blended 
heathenism and Christianity that they had largely lost their 
hold upon God, and were seeking political power and influ- 



68 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

ence. In his efiforts to cement together Christianity and 
paganism, Constantine issued the first law we have on 
record regarding the establishment of a day of worship. 
This read as follQ,ws, "Let all the town people and they in 
villages rest on the venerable day of the sun." This 
law did not affect those living in the country, but later 
on Sunday laws were enacted compelling every one to 
regard that day. Thus the heathen day was established 
in the place of the Sabbath of Jehovah. Other similar 
things were enforced upon the people, and the influence 
of the church became a ruling factor in the government, 
but this element was largely located in the Western Empire, 
and those influenced by it were in the West. 

One step after another was taken, until the church in 
the West reached a point where they demanded civil as 
well as religious rule. They further reasoned that, as 
Rome was the ancient capital of the empire, the bishop 
of that city should be the head over all the churches. 
Apostate religious teachers, when they begin to clamor for 
power, know no bounds. There were three of the western 
divisions, the Ostrogoths, the Heruli, and the Vandals, 
opposed to the church wielding both civil and ecclesiastical 
power. An appeal was made to the emperor of the East 
by the church to issue a decree that their wishes might 
be carried out. Justinian, who was then emperor at Con- 
stantinople, issued a decree in A. d. 533 that the bishop of 
Rome should be head over all the churches. The last of 
these three opposing powers was subdued in a. d. 538, and 
this established a government in Western Rome, ecclesi- 
astical and civil combined. Says John, "The dragon gave 
him [the beast] his power, and his seat [at Rome], and 
great authority." Some have supposed that the dragon 
power ceased to exist, but this is not true. The seat of 
government at Constantinople continued for a thousand 
years after this, until that city was taken by the Turks, 



Western Europe. . 69 

A. D. 1453. The dragon, like a father, through his influ- 
ence and power, estabHshed his son with a seat of gov- 
ernment, and endued him with power and authority to 
rule, and in this manner Western Rome now steps upon 
the stage of action as an independent power, with its terri- 
tory, to act its part in the world's history from 538 A. D. till 
the Lord shall come. 

Let the reader mark these divisions well. The two 
divisions considered thus far include all the old world. 
Drawing a line north and south, east of Italy, you have 
on one hand the dragon power ; on the other hand, Western 
Europe, or the beast power. The religion of one is Greek; 
the religion of the other is Roman Catholicism, which is 
a mixture of all religions. The subjects of the dragon 
number nearly two-thirds of the population of the globe. 
Constantinople is the seat of government of one; the city 
of Rome that of the other. Thus we have the seventh 
head or form of government mentioned by the prophet 
established, and applying to the Western Empire only. 
John says, "I saw one of his heads as it were wounded to 
death ; and his deadly wound was healed ; and all the world 
wondered after the beast." He tells us how this wound 
was inflicted : "He that leadeth into captivity shall go into 
captivity; he that killeth with the sword must be killed 
with the sword." This power represented by the seventh 
head was led into captivity in a. d. 1798, at the expiration 
of the for'ty-'two months spoken of in the chapter. At 
that time Berthier, a French general, entered the city of 
Rome, and took the pope prisoner, and declared a repub- 
lican form of government. It was at this time this head 
received his deadly wound. He will be killed with the 
sword in the great battle of Armageddon, after the deadly 
wound is healed. This power is introduced in the seven- 
teenth chapter of Revelation, to which we now turn. 

After giving a description of the beast, and of the 



70 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

woman seated upon it, in this chapter the prophet describes 
the situation as follows : "The beast that thou sawest was, 
and is not; and shall ascend out of the bottomless pit, and 
go into perdition; and they that dwell on the earth shall 
wonder, whose names were not written in the book of life 
from the foundation of the world, when they behold the 
beast that was, and is not, and yet is." Rev. 17:8. 

The prophet here gives the entire history of this power. 
"The beast that thou sawest was [from a. d. 538 to A. D. 
1798], and is not [from 1798 until restored]" "and yet 
is [as restored in the time of trouble.]" This chapter is 
introduced by showing John the judgments that are to come 
on fallen Babylon. "And the ten horns which thou saw- 
est are ten kings, which have received no kingdom as yet; 
but receive power as kings one hour with the beast. These 
have one mind, and shall give their power and strength 
unto the beast. These shall make war with the Lamb, and 
the Lamb shall overcome them; for He is Lord of lords, 
and King of kings ; and they that are with Him are called, 
and chosen, and faithful." Rev. 17:12-14. 

"These shall make war with the Lamb." This again 
locates the time when this chapter applies. Says the 
prophet, "The ten horns" here mentioned "have received 
no kingdom as yet." These have one mind, and shall give 
their power and strength unto the beast. While they may 
not be the identical kings in the first formation of the 
Western Empire, yet the territory is the same. The loca- 
tion of the power is the same, and there will be ten kings 
under this power that will renew their allegiance to the 
form of government here introduced. This allegiance will 
be for only a brief period, when they will see their fatal 
mistake, and will turn with bitter hatred against the apos- 
tate mother, and burn her flesh as it were witlf fire. This 
is the closing act before this power is finally cast alive into 
the lake of fire. "And the ten horns which thou sawest 



Western Europe. 71 

upon the beast, these shall hate the whore, and shall make 
her desolate and naked, and shall eat her flesh, and burn 
her with fire." Rev. 17:16. Revelation 17 is more fully 
considered in connection with the chapter on the seven 
seals, hence, having well established the second symbol 
and its territory, as recorded in the thirteenth chapter of 
Revelation, we pass to the third and last great power of 
the world. We do this with the assured feeling that the 
subject will increase with an intensity of interest to the 
reader. 




CHAPTER V. 

AMERICA, OR THE NEW WORLD. 

John, after leaving the power just considered in verse 
ID, in Revelation 13, begins with verse 11, as follows, 
"And I beheld another beast coming up out of the earth; 
and he had two horns like a lamb, and he spake as a 
dragon." Rev. 13:11. 

As the second power came in in order of time after 
the dragon, so we must look for the third power to come 
still later. Next, remember the two former symbols con- 
sidered embraced all of the old world from the Atlantic 
on the west to the Roman possessions bordering the Pacific 
on the east. Hence we can not look to the old world for 
the territory of the third power. We must look to the 
new world, across the ocean in the far West, as described 
in Isaiah 18, where this power is definitely located as across 
the ocean, beyond the rivers of Ethiopia. In the language 
of Bishop Berkeley: — 

"Westward the course of empires takes its way; 

The first four acts already passed; 
The fifth shall close the drama of the day, 

God's noblest offspring is the last." 

God in His infinite wisdom has had a country covered, 
as it were, by the wings of the Almighty, until the proper 
time should come, when it would arise and shine, and be 

■73 



America, or the New World. 



73 



a third ruling power in the world. This country is the 
United States of North America. Prophecy locates a 
country by peculiar marks and characteristics, and not 
always by name. Inspiration gives us its location, the 
time of its rise, the peculiar features of its work, its growth, 
and its destiny, then leaves us to take the history of the 
world, the geographical boundaries, the description of the 
power, and thus to locate it. So with the power before 
us. Says John, The time I saw it coming up was when 
the other beast received its deadly wound. Laying the 
specification here to the United States of North America, 
we have no trouble in determining thus far the rise of the 

power. In 1620 the Mayflower 
arrived at Plymouth Rock. In 
due time the colonies of the East- 
ern states were organized. In 
1776 their independence from 
Great Britain was declared. In 
1787 the Constitution was framed. 
In 1789 it went into effect. Just 
nine years from this time was the period fulfilled when 
John said it would rise. He says, "He had two horns 
like a lamb," — denoting innocency and youth. A horn, as 
in Daniel 8, denotes a government both ecclesiastical and 
civil. In other places a horn denotes, possibly, the civil 
only. Our forefathers said they would come to a country 
where there was a State without a king and a Church with- 
out a pope. We believe these two principles are repre- 
sented by the two horns like a lamb. These principles are 
expressed in the Declaration of Independence, and also in 
the Constitution of this country. The Declaration of Inde- 
pendence says, "We hold these truths to be self-evident : that 
all men are created equal; that they are endowed by their 
Creator with certain unalienable rights; that among these 
are life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness." The Con- 




74 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

stitution of the United States says that "Congress shall 
make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or 
prohibiting the free exercise thereof." These are the 
principles of both civil and religious liberty. This shows 
that the religious phase of this government is different from 
that of all others before it. The new world is the home 
of Protestantism and religious liberty, principles fitly rep- 
resented by one of these horns. 

Rev. 13:14 gives another characteristic of the govern- 
ment : "Saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they 
should make an image to the beast," thus showing that 
it is republican in its form of government, as it appeals 
to the people to make its laws. The beast before it 
had crowns upon its horns. This beast has not, thus 
showing that the form of government was that of a repub- 
lic. The dragon had no crowns upon its horns, thus 
showing that Rome, before its division, was also a republic ; 
but later in its history the crowns were taken from the 
heads, and placed upon the horns. These distinctions are 
all significant, and should be well considered. 

This government arose at the right time in the world's 
history to fully meet the specifications of the prophecy of the 
two-horned beast. Its location is definitely stated. The 
two leading principles of its formation are clearly marked 
by the two horns like a lamb. The prophet saw it "com- 
ing up out of the earth." The second symbol of the three 
divisions of the world, the first symbol of this thirteenth 
chapter of Revelation, was seen coming up out of the sea. 
This language is explained in Rev. 17:15: "The waters 
which thou sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, 
and multitudes, and nations, and tongues." The West- 
ern Empire of Rome, in a. d. 538, when the second symbol 
came up, was a thickly-populated country, but not so with 
this last symbol, which in 1798 was growing up like a 
plant out of the earth, that is, it was arising in previously 



America, or the New World. 75 

unoccupied territory. In 1777 delegates from the thirteen 
original states, — New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode 
Island, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, 
Delaware, Maryland, Virginia, North Carolina, South 
Carolina, and Georgia, — in Congress assembled, adopted 
articles of confederation. In 1783 the war of the Revo- 
lution closed, and a treaty with Great Britain was made. 
At this time the population amounted to about three 
million souls, with less than one million square miles of 
territory. In 1803 the French cession of Louisiana, em- 
bracing 930,928 square miles, was added. Then Florida, 
Texas, Oregon, California, Arizona, New Mexico, and 
Alaska, with 1,931,849 square miles of territory, making 
a total of 3,678,392 square miles, and still later, by the 
war with Spain, the Philippine Islands, with 15,000,000 
souls, besides Porto Rico, in the West Indies, were added 
to its possession. Then the Hawaiian Islands were also 
added. The Monroe doctrine gives it virtual control over 
South America. It can be said of this vast territory that 
the sun never sets on it. In the short space of a little 
over one hundred years its population has grown to nearly 
one hundred million souls, and it has become the third 
ruling power of the world. The stars and stripes are 
respected by all nations and powers of the earth. Its 
wealth has equally increased. No nation in all the world's 
history has increased in this respect so rapidly. Its vast 
prairies, its forests, its mines, its fertile soil, its freedom 
of thought, have all tended to make it one of the great 
nations of the earth in wealth and progress. Its acad- 
emies, seminaries, colleges, and universities, its free school 
system, these make it a nation of learning and a wise people. 
Its railroads and telegraph systems are unequaled. Its 
postal service has grown to be an immense system. It has 
been the home of religious liberty, a«d, as a result, churches 
are built everywhere. All this li only an evidence of 



76 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

God's divine providence in the development of this great 
power. Religious freedom and its stores of wealth have 
brought immigration from every clime and every shore 
to this fair land. John says, I saw it "coming up out of 
the earth," growing up like a plant. Thus another speci- 
fication is fully met. The prophet now proceeds to give its 
future. 

"and he spake as a dragon." 
We wish to notice this specification. This government, 
though it comes up with such freedom of thought, grant- 
ing all men liberty to worship God according to their own 
consciences, speaks "as a dragon," and "exerciseth all the 
power of the first beast before him." The dragon was a 
persecuting power. It was Pontius Pilate, the Roman 
governor, that gave his consent to the death of Christ. It 
was King Herod who sent forth and slew all the male 
children, two years old and under, that he might put to 
death the Son of God. It was under Tiberius' reign that 
Christ was crucified. It was Nero that beheaded Paul. 
It was Constantine, through the laws of Rome, that issued 
the law for Sunday-keeping. It was Diocletian, from 
A. D. 302 to 312 that put to death ten millions of the fol- 
lowers of the Nazarene. It was Justinian, the emperor 
of the East, that established by his decree of A. d. 533 the 
civil reign of the popes. It was Roman Catholicism for 
twelve hundred and sixty years that was drunken with the 
blood of the martyrs of Jesus. John says it is the two- 
horned beast that will speak as a dragon and exercise all 
the power of the first beast before it. Are there any pros- 
pects of this to-day? Has the church of this country 
entered the political arena, seeking political power? Is 
the church of this nation appealing to Congress for Sun- 
day laws? Is the church of this nation knocking for 
entrance into the halls of civil legislation? Are the min- 
istry of this free land telling us that they want Christ 



America, or the New World. 77 

recognized in the Constitution? Are nearly all the relig- 
ious organizations advocating the theory that this is a 
Christian nation, and that the church should have a voice 
in Christian laws? To the student and observer we need 
not answer. All are aware that such is the case. "And 
he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and 
causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to 
worship the first beast, whose deadly wound was healed." 
Rev. 13:12. 

Will this power do what the last verse says it will? 
We answer, Certainly it will, as surely as if it were now 
in the very act. For when God says a thing will come 
to pass, He knowing the history of man and the workings 
of Satan, rest assured it will come, and this government 
will, as the prophet says, exercise all the power of the first 
beast. Not only will this be true in its spiritual work, but 
it has been true in its acquisition of territory. "And he 
doeth great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down 
from heaven on the earth in the sight of men, and deceiv- 
eth them that dwell on the earth by the means of those 
miracles which he had power to do in the sight of the 
beast ; saying to them that dwell on the earth, that they 
should make an image to the beast, which had the wound 
by a sword, and did live." Rev. 13:13, 14. 

This reveals still another characteristic of the power. 
The miraculous workings of Satan, whose angels are to 
go forth to the kings of the earth and the whole world, to 
gather them to the battle of the great God Almighty, are 
to be seen in this government. "And I saw the beast, and 
the kings of the earth, and their armies, gathered together 
to make war against Him that sat on the horse, and against 
His army. And the beast was taken, and with Him the 
false prophet that wrought miracles before him, with 
which he deceived them that had received the mark of 
the beast, and them that worshiped his image. These both 



78 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

were cast alive into a lake of fire burning with brimstone." 
Rev. 19:19, 20. 

In the last scripture quoted, this power is called the 
false prophet. Why? — Because this miraculous manifes- 
tation will be under the garb of Christianity, under the 
religious elements of the nation. Satan has always 
worked through apostate Christendom. In 1848 this 
niiraculous working began in the Fox family, of Hydes- 
ville, New York. From there it has spread not only over 
the nation, but has gone to the whole world, under the 
name of Modern Spiritualism, until its subjects are num- 
bered by the millions. It has crept into the pulpits of the 
land. It has reached kings on their thrones. Its medi- 
ums are counseled in times of war. Its manifestations are 
unexplainable by those unacquainted with the teachings of 
the Bible on this subject. Paul says they will show great 
signs and wonders, "with all deceivableness of unright- 
eousness in them that perish; because they received not 
the love of the truth, that they might be saved." Says 
Christ, False Christs and false prophets shall arise, and 
shall deceive, if possible, the very elect. This miraculous 
power was to show its manifestations first in this new 
world of North America. This power was to say to its 
subjects. Let us "make an image to the beast, which had 
the wound by a sword, and did live. And he had power 
to give life unto the image of the beast, that the image 
of the beast should both speak, and cause that as many 
as would not worship the image of the beast should be 
killed. And he caused all, both small and great, rich and 
poor, free and bond, to receive a mark in their right hand, 
or in their foreheads ; and that no man might buy or sell, 
save he that had the mark, or the name of the beast, or 
the number of his name." Rev. 13:14-17. 

The beast, through the influence of the church, made 
laws enforcing the doctrines of the church upon the people. 



America, or the New World. 79 

This nation, when the church acquires the balance oi power, 
will take the same evil course, and will enforce an institu- 
tion here called "the mark of the beast." As is elsewhere 
shown in this book, under the "Gathering of Israel," this 
was the ancient feast day of the sun, which the beast 
enforced, under civil penalty, upon all of its subjects. 
This country takes up this institution, and carries the old 
pagan system clear down to the close of earth's history; 
no man, says the prophet, may buy or sell, save he has the 
mark of the beast. When every one is compelled by law 
to recognize this great day, as erected like the great image 
on the plains of Dura in the time of Daniel, then it can be 
said it has "power to give life unto the image of the beast." 
It may be asked, Why is not this country named in the 
prophecy? We reply, because a description of character- 
istics determines identity more certainly than a name. If 
a horse was stolen, the owner would not advertise the 
horse's name, as that would be a changeable feature, but 
he would advertise his height, his color, his weight, his 
peculiar marks, his gait, his general appearance, his brand. 
Any one seeing him, if these all met the specifications, 
would say beyond all question that was the animal that 
was advertised. So in this third and last symbol the gov- 
ernment is described so minutely that no one need be mis- 
taken. It was to be seen coming up in 1798. It was to 
be young and innocent like a lamb at that time. It was 
to have two principles of government in its constitution. 
It was to speak as a dragon. It was to exercise all the 
power of the first beast. It was to cause the people to 
worship the first beast. It was to be a miracle-working 
power, under the influence of Satan. It was to deceive 
those who dw,ell on the earth by means of its miracles. It 
was to have power to give life to the image of the beast. 
It was to issue a decree and enforce laws against those 
who would not worship the beast. It was not to be a 
monarchical form of government, as the horns upon its 



8o The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

head had no crowns. Its territory was to be in the new 
world, or America, as all the old world was occupied by 
the former symbols. It was to come up out of the earth, 
and not by war and conquest among the people, as the 
beast before it. It was to be in a country lying west of 
the rivers of Ethiopia, across the ocean, as described in 
Isaiah the eighteenth chapter, Palestine being the home 
of the prophet, from which directions would be taken. All 
these specifications have been met by the government of 
the United States of America. And there is no other gov- 
ernment in the world that could meet the characteristics 
here described; hence the question is a clear one, and let 
the reader bear in mind the hand of God is in this line 
of prophecy, as recorded in the twelfth and thirteenth 
chapters of Revelation. These three great powers rule the 
world, and will continue to do so until the end of time. 

There is still another evidence of another threefold 
division of the world. In the seventeenth chapter of 
Revelation is brought to view a woman seated upon a 
scarlet-colored beast, with whom the kings of the earth 
have committed fornication, and the inhabitants of the 
earth have been made drunk with the wine of her fornica- 
tion. "So he carried me away in the spirit into the wil- 
derness; and I saw a woman sit upon a scarlet-colored 
beast, full of names of blasphemy, having seven heads and 
ten horns. And the woman was arrayed in purple and 
scarlet color, and decked with gold and precious stones and 
pearls, having a golden cup in her hand full of abomina- 
tions and filthiness of her fornication; and upon her fore- 
head was a name written, MYSTERY, BABYLON THE 
GREAT, THE MOTHER OF HARLOTS AND 
ABOMINATIONS OF THE EARTH. And I saw the 
woman drunken with the blood of the saints, and with the 
blood of the martyrs of Jesus; and when I saw her, I 
wondered with great admiration." Rev. 17:3-6. 

In giving the interpretation of this prophecy, the Lord 



'America, or the New World. 8i 

says, "And the woman which thou sawest is that great city, 
which reigneth over the kings of the earth." The name Baby- 
lon is derived from Babel, and refers back to the time when 
the tower of Babel was built, and God confused the language 
of the people, hence it signifies confusion. Later on the ancient 
city of Babylon was built in that place. This name is applied 
by the prophet to apostate Christendom, as the great system 
exists in the world. In the sixteenth chapter of Revelation, 
where the prophet is speaking of the last judgments under 
the title of the seven last plagues, as the nations are gathered 
to Armageddon, he says : "And the great city was divided into 
three parts, and the cities of the nations fell ; and great Baby- 
lon came in remembrance before God, to give unto her the cup 
of the wine of the fierceness of His w^ath. And every island 
fled away, and the mountains were not found." Rev. i6 iig, 20. 

Here Babylon is represented as being divided into three 
parts. But the question is. Where are these divisions ? We an- 
swer, They exist in the three great divisions of the world pow- 
ers as symbolized by the three great divisions just consid- 
ered, — Greek Catholicism as it exists in the dragon terri- 
tory ; Roman Catholicism as it exists in the beast territory, 
or the Western Empire of Rome; apostate Protestantism 
as it exists in the territory of the two-horned beast, or 
North America. Thus we have a twofold evidence of a 
threefold division of the world; and out of the mouths of 
the three apostate powers from God John saw the spirits 
of devils going forth to "the kings of the earth and of 
the whole world, to gather them to the battle of that great 
day of God Almighty." 

Let us mark the movements of these powers, and all 
will be made plain, as their development proceeds in the 
world. Later on we will see in this study that everything 
is shaping up for the final conflict. 




CHAPTER VI. 



PREPARATION OF THE NATIONS. 



In the chapter just closed we have completed the Scrip- 
tural exposition of the third and last division of the world, 
both religiously and territorially, and through these divi- 
sions the Scriptural statement is that Satan will go forth 
to the kings of the earth and the whole world to gather 
them to the battle of the great day of God Almighty. This 
is a mighty movement, which will necessitate a prepara- 
tion and also differences to arise between the powers. 
We must therefore devote considerable time and testimony 
to the condition of the world in its religious and civil 
aspects before we- come to the final gathering. So to these 
points we will now give consideration. 

"Woe to her that is filthy and polluted, to the oppress- 
ing city ! She obeyed not the voice ; she received not cor- 
rection ; she trusted not in the Lord ; she drew not near to 
her God. Her princes within her are roaring lions; her 
judges are evening wolves; they gnaw not the bones till 
the morrow. Her prophets are light and treacherous per- 
sons; her priests have polluted the sanctuary, they have 
done violence to the law. The just Lord is in the midst 
thereof; He will not do iniquity; every morning doth He 
bring His judgment to light, He faileth not ; but the unjust- 

82 



Preparation of the Nations. 83 

knoweth no shame. I have cut off the nations ; their towers 
are desolate; I made their streets waste, that none passeth 
by; their cities are destroyed, so that there is no man, that 
there is none inhabitant. I said, Surely thou wilt fear Me, 
thou wilt receive instruction; so their dwelling should not 
be cut off, howsoever I punished them ; but they rose early, 
and corrupted all their doings. Therefore wait ye upon 
Me, saith the Lord, until the day that I rise up to the prey ; 
for My determination is to gather the nations, that I may 
assemble the kingdoms, to pour upon them Mine indigna- 
tion, even all My fierce anger; for all the earth shall be 
devoured with the fire of My jealousy. For then will I 
turn to the people a pure language, that they may all call 
upon the name of the Lord, to serve Him with one con- 
sent." Zeph. 3:1-9. 

Both the cause and result are plainly stated in the fore- 
going scripture. Her princes are "roaring lions; her 
judges are evening wolves;" "her prophets are light and 
treacherous." As a result of this condition both among 
the civil and spiritual rulers of the land, the nations will 
be gathered to meet their final doom. And so we read, 
"Therefore wait ye upon Me, saith the Lord, until the day 
that I rise up to the prey ; for My determination is to gather 
the nations, that I may assemble the kingdoms, to pour 
upon them Mine indignation, even all My fierce anger; for 
all the earth shall be devoured with the fire of My jealousy." 
The social condition of the world will be as it was before 
the flood, when violence filled the earth, and as a result of 
this condition the great destruction will come. So, in 
order to understand clearly the movements of the world, 
we must study the situation both from a civil and an 
ecclesiastical standpoint. 

"He that dasheth in pieces is come up before thy face; 
keep the munition, watch the way, make thy loins strong, 
fortify thy power mightily. For the Lord hath turned 



84 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

away the excellency of Jacob, as the excellency of Israel; 
for the emptiers have emptied them out, and marred their 
vine branches. The shield of his mighty men is made 
red, the valiant men are in scarlet; the chariots shall be 
virith flaming torches in the day of His preparation, and 
the fir trees shall be terribly shaken. The chariots shall 
rage in the streets, they shall justle one against another 
in the broad ways; they shall seem like torches, they shall 
run like the lightnings. He shall recount his worthies; 
they shall stumble in their walk; they shall make haste to 
the wall thereof, and the defense shall be prepared." 
Nahum 2:1-5. 

The first portion of this scripture says the "Lord hath 
turned away the excellency of Jacob," and, as a result, "the 
emptiers have emptied them out, and marred their vine 
branches." Verse 3 gives a description of the preparation 
of the army: "The shield of his mighty men is made red, 
the valiant men are in scarlet." After describing the situ- 
ation, the prophet introduces the great inventions, espe- 
cially that of the railroads, which will no doubt prove a 
great factor in the gathering of the nations. Says John, 
"The nations were angry, and Thy wrath is come, and the 
time of the dead, that they should be judged." The 
prophet Daniel, in speaking of the dosing events, adds, "At 
that time shall Michael stand up, the great Prince which stand- 
eth for the children of thy people ; and there shall be a time of 
trouble, such as never was since there was a nation even to 
that same time." Dan. 12:1. 

"A noise shall come even to the ends of the earth; for 
the Lord hath a controversy with the nations; He will 
plead with all flesh; He will give them that are wicked to 
the sword, saith the Lord. Thus saith the Lord of hosts. 
Behold, evil shall go forth from nation to nation, and a 
great whirlwind shall be raised up from the coasts of the 
earth. And the slain of the Lord shall be at that day from 



Preparation of the Nations. 85 

one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth ; 
they shall not be lamented, neither gathered, nor buried; 
they shall be dung upon the ground." Jer. 25:31-33. 

The preparation for this great event "is steadily and 
surely moving on. The nations are watching the move- 
ments of their neighbors with an eagle eye and intense 
interest. The inventor of engines of destruction is busily 
engaged. The commercial world have their covetous eye 
on the treasures of earth. The prophets or teachers of 
the religious world are light and treacherous. The whole 
world is looking with fear for those things that are com^ 
ing on the earth. The capitalists are fortifying for the 
protection of their treasures. The laborers are uniting 
their forces for self-protection against the capitalists. The 
religious world is seeking for political power to sustain 
the church. The civil power is seeking the aid of the 
church in order to maintain an existence* Russia has four 
billions of gold laid up as a war fund. The nations of 
the world are building their navies, fortifying their coasts, 
drilling their men, and increasing their armies, getting 
ready for the fray; and, on the other hand, the judgments 
of God are abroad in the earth, increasing in severity every 
year. Satan is at work with all power and signs and lying 
wonders. Thus the whole preparation for the closing event 
is steadily moving on ; and still further, on the other hand, 
God has a people in the world blowing the trumpet in Zion, 
sounding an alarm in all His holy mountain, that all the 
land may tremble, telling them the day of the Lord cora- 
eth, for it is nigh at hand'. We will now introduce a 
chapter showing the position ..hat religious teachers will 
take concerning this great question. 




WHILE YE HAVE THE LfGHT, BELIEVE 
IN THE LIGHT joh„ .2:,6 




CHAPTER VII. 



TRUE AND FALSE PROPHETS. 



That these two classes of men will exist even to the 
close of time, there can be no question. The Saviour 
speaks very pointedly when He says: "Then if any man 
shall say unto you, Lo, here is Christ, or there; believe 
it not. For there shall arise false Christs, and false 
prophets, and shall show great signs and wonders; inso- 
much that, if it were possible, they shall deceive the very 
elect. Behold, I have told you before. Wherefore, if they 
shall say unto you, Behold, He is in the desert; go not 
forth; behold. He is in the secret chambers; believe it not. 
For as the lightning cometh out of the east, and shineth 
even unto the west; so shall also the coming of the Son 
of man be. For wheresoever the carcass is, there will the 
eagles be gathered together." Matt. 24:23-28. 

This is a positive statement that false Christs and false 
prophets shall arise to deceive, if possible, the very elect. 
This class of men will have much to do in the shaping of 
national affairs ; and through these men Satan's power will 
be manifested, and great signs and wonders will be shown, 
which will deceive many souls, and cause their final ruin 
and destruction. This miracle-working power of Satan, 
as it will be manifested in the last days, is referred to in 
many places in the Bible. The apostle Paul speaks 
thus : — gg 



True and Fcdse Prophets. 87 

"And then shall that wicked be revealed, whom the 
Lord shall consume with the spirit of His^mouth, and shall 
destroy with the brightness of His coming ; even him, whose 
coming is after the working of Satan with all power and 
signs and lying wonders, and with all deceivableness of 
unrighteousness in them that perish; because they received 
not the love of the truth, that they might be saved. And 
for this cause God shall send them strong delusion, that 
they should believe a lie; that they all might be damned 
who believed not the truth, but had pleasure in unright- 
eousness." 2 Thess. 2:8-12. 

The attention of these men has been called to the truth, 
but, says the apostle, "they received not the love of the 
truth." This opens an avenue for the mighty working 
of Satan. They are taken captive at his will, and hence 
they are given over to strong delusion, that they might 
believe a lie, that they all might be damned. Supernatural 
power will attend these men and women, and it will come 
under the garb and name of Christianity. Says Christ, 
"There shall arise false Christs," that is, they will try to 
imitate Him, and will claim that His coming, spoken of 
in the Scriptures, is manifested in them. Miracles will be 
wrought by them, and they will heal the sick, and seem- 
ingly great power will attend their religious movements, 
but in reality it is the mighty workings of Satan revived 
in the last days. The apostle refers to this in his letter 
to Timothy: "Now the Spirit speaketh expressly, that in 
the latter times some shall depart from the faith, giving 
heed to seducing spirits, and doctrines of devils; speaking 
lies in hypocrisy; having their conscience seared with a 
hot iron ; forbidding to marry, and commanding to abstain 
from meats, which God hath created to be received with 
thanksgiving of them which believe and know the truth, 
For every creature of God is good, and nothing to be 
refused, if it be received with thanksgiving; for it is sanc- 
tified by the word of God and prayer." i Tim. 4:1-5. 



88 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

"Forbidding to marry." The marriage relation, as 
instituted in the beginning, will be lightly regarded, and, 
as a result, familiarity between sexes will be one of the 
common sins, as it was in the days of Sodom, Also they 
command to abstain from meat, which God hath created. 
The word "meats" signifies foods. "Created," thus refer- 
ring to the beginning, and raising opposition to the class 
of foods God instituted in the beginning for man, v/hich 
is, as shown in the first part of this book, a vegetarian 
diet. Some haye supposed the word "creature" in this 
scripture applies to living animals, but it is speaking of 
foods that God created to be used, A creature is a thing 
created, whether it be of the animal or vegetable creation. 
This 'Class of people will oppose, strictly speaking, the fare 
God created for man's good. They have departed from 
the faith, not willing that the Bible should be their guide. 

In Paul's second epistle to Timothy, he says, "For the 
time will come when they will not endure sound doctrine; 
but after their own lusts shall they heap to themselves 
teachers, having itching ears; and they shall turn away 
their ears from the truth, and shall be turned unto fables." 
2 Tim. 4:3, 4. 

And again we read: "This know also, that in the last 
days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers 
of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, 
disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, without natural 
affection, truce-breakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce^ 
despisers of those that are good, traitors, heady, high- 
minded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God ; hav- 
ing a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof; 
from such turn away. For of this sort are they which 
creep into houses, and lead captive silly women laden with 
sins, led away with divers lusts, ever learning, and never 
able to come to the knowledge of the truth. Now as Jannes 
and Jambres withstood Moses, so do these also resist the 



True and False Prophets. 89 

truth; men of corrupt minds, reprobate concerning the 
faith. But they shall proceed no further; for their folly 
shall be manifest unto all men, as theirs also was." 
2 Tim. 3:1-9. 

They have a form of godliness, but they are lovers of 
pleasure. They are Christian in name, but in character 
they are not. They are ever talking and seemingly trying 
to learn God's Word, but they never come to a knowledge 
of the truth, but as Jannes and Jambres withstood Moses, 
these also resist the truth. They are men of corrupt minds,- 
reprobate concerning the faith. It is a truth there never 
was an age in the world's history when there were as many 
Bibles as now. It is also evident that the Bible is very 
meagerly understood by the professed people of God. 
There never was a time when there were so many ministers. 
There never was a period when there was so much sin in 
the world. There never was a time when so many mis- 
sionaries were sent out as to-day. It is equally true that, 
though people are brought to a partial knowledge of the 
Bible, they are practically left in the world. Jannes and 
Jambres were men that resisted the miracles and work of 
Moses by the counterfeits performed in opposition; so 
again we learn that these apostates from God will be 
clothed with similar power; but, says, the apostle, their 
folly shall be manifest. 

Turning again to the words of the Saviour, He asks 
this important question: "Who then is a faithful and wise 
servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his house- 
hold, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that 
servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. 
Verily I say unto you. That he shall make him ruler over 
all his goods. But and if that evil servant shall say in 
his heart, My lord delayeth his coming; and shall begin 
to smite his iellow-servants, and to eat and drink with the 
drunken; the lord of that servant shall come in a day when 



90 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware 
of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion 
with the hypocrites; there shall be weeping and gnashing 
of teeth." Matt. 24:45-51. 

The unfaithful servant here says, "My lord delayeth 
his coming." Some one is telling the people that the Lord 
is coming; but this man says it is not true. The Lord's 
coming is a long way off. He eats and drinks with the 
drunken, that is, his mind is given over to feasting, and 
all classes are invited to his festivities, regardless of char- 
acter or standing. It is all done under the name of Christ, 
and many times in the house of divine worship, where all 
classes are gathered to the feast. That is, there is no sepa- 
ration between him and the world. He smites his fellow- 
servants who say the Lord is coming. He opposes them 
in their work, and makes it hard for them. The figure 
here used, is that of a landlord, who changes his diet on 
the table according to the season of the year, and when the 
time comes, the faithful servant gives the household meat 
in due season, concerning the return of their lord; but the 
unfaithful man makes no change, but joins in with the 
revelry and amusements of the world. 

"This second epistle, beloved, I now write unto you; 
in both which I stir up your pure minds by way of remem- 
brance; that ye may be mindful of the words which were 
spoken before by the holy prophets, and of the command- 
ment of us the apostles of the Lord and Saviour ; knowing 
this first, that there shall come in the last days scoffers, 
walking after their own lusts, and saying, Where is the 
promise of His coming? for since the fathers fell asleep, 
all things continue as they were from the beginning of the 
creation. For this they willingly are ignorant of, that by 
the word of God the heavens were of old, and the earth 
standing out of the water and in the water; whereby the 
world that then was, being overflowed with water, per- 
ished." 2 Peter 3:1-6. 



True and False Prophets. 91 

Again we are brought face to face with this class of 
pretended teachers of the truth. Their great theme is to 
oppose the doctrine of the soon-coming of the Lord. A 
scoffer is one who ridicules. Failing to meet the question 
with Bible arguments, he ridicules and insinuates. It is 
not that they have lack of ability or natural mental power. 
Says the apostle, "They willingly are ignorant." They 
could know the truth. It is not that the question is so 
difficult to be understood; they do not care to know the 
truth. They do not desire to reason that, if the world 
was destroyed by water, God is able to again destroy it 
with fire. These problems they are not interested in, and 
so they scoff at the truth. They are described thus: — 

"For there are certain men crept in unawares, who 
were before of old ordained to this condemnation, ungodly 
men, turning the grace of our God into lasciviousness, and 
denying the only Lord God, and our Lord Jesus Christ. 
I will therefore put you in remembrance, though ye once 
knew this, how that the Lord, having saved the people out 
of the land of Egypt, afterward destroyed them that 
believed not." "But these speak evil of those things which 
they know not; but what they know naturally, as brute 
beasts, in those things they corrupt themselves. Woe unto 
them ! for they have gone in the way of Cain, and ran greed- 
ily after the error of Balaam for reward, and perished in the 
gainsaying of Core. These are spots in your feasts of 
charity, when they feast with you, feeding themselves with- 
out fear; clouds they are without water, carried about of 
winds; trees whose fruit withereth, without fruit, twice 
dead, plucked up by the roots; raging waves of the sea, 
foaming out their own shame; wandering stars, to whorji 
is reserved the blackness of darkness forever." Jude 

4, 5> 10-13- 

Their doctrines are unsound and unscriptural. They 
are like clouds without rain, raging waves of the sea, 



92 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

foaming out their own shame, wandering stars. These 
are some of the sad pictures of the church as given by the 
pen of inspiration, and recorded in the New Testament, 
as they will exist in the last days Now, this miracle- 
working power of Satan was to begin its work and mani- 
festation in the territory in the third and last division of 
the world, and for this reason the two-horned beast of 
Revelation 13 is called by John, in Revelation 19, the "false 
prophet." "And he doe'th great wonders, so that he mak- 
eth fire to come down from heaven on the earth in the 
sight of men, and deceiveth them that dwell on the earth 
by the means of those miracles which he had power to 
do in the sight of the beast ; saying to them that dwell on 
the earth, that they should make an image to the beast, 
which had the wound by a sword, and did live," Rev. 

13:13, H- 

This miracle-working power of Satan was, as we have 
seen, first manifested in the territory of the two-horned 
beast, at Hydesville, New York, in 1848, under the name 
of Spiritualistic rappings. From that time forward its 
growth has been marvelous, and, in the language of the 
prophet, it has already gone forth to the kings of the earth 
and the whole world. 

The Old Testament is equally explicit in its statements 
regarding this class of false teachers. "And when they 
shall say unto you, Seek unto them that have familiar 
spirits, and unto wizards that peep and that mutter; should 
not a people seek unto their God? for the living to the 
dead ? To the law and to the testimony ; if they speak not 
according to this word, it is because there is no light in 
them." Isa. 8:19, 20. 

The prophet says they peep and mutter. The apostle 
John says they are "unclean spirits like frogs." It is not 
intelligence that this power imparts to the people, but error, 
disconnected statements, which purport to come from the 



True and False Prophets. 93 

dead. Did the poor souls know the real power that was 
behind the scene, they would be far from thinking they 
were communicating with their dead friends, and if they 
would study the Bible, and believe its statements, they 
would never be deluded by this deceptive influence. Says 
the wise man, "The dead know not anything." Speaking 
of the time of a man's death, the psalmist David says, "In 
that very day his thoughts perish." But the deluded souls 
do not believe this, but prefer the statements of those that 
"peep and that mutter." Says the prophet, "To the law 
and to the testimony; if they speak not according to this 
word, it is because -there is no light in them." The Scrip- 
tures of truth, says the apostle, are able to make us wise 
unto salvation, and are profitable. Then let us take heed 
to their teachings. 

We will now notice some of the statements of the 
prophets concerning these false teachers, regarding their 
position as to the coming of the Lord, as revealed in the 
Old Testament. 

"To whom shall I speak, and give warning, that they 
may hear? Behold, their ear is uncircumcised, and they 
can not barken ; behold, the Word of the Lord is unto them 
a reproach; they have no delight in it. Therefore I am 
full of the fury of the Lord; I am weary with holding 
in; I will pour it out upon the children abroad, and upon 
the assembly of young men together ; for even the husband 
with the wife shall be taken, the aged with him that is full 
of days. And their houses shall be turned unto others, 
with their fields and wives together; for I will stretch out 
My hand upon the inhabitants of the land, saith the Lord. 
For from the least of them even unto the greatest of them 
every one is given to covetousness ; and from the prophet 
even unto the priest every one dealeth falsely. They have 
healed also the hurt of the daughter of My people slightly, 
saying. Peace, peace; when there is no peace. Were they 



94 



The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 



ashamed when they had committed abomination? nay, they 
were not at all ashamed, neither could they blush; there- 
fore they shall fall among them that fall ; at the time that 
I visit them they shall be cast down, saith the Lord." 
Jer. 6:10-15. 

The time when this text has its special application is 
indicated by the words, "Therefore they shall fall among 
them that fall at the time that I visit them." Other por- 
tions of this chapter show clearly that these statements 
apply to the closing period of the world's history. Later 
on the reader will learn that there will be a class of min- 
isters raising their voices and warning the people regarding 
the time of trouble that is coming on the earth, but the 
class here referred to are represented as saying, "Peace, 
peace," in opposition to the things taught by the true shep- 
herds. The prophet further describes the situation thus, 
"For from the least of them even unto the greatest of them 
every one is given to covetousness." Financial consid- 
erations have entered largely into their work, and it is a 
sad fact that many of the professed followers of Christ 
are preaching for hire. "They have healed also the hurt 
of the daughter of My people slightly." Their work is 
not thorough, and many of the reported conversions are 
not genuine. "Behold, the Word of the Lord is unto them 
a reproach; they have no delight in it." Although they 
professedly teach the Bible, yet its plain truths relative to 
conformity of life in simplicity of dress, amusements, and 
worldliness, the soon-coming of the Lord, and kindred 
truths, are a reproach unto them. _ "They turn away their 
ears from the truth, and are turned unto fables." Were 
the plain teaching of the Bible taught by the hundreds of 
thousands of ministers that now stand in the desk, there 
would be "a dififerent state of things in the church from 
what we see. The Lord gives these men an admonition 
for this time, as follows: "Thus saith the Lord, Stand ye 



True and False Prophets. 95 

in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is 
the good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest 
for your souls. But they said, We will not walk therein. 
Also I set watchmen over you, saying, Harken to the 
sound of the trumpet. But they said. We will not harken. 
Therefore hear, ye nations, and know, O congregation, 
what is among them. Hear, O earth : behold, I will bring 
evil upon this people, even the fruit of their thoughts, 
because they have not barkened unto My words, nor to 
My law, but rejected it." Jer. 6:16-19. 

The figure used in verse 16 is that of a man standing 
where various roads or streets divide, and he is at a loss 
to know which to take. So in these last days, in the midst 
of "Lo, here," and "Lo, there," the people will hardly know 
which is the right way. Now, the Lord's admonition is. 
Stand in the ways, and see, and inquire; that is, both look 
and inquire before you go further on your journey; and 
in the midst of all these different ways, representing the 
various denominatioils and organizations, there is an old 
path; look for that road. The old path of God's people 
is both historical, named and marked, but during the long 
reign of papal supremacy it has been neglected, and now, 
in the time of the increase of knowledge, we must search 
out and look for that road again that was traveled for 
centuries by Israel of old. The promise is, "Walk therein, 
and ye shall find rest for your souls;" but the sad reply 
comes from those that love not the truth, "We will not 
walk therein." The Lord further says : "Also I set watch- 
men over you, saying, Harken to the sound of the trumpet. 
But they said, We will not harken." This blowing of the 
trumpet is explained by the prophet Joel: "Blow ye the 
trrjnpet in Zion, and sound an alarm in My holy mountain; 
let all the inhabitants of the land tremble; for the day of 
the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at hand." Joel 2:1. 

The doctrine of the coming of the Lord is a subject 



96 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

to which they will not harken. As a result of this wilful- 
ness, the Lord says, "Behold, I will bring evil upon this 
people, even the fruit of their thoughts, because they have 
not barkened unto My words, nor to My law, but 
rejected it." 

The law of God, the ten commandments, is the great 
standard of truth and righteousness in every age. The 
Papacy trampled the truth to the ground during the long 
period of papal supremacy, and now the law is being 
revealed in its true relation to the gospel, but these false 
teachers reject it. The special path referred to is the fourth 
commandment of the decalogue. This is clearly shown by 
the prophet Isaiah. In speaking of the restoration of the 
truth, the prophet says: "And they that shall be of thee 
shall build the old waste places; thou shalt raise up the 
foundations of many generations ; and thou shalt be called. 
The repairer of the breach. The restorer of paths to dwell 
in. If thou turn away thy foot from the Sabbath, from 
doing thy pleasure on My holy day; and call the Sabbath 
a delight, the holy of the Lord, honorable; and shalt honor 
Him, not doing thine own ways, nor finding thine own 
pleasure, nor speaking thine own words." Isa. 58:12, 13. 

The remnant people will be engaged in the restoration 
of these paths. They will show that the man of sin was 
to think to change God's law, and institute another day 
in the place of the rest day of Jehovah. But as the truth 
on the Sabbath is brought out, those teachers who do not 
love the Word of God reject the law. The prophet 
Ezekiel states the situation in the following language: 
"Her priests have violated My law, and have profaned 
Mine holy things ; they have put no difference between the 
holy and profane, neither have they showed difference 
between the unclean and the clean, and have hid their eyes 
from My Sabbaths, and I am profaned among them. Her 
princes in the midst thereof are like wolves ravening the 



True and False Prophets. 97 

prey, to shed blood, and to destroy souls, to get dishonest 
gain. And her prophets have daubed them with untemp- 
ered mortar, seeing vanity, and divining lies unto them, 
saying. Thus saith the Lord God, when the Lord hath not 
spoken. The people of the land have used oppression, and 
exercised robbery, and have vexed the poor and needy ; yea, 
they have oppressed the stranger wrongfully. And I 
sought for a man among them, that should make up the 
hedge, and stand in the gap before Me for the land, that 
1 should not destroy it ; but I found none. Therefore have 
I poured out Mine indignation upon them ; I have consumed 
them with the fire of My wrath; their own way have I 
recompensed upon their heads, saith the Lord God." 
Eze. 22 :26-3i. 

"They have put no difiference between the holy and 
profane." The Lord says the seventh day is "My holy 
day," but the day in opposition to it never was anything 
but one of the six working days. They "have hid 
their eyes from My Sabbaths." This is, they have not 
desired to see the old paths; they have no inclination to 
learn what God says about it. Then the prophet says. 
They "are like wolves ravening the prey, to shed blood, 
and to destroy souls, and to get dishonest gain." They 
have made others hope that they would confirm the Word. 
"And I sought for a man among them, that should make 
up the hedge, and stand in the gap before Me for the land, 
that I should not destroy it; but I found none." No; there 
are not many of what are known as the popular ministers 
that can be found that will take hold of the truth for the 
last days. The hedge and the gap spoken of in these verses 
refer to the breach made in God's law by the change of 
His precepts. 

Turning again to the writings of Ezekiel, we read: 
"O Israel, thy prophets are like foxes in the deserts. Ye 
have not gone up into the gaps, neither made up the hedge 
for the house of Israel to stand in the battle in the day of 



98 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the Lord. They have seen vanity and lying divination, 
saying, The Lord saith; and the Lord hath not senf them; 
and they have made others to hope that they would confirm 
the word. Have ye not seen a vain vision and have ye 
not spoken a lying divination, whereas ye say, The Lord 
saith it; albeit I have not spoken?" Eze. 13:4-7. 

The prophet compares these teachers to foxes in the 
desert. The fox is one of the most shrewd and cunning 
animals to be found in nature. Hunters inform us that 
they have more than one outlet to their dens, and when 
one avenue is closed up, they escape at another one, and 
so on. So with the false teachers of Israel. They are 
not a dull class, but, on the contrary, they are shrewd, but 
they are not valiant for the truth. When the binding obli- 
gations of God's law are presented, and its unchangeable 
principles enforced upon the hearers, every effort is made 
to evade the arguments drawn from inspiration; and when 
the Sabbath with its binding obligations is sent home to 
the heart, there is not a technical objection unfound by 
these shrewd opposers of the truth. They go from one 
"hole" to another, taking ofttimes one after another the 
most illogical and contradictory positions. 

The Lord's charge against these teachers is, "Ye have 
not gone up into the gaps, neither made up the hedge for 
the house of Israel to stand in the battle in the day of the 
Lord." The great battle of Armageddon will reveal to 
the world fatal mistakes that have been made by the oppos- 
ers of the truth, but then it will be too late. They have 
tried to make the people believe that God's Word taught 
the observance of another day, but the Lord answers : "Have 
ye not seen a vain vision, and have ye not spoken a lying 
divination, whereas ye say. The Lord saith it ; albeit I have 
not spoken? Therefore' thus saith the Lord God; Because 
ye have spoken vanity, and seen lies, therefore, behold, I 
am against you. saith the Lord God. And Mine hand 



True and False Prophets. 99 

shall be upon the prophets that see vanity, and that divine 
lies; they shall not be in the assembly of My people, neither 
shall they be written in the writing of the house of Israel, 
neither shall they enter into the land of Israel ; and ye shall 
know that I am the Lord God. Because, even because 
they have seduced My people, saying. Peace; and there 
was no peace; and one built up a wall, and, lo, others 
daubed it with untempered mortar; say unto them which 
daub it with untempered mortar; that it shall fall; there 
shall be an overflowing shower ; and ye, O great hailstones, 
shall fall ; and a stormy wind shall rend it. Lo, when the 
wall is fallen, shall it not be said unto you, Where is the 
daubing wherewith ye have daubed it? Therefore thus 
saith the Lord God ; I will even rend it with a stormy wind 
in My fury; and there shall be an overflowing shower in 
Mine anger, and great hailstones in My fury to consume it. 
So will I break down the wall that ye have daubed with 
untempered mortar, and bring it down to the ground, so 
that the foundation thereof shall be discovered, and it shall 
fall, and ye shall be consumed in the midst thereof; and 
ye shall know that I am the Lord. Thus will I accomplish 
My wrath upon the wall, and upon them that have daubed 
it with untempered mortar, and will say unto you. The 
wall is no more, neither they that daubed it; to wit, the 
prophets of Israel which prophesy concerning Jerusalem, 
and which see visions of peace for her, and there is no peace, 
saith the Lord God." Eze. 13 7-16. 

The foregoing is a wonderful arraignment. They have 
seduced the people by saying, "Peace; and there was no 
peace." They tell the people there will no trouble come, 
there will be no gathering of the nations, there will be no 
punishment fall upon Christendom; and so the peace and 
safety cry is sounded abroad. And then, referring to the 
gap or breach in God's law, the prophet tells how they 
have endeavored to close up that breach. "One built up 



100 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

a wall." Yes, the Papacy built up the Sunday institution, 
and established it by the law of the land, and, as elsewhere 
shown, it is the mark or seal of power and authority of the 
beast. The Protestants daub it with untempered mortar 
to make it stand. The mortar here refers to the argu- 
ments the Protestants use in behalf of the Sunday insti- 
tutions. But walls laid up with untempered mortar will 
not stand the storms that come against them, but crumble 
and fall. So the Lord warns these teachers thus, "Say 
unto them which daub it with untempered mortar, that it 
shall fall; there shall be an overflowing shower; and ye, O 
great hailstones, shall fall; and a stormy wind shall rend it." 

The hailstones here referred to are those that fall in 
connection with the coming of the Lord, as spoken of in 
Revelation the sixteenth chapter. The stormy wind is the 
gathering of the nations to the great battle. Then these 
false prophets will see their fatal mistake, and the people 
that have been seduced by them will learn, when it is too 
late, their terrible error. The prophet Jeremiah says, 
"Howl, ye shepherds, and cry; and wallow yourselves in 
the ashes, ye principal of the flock; for the days of your 
slaughter and of your dispersions are accomplished; and 
ye shall fall like a pleasant vessel." Jer. 25 :34. 

"Stay yourselves, and wonder; cry ye out, and cry; 
they are drunken, but not with wine ; they stagger, but not 
with strong drink. For the Lord hath poured out upon 
you the spirit of deep sleep, and hath closed your eyes ; the 
prophets and your rulers, the seers He hath covered. And 
the vision of all is become unto you as the words of a book 
that is sealed, which men deliver to one that is learned, 
saying, Read this, I pray thee; and he saith, I can not; 
for it is sealed. And the book is delivered to him that 
is not learned, saying, Read this, I pray thee ; and he saith, 
I am not learned. Wherefore the Lord said. Forasmuch 
as this people draw near Me with their mouth, and with 



True and False Prophets. loi 

their lips do honor Me, but have removed their heart far 
from Me, and their fear toward Me is taught by the pre- 
cept of men ; therefore, behold, I will proceed to do a mar- 
velous work among this people, even a marvelous work 
and a wonder; for the wisdom of their wise men shall 
perish, and the understanding of their prudent men shall 
be hid." Isa. 29:9-14. 

The inspired historian says, "They are drunken, but 
not with wine." The Papacy is represented, in Revela- 
tion 17, as making all nations drunken with the wine of 
her fornication (false doctrines). So in this case, the 
deep sleep of slumber has fallen upon the prophets and 
rulers of Israel, and the vision of all has become unto you 
as the words of a book that is sealed. The educated say 
it is sealed. The uneducated say they are not learned. 
The Lord explains the trouble. They draw nigh to God 
with their lips, but their heart is far from Him. The 
trouble is, says the prophet, "their fear toward Me is 
taught by the precept of men.'" False doctrines are the 
doctrines of man, and not of the Bible, and wherever they 
are cherished, there can be only leanness of soul and every 
evil thing. 

Thus the whole tenor of the Scriptures in both the Old 
and the New Testaments clearly teaches that the last days 
shall be days of peril to the church. False teachers will 
abound on every hand, and, as in ages past, these teachers 
will seek political power, and that alliance with the state 
will have much to do in the gathering of the nations. The 
church is not converting the world in the last days, as 
many suppose, but, on the other hand, the world is con- 
verting the church. These ministers will have a fearful 
account to meet. Bear in mind there was never an apos- 
tasy from God but what the judgments of God followed it. 
There is not a record of a nation or class of which this 
has not been true sooner or later in their history. The 



I02 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

last days furriish no exception. Multitudes of professed Chris- 
tians will drink of a cup that they little dream of, and no one 
will be to blame or responsible but themselves. Remember the 
lesson to Israel concerning their relation to the blessings and 
cursings pronounced by Moses, the servant of the Lord. Now, 
on the other hand, the earth has never been without those that 
feared God and hated covetousness, men and women that 
would cry aloud, and spare not. So in the last days there 
will be a people developed that will be as true to God as 
the steel to the magnet, and the needle to the pole. The 
world will be faithfully warned before its final doom is 
'met, and every soul will have an opportunity to decide 
on which side of the great question he will be found. 

We will now give our attention to the statements of the 
divine historian concerning the true prophets and teachers 
who will give the last warning message to a perishing world. 

TRUE PROPHETS. 

"But of the times and the seasons, brethren, ye have 
no need that I write unto you. For yourselves know per- 
fectly that the day of the Lord so cometh as a thief in the 
night. For when they shall say. Peace and safety; then 
sudden destruction cometh upon them, as travail upon a 
woman with child; and they shall not escape. But ye, 
brethren, are not in darkness, that that day should overtake 
you as a thief. Ye are all the children of light, and the 
children of the day; we are not of the night, nor of darkness. 
Therefcwe let us not sleep, as do others ; but let us watch and 
be sober. For they that sleep sleep in the nigJit; and they 
that be drunken are drunken in the night." i Thess. 5:1-7. 

It was not necessary that the apostle Paul should write 
the brethren at Thessalonica to instruct them regarding 
the evidences of the Lord's return, for this he had already 
done, and they understood perfectly the situation; but he 



True and False Prophets. 1103 

does warn them against the false teachers, who might pos- 
sibly influence them in the wrong way. The true servant 
of the Lord ever enjoys the privilege of being in the light 
and knowing the Lord's will. Says the apostle, "Ye are 
all the children of Hght, and the children of the day;" but 
to those who are not in the light, the coming of the Lord 
will be as the coming of a thief in the night, sudden and 
unexpected. 

The second coming of Christ is the hope of the church. 
When Israel was broken up in her form of government, 
and scattered abroad in the earth, the only hope left her 
was the time when the Lord would come and the kingdom 
be restored to her. "And thou, profane wicked prince 
of Israel, whose day is come, when iniquity shall have an 
end, thus saith the Lord God; Remove the diadem, and 
take off the crown; this shall not be the same; exalt him 
that is low, and abase him that is high. I will overturn, 
overturn, overturn, it; and it shall be no more, until He 
come whose right it is; and I will give it Him." Eze. 
21 :25-27. 

When He comes whose right it is, then will the king- 
dom be restored to Israel, and not before. The great 
question of Christ's first advent was whether the time had 
come or not. Many mistook His first advent for the time 
when the kingdom would be restored. Even after His 
resurrection His followers came to Him and said, "Wilt 
Thou at this time restore again the kingdom to Israel?" 
But He replied that it was not for them to know the time 
of His second coming. Their work was to preach the 
gospel to all nations. To another generation belonged the 
work of preaching His second coming, as it should be 
indicated by the signs which He had Himself given. Never- 
theless they were to cherish as "the blessed hope" the prom- 
ise of His second appearing. When He was taken up 
from them, and a cloud received Him out of their sight. 



4% 




'/ GO TO PREPARE A PLACE FOR VOU." 



lo6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

an angel stood by them in white apparel, and said to His 
disciples, "This same Jesus, which is taken up from you 
into heaven, shall so come in like manner as ye have seen 
Him go into heaven." Acts i:ii. This great event is 
the hope of God's people. Said the Saviour: "Let not 
your heart be troubled; ye believe in God, believe also in 
Me. In My Father's house are many mansions ; if it were 
not so, I would have told you. I go to prepare a place for 
you. And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come 
again, and receive you unto Myself; that where I am, there 
ye may be also. And whither I go ye know, and the way 
ye know." John 14:1-4. The "wa}^' here spoken of is 
the way of the resurrection, and the resurrection is alone 
through Christ. He says, "I am the way, the truth, and 
the life." He also says, "I am the resurrection and the 
life." But the resurrection does not take place until the 
Lord comes. "For the Lord Himself shall descend from 
heaven with a shout, with the voice of the Archangel, and 
with the trump of God; and the dead in Christ shall rise; 
first." I Thess. 4:16. 

The apostle Paul looked forward to this great event, 
and referred to it in all his epistles, and gave it in charge 
to those who should come after him, "teaching us that, 
denying ungodliness and worldly lusts, we should live 
soberly, righteously, and godly, in this present world ; look- 
ing for that blessed hope, and the glorious appearing of 
the great God and our Saviour Jesus Christ; who gave 
Himself for us, that He might redeem us from all iniquity, 
and purify unto Himself a peculiar people, zealous of good 
works. These things speak, and exhort, and rebuke with 
all authority. Let no man despise thee." Titus 2:12-15. 

The blessed hope here mentioned is the resurrection of 
the dead, as shown in the last eight chapters of the Acts 
of the Apostles. Is it not strange that, as we near this 
great event, and when the reward is to be given to the 



True and False Prophets. 107 

Lord's people, His own followers should lose their inter- 
est in it? But such is the case. How different was the 
attitude of the great apostle to the Gentiles toward this 
event ! It was the sheet-anchor to his soul, as is witnessed 
by his farewell words to his son Timothy : "For I am now 
ready to be offered, and the time of my departure is at 
hand. I have fought a good fight, I have finished my 
course, I have kept the faith; henceforth there is laid up 
for me a crown of righteousness, which the Lord, the 
righteous judge, shall give me at that day; and not to me 
only, but unto all them also that love His appearing." 
2 Tim. 4:6-8. 

Paul was different from many of the teachers of this 
day. We are told by them that our reward is at death, 
and that the righteous dead are now in heaven wearing 
the crowns won by their achievements in this life through 
the name of Christ. But, as we have seen, Paul looked 
to "that day," the day of the Lord's appearing, as the time 
of reward. The apostle Peter also admonishes the servant 
of the Lord to faithfulness in his work, by pointing him 
forward to the appearing of the Chief Shepherd as the 
time of reward. "The elders which are among you I 
exhort, who am also an elder, and a witness of the suffer- 
ings of Christ, and also a partaker of the glory that shall 
be revealed: feed the flock of God which is among you, 
taking the oversight thereof, not by constraint, but will- 
ingly; not for filthy lucre, but of a ready mind; neither as 
being lords over God's heritage, but being ensamples to 
the flock. And when the chief Shepherd shall appear, 
ye shall receive a crown of glory that fadeth not away." 
I Peter 5:1-4. 

To the Jews the Saviour said, "Marvel not at this ; for 
the hour is coming, in the which all that are in the graves 
shall hear His voice, and shall come forth ; they that have 
done good, unto the resurrection of life; and they that 



io8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

have done evil, unto the resurrection of damnation." 
John 5 :28, 29. And again we have this testimony recorded 
by Luke : "Then said He also to him that bade Him, When 
thou makest a dinner or a supper, call not thy friends, nor 
thy brethren, neither thy kinsmen, nor thy rich neighbors ; 
lest they also bid thee again, and a recompense be made 
thee. But when thou makest a feast, call the poor, the 
maimed, the lame, the blind; and thou shalt be blessed; 
for they can not recompense thee ; for thou shalt be recom- 
pensed at the resurrection of the just." Luke 14:12-14. 

The foregoing are a very few of the many scriptures 
showing the time of reward, the importance of the second 
advent, and of the things connected with it. It is the end 
of this age. It is the close of all earthly history. It is 
the separation of the righteous from the wicked. It is 
the reunion of all God's people. It is the time when every 
mountain will be moved out of its place. It is the time 
when the cities will all be broken down "at the presence 
of the Lord, and by His fierce anger." It is the time when 
the wicked will cry for the rocks and the mountains to fall 
on them and hide them from the face of Him that sitteth 
on the throne. It is the time when the heavens shall part 
as a scroll when it is rolled together. It is when every 
island will be moved out of its place. It is then the sea will 
boil as a pot. It is then the voice of God will shake the 
earth and the heavens also. It is then Satan is bound for 
one thousand years, and cast into the bottomless pit. It 
is then the resurrection of all the righteous will take place. 
It is then the living righteous will be translated without 
seeing death. It is then they all together will be caught 
up to meet the Lord in the air. It is then there will be 
weeping and gnashing of teeth. It is then the Lord's 
people will look up and say, "Lo, this is our God ; we have 
waited for Him, and He will save us." 

These, with other occurrences mentioned in the Scrip- 



True and False Prophets. 109 

tures, all take place in connection with the return of our 
Lord, and by presenting this subject, the true prophet will 
give his household meat in due season. He will ever be 
awake to, the situation, and, Hke faithful Noah of old, will 
make every preparation for the saving of his house. Said 
the Saviour : "When ye shall see all these things, know that 
it is near, even at the doors. Verily I say unto you. This 
generation shall not pass, till ^11 these things be fulfilled." 
The things here mentioned are the signs recorded in the 
twenty-fourth chapter of Matthew. His disciples asked 
Him three plain questions : "Tell us, when shall these things 
be? and what shall be the sign of Thy coming, and of the 
end of the- world? And Jesus answered and said unto 
them, Take heed that no man deceive you. For many 
shall come in My name, saying, I am Christ; and shall 
deceive many." Matt. 24:3-5. 

The Master had just told His disciples, after they had 
shown Him the buildings of the temple, that not one of 
those massive stones should be left upon another. They 
understood His language to apply to the end of the world. 
It gave Him an opportunity of opening their understand- 
ing, and hence He passes over, in brief, the world's history 
from that day forward to the close. This He does twice 
in this remarkable chapter, the first reaching to the four- 
teenth verse; the second, from the fifteenth verse forward. 
He informs them concerning the destruction of Jerusalem 
by the Roman army, the rising of nation against nation, 
wars and rumors of wars, referring to the breaking up 
of the Ronmn kingdom, in the first five centuries. He 
next brings to view the papal persecution, covering the 
period till 1798. Then, in verses 11 and 12, He tells of 
the apostasy, even among the reformers and those who 
have had great light. In verse 13 He says, "But he that 
shall endure unto the end, the same shall be saved." In 
verse 14 He calls attention to the last message to prepare 



I lO The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the world for His coming: "And this gospel of the king- 
dom shall be preached in all the world for a witness unto 
all nations; and then shall the end come." Then, in verse 
15, as before stated, the Saviour again takes up the world's 
history from His day forward, bringing out additional 
features, reaching again the coming of the Lord, in verse 
28. In verse 29 He takes up the signs that will precede 
that event, and says : — 

"Immediately after the tribulation of those days shall 
the sun be darkened, and the moon shall not give her light, 
and the stars shall fall from heaven, and the powers of 
the heavens shall be shaken; and then shall appear the sign 
of the Son of man in heaven ; and then shall all the tribes of 
the earth mourn, and they shall see the Son of man coming 
in the clouds of heaven with power and great glory. And 
He shall send His angels with a great sound of a trumpet, 
and they shall gather together His elect from the four 
winds, from one end of heaven to the other. Now learn 
a parable of the fig tree: When his branch is yet tender, 
and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh; 
so likewise ye, when ye shall see all these things, know 
that it- is near, even at the doors. Verily I say unto you. 
This generation shall not pass, till all these things be ful- 
filled. Heaven and earth shall pass away, but My words 
shall not pass away." Matt. 24:29-35. 

As elsewhere shown, the twelve hundred and sixty years 
of papal supremacy ended in 1798. We have also shown 
that this date marked the commencement of "the time of 
the end." Now, says the Saviour, "Immediately after the 
tribulation of those days shall the sun be darkened." 
Mark's gospel says, "In those days, after that tribulation." 

The last of the papal persecutions ended about 1777. 
There is recorded in history a day known as the "dark 
day," or supernatural darkening of the sun, May 19, 1780. 
The same night the sign in the moon was fulfilled. Nov. 



True and False Prophets. in 

i3> ^^Z2» the falling of the stars here mentioned took place. 
Now, as we see the fig tree putting forth leaves, we know 
that summer is nigh. So, says the Saviour, when these 
things come to pass, know the event is even at the doors 
He emphasizes this statement by adding these words, 
"This generation shall not pass, till all these things be ful- 
filled." "This generation" clearly means the generation 
that should witness these signs, some of whom will live 
till the Lord comes. Our acceptance of this statement 
depends solely on the implicit confidence placed upon 
God's Word. All that Noah, Abraham, Moses, Isaac, 
Jacob, and all the men of God, have ever had upon which 
to exercise faith were the simple statements of God's Word. 
That is all we have or ever will have. The Jews were not 
satisfied with this. They sought a sign. The Saviour 
said there should no sign be given them. Neither will any 
additional sign be given us, except those recorded in the 
Bible. 

Says the Saviour: "Who then is a faithful and wise 
servant, whom his lord hath made ruler over his house- 
hold, to give them meat in due season? Blessed is that 
servant, whom his lord when he cometh shall find so doing. 
Verily I say unto you. That he shall make him ruler over 
all his goods. But and if that evil servant shall say in his 
heart, My lord delayeth his coming; and shall begin to 
smite his fellow-servants, and to eat and drink with the 
drunken ; the lord of that servant shall come in a day when 
he looketh not for him, and in an hour that he is not aware 
of, and shall cut him asunder, and appoint him his portion 
with the hypocrites; there shall be weeping and gnashing 
of teeth." Matt. 24:45-51. 

We have defined in the prophecy of Ezekiel the duties 
of the true prophet: "He said unto me. Son of man, eat 
that thou findest ; eat this roll, and go speak unto the house 
of Israel. So I opened my mouth, and He caused me to 



112 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

eat that roll. And He said unto me, Son of man, cause 
thy belly to eat, and fill thy bowels with this roll that I 
give thee. Then did I eat > it; and it was in my mouth as 
honey for sweetness And He said unto me. Son of man, 
go, get thee unto the house of Israel, and speak with My 
words unto them. For thou art not sent to a people of 
a strange speech and of a hard language, but to the house 
of Israel; not to many people of a strange speech and of 
a hard language, whose words thou canst not understand. 
Surely, had I sent thee to them, they would have barkened 
unto thee. But the house of Israel will not barken unto 
thee; for they will not barken unto Me; for all the bouse 
of Israel are impudent and bard-hearted. Behold, I have 
made thy face strong against their faces, and thy forehead 
strong against their foreheads. As an adamant harder 
than flint have I made thy forehead ; fear them not, neither 
be dismayed at their looks, though they be a rebellious 
house. Moreover He said unto me. Son of man, all My 
words that I shall speak unto thee receive in thine heart, 
and bear them with thine ears. And go, get thee to them 
of the captivity, unto the children of thy people, and speak 
unto them, and tell them. Thus saith the Lord God ; whether 
they will hear, or whether they will forbear." Eze. 3 :i-ii. 
The roll mentioned is the writings of God's Word. 
The servant of the Lord must eat this Word, or feed upon 
it, until he is thoroughly acquainted with it. Then be 
is to speak those words to the people, not his own reason- 
ing, or his likes and dislikes; but a true servant must tell 
the people what God says; whether they will bear, or 
whether they will forbear, is not the question. The Lord's 
message is always sent to His own people first, and sent 
in unmistakable language. The Lord's messenger must 
be fitted for bis work by the Spirit of the Lord: "Behold, 
I have made thy face strong against their faces, and thy 
forehead strong against their foreheads. As an adamant 



True and False Prophets. 113 

harder than flint have I made thy forehead." The face 
of the true minister of the Lord does not bear the hardness 
caused by sin, but a firm determination that knows no fear. 
He is clothed with power fronj on high as he goes forth 
to deliver his message. Though opposition may come on 
every hand, he is not moved. His commission is especially 
to the captivity, — God's people as they are scattered abroad 
throughout the earth. The Lord continues: — 

"Son of man, I have made thee a watchman unto the 
house of Israel ; therefore hear the word at My mouth, 
and give them warning from Me. When I say unto the 
wicked. Thou shalt surely die; and thou givest him not 
warning, nor speakest to warn the wicked from his wicked 
way, to save his life; the same wicked man shall die in 
his iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand. 
Yet if thou warn the wicked, and he turn not from his 
wickedness, nor from his wicked way, he shall die in his 
iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul." Eze. 3 : 17-19. 

A true prophet is a watchman. His flock is ever in 
danger, and he is ever looking out for the snares and temp- 
tations that Satan throws around them. A false shepherd, 
says the prophet, is a dumb dog, lying down, and loving 
to slumber. Thus we have the commission, the fitting up, 
and all recorded, that the true servant may understand his 
mission: "Again the word of the Lord came unto me, 
saying, Son of man, speak to the children of thy people, 
and say unto them, When I bring the sword upon a land, 
if the people of the land take a man of their coasts, and 
set him for their watchman; if when he seeth the sword 
come upon the land, he blow the trumpet, and warn the 
people; then whosoever heareth the sound of the trumpet, 
and taketh not warning; if the sword come, and take him 
away, his blood shall be upon his own head. He heard 
the sound of the trumpet, and took not warning ; his blood 
shall be upon him. But he that taketh warning shall 



114 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

deliver his soul. But if the watchman see the sword come, 
and blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned; 
if the sword come, and take any person from among them, 
he is taken away in his iniquity ; but his blood will I require 
at the watchman's hand. So thou, O son of man, I have 
set thee a watchman unto the house of Israel; therefore 
thou shalt hear the word at My mouth, and warn them 
from Me. When I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, 
thou shalt surely die; if thou dost not speak to warn the 
wicked from his way, that wicked man shall die in his 
iniquity; but his blood will I require at thine hand. 
Nevertheless, if thou warn the wicked of his way to turn 
from it; if he do not turn from his way, he shall die in 
his iniquity; but thou hast delivered thy soul. Therefore, 
O thou son of man, speak unto the house of Israel; Thus 
ye speak, saying, If our trangressions and our sins be upon 
us, and we pine away in them, how should we then live? 
Say unto them, As I live, saith the Lord God, I have no 
pleasure in the death of the wicked; but that the wicked 
turn from his way and live; turn ye, turn ye from your 
evil ways; for why will ye die, O house of Israel?" 
Eze. 33:1-11. 

I wish the reader might note the full force of the text 
just quoted. The thirty-second chapter brings to view the 
time of trouble that is just before us, a time of trouble such 
as never was since there was a nation. Verses 3 to 6 of 
the thirty-second chapter call attention to the great slaughter 
mentioned by other Bible writers, in which all the nations 
of the earth will be involved, In the great battle of Arma- 
geddon, when Russia, as will presently be shown, will lead 
the heathen powers of the East against Christendom of 
the West. Hence the commission to the true servant in 
the thirty-third chapter, just quoted, has special significance 
in this connection. If the watchman sees the sword com- 
ing, and warns not the people, their blood will be required 



True and False Prophets. 115 

at his hand. The true servant has a work yet to do that 
has not been taken hold of heretofore. The world must 
be warned of the situation that now confronts us. The 
false shepherd that cries, "Peace, peace," when there is 
no peace, is making a mistake that he will regret when it 
is too late. He is leading his flock on to a crisis that he 
will not care to face in that day. Let the one that studies 
these questions use great care that he may know the mind 
of the Lord. Let him remember that there is a time of 
trouble just before us such as never was since there was a 
nation. The spirits of devils are at work, and the world 
is getting ready for the fray. The true watchman that 
has the light on these questions has no time now to take 
his ease or lay ofif his burden. If he wants to save his own 
soul, and the sheep of his flock, there is but one way to do 
it, and that is to faithfully warn them of the coming danger. 
He can not afford to pattern after the false shepherds by 
adopting their customs, their manner of teaching, and their 
lines of argument. God has given the true shepherd a 
commission, a specific work, and that work must be done 
by faithfully teaching the people all the Lord has said on 
these questions. 

God has no pleasure in the death of the wicked. He 
desires that they might be saved, but if they would be saved, 
they must take heed to the warning of God as it is given 
by the true servant. The prophet Isaiah, in a vision given 
him of the time of trouble, uses this language: "Watch- 
man, what of the night? Watchman, what of the night? 
The watchman said. The morning cometh, and also the 
night; if ye will inquire, inquire ye; return, come." 
Isa. 21 :ii, 12. 

It is the privilege of the people to inquire of the watch- 
man. It is his duty to give them no uncertain answer. 
The long night of sin and darkness of the world's history 
is nearly past. The watchman can truly say, "The morn- 



1 16 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

ing Cometh, and also the night" of destruction to the 
wicked. He can also invite all who would inquire to come, 
and he will give them God's message concerning these 
things. That is his business. That is what God called 
him for. It is the commission he accepted. It is his 
absolute duty to call the attention of the people to the great 
truth of the world's destruction, which is just before us. 
The watchman that does not faithfully do this, and show 
the people why it is so, is not worthy of the name that 
he bears as a shepherd of his flock. "Surely the Lord God 
will do nothing, but He revealeth His secret unto His 
servants the prophets." Amos 3 :y. The apostle Peter, 
in speaking of the coming of the Lord, says: "We have 
also a more sure word of prophecy; whereunto ye do well 
that ye take heed, as unto a light that shineth in a dark 
place, until the day dawn, and the day star arise in your 
hearts ; knowing this first, that no prophecy of the Scripture 
is of any private interpretation. For the prophecy came 
not in old time by the will of man; but holy men of God 
spake as they were moved by the Holy Ghost." 2 Peter 
I •.ig-21. 

But the false shepherd cares not that God has spoken. 
His work is to speak "smooth things," to "prophesy 
deceits," and, as a result, those who follow him and heed 
his teaching are made twofold more children of the wicked 
one than before. Many of them have started in sincerity, 
but as they become acquainted with the affairs in the 
church, they either give up all faith in Christianity or 
decide they will use it as a cloak, the same as many that 
are already connected with it. This question is more fully 
taken up in the closing chapters of this book. 

"Then Satan, bound by chain of circumstances strong. 
Shall roam the wind-swept plains, to chaos brought by sin, 

A desolation, like to that before God spake 
The living word that in the early dawn of time 

Gave shape to matter, made of naught but space." 




CHAPTER VIII. 



RULES GOVERNING THE STUDY OF PROPHECY. 



The Bible uses many symbols, representing certain 
truths. These symbols, bear in mind, are both instructive 
and profitable, and all the student needs in the study of 
the Bible, in order that it may all appear plain and literal, 
is to understand the rules of interpretation of these sym- 
bols as given in the Scripture itself. For instance, when 
a symbol is used, the Bible being its own interpreter, some- 
where in the Scripture that symbol is interpreted into literal 
language. Thus God is His own interpreter, and not man, 
and when once interpreted, all becomes literal in the fullest 
sense. To illustrate: In the seventh chapter of Daniel, the 
prophet saw in vision four beasts coming up out of the 
sea. The interpretation is given in the same chapter: 
"These great beasts, which are four, are four kings, which 
shall arise out of the earth." Verse 17. Verse 23 carries 
this interpretation still further: "Thus he said, The fourth 
beast shall be the fourth kingdom upon earth, which shall 
be diverse from all kingdoms, and shall devour the whole 
earth, and shall tread it down, and break it in pieces." 

The "sea," from which these beasts came up, is also 
explained : "And he saith unto me. The waters which thou 
sawest, where the whore sitteth, are peoples, and multitudes, 
and nations, and tongues." Rev. 17:15. 

117 



1 18 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Thus these governments were established, not in a new 
territory, uninhabited, but in a country already populated. 
"The four winds strove upon the great sea." Wind is a 
symbol of war, but the primary interpretation is the judg- 
ments of God as they are fulfilled or pronounced in the law 
of cursings: "Thus saith the Lord of hosts, Behold, evil 
shall go forth from nation to nation, and a great whirlwind 
shall be raised up from the coasts of the earth. And the 
slain of the Lord shall be at that day from one end of the 
earth even unto the other end of the earth ; they shall not 
be lamented, neither gathered, nor buried; they shall be 
dung upon the ground." Jer. 25 132, 33. 

The words "rivers," "waters," and "floods" are fre- 
quently mentioned in the Old Testament prophecies as 
representing the people who are involved in the prophecy, 
as in Rev. 16:12, there applying to the Turkish power. 
Wind, as connected with war, is also frequently mentioned, 
sometimes giving the direction from whence it comes, as 
the east wind. "In measure, when it shooteth forth. Thou 
wilt debate with it ; He stayeth His rough wind in the day 
of the east wind." Isa. 27 :8. To stay the rough wind 
from the east is the same as holding the four winds of 
Revelation 7. 

PROPHETIC PERIODS. 

There are a number of these in prophecy. A day of 
twenty-four hours, when used in prophecy, symbolizes one 
year, as shown by the Lord's interpretation : "Lie thou also 
upon thy left side, and lay the iniquity of the house of 
Israel upon it: according to the number of days that thou 
shalt lie upon it thou shalt bear their iniquity. For I have 
laid upon thee the years of their iniquity, according to the 
number of the days, three hundred and ninety days; so 
shalt thou bear the iniquity of the house of Israel. And 
when thou hast accomplished them, lie again on thy right 



Rules Governing the Study of Prophecy. 119 

side, and thou shalt bear the iniquity of the house of Judah 
forty days; I have appointed thee each day for a year." 
Eze. 4:4-6. "After the number of the days in which ye 
searched the land, even forty days, each day for a year, 
shall ye bear your iniquities, even forty years ; and ye shall 
know My breach of promise." Num. 4:34. 

Prophetic periods are a. very important study, as given 
in the Bible, as they set forth even the day when certain 
things will transpire in the world's history. 

A tree or trees are frequently used to symbolize men, 
and sometimes rulers. This is shown in the fourth chapter 
of Daniel, there representing Nebuchadnezzar, and in the 
ninth chapter of Judges, Abimelech, as one of the judges 
of Israel. 

These are all principles involved in the clear under- 
standing of prophecy. Then nations in the last age of the 
world are frequently represented by names of ancient 
nations which bore the same characteristics as those in latter 
times ; for instance, as shown elsewhere in this book, France 
at a time in her history is given the names of Sodom and 
Egypt. The prophet, speaking of France from 1793 to 
1796, as shown in the chapter of this book on "The Seven 
Trumpets," uses this language, "And their dead bodies shall 
lie in the street of the great city, which spiritually is called 
Sodom and Egypt, where also our Lord was crucified." 
Rev. 11:8. 

During the French Revolution, and the time that nation 
made war against the Bible, she bore both the character- 
istics of Sodom and Egypt. This is a point that should 
be well understood; for judgments are pronounced against 
nations bearing the names of ancient nations, but these 
judgments apply to the last days. This is shown by the 
prophet Isaiah, ' in the thirty- fourth chapter of his proph- 
ecies; "Come near, ye nations, to hear; and harken, ye 
people; let the earth hear, and all that is therein; the world. 



I20 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

and all things that come forth of it. For the indignation 
of the Lord is upon all nations, and His fury upon all their 
armies ; He hath utterly destroyed them, He hath delivered 
them to the slaughter. Their slain also shall be cast out, 
and their stink shall come up out of their carcasses, and 
the mountains shall be melted with their blood. And all 
the host of heaven shall be dissolved, and the heavens shall 
be rolled together as a scroll; and all their host shall fall 
down, as the leaf falleth off from the vine, and as a falling 
fig from the fig tree." Isa. 34:1-4. 

No one can fail to see that the prophet is here speaking 
of the coming of the Lord and the end of all things. But 
verse 5 speaks thus, "For My sword shall be bathed in 
heaven ; behold, it shall come down upon Idumea, and upon 
the people of My curse, to judgment." Then in verses 8 
and 9 we read : "For it is the day of the Lord's vengeance, 
and the year of recompenses for the controversy of Zion. 
And the streams thereof shall be turned into pitch, and the 
dust thereof into brimstone, and the land thereof shall 
become burning pitch." 

Now why is Idumea spoken of in this connection? — 
Because the ancient land Idumea suffered in like manner 
in the days of Sodom and Gomorrha. "Even as Sodom 
and Gomorrha, and the cities about them, in like manner 
giving themselves over to fornication, and going after 
strange flesh, are set forth for an example, suffering the 
vengeance of eternal fire." Jude 7. 

Leaving this, we now turn to ancient Babylon, as used 
by the prophet Jeremiah. The prophet speaks thus : "And 
this whole land shall be a desolation, and an astonishment ; 
and these nations shall serve the king of Babylon seventy 
years. And it shall come to pass, when seventy years are 
accomplished, that I will punish the king of Babylon, and 
that nation, saith the Lord, for their iniquity, and the land 
of the Chaldeans, and will make it perpetual desolations." 



Rules Governing the Study of Prophecy. 121 

Jer. 25:11, 12. The prophet then turns from this land to 
all the nations, as shown in the rest of the chapter: "And 
I will bring upon that land all My words which I have 
pronounced against it, even all that is written in this book, 
which Jeremiah hath prophesied against all the nations." 
Jer. 25:13. 

This chapter, as elsewhere referred to, is clearly shown 
to apply to the last days, when "the slain of the Lord shall 
be from one end of heaven to the other." Thus the 
change is made from ancient Babylon to the closing events 
of the world's history, and, as elsewhere shown, modern, 
spiritual Babylon derived its name from ancient Babel, 
which signifies confusion. 

In reading the prophecies of the Old Testament, the 
student will need to carefully note these changes. Other- 
wise his mind will continually make the application to 
something in the past, when in reality the Lord is speaking 
of the future. We may be tempted to say. Why did not 
the Lord make these things plainer? We answer, They 
are as plain as language can make them. Desiririg to 
impress the lesson upon the mind of the student, the Lord 
calls his attention not only to things of the future, but to 
things of the past also, as examples. How could it be 
made more forcible or plain? Now there is no country 
more frequently spoken of in the Old Testament than the 
country of Egypt, and we should bear in mind the experi- 
ences of the Lord's people in that land, their deliverance 
from it, their journey to the promised land, etc. Now the 
Lord, in carrying our minds from those events, presents 
the gathering of Israel in the last days as a work similar 
to that done for ancient Israel: "And there shall be an 
highway for the remnant of His people, which shall be left, 
from Assyria; like as it was to Israel in the day that he 
came up out of the land of Egypt." Isa. 11 :i6. 

In the carrying out of this work, as Israel is gathered 



122 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

out, the whole world, and possibly a specific country, is 
mentioned as spiritual Egypt. They are also delivered 
from spiritual bondage, as Israel was delivered from literal 
bondage in the time of Moses. This is shown very clearly 
in the seventeenth and nineteenth chapters of Isaiah, The 
eighteenth chapter, as shown in this book under the chap- 
ter "The Location and Rise of the Message," refers to 
North America. The nineteenth chapter opens with a 
statement of the burden of Egypt. If not applying to the 
same territory as chapter i8, it certainly has reference to 
the modern nations of the world. Read carefully the 
comments on the chapter above referred to. 

Isaiah 13 is introduced under the title "The Burden of 
Babylon." But any one can see things in that chapter 
applying to the last days, as well as Jeremiah 25. Isaiah 
17 is introduced by the title "The Burden of Damascus," 
but this chapter also applies to the last days. Chapter 21 
bears the title "The Burden of the Desert," but this chapter 
has its application in the last days. Chapter 22 bears the 
title "The Burden of Vision," but it likewise carries the 
mind forward to the future. Ezekiel, in the thirty-second 
chapter of his prophecy, sums up a large list of the names 
of these ancient nations as they will engage in the great 
slaughter and perish in the day of the Lord. Modern" 
nations are simply the descendants of ancient nations, and, 
while their names are modern, their characteristics and 
experiences, as compared with the former dealings with 
God, are similar. 

There is still one more thought we would call attention 
to, and that is modern Israel as compared with ancient 
Israel. As elsewhere stated, Israel derived its name from 
Jacob and his experience with the angel. This name was 
handed down to his children, and afterwards applied to 
the twelve tribes. It had a twofold significance: First, as 
to true Israel, that is, individuals that were overcomers; 



Rules Governing the Study of Prophecy. 123 

second, to the national or literal descendants. When the 
theocracy was broken up, and the people of God were scat- 
tered abroad, and the Jews rejected Christ, and the way 
opened for the Gentiles to come in, this did not affect the 
name; hence the word "Israel," since the days of Christ, 
has its application, first, to the true overcomer, to the 
"Israelite indeed;" second, to all that profess to be Chris- 
tians, and are connected in anywise and belonging to what 
we might call Christian nations, in contrast with pagan 
nations. This is shown in Ezekiel 13 14 as to apostate 
Israel, where the prophet speaks of Gentile teachers in the 
last days, hence Christendom, or Christian powers, in con- 
trast with pagan powers, are called Israel in the Scriptures. 
Let these points be well remembered, for in the closing 
events of the world all these questions are involved, and 
all have their place and bearing in the study of the Bible. 
Now, in conclusion of this chapter, let us say that, like 
as a child studies the rules governing the book he is to 
master, we will study the rules thus laid down in the study 
of God's prophetic Word, and by so doing it will be trans- 
formed from the symbolic to the literal, and from the 
ancient day to our own day. The geography of the coun- 
tries in the Bible, with the chronology of different ages of 
the world, should be well fixed in the mind of the reader, 
as this will also aid much in a clear understanding of the 
truth. 




CHAPTER IX. 



BUSSIA, THE LEADER OF ASIA AND AFRICA AGAINST THE 
POWERS OF THE WEST. 

We have in the thirty-eighth and thirty-ninth chapters 
of Ezekiel one of the most, if not the most, interesting 
prophecies in all the Bible. The country therein mentioned 
leads the greatest force of men to battle of any country in 
the world's history. It is designated as a power located 
in the north. Palestine being the home of the prophet, the 
expression "north" could only apply to a country north of 
Palestine. That the prophecy applies to the last days there 
is no question, for it is so stated in plain language in verses 
8 and i6 of chapter 38. It is also shown in verse 20 that 
the movement is one that will be in progress when the Lord 
appears : "For in My jealousy and in the fire of My wrath 
have I spoken, Surely in that day there shall be a great 
shaking in the land of Israel ; so that the fishes of the sea, 
and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and 
all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the 
men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at My 
presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and 
the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the 
ground. And I will call for a sword against him through- 
out all My mountains, saith the Lord God; every man's 
sword shall be against his brother. And I will plead 

124 



'Russia. 125 

against him with pestilence and with blood ; and I will rain 
upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people 
that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, 
fire, and brimstone. Thus will I magnify Myself, and 
sanctify Myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many 
nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord." 
Eze. 38:19-23. 

This is further proven in chapter 39, from verses 17 to 
20: "And, thou son of man, thus saith the Lord God; 
Speak unto every feathered fowl, and to every beast of the 
field. Assemble yourselves, and come; gather yourselves on 
every side to My sacrifice that I do sacrifice for you, even 
a great sacrifice upon the mountains of Israel, that ye may 
eat flesh, and drink blood. Ye shall eat the flesh of the 
mighty, and drink the blood of the princes of the earth, of 
rams, of Iambs, and of goats, of bullocks, all of them fat- 
lings of Bashan. And ye shall eat fat till ye be full, and 
drink blood till ye be drunken, of My sacrifice which I have 
sacrificed for you. Thus ye shall be filled at My table with 
horses and chariots, with mighty men, and with all men 
of war, saith the Lord God." 

This scripture refers to the sarfie event as described in 
Rev. 19:15-19: "And out of His mouth goeth a sharp 
sword, that with it He should smite the nations; and He 
shall rule them with a rod of iron; and He treadeth the 
wine-press of the fierceness and wrath of Almighty God. 
And He hath on His vesture and on His thigh a name writ- 
ten, KING OF KINGS, AND LORD OF LORDS. And 
I saw an angel standing in the sun; and he cried with a 
loud voice, saying to all the fowls that fly in the midst of 
heaven, Come and gather yourselves together unto the sup- 
per of the great God; that ye may eat the flesh of kings, 
and the flesh of captains, and the flesh af mighty men, and 
the flesh of horses, and of them that sit on them, and the 
flesh of all men, both free and bond, both small and great. 



126 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and their 
armies, gathered together to make war against Him that 
sat on the horse, and against His army," 

Putting this scripture with Jeremiah 25, where the 
coming of the Lord is brought to view, and the great whirl- 
wind is raised up from the coasts of the earth, and the slain 
of the Lord are said to be from one end of the earth to thiS 
other, we have the story complete. 

Now, having the time when the prophecy applies defi- 
nitely settled, we are prepared to give it a more careful 
study. The thirty-eighth chapter of Ezekiel opens thus: 
"And the word of the Lord came unto me, saying. Son of 
man, set thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief 
prince of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him, 
and say. Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against 
thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal; and 
I will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy jaws, and I 
will bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horse- 
men, all of them clothed with all sorts of armor, even a 
great company with bucklers and shields, all of them 
handling swords." 

The question is, What land is here referred to ? and who 
are, and what is the history of, the men mentioned by the 
prophet as the rulers of that country? We answer first 
concerning Magog. By turning to Genesis the tenth chap- 
ter, we learn that Magog was one of the grandsons of 
Noah. These grandsons of Noah traveled westward, and 
iOcated on the Euphrates. Later on, as shown by the 
ancient map, Magog moved north and west, and located 
north of the Caspian Sea. Meshech and Tubal were also 
grandsons of Noah. Tubal located south and east of the 
Black Sea. Meshech located south and west of the Black 
Sea. Gog, here mentioned, was one of the rulers or princes 
of the land of Magog. The Revised Version uses the term 
"Rosh, Meshechi and Tubal." But who was Rosh?— He 



Russia. 127 

was the founder of the north country, now known as Rus- 
sia, and from whom the name Russia had its origin, as the 
historical facts now introduced will show. 

ROSH. 

Dr. Daniel Schenkel's "Bibel-Lexikon" gives the follow- 
ing definition of Ros (Rosh): "Rosh, in Hesek. 38:2, 3; 39:1, 
is the name of a people of the north, named along with 
Meshech and Tubal, and all together as subject people of 
Gog. Since Rosh does not occur elsewhcFe in the Old Tes- 
tament, some expositors have attempted, after the manner 
of the Targum, the Peshito, and Jerome, to construe the 
word as an appellative in apposition with 'nasi' (chief or 
prince), and so together with this word rendered both by 
the designation of 'chief prince;' but Bochart (1599-1667) 
says that many nations find mention in Hesekiel whose 
names we meet nowhere else in the Scriptures. The expres" 
sion 'nasi rosh' is without precedent in the Old Testament, 
and the twofold repetition of the same words is most decided 
evidence that 'rosh' should be rendered as a proper name. 
Rosh as a proper name for a people does not, to be sure, 
occur anywhere else before the tenth century a. d», when it 
is found in use by Byzantine and oriental writers ; but the 
statements concerning the same people, — that they are a 
wild Scythian tribe or people, dwelling in northern Taurus, 
as also towards the Muscovite Mountains, or, as some other 
authors maintain, on the north side of the Black Sea, iit-the 
Taurian Peninsula [Crimea], and still farther to the north 
along the Volga, — agree in a most striking manner with 
the combination of Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal, and their 
being in subjection to Gog, so that we feel fully warranted 
to group them together on an equal footing, and to assert, 
further, that Rosh is the oldest historical name to designate 
the tribal peoples of the Russians of history, a combination 
which already Bochart has made, and for whom as a con- 



128 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

necting-link he has taken the Roxolani or Roxalani men- 
tioned by Pliny [62-I10], Ptolemy, and others, taking it 
for granted that the latter name arose from a connection 
of the tribe of the Rox-Rosh with the Alani. Corflpare 
Bochart, 'Geographia Sacra' (Frankfurt on the Maine, 
1674), 3, 13; Frahn, 'Ibn Foszlan's, and Other Arabian 
Records Concerning the Russians of Earlier Times' (St. 
Petersburg, 1823) ; Gesenius, Thesaurus,' under the word 
'Rosh.' " 

The last-quoted reference to Gesenius we cite in full:, 
"Rosh, a proper name of a northern nation mentioned 
along .with Tubal and Meshech. Eze. 38:2, 3; 39:1. 
Probably identical with the Russians, who are described by 
the Byzantine writersof the tenth century, under the name 
of 'Rhosh,' as inhabiting the northern parts of Taurus, and 
also by Ibn Foszlan, an Arabian writer of the same period, 
under the name 'Rlis,' as dwelling upon the river Wolga. 
See Ibn Foszlan's 'Bericht fiber die Russen alterer Zeit,' 
von Frahn, Petersburg, 1823, especially p. 28 sq. Comp. 
Von Hammer, 'Origines Russes,' Petersburg, 1827, who 
also here compares the nation Rus, mentioned in the Kordn, 
Sur. 25, 40, 50, 12." 

Having this point thoroughly established, we are now 
prepared to study the prophecy. Remember that the ancient 
name of the lands here mentioned are retained in the proph- 
ecy, as the modern name Russia was not then in existence. 
The verses already quoted give a description of the army 
as this nation will lead it forth. In addition to this, the 
prophet continues to give the names of the people or coun- 
tries that will join Russia in this movement: "Persia, 
Ethiopia, and Lybia with them ; all of them with shield and 
helmet; Gomer, ,and all his bands; the house of Togarmah 
of the north quarters, and all his bands; and many people 
with thee." Eze. 38 :5, 6. 

Persia is an old nation, which lies east of Palestine, 



Russia. 129 

Ethiopia and Lybia are in Africa. Gomer was another 
grandson of Noah. His country originally was that on the 
south of the Black Sea, but he afterwards possessed por- 
tions north of the Black Sea. The land south of the Black 
Sea is now the territory of the Turks. Togarmah was 
south and a little east of the Black Sea, now the country of 
Armenia. In addition to these, the prophet adds, "And 
many people with thee," thus showing that, in addition to 
these countries, there are still others. 

Now, says the prophet, "Be thou a guard unto them." 
The German translation gives it, "Be thou a captain unto 
them." Thus far the prophecy is plain and unmistakable 
that the country now called Russia is to be a leader to this 
vast army in the last days. The Lord does not leave us at 
this point, but proceeds to tell us who the people are that 
this army will come against, and also describes the land 
wherein they dwell : — 

"After many days thou shalt be visited; in the latter 
years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back 
from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against 
the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste; 
but it is brought forth out of the nations, and they shall 
dwell safely all of them. Thou shalt ascend and come like 
a storm ; thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, 
and all thy bands, and many people with thee." "And 
thou shalt come up against My people of Israel, as a cloud 
to cover the land ; it shall be in the latter days, and I will 
bring thee against My land, that the heathen may know 
Me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before 
their eyes." Eze. 38:8, 9, 16. 

But who are Israel? and what land is the prophet here 
speaking of as their home? To this question we think a 
plain answer can be given. Remember the rules laid down 
in the study of prophecy in the preceding chapter, that those 
professing Christianity, or Christian nations, in contrast to 



130 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

pagan, have, since the days of Christ, taken the name of 
Israel, because, for the most part, in these nations God's 
people are found. This will be more and more apparent 
as we proceed with the study. 

We would now call attention to the chapters on the three 
great divisions of the world, — "The Dragon," "The Beast," 
and "The False Prophet." In those chapters it was shown 
that the dragon power originally controlled all of the old 
world; later on the Western Empire of Rome, that lying 
west of the eastern border of Italy, became the territory 
of the beast ; and that the new world, lying across the ocean, 
was the territory of the two-horned beast, or the false 
prophet. These were fixed divisions, to remain till the 
Lord comes. The dragon territory was controlled by the 
pagan religion, the beast by Roman Catholicism, the false 
prophet by Protestantism. 

Now in which one of these divisions are all these coun- 
tries located mentioned in Ezekiel 38? We answer. In the 
dragon territory. Russia wasnever classed as a part of the 
Western Empire. Her religion was that of the Greek 
Church, and has ever been held separate in the Bible. She 
takes the position now, according to the prophecy, as the 
captain or guard of the dragon territory. The two West- 
ern powers are recognized as Christian powers, and, as we 
learned in Revelation 13, the two-horned beast makes an 
image to the papal beast, and issues a decree that all shall 
worship the beast and his image, and receive the mark of 
his name. 

Thus we have two out of the three divisions united and 
in sympathy with each other in the closing events of the 
world. This is shown in Revelation 19, where these two 
powers are mentioned as being cast alive into the lake of 
fire, while the third power does not meet the same fate at 
the same time. In the scripture just quoted, the words are 
again repeated, "And many people with thee." These are 



Russia. 131 

in addition to the countries named in the prophecy. The 
question may arise, Who are these many people? The 
prophet Jeremiah, in speaking of this power, uses this 
expression, "For, lo, I will call all the families of the king- 
doms of the north, saith the Lord." Jer. 1:15. This 
expression shows there are many families of kingdoms clus- 
tered together, which we understand must include all the 
territory controlled by the dragon power, which would 
include all the kings of the East, such as China, India, and 
any others that might exist in the dragon territory. This 
would truly meet the specification, "Thou shalt ascend and 
come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the 
land, thou, and all thy bands." This will be a vast army. 
The prophet also shows that there will be a variety of 
nations, as they will come with all sorts of armor, bucklers, 
shields, all of them handling swords. The statement is 
made. They shall come "against the mountains of Israel, 
which have been always waste ; but it is brought forth out 
of the nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them." 
"Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that 
at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou 
shalt think an evil thought ; and thou shalt say, I will go up 
to the land of unwalled villages ; I will go to them that are 
at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, 
and having neither bars nor gates, to take a spoil, and to 
take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places 
that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gath- 
ered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, 
that dwell in the midst of the land." Eze. 38:10-12. 

This scripture describes a country that was formerly 
called a "desolate place," but which is "now inhabited" 
by a "people that are gathered out of the nations, which 
have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the 
land." In viewing the lands of the world in Ezekiel's day 
and forward, what land had long lain waste, but is now 



132 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

inhabited by a people that are dwelling safely, and noted 
for their wealth ? It could not apply to any portion of the 
kingdoms of the East, as they are the oldest countries in 
the world, and have never been depopulated since the flood. 

The gospel was preached in Western Europe in Paul's 
day, and long ere this that region had been thickly popu- 
lated; but there is a country, whether it is the one here 
referred to or not the reader must be his own judge, lying 
across the ocean in the far West, and known as North 
America, that does fully meet the specification. This 
country has a world-wide reputation to-day both for its 
riches and its interest in Christianity. The people are 
dwelling safely without bars or gates. And if any land 
in all the world could be called to-day the "mountains of 
Israel," it would lae this land. This could possibly be true 
of Western Europe, but of no country east of that. Even 
the thought that prompts this great military campaign is 
expressed by the prophet : "Thus saith the Lord God ; It shall 
also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come 
into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought; and 
thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages ; 
I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of 
them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor 
gates, to take a spoil, and to take a prey." 

Thus we have the two leading issues that will enter into 
the movement of the nations as they are gathered to Arma- 
geddon: First, the religious element between heathen and 
Christian; second, commercial gain. These two elements 
will absorb everything else; and right here let us ask a 
question: In all the difficulties of past ages, as apostate 
Israel were to meet the four sore judgments mentioned in 
the law of blessings and cursings, from whence did the 
sword come? We answer. From the heathen. 

The last days are days of especial apostasy from Grtjd. 
Worldliness and greed of gain have sapped the spiritual 



Russia. 133 

life away from the professed people of God. They have 
sought two things ; their energies are bent in two directions, 
first, to convert the heathen to their ideas of religion; sec- 
ond, to possess the territory and benefits of the land of these 
nations for commercial gain to themselves. 

These two elements will stir the heathen powers to their 
very center, and, as a result, apostate Christendom, for the 
course taken and the motives underlying their movements, 
will bring on the issue, and they will meet something they 
are little aware of. Thus we have in the plainest language 
of the Bible the very issues that will exist between these 
great divisions. Two of them will be on one side, and one 
on the other. The Christian side has something over five 
hundred million followers, while the other side has nearly 
ten hundred million. The prophet even gives the question 
that will be proposed to them as this vast army comes from 
the north: "Sheba, and Dedan, and the merchants of Tar- 
shish, with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee. 
Art thou come to take a spoil ? hast thou gathered thy com- 
pany to take a prey ? to carry away silver and gold, to take 
away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil?" Eze. 38:13. 

There never was a period in the world's history when 
nations were manifesting such anxiety for gain or wealth 
as to-day. The Boer War was largely over the diamond 
fields and gold mines of Africa. The troubles in China 
in 1900, when the powers of the West were represented, 
had two elements in them: First, the religious question; 
second, the division of China by the powers; and so these 
two elements enter into every movement of the nations 
to-day. This will increase more and more as a factor in 
the situation, till the final gathering of the nations. 

"Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, 
Thus saith the Lord God ; In that day when My people of 
Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it? And thou 
shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and 



134 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

many people with tnee, all of them riding upon horses, a 
great company, and a mighty army ; and thou shalt come up 
against My people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land ; it 
shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against My 
land, that the heathen may know Me, when I shall be 
sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes." Eze. 38 :i4-i6. 

The heathen nations have ever rejected the light of the 
gospel. Their condition to-day is the result of the rejection 
of light in the early days of their history, and they have 
been ever since a people hard to reach with the gospel. 
Their name is even mentioned in this scripture, and one 
object, aside from the punishment of Christendom, is "that 
the heathen may know Me, when I shall be sanctified in 
thee, O Gog, before their eyes." This shows that Russia 
will be the commander of the heathen of the dragon terri- 
tory. The prophet Ezekiel would have us know, as we 
read^this prophecy, that he is not the first one that has 
spoken of this great movement: "Thussaith the Lord God; 
Art thou he of whom I have spoken in old time by My 
servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those 
days many years, that I would bring thee against them? 
And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall 
come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that 
My fury shall come up in My face. For in My jealousy 
and in the fire of My wrath have I spoken. Surely in that 
day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel." 
Eze. 38:17-19. 

Yes, even as far back as Moses, the Lord warned Israel 
in the following language : "The Lord shall bring a nation 
against thee from far, from the end of the earth, as swift 
as the eagle flieth; a nation whose tongue thou shalt not 
understand ; a nation of fierce countenance, which shall not 
regard the person of the old, nor show favor to the young; 
and he shall eat the fruit of thy cattle, and the fruit of 
thy land, until thou be destroyed; which also shall not leave 



Russia. 13s 

thee either corn, wine, or oil, or the increase of thy kine, 
or flocks of thy sheep, until he have destroyed thee. And 
he shall besiege thee in all thy gates, until thy high and 
fenced walls come down, wherein thou trustedst, throughout 
all thy land; and he shall besiege thee in all thy gates 
throughout all thy land, which the Lord thy God hath given 
thee," Deut. 28:49-52. 

This shows that the laws of blessings and cursings, as 
they were written on plastered stones, were prophetical in 
their nature, and would have their application in any age of 
the world in which Israel might depart from God. The 
principles of cursing were visited upon the ten tribes in 
their captivity to Assyria, 721 b. c. Their predictions 
were again fulfilled in the Babylonish captivity of the other 
two tribes, a little over one hundred years later ; again they 
were fulfilled by the Romans in the destructicm of Jeru- 
salem, where twelve hundred thousand perished in the siege. 
But they have their most complete fulfilment, as declared 
by the prophet Ezekiel, in the closing up of all things. 
There will be no mistake as to the time when this prophecy 
applies, and we would again quote the scripture that shows 
the time of its application: "So that the fishes of the sea, 
and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and 
all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the 
men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at My 
presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and 
the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the 
ground. And I will call for a sword against him through- 
out all My mountains, saith the Lord God; every man's 
sword shall be against his brother. And I will plead against 
him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon 
him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that 
are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, 
fire, and brimstone. Thus will I magnify Myself, and sanc- 
tify Myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many 



136 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord." Eze. 
38 :20-23. 

The Lord, by the mouth of the prophet Jeremiah, says He 
has "a controversy with the nations ; . . . He will give 
them that are wicked unto the sword." This includes more 
than one nation or one division; it includes every nation 
and people who have not made their peace with God. 
Notice the point in the first part of the chapter: "I will 
bring thee against My people." We will learn later that 
the judgments of God come against Christendom for their 
sins; but are not the heathen even worse who know not 
God, and bow down themselves to other gods and every 
form of idolatry? Will they not reap their reward like- 
wise? So with this northern power, the Lord is not his 
friend any more than He is the friend of the other powers. 
All nations are to drink of the wine cup of His wrath, and 
the slain of the Lord are to be in that day from one end 
of the earth to the other. And so, in speaking of the north- 
ern power, the Lord says : "I will call for a sword against 
him throughout all My mountains, saith the Lord God; 
every man's sword shall be against his brother. And I will 
plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I 
will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many 
people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great 
hailstones, fire, and brimstone." These are the judgments 
mentioned in Revelation 16 as attending the great battle 
of Armageddon. The prophet continues his history in 
Ezekiel 39 : — 

"Therefore, thou son of man, prophesy against Gog, 
and say, Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I am against 
thee, O Gog, the chief prince of Meshech and Tubal; and 
I will turn thee back, and leave but the sixth part of thee, 
and will cause thee to come up from the north parts, and 
will bring thee upon the mountains of Israel; and I will 
smite thy bow out of thy left hand, and will cause thine 



Russia. 137 

arrows to fall out of thy right hand. Thou shalt fall 
upon the mountains of Israel, thou, and all thy bands, 
and the people that is with thee; I will give thee unto 
the ravenous birds of every sort, and to the beasts of 
the field, to be devoured. Thou shalt fall upon the open 
field ; for I have spoken it, saith the Lord God. And I will 
send a fire on Magog, and among them that dwell care- 
lessly in the isles ; and they shall know that I am the Lord. 
So will I make My holy name known in the midst of My 
people Israel ; and I will not let them pollute My holy name 
any more ; and the heathen shall know that I am the Lord, 
the Holy One in Israel." Verses 1-7. 

The thirty-eighth chapter says He will put hooks into 
their jaws and bring them forth. The thirty-ninth chapter 
says He will turn them back, and leave but a sixth part of 
them.. Then the Lord gives the terrible description of 
how they shall fall upon the mountains of Israel (he and 
all his band), and how they will be given to the ravenous 
bird and the ravenous beast of the field to be devoured. 
This is the time of the great supper to which we are so 
frequently referred in Revelation the nineteenth chapter. 

The Lord continues, "So will I make My holy name 
known in the midst of My people Israel ; and I will not let 
them pollute My holy name any more ; and the heathen shall 
know that I am the Lord, the Holy One in Israel." Thus 
the Lord speaks in plain words the lesson that will be taught 
the whole world, both the heathen and the professed Chris- 
tian. Remember there is left but the sixth part of this vast 
army of the north. How many there are left of the other 
two divisions is not stated in this scripture. The Lord does, 
however, make a statement regarding their final destiny : — 

"And I saw the beast, and the kings of the earth, and 
their armies, gathered together to make war against Him 
that sat on the horse, and against His army. And the 
beast was taken, and with him the false prophet that wrought 



138 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

miracles before him, with which he deceived them that had 
received the mark of the beast, and them that worshiped his 
image. These both were cast aHve into a lake of fire burn- 
ing with brimstone. And the remnant were slain with the 
sword of Him that sat upon the horse, which "sword pro- 
ceeded out of His mouth ; and all the fowls were filled with 
their flesh." Rev. 19:19-21. 

The preparation of the nations is now going on, but the 
"time of trouble, such as never was since there was a 
nation," will cover a considerable period of time. "Behold, 
it is come, and it is done, saith the Lord God; this is the 
day whereof I have spoken. And they that dwell in the 
cities of Israel shall go forth, and shall set on fire and burn 
the weapons, both the shields and the bucklers, the bows 
and the arrows, and the hand-staves, and the spears, and 
they shall burn them with fire seven years ; so that they shall 
take no wood out of the field, neither cut down any out of 
the forests ; for they shall burn the weapons with fire ; and 
they shall spoil those that spoiled them, and rob those that 
robbed them, saith the Lord God. And it shall come to 
pass in that day, that I will give unto Gog a place there of 
graves in Israel, the valley of the passengers on the east 
of the sea; and it shall stop the noses of his passengers; 
and there shall they bury Gog and all his multitude; and 
they shall call it The valley of Hamon-gog. And seven 
months shall the house of Israel be burying of them, that 
they may cleanse the land. Yea, all the people of the land 
shall bury them ; and it shall be to them a renown the day 
that I shall be glorified, saith the Lord God. And they 
shall sever out men of continual employment, passing 
through the land to bury with the passengers those that 
remain upon the face of the earth, to cleanse it; after the 
end of seven months shall they search. And the passen- 
gers that pass through the land, when any seeth a man's 
bone, then shall he set up a sign by it, till the buriers have 



Russia. 139 

buried it in the valley of Hamon-gog. And also the name 
of the city shall be Hamonah. Thus shall they cleanse the 
land." Eze. 39:8-16. 

Those left in the land of Israel after the great slaughter 
will even undertake the cleansing of the land, but it is all 
in vain. The day of their probation has passed, and it is 
only to meet the greater calamity that awaits them, — the 
lake of fire. So with the sixth part of the heathen, they 
are to be destroyed by the sword of Him that sits on the 
horse. 

The great supper, as prepared for the beasts of the field, 
and for the ravenous bird, likewise will last more than one 
day. It will last many days. "And, thou son of man, thus 
saith the Lord God; Speak unto every feathered fowl, and 
to every beast of the field. Assemble yourselves, and come; 
gather yourselves on every side to My sacrifice that I do 
sacrifice for you, even a great sacrifice upon the mountains 
of Israel, that ye may eat flesh, and drink blood. Ye shall 
eat the flesh of the mighty, and drink the blood of the 
princes of the earth, of rams, of lambs, and of goats, of 
bullocks, all of them fatlings of Bashan. And ye shall eat 
fat till ye be full, and drink blood till ye be drunken, of My 
sacrifice which I have sacrificed for you." Eze. 39:17-19. 

When the .Son of man comes in the clouds of heaven, 
He comes In all His glory, and all the holy angels with Him. 
So the prophet Ezekiel, as the next thing in order, says : 
"And I will set My glory among the heathen, and all the 
heathen shall see My judgment that I have executed, and 
My hand that I have laid upon them. So the house of 
Israel shall know that I am the Lord their God from that 
day and forward. And the heathen shall know that the 
house of Israel went into captivity for their iniquity ; because 
they trespassed against Me, therefore hid I My face from 
them, and gave them into the hand of their enemies ; so fell 
they all by the sword. According to their uncleanness and 



140 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

according to their transgressions have I done unto them, and 
hid My face from them." Eze. 39:21-24. 

The remainder of the wicked who are left of all classes now 
see the Lord appear. The lesson is now fully realized why all 
these judgments have come, and they with the rest meet their 
final doom. But the Lord never leaves His true people without 
hope, and, while they pass through this trying hour of tempta- 
tion that comes upon all the world to try them, their Saviour 
still lives. They have made the necessary preparation, and 
they have expected and understood the time of Jacob's 
trouble, and now the prophet closes with these comforting 
words, which should ever be cherished in the hearts of the 
true and faithful: "Therefore thus saith the Lord God; 
Now will I bring again the captivity of Jacob, and have 
mercy upon the whole house of Israel, and will be jealous 
for My holy name ; after that they have borne their shame, 
and all their trespasses whereby they have trespassed against 
Me, when they dwelt safely in their land, and none made 
them afraid. When I have brought them again from the 
people, and gathered them out of their enemies' lands, and 
am sanctified in them in the sight of many nations; then 
shall they know that I am the Lord their God, which 
caused them to be led into captivity among the heathen; 
but I have gathered them unto their own land, and have left 
none of them any more there. Neither will I hide My face 
any more from them ; for I have poured out My Spirit upon 
the house of Israel, saith the Ix)rd God." Eze. 39:25-29. 
The gathering of Israel has been going on during the 
preparation for the closing work of God in the earth, and 
"Now," says the prophet, "will I bring again the captivity 
of Jacob, and have mercy upon the whole house of Israel." 
The whole house includes all that have died since the days 
of Adam. The resurrection of the righteous will now take 
place. "When I have brought them again from the people, 
and gathered them out of their enemies' lands, and am 



Russia. 141 

sanctified in them in the sight of many nations; then shall 
they know that I am the Lord their God, which caused them 
to be led into captivity among the heathen." They, too, 
shall then be fully satisfied, as they will see that which they 
have all looked forward to since the creation of the world. 
Thus we end this remarkable prophecy that meets its 
entire fulfilment in the closing events of the world just 
before us. May we study its lesson well. The foundation 
here laid will enable us to open up with a clearer under- 
standing the prophecies of the Old Testament writers. As 
we shall see, Ezekiel is not the only one that speaks on this 
important question. 




CHAPTER X. 



THE YELLOW PERIL, OR THE KINGS OF THE EAST. 



The positions taken in the foregoing chapter point out 
a mighty movement among the powers of earth. If this 
position be sound, all other scripture must be in harmony 
with it. The prophecies of the Old Testament have pointed 
out great and terrible judgments to come upon professed 
Israel because of their backslidings. These judgments have 
been supposed to have had their application in past ages, 
but history records nothing adequate to their fulfilment. 

A more careful study of this subject will show that the 
whole world is involved in the matter, and not some one 
locality. Such study will, also reveal to the searcher for 
truth that the prophets have spoken of the future, and men- 
tioned particularly the events to take place as being con- 
nected with the coming of Christ and the end of the world. 
Jeremiah especially reveals this in his prophecy. The first 
sixteen chapters of his book contain an unbroken, connected 
story as it pertains to this question. 

The phrase "the yellow peril" is an expression taken 
from the emperor of Germany, and applied by him to the 
yellow races of the East, especially to China, as he viewed 

142 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 145 

the situation in 1895. The accompanying cut represents 
the emperor's ideas, as it is his own design, made by him, 
and sent to the czar of Russia in 1895. I" 1900, during 
China's difficulty with the kings of the West, this cartoon 
appeared in the public prints, showing the foresight of the 
emperor; and we might remark right here that the events 
of 1900 with the kings of the West were only forerunners 
of what will take place in the near future. 

The prophecies of the Bible speak of certain events, but 
statesmen and politicians can see these things coming from 
their own standpoint. The Scriptures tell the outcome, but 
the rulers of the world know not the result. Russia and 
the kings of the West stand to-day in their relation to the 
Chinese question just as they have been standing for years 
on the Turkish question. The kings of the West realize 
that, should Russia take Constantinople and become the 
possessor of Turkish territory, she would be the mistress 
of all the East, and ready for a struggle for the dominion 
of the world. The kings of the West also realize that, if 
Russia becomes the possessor of the Chinese Empire, it 
only increases her power to become the mistress of Con- 
stantinople and all the East. Hence the Eastern question 
of to-day is, Shall Russia possess any more territory in any 
part of the East? The question with Russia is. Shall the 
Western power possess any more territory in the East? 
That is the Eastern question, and must remain the Eastern 
question until it is settled ; and it will never be settled until 
the East and the West are gathered with their armies ; then 
the Lord settles the question forever. Then the kingdoms 
of this world become the kingdom of our Lord Jesus Christ ; 
then will there be a time of trouble such as there never was 
since there was a nation ; then "shall Michael stand up, the 
great Prince which standeth for the children of thy people." 

With this introduction to the chapter, we now desire to 
study the prophecies of the book of Jeremiah, believing that 

10 



146 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the situation is all plainly described by him. Jeremiah was 
a man especially called by the Lord as a prophet to the 
nations. He, like Daniel, lived at the time of the breaking 
up of the theocracy of Israel. Their prophecies carried the 
history of nations from that time forward. 

"Then said I, Ah, Lord God! behold, I can not speak; 
for I am a child." "Then the Lord put forth His hand, 
dnd touched my mouth. And the Lord said unto me. 
Behold, I have put My words in thy mouth. See, I have 
this day set thee over the nations and over the kingdoms, 
to root out, and to pull down, and to destroy, and to throw 
down, to build, and to plant." Jer. i :6, 9, 10. 

This is the position Jeremiah holds as a prophet of the 
nations. The word of God, when once uttered, roots out, 
pulls down, destroys, overthrows, and builds and plants the 
nations of the world. That is, when the word of God is 
spoken concerning a nation or kingdom, it will be literally 
fulfilled. Following this introduction, the Lord causes to 
pass before Jeremiah a scene concerning the movements 
of these nations: "Moreover the word of the Lord came 
unto me, saying, Jeremiah, what seest thou? And I said, 
I see a rod of an almond tree. Then said the Lord unto 
me. Thou hast well seen; for I will hasten My word to 
perform it. And the word of the Lord came unto me the 
second time, saying, What seest thou ? And I said, I see 
a seething pot; and the face thereof is toward the north. 
Then the Lord said unto me. Out of the north an evil shall 
break forth upon all the inhabitants of the land. For, lo, 
I will call all the families of the kingdoms of the north, 
saith the Lord ; and they shall come, and they shall set every 
one his throne at the entering of the gates of Jerusalem, 
and against all the walls thereof round about, and against 
all the cities of Judah. And I will utter My judgments 
against them touching all their wickedness, who have for- 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 147 

saken Me, and have burned incense unto other gods, and 
worshiped the works of their own hands." Jer. i :ii-i6. 

This scripture is an introduction, as before stated, to 
the iirst sixteen chapters of the book of Jeremiah, as well 
as to many other portions of his prophecy. The scene is 
that of a boiling pot, with its face toward the north. Let 
these locations be noticed. The interpretation is given thus : 
"Out of the north an evil shall break forth upon all the 
inhabitants of the land. For, lo, I will call all the familifes 
of the kingdoms of the north, saith the Lord; and they 
shall come, and they shall set every one his throne at the 
entering of the gates of Jerusalem." The cause of this is 
plainly stated in verse 16: "And I will utter My judgments 
against them touching all their wickedness, who have for- 
saken Me." Thus we see that the same subject is here 
introduced as treated by Ezekiel in his prophecy, namely, 
the northern power against professed Christendom. The 
cause is also plainly stated, namely, because of their wicked- 
ness and apostasy from God. Let us remark right here that 
Christendom will surely be in commotion as a seething pot 
when they see the difficulties arising, and the cause of them. 
The third chapter of Jeremiah is a reproof and admonition 
to Israel to return to the Lord : — 

"Lift up thine eyes unto the high places, and see where 
thou hast not been lain with. In the ways hast thou sat 
for them, as the Arabian in the wilderness; and thou hast 
polluted the land with thy whoredoms and with thy wicked- 
ness. Therefore the showers have been withholden, and 
there hath been no latter rain; and thou hadst a whore's 
forehead, thou refusedst to be ashamed." Verses 2, 3. 

In the latter part of this book is a chapter entitled "The 
Latter Rain," which has its application in the closing work 
of God for the world; but these showers have been with- 
holden from the professed people of God because of their 
backslidden condition. Now the admonition is given to 



148 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Israel, in the following language, to prepare to meet the 
situation : — 

"Go and proclaim these words toward the north, and 
say. Return, thou backsliding Israel, saith the Lord; and 
I will not cause Mine anger to fall upon you; for I am 
merciful, saith the Lord, and I will not keep anger forever. 
Only acknowledge thine iniquity, that thou hast transgressed 
against the Lord thy God, and hast scattered thy ways to 
the strangers under every green tree, and ye have not obeyed 
My voice, saith the Lord, Turn, O backsliding children, 
saith the Lord ; for I am married unto you ; and I will take 
you one of a city, and two of a family, and I will bring you 
to Zion; and I will give you pastors according to Mine 
heart, which shall feed you with knowledge and under- 
standing." Jer. 3:12-15. 

The prophet now calls the attention of backslidden Israel 
to the situation, by reminding them of the northern power, 
and of its certainty to come, and pleads with them to return 
to the Lord. There is always mercy, which can be obtained 
by true repentance, as long as probation lasts. This scrip- 
ture shows that this movement will be made known by the 
true servant before probation closes. Here is a work for 
the true minister of God to faithfully warn sinners of the 
certainty of their doom. Jonah plainly told the men of his 
day, "Yet forty days, and Nineveh shall be overthrown." 
Repentance on the part of the people turned away the Lord's 
wrath. So now, all who will repent and accept the truth 
can escape the calamity that is so soon to come upon the 
world. 

Turning to Jeremiah 4, we again read: "If thou wilt 
return, O Israel, saith the Lord, return unto Me; and if 
thou wilt put away thine abominations out of My sight, 
then shalt thou not remove." "Declare ye in Judah, and 
publish in Jerusalem; and say, Blow ye the trumpet in the 
land; cry, gather together, and say. Assemble yourselves. 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. I49 

and let us go into the defenced cities. Set up the standard 
toward Zion ; retire, stay not ; for I will bring evil from the 
north, and a great destruction. The lion is come up from 
his thicket, and the destroyer of the Gentiles is on his way ; 
he is gone forth from his place to make thy land desolate; 
and thy cities shall be laid waste, without an inhabitant." 
Jer. 4:1, 5-7. 

Bear in mind, this is such a movement that it will cause 
the people to flee to the defenced cities for safety. "And it 
shall come to pass at that day, saith the Lord, that the heart 
of the king shall perish, and the heart of the princes ; and 
the priests shall be astonished, and the prophets shall 
wonder." Jer. 4:9. 

The bravery before manifested by the kings of the West 
has now changed, and the heart of the king shall perish. 
The false teachers that have been telling the people, "Peace, 
peace ; when there is no peace," are now speechless. They 
know not which way to turn. They see the people making 
a rush for the defenced cities, and they hear these words 
from them, "Ah, Lord God! surely thou hast greatly 
deceived this people and Jerusalem, saying. Ye shall 
have peace; whereas the sword reacheth unto the soul." 
Jer. 4:10. 

Says the Lord : "At that time shall it be said to this 
people and to Jerusalem, A dry wind of the high places in 
the wilderness toward the daughter of My people, not to 
fan, nor to cleanse, even a full wind from those places shall 
come unto Me; now also will I give sentence against them. 
Behold, he shall come up as clouds, and his chariots shall 
be as a whirlwind ; his horses are swifter than eagles. Woe 
unto us! for we are spoiled. O Jerusalem, wash thine 
heart from wickedness, that thou mayest be saved. How 
long shall thy vain thoughts lodge within thee?" "Make 
ye mention to the nations; behold, publish against Jeru- 
salem, that watchers come from a far country, and give 



150 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

out their voice against the cities of Judah." "Thy way and 
thy doings have procured these things unto thee ; this is 
thy wickedness, because it is bitter, because it reacheth unto 
thine heart. My bowels, my bowels! I am pained at my 
very heart ; my heart maketh a noise in me ; I can not hold 
my peace, because thou hast heard, O my soul, the sound 
of the trumpet, the alarm of war. Destruction upon 
destruction is cried ; for the whole land is spoiled ; suddenly 
are my tents spoiled, and my curtains in a moment. How 
long shall I see the standard, and hear the sound of the 
trumpet? For My people is foolish, they have not known 
Me; they are sottish children, and they have none under- 
standing; they are wise to do evil, but to do good they have 
no knowledge." Jer. 4:11-14, 16, 18-22. 

The language of inspiration has portrayed the situation 
more clearly than is in the power of mortal man. All we 
can do is to call the attention to that which is said, and 
leave it with the people. If the trumpet is blown in the 
land, and they will not barken, there is but one thing left, 
namely, to meet the consequences, and this is what pro- 
fessed Christendom must do. Every effort must, however, 
be put forth by the true servant to faithfully warn the world 
of coming destruction. 

The Lord says : "Run ye to and fro through the streets 
of Jerusalem, and see now, and know, and seek in the broad 
places thereof, if ye can find a man, if there be any that 
executeth judgment, that seeketh the truth ; and I will par- 
don it. And though they say, The Lord liveth ; surely they 
swear falsely." "Therefore I said. Surely these are poor; 
they are foolish; for they know not the way of the Lord, 
nor the judgment of their God." Jer. 5:1, 2, 4. 

The Lord is ever willing to look with mercy on the 
backsliding of His people, but there must be a greater effort 
made; although they are in a poor and foolish condition, 
that will not excuse them or save them. They must be 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 151 

helped if possible. The prophet now adds : "I will get me 
unto the great men, and will speak unto them; for they 
have known the way of the Lord, and the judgment of their 
God; but these have altogether broken the yoke, and burst 
the bonds." Jer. 5 :5. 

The last efifort to be made for fallen Israel will be that 
of appealing personally to the men in high positions in the 
church, and faithfully warning them of the judgments of 
their God ; but the prophet adds : "These have altogether 
broken the yoke, and burst the bonds. Wherefore a lion 
out of the forest shall slay them, and a wolf of the evenings 
shall spoil them, a leopard shall watch over their cities; 
every one that goeth out thence shall be torn in pieces; 
because their transgressions are many, and their back- 
slidings are increased." Jer. 5 :$, 6. 

The symbols here used of the lion, and the wolf, and the 
leopard are symbols of Babylon, Medo-Persia, and Grecia, 
all countries of the dragon power. These shall watch over 
their cities, and every one going out shall be torn in pieces, 
because their transgressions are many. The prophet fur- 
ther describes the spiritual condition of Israel : "They were 
as fed horses in the morning; every one neighed after his 
neighbor's wife. Shall I not visit for these things? saith 
the Lord ; and shall not My soul be avenged on such a nation 
as this? Go ye up upon her walls, and destroy; but make 
not a full end ; take away her battlements ; for they are not 
the Lord's. For the house of Israel and the house of Judah 
have dealt very treacherously against Me, saith the Lord. 
They have belied the Lord, and said, It is not He; neither 
shall evil come upon us; neither shall we see sword nor 
famine ; and the prophets shall become wind, and the word 
is not in them ; thus shall it be done unto them." Jer. 5 :8-i 3. 

This is a sad picture for professed Christendom. Her 
teachers have told the people that the four sore judgments 
mentioned in the curses pronounced by Moses would not 



152 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

come. The true prophet had been telHng them that these 
things would come. They have denied the statements and 
deceived the people. "Wherefore thus saith the Lord God 
of hosts, Because ye speak this word, behold, I will make 
My words in thy mouth fire, and this people wood, and it 
shall devour them. Lo, I will bring a nation upon you 
from far, O house of Israel, saith the Lord; it is a mighty 
nation, it is an ancient nation, a nation whose language thou 
knowest not, neither understandest what they say. Their 
quiver is as an open sepulcher, they are all mighty men. 
And they shall eat up thine harvest and thy bread, which 
thy sons and thy daughters should eat; they shall eat up 
thy flocks and thine herds ; they shall eat up thy vines and 
thy fig trees; they shall impoverish thy fenced cities, 
wherein thou trustedst, with the sword." Jer. 5 '.14-17. 

This is an important statement to the student of proph- 
ecy. The nation is, first, an ancient one; second, it comes 
from far ; third, it is a mighty nation ; fourth, it is "a nation 
whose language thou knowest not, neither understandest 
what they say." Moses said the Lord would bring a nation 
against them from the ends of the earth. Now, if the kings 
of the East are to be prepared, and are to come against 
the kings of the West, or the Christian powers, to what 
nation could the prophecy apply? We answer, China. It 
is the oldest nation in the world, and from the prophet's 
standpoint it would come from far, or the end of the earth, 
lying eastward. It is a mighty nation, as shown by the 
writings of the great men of the world, such as Lord 
Wolsey, of England, and others. They number four hun- 
dred millions, nearly one-third of the population of the 
globe, and, last, they speak a language that is the least 
known by Christian nations of any language in the world. 
It is the most difficult to learn and understand. When this 
mighty nation shall join Russia, with its mighty army and 
hatred towards Christendom, and then they be joined by 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 153 

three hundred millions from India, the Turks, and many- 
other powerful nations, there will surely be reason enough 
why Christendom should hasten to the defenced cities. 
Language would fail to half picture the terribleness of the 
scene ; and no wonder the prophet Daniel said, Then "shall 
be a time of trouble, such as never was since there was a 
nation." 

But there is hope for those who put their trust in the 
Lord. God has a remnant people that will be delivered like 
the Hebrew children from the furnace. "Nevertheless in 
those days, saith the Lord, I will not make a full end with 
you. And it shall come to pass, when ye shall say. Where- 
fore doeth the Lord our God all these things tinto us ? then 
shalt thou answer them. Like as ye have forsaken Me, and 
served strange gods in your land, so shall ye serve strangers 
in a land that is not yours." "But this people hath a revolt- 
ing and a rebellious heart; they are revolted and gone. 
Neither say they in their heart. Let us now fear the Lord 
our God, that giveth rain, both the former and the latter, 
in his season ; He reserveth unto us the appointed weeks of 
the harvest. Your iniquities have turned away these things, 
and your sins have withholden good things from you." 
Jer. 5:18, 19, 23-25. 

The latter rain is now falling on the true believers ; btit 
the great masses of professed Christians have no desire to 
serve the Lord, "neither say they in their heart. Let us 
now fear the Lord our God, that giveth rain, both the for- 
mer and the latter, in his season." The prophet Jeremiah 
continues, "A wonderful and horrible thing is committed 
in the land." Jer. 5 :30. 

But the Lord still pleads with His people: "O ye chil- 
dren &f Benjamin, gather yourselves to flee out of the midst 
of Jerusalem, and "blow the trumpet in Tekoa, and set up 
a sign of fire in Beth-hacceren ; for evil appeareth out of 
the north, and great destruction." Jer. 6:1. 



154 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

The above is an admonition to the remnant people that 
are now scattered throughout Christendom. This call to 
come out of the midst of Jerusalem is the same call voiced by 
the prophet John in Revelation i8 to come out of Babylon. 
The reason is also plainly stated: "Evil appeareth out of 
the north, and great destruction." As the people that have 
studied the truth see this movement, it will be a sign to 
them to get out of the heathen countries and from the 
midst of Babylon before her judgments come upon her. 
While those who are not in the light move to the fortified 
cities for defense, the true people, here mentioned as the 
children of Benjamin and as the seed of Jacob, will not go 
into the defenced cities, but, on the contrary, will leave the 
cities, and escape to the mountains. 

"They have blown the trumpet, even to make all ready ; 
but none goeth to the battle ; for My wrath is upon all the 
multitude thereof. The sword is without, and the pestilence 
and the famine within ; he that is in the field shall die with 
the sword ; and he that is in the city, famine and pestilence 
shall devour him. But they that escape of them shall 
escape, and shall be on the mountains like doves of the 
valleys, all of them mourning, every one for his iniquity. 
All hands shall be feeble, and all knees shall be weak as 
water." Eze. 7:14-17. 

This sign will be the same to. them as when Jerusalem 
was encompassed by the Roman army, and the disciples 
were to flee into the mountains ; so here, as the crisis comes, 
the remnant will leave the cities, and go into the most soli- 
tary places, where the munition of rocks will be their 
defense; and the Lord will cover them with the shadow of- 
His wing. Zechariah the prophet speaks of this period in 
the experience of Israel as follows: "Ho, ho! come forth, 
and flee from the land of the north, saith the Lord; for I 
have spread you abroad as the four winds of the heaven, 
saith the Lord. Deliver thyself, O Zion, that dwellest with 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 155 

the daughter of Babylon. For thus saith the Lord of hosts ; 
After the glory hath He sent me unto the nations which 
spoiled you ; for he that toucheth you toucheth the apple of 
His eye. For, behold, I will shake Mine hand upon them, 
and they shall be a spoil to their servants ; and ye shall know 
that the Lord of hosts hath sent me." Zech. 2 iS-g. 

Returning to the fifth chapter of Jeremiah, the command 
is given: "Prepare ye war against her; arise, and let us 
go up at noon. Woe unto us! for the day goeth away, 
for the shadows of the evening are stretched out. Arise, 
and let us go by night, and let us destroy her palaces." 
Verses 4, 5. 

The condition of God's people is thus described : "Thus 
saith the Lord of hosts, They shall thoroughly glean the 
remnant of Israel as a vine ; turn back thine hand as a grape- 
gatherer into the baskets. To whom shall I speak, and 
give warning, that they may hear? behold, their ear is 
uncircumcised, and they can not harken; behold, the word 
of the Lord is unto -them a reproach ; they have no delight 
in it. Therefore I am full of the fury of the Lord ; I am 
weary with holding in ; I will pour it out upon the children 
abroad, and upon the assembly of young men together; 
for even the husband with the wife shall be taken, the aged 
with him that is full of days. And th'eir houses shall be 
turned unto others, with their fields and wives together; 
for I will stretch out My hand upon the inhabitants of the 
land, saith the Lord. For from the least of them even unto 
the greatest of them every one is given to covetousness ; 
and from the prophet even unto the priest every one dealeth 
falsely. They have healed also the hurt of the daughter of 
My people slightly, saying. Peace, peace; when there is no 
peace." Jer. 6:9-14. 

Verse 1 1 states that these judgments will be visited upon 
the children abroad. This shows that it includes all the 
Lord's people. This chapter- is commented upon under the 



IS6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

heading of "False Prophets," or teachers, and it would be 
well to turn and read those comments ; but in verses 22 to 
26 the prophet speaks of the result of the work of these false 
teachers thus: "Thus saith the Lxjrd, Behold, a people 
Cometh from the north country, and a great nation shall be 
raised from the sides of the earth. They shall lay hold 
on bow and spear ; they are cruel, and have no mercy ; their 
voice roareth like the sea ; and they ride upon horses, set in 
array as men for war against thee, O daughter of Zion. We 
have heard the fame thereof ; our hands wax feeble ; anguish 
hath taken hold of us, and pain, as of a woman in travail. 
Go not forth into the field, nor walk by the way; for the 
sword of the enemy and fear is on every side. O daughter 
of My people, gird thee with sackcloth, and wallow thyself 
in ashes; make thee mourning, as for an only son, most 
bitter lamentation ; for the spoiler shall suddenly come upon 
us." Jer. 6:22-26. 

The subject continually before us in all these chapters 
is the punishment that is due fallen Christendom and the 
power from the north to inflict it. The prophet continues, 
in chapter 8, to show the terrible backslidden condition of 
the Lord's people: "Yea, the stork in the heaven knoweth 
her appointed times; and the turtle and the crane and the 
swallow observe the time of their coming; but My people 
know not the judgment of the Lord. How do ye say, We 
are wise, and the law of the Lord is with us? Lo, cer- 
tainly in vain made He it; the pen of the scribes is in vain." 
Jer. 8:7, 8. 

It is a sad thing in this day that of so-called enlighten- 
ment that the Lord's people do not understand their welfare 
as well as the fowls and the lower creatures know the things 
that pertain to their welfare. The swallow and the crane 
observe the time of their coming ; they can discern the sea- 
sons of the year, and pass from north to south; but with 
all the evidence that God has given in His Word of the 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. JtS7 

judgments that are to come upon the world, His people 
are ignorant of these things. They say, "The law of the 
Lord is with us." The inspired penman's word is in vain. 
God's people are calling their attention to the law as deliv- 
ered on Sinai ; but, say they, "We are a law unto ourselves." 
"The wise men are ashamed, they are dismayed and taken ; 
lo, they have rejected the Word of the Lord; and what 
wisdom is in them ?" Jer. 8 -.g. 

Now the result of such a course is sure to follow. Prin- 
ciples never change. "Therefore will I give their wives 
unto others, and their fields to them that shall inherit them ; 
for every one from the least even unto the greatest is given 
to covetousness, frojn the prophet even unto the priest every 
one dealeth falsely. For they have healed the hurt of the 
daughter of My people slightly, saying. Peace, peace ; when 
there is no peace. Were they ashamed when they had com- 
mitted abomination? nay, they were not at all ashamed, 
neither could they blush; therefore shall they fall among 
them that fall; in the time of their visitation they shall be 
cast down, saith the Lord. I will surely consume them, 
saith the Lord; there shall be no grapes on the vine, nor 
figs on the fig tree, and the leaf shall fade; and the things 
that I have given them shall pass away from them." 
Jer. 8:10-13. 

As these judgments increase, they cry out, "Why do ye 
sit still? assemble yourselves, and let us enter into the 
defenced cities, and let us be silent there; for the Lord our 
God hath put us to silence, and given us water of gall to 
drink, because we have sinned against the Lord." Jer. 8:14. 

This shows that they realize the situation and the cause 
of the trouble that is now upon them. The prophet now 
tells what these people have been looking for in the past: 
"We looked for peace, but no good came; and for a time 
of health, and behold trouble!" Jer. 8:15. Yes, they 
have been told by the false teachers that the world was 



158 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

growing better, and that the millenium would soon be 
ushered in, and that the world would soon be evangelized 
and converted to Christ, but they have learned the real truth 
when it was too late. They have learned that it is "a time 
of trouble, such as never was since there was a nation." 
They have been looking for health. Sanitariums have been 
built, hospitals erected, and great skill has been developed 
in surgery. Remedies without number have been provided, 
from the drug system, the magnetic healers, false Christs, 
and false prophets, and every device that could be invented 
by the wisdom of man has and is being developed for the 
relief of suffering humanity; but lo, disease is on the in- 
crease in every country and among every class, and when 
probation closes, one of the four sore judgments mentioned 
in Revelation 16, called the seven last plagues, will be real- 
ized in all its enormity and loathesomeness. Then they 
will see that their health resorts and all their efforts with 
their skilled physicians are but failures. 

The prophet continues : "The snorting of his horses was 
heard from Dan; the whole land trembled at the sound of 
the neighing of his strong ones; for they are come, and 
have devoured the land, and all that is in it; the city, and 
those that dwell therein. For behold, I will send serpents, 
cockatrices, among you, which will not be charmed, and 
they shall bite you, saith the Lord. When I would comfort 
myself against sorrow, my heart is faint in me. Behold the 
voice of the cry of the daughter of My people because of 
them that dwell in a far country : Is not the Lord in Zion ? 
is not her king in her? Why have they provoked Me to 
anger with their graven images, and with strange vanities ?" 
Jer. 8:16-19. 

The same trouble from the north is again referred to, 
with the addition of pestilence and the noisome beasts, as 
is shown in verse 17. The excessive heat, mentioned in 
Rev. 16:8, during these plagues will produce madness in 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 159 

all the animal creation, and, no doubt, the domestic animals 
will be stricken with madness, and, like it was with Israel 
in the wilderness, God will send serpents and cockatrices 
among them, which shall not be charmed. When the people 
realize the situation, the lamentable cry comes up in their 
heart-broken voices: "The harvest is past, the summer is 
ended, and we are not saved. For the hurt of the daughter 
of My people am I hurt; I am black; astonishment hath 
taken hold on Me. Is there no balm in Gilead; is there 
no physician there ? why then is not the health of the daugh- 
ter of My people recovered?" Jer. 8 -.20-22. 

No, there is no balm in Gilead. There is no physician 
there. Probation has closed; the harvest of the Lord's 
people is now gathered. The summer of salvation is now 
passed; the high priest has left His mediatorial seat; the 
decree is passed, "He that is holy, let him be holy still;" 
"and he which is filthy, let him be filthy still." 

Of the responsibility for the failure of many to heed 
the warnings of mercy, the prophet speaks thus : "For the 
pastors are become brutish, and have not sought the Lord ; 
therefore they shall not prosper, and their flocks shall be 
scattered. Behold, the noise of the bruit is come, and a 
great commotion out of the north country, to make the 
cities of Judah desolate, and a den of dragons." Jer. 
10:22, 23. 

"Say unto the king and to the queen. Humble yourselves, 
sit down; for your principalities shall come down, even 
the crown of your glory. The cities of the south shall be 
shut up, and none shall open them; Judah shall be carried 
away captive all of it, it shall be wholly carried away cap- 
tive. Lift up your eyes, and behold them that come from 
the north ; where is the flock that was given thee, thy beau- 
tiful flock ? What wilt thou say when he shall punish thee ? 
for thou hast taught them to be captains, and as chief 
over thee; shall not sorrows take thee, as a woman in 



i6o The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

travail? And if thou say in thine heart, Wherefore come 
these things upon me ? For the greatness of thine iniquity 
are thy skirts discovered, and thy heels made bare. Can 
the Ethiopian change his skin, or the leopard his spots? 
then may ye also do good, that are accustomed to do evil." 
Jer. 13:18-23. 

The northern povsrer is here again introduced, and, as 
before stated, it is a connected story, and the principal 
thought in that story is unbroken. The question is novir 
asked by the Lord : "Where is the flock that was given thee, 
thy beautiful flock? What wilt thou say when he shall 
punish thee?" Christendom to-day is as beautiful a flock 
in many respects as ever was gathered by any shepherd. 
They have enjoyed many privileges; much light has been 
given them, as they are living in an age when knowledge 
will be increased, but this light has not been appreciated. 
Her shepherds have turned away their ears from the truth-. 
The church has gone after the world, and as a result the 
judgments have followed. 

The prophet then calls attention to the attitude the 
church has held toward the heathen power. They have 
taught them to be captains over them, and now the heathen 
have taken advantage of these modern inventions, and, as 
a result, sorrow takes hold of Christendom as a woman in 
travail. Again attention is called to the cause of all this, 
and their condition spiritually has been as difficult to change 
as it Avould be to change an Ethiopian's skin or t^e leopard's 
spots. 

Jeremiah 14 introduces another of the judgments that 
will be manifested at the same time : "The word of the Lord 
that came to Jeremiah concerning the dearth. Judah 
mourneth, and the gates thereof languish; they are black 
unto the ground; and the cry of Jerusalem is gone up. 
And their nobles have sent their little ones to the waters; 
they came to the pits, and found no water; they returned 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. i6i 

with their vessels empty; they were ashamed and con- 
founded, and covered their heads. Because the ground is 
chapped, for there was no rain in the earth, the plowmen 
were ashamed, they covered their heads. Yea, the hind 
also calved in the field, and forsook it, because there was 
no grass. And the wild asses did stand in the high places, 
they snuffed up the wind like dragons ; their eyes did fail, 
because there was no grass. O Lord, though our iniquities 
testify against us, do Thou it for Thy name's sake; for 
our backslidings are many; we have sinned against Thee." 
Jer. 14:1-7. 

Troubles never come singly. In the days of Ahab, 
king of Israel, when the great apostasy reigned, the famine 
and the pestilence were within and the sword was without 
for the long period of three years and six months in the 
land of Israel. So now, in the time of trouble, the waters 
are dried up; the little ones go with their vessels to the 
pits and fountains, but they return empty. They were 
ashamed and confounded, and covered their heads. The 
ground is chapped, and there is no rain in the earth. The 
plowmen were ashamed, and covered their heads. The 
grass is taken from the animals, and distress is abroad in 
the land. 

The prophet Joel speaks of the drouth thus : "Alas for 
the day! for the day of the Lord is at hand, and as a 
destruction from the Almighty shall it come. Is not the 
meat cut off before our eyes, yea, joy and gladness from the 
house of our God? The seed is rotten under their clods, 
the garners are laid desolate, the barns are broken down; 
for the corn is withered. How do the beasts groan! the 
herds of cattle are perplexed, because they have no pasture ; 
yea, the flocks of sheep are made desolate." Joel i :i5-i8. 

The prophet Amos describes the situation concerning 
the drouth in this manner: "And also I have withholden 
the rain from you, when there were yet three months to 
u 



i62 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the harvest; and I caused it to rain upon one city, and 
caused it not to rain upon another city; one piece was 
rained upon, and the piece whereupon it rained not with- 
ered. So two or three cities wandered unto one city, to 
drink water; but they were not satisfied; yet have ye not 
returned unto Me, saith the Lord." Amos 47, 8. 

This reveals a terrible condition, yet why is all this? 
Returning to the fourteenth chapter of Jeremiah, we read : 
"Thus saith the Lord unto this people, Thus have they 
loved to wander, they have not refrained their feet, there- 
fore the Lord doth not accept them; He will now remem- 
ber their iniquity, and visit their sins. Then said the Lord 
unto me, Pray not for this people for their good. When 
they fast,. I will not hear their cry; and when they ofifer 
burnt-offering and an oblation, I will not accept them; 
but I will consume them by the sword, and by the famine, 
and by the pestilence. Then said I, Ah, Lord God ! behold, 
the prophets say unto them. Ye shall not see the sword, 
neither shall ye have famine; but I will give you assured 
peace in this place. Then the Lord said unto me, The 
prophets prophesy lies in My name ; I sent them not, neither 
have 1 commanded them, neither spake unto them ; they 
prophesy unto you a false vision and divination, and a 
thing of naught, and the deceit of their heart. Therefore 
thus saith the Lord concerning the prophets that prophesy 
in My name, and I sent them not, yet they say. Sword and 
famine shall not be in this land ; By sword and famine shall 
those prophets be consumed. And the people to whom they 
prophesy shall be cast out in the streets of Jerusalem because 
of the famine and the sword; and they shall have none to 
bury them, them, their wives, nor their sons, nor their 
daughters; for I will pour their wickedness upon them." 
Verses 10-16. 

Who is responsible for these things? We answer, 
Israel themselves. The prophets have said, "Peace, peace," 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 163 

to the people, and the people loved to have it so. The 
prophets have prophesied lies, hence they must reap the 
fruit. It is true in this matter as in anything else that 
"whatsoever a man soweth, that shall he also reap." The 
situation is beyond comprehension. 

"If I go forth into the field, then behold the slain with 
the sword! and if I enter into the city, then behold them 
that are sick with famine! yea, both the prophet and the 
priest go about into a land that they know not." Jer. 14:18. 

"Then said the Lord unto me, Though Moses and 
Samuel stood before Me, yet My mind could not be toward 
this people; cast them out of My sight, and let them go 
forth. And it shall come to pass, if they say unto thee, 
Whither shall we go forth ? then thou shalt tell them. Thus 
saith the Lord; Such as are for death, to death; and such 
as are for the sword, to the sword; and such as are for 
the famine, to the famine ; and such as are for the captivity, 
to the captivity. And I will appoint over them four kinds, 
saith the Lord: the sword to slay, and the dogs to tear, 
and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the earth, 
to devour and destroy." Jer. 15:1-3. 

Thus we close the testimony from the first sixteen chap- 
ters of the prophecy of Jeremiah, but it is far from being 
all that this prophecy says upon this subject, for the more 
we study these wonderful prophecies, the more we see of 
their application to the last days. The preparatory work 
to be done by the faithful people of God must now be 
pushed with rapidity, for all those who love; the Lord must 
be gathered out of these countries and faithfully warned 
of the situation, that they may be ready to leave at any 
time, like Israel left Egypt when God's judgments were in 
the land. "Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the 
Lord, that they shall no more say, The Lord liveth, which 
brought up the children of Israel out of the land of Egypt ; 
but, The Lord liveth, which brought up and which led the 



164 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

seed of the house of Israel out of the north country, and 
from all countries whither I had driven them; and they 
shall dwell in their own land." Jer. 23 :/, 8. 

These nations may think they will not drink of this 
bitter cup, but the Lord says they shall certainly drink. 
There will be a power behind these nations and circum- 
stances surrounding them that no power on earth can 
withstand. The prophet Jeremiah, after speaking of the 
destruction of, ancient Babylon, says : "And I will bring 
upon that land all My words which I have pronounced 
against it, even all that is written in this book, which 
Jeremiah hath prophesied against all the nations. For 
many nations and great kings shall serve themselves of 
them also; and I will recompense them according to their 
deeds, and according to the works of their own hands. 
For thus saith the Lord God of Israel unto me'; Take the 
wine cup of- this fury at My hand, and cause all the nations, 
to whom I send thee, to drink it. And they shall drink, 
and be moved, and be mad, because of the sword that I 
will send among them. Then took I the cup at the Lord's 
hand, and made all the nations to drink, unto whom the 
Lord had sent me; to wit, Jerusalem, and the cities of 
Judah, and the kings thereof, and the princes thereof, to 
make them a desolation, an astonishment, an hissing, and 
a curse; as it is this day; Pharaoh king of Egypt, and his 
servants, and his princes, and all his people; and all the 
mingled people, and all the kings of the land of Uz, and 
all the kings of the land of the Philistines, and Ashkelon, 
and Azzah, and Ekron, and the remnant of Ashdod, Edom, 
arid Moab, and the children of Ammon, and all the kings 
of Tyrus, and all the kings of Zidon, and the kings of the 
isles which are beyond the sea, Dedan, and Tema, and 
Buz, and all that are in the utmost corners, and all the 
kings of Arabia, and all the kings of the mingled people 
that dwell in the desert, and all the kings of Zimri, and 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 165 

all the kings of Elam, and all the kings of the Medes, and 
all the kings of the north, far and near, one with another, 
and all the kingdoms of the world, which are upon the face 
of the earth; and the king of Sheshach shall drink after 
them. Therefore thou shalt say unto them, Thus saith the 
Lord of hosts, the God of Israel ; Drink ye, and be drunken, 
and spue, and fall, and rise no more, because of the sword 
which I will send among you. And it shall be, if they 
refuse to take the cup at thine hand to drink, then shalt 
thou say unto them, Thus saith the Lord of hosts; Ye 
shall certainly drink. For, lo, I begin to bring evil on the 
city which is called by My name, and should ye be utterly 
unpunished? Ye shall not be unpunished; for I will call 
for a sword upon all the inhabitants of the earth, saith the 
Lord of hosts." Jer. 25:13-29. 

This scripture includes every nation on the face of the 
earth. The -Lord says: If they refuse to take the cup at 
thine hand to drink, then shalt thou say unto them. Thus 
saith the Lord of hosts ; Ye shall certainly drink. For, lo, 
I begin to bring evil on the city which is- called by My 
name, and should ye be utterly unpunished? Ye shall not 
be unpunished; for I will call for a sword upon all the 
inhabitants of the earth, saith the Lord of hosts." 

The city here referred to, and designated as Jerusalem, 
includes all the professed people of God, and, in addition 
to this, the other kingdoms of the world shall not go unpun- 
ished. The spirits of devils have gone out. Man serves 
one of two masters. He can not guide his own steps. 
The great controversy between Christ and Satan is soon 
to close. Satan is marshaling his forces, and he is work- 
ing hard, knowing he has but a short time, and the great 
question is soon to be settled between Christ and Satian 
as to the rulership of the world, and every soul in the world 
is enlisted under one or the other of these leaders. The 
prophet Ezekiel speaks thus : — 



i66 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

"Behold, therefore I will deliver thee to the men of the 
east for a possession, and they shall set their palaces in 
thee, and make their dwellings in thee; they shall eat thy 
fruit, and they shall drink thy milk. And I will make 
Rabbah a stable for camels, and the Ammonites a couch- 
ing place for flocks ; and ye shall know that I am the Lord. 
For thus saith' the Lord God ; Because thou hast clapped 
thine hands, and stamped with the feet, and rejoiced in 
heart with all thy despite against the land of Israel ; behold, 
therefore I will stretch out Mine hand upon thee, and will 
deliver thee for a spoil to the heathen; and I will cut thee 
off from the people, and I will cause thee to perish out of 
the countries ; I will destroy thee ; and thou shalt know that 
1 am the Lord." Eze. 25 14-7. 

This language is very explicit: "I will deliver thee to 
the men of the East." Verse 7 says, I "will deliver thee 
for a spoil to the heathen." This is only in harmony with 
the other scriptures produced, and shows that, while Rus- 
sia is the northern power, she controls the men of the East, 
who are the heathen nations here referred to. As these 
nations come from the East, the Lord's people, and those 
who are in the light, will be expecting just such things, hence 
they proclaim a fast, as described by the prophet Joel : — 

"Blow the trumpet in Zion, sanctify a fast, call a solemn 
assembly; gather the people, sanctify the congregation, 
assemble the elders, gather the children, and those that suck 
the breasts; let the bridegroom go forth of his chamber, 
and the bride out of her closet. Let the priests, the min- 
isters of the Lord, weep between the porch and the altar, 
and let them say, Spare Thy people, O Lord, and give not 
Thine heritage to reproach, that the heathen should rule 
over them; wherefore should they say among the people, 
Where is their God? Then will the Lord be jealous for 
His land, and pity His people. Yea, the Lord will answer 
and say unto His people. Behold, I will send you com, 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. Xdj 

and wine, and oil, and ye shall be satisfied therewith; and 
I will no more make you a reproach among the heathen; 
but I will remove far off from you the northern army, 
and will drive him into a land barren and desolate, with 
his face toward the east sea, and his hinder part toward 
the utmost sea, and his stink shall come up, and his ill 
savor shall come up, because he hath done great things. 
Fear not, O land; be glad and rejoice; for the Lord will 
do great things. Be not afraid, ye beasts of the field; for 
the pastures of the wilderness do spring; for the tree bear- 
eth her fruit, the fig tree and the vine do yield their strength. 
Be glad then, ye children of Zion, and rejoice in the Lord 
your God; for He hath given you the former rain moder- 
ately, and He will cause to come down for you the rain, 
the former rain, and the latter rain in the first month." 
Joel 2:15-23. 

We would call the attention of the thoughtful as they 
read this scripture to the especial force that is given a 
quotation when placed in the position for which it was 
written. The subject here is the northern army ^s they 
make their approach. The true people of God know the 
trying hour has come, the hour spoken of as the hour of 
temptation that shall come on all the world, to try them. 
They make all necessary preparation by fasting and 
prayer, and cry to the Lord thus, "Spare Thy people, O 
Lord, and give not Thine heritage to reproach, that the 
heathen should rule over them; wherefore should they say 
among the people. Where is their God?" Those opposed 
to them are saying, "Where is their God?" The Lord 
now has pity upon His remnant, and says, "I will no more 
make you a reproach among the heathen ; but I will remove 
far off from you the northern army, and will drive him 
into a land barren and desolate, with his face toward the 
east sea, and his hinder part toward the utmost sea, and 
his stink shall come up, and his ill savor shall come up, 



i68 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

because he hath done great things." The locations here 
given, both of the army and regarding their face and the 
position of their backs, show from whence they come. 
The prophet Ezekiel said He would turn them back, and 
leave but a sixth part of them; hence they start to their 
own desolate land a defeated people. It is true they have 
caused great destruction in Christendom, but the Lord said 
they should not go unpunished. 

The prophet Zechariah calls our attention to the great 
battle of Armageddon, as follows: — 

"The burden of the word of the Lord for Israel, saith 
the Lord, which stretcheth forth the heavens, and layeth 
the foundation of the earth, and formeth the spirit of man 
within him. Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of 
trembling unto all the people round about, when they shall 
be in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem. 
And in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone 
for all people; all that burden themselves with it shall be 
cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered 
together against it. In that day, saith the Lord, I will 
smite every horse with astonishment, and his rider with 
madness; and I will open Mine eyes upon the house of 
Judah, and will smite every horse of the people with blind- 
ness." Zech. 12:1-4. 

Christ was a stone of stumbling and a rock of offense, 
so the Lord's professed people, designated here as Jerusalem, 
will be a burdensome stone and a bone of contention to 
all men of the East. The prophet Ezekiel says that the 
sword of every man shall be against his brother. The 
Lord will fight in the battle of Armageddon, not as a man 
fights, but as described in verse 4. He says, "In that day, 
saith the Lord, I will smite every horse with astonishment 
[fear], and his rider with madness [insanity]; . . . 
and will smite every horse of the people with blindness." 
Imagine the situation. Every rider loses control of his 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 169 

mind. Every horse is frightened afid stricken with blind- 
ness, and every man's sword is against his brother. 

"Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and thy spoil 
shall be divided in the midst of thee. For I will gather 
all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city 
shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women rav- 
ished; and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and 
the residue of the people shall not be cut off from the city." 
Zech. 14:1, 2. 

When the Spirit of God is withdrawn from men, they 
know no bounds. Every passion is turned loose without 
restraint. We read in Revelation that they repented not, 
but cursed God because of the plagues. It is the Spirit of 
God that draws men to Himself, and when probation is 
closed, and the Spirit of God no longer strives with men, 
there is no repentance. So in this great closing conflict 
every vile thing ever cherished in the hearts of men will 
be manifested. This says half of the city shall be taken. 
Those followers of the beast and the false prophet that are 
not destroyed in the battle of Armageddon will be cast alive 
into the lake of fire. The Lord says He will fight with 
those nations as He fought in the days of battle, referring 
to such events as the slaughter of the Midianites and others. 
So here they are all turned to insanity and blindness and 
fear, and fight among themselves. The prophet Ezekiel 
says the Lord will, in addition to this, rain great hailstones 
upon them and fire. The plagues that shall overtake those 
that reject the truth will be most terrible. 

"And this shall be the plague wherewith the Lord will 
smite all the people that have fought against Jerusalem; 
Their flesh shall consume away while they stand upon their 
feet, and their eyes shall consume away in their holes, and 
their tongue shall consume away in their mouth. And it 
shall come to pass in that day, that a great tumult from 
the Lord shall be among them; and they shall lay hold 



170 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

every one on the hand of his neighbor, and his hand shall 
rise up against the hand of his neighbor. And Judah also 
shall fight at Jerusalem; and the wealth of all the heathen 
round about shall be gathered together, gold, and silver, and 
apparel, in great abundance. And so shall be the plague 
of the horse, of the mule, of the camel, and of the ass, and 
of all the beasts that shall be in these tents, as this plague. 
And it shall come to pass, that every one that is left of all 
the nations which came against Jerusalem, shall even go up 
from year to year to worship the King, the Lord of hosts, 
and to keep the feast of tabernacles. And it shall be, that 
whoso will not come up of all the families of the earth unto 
Jerusalem to worship the King, the Lord of host5, even upon 
them shall be no rain. And if the family of Egypt go not 
up, and come not, that have no rain; there shall be the 
plague, wherewith the Lord will smite the heathen that come 
not up to keep the feast of tabernacles. This shall be the 
punishment of Egypt, and the punishment of all nations 
that come not up to keep the feast of tabernacles." Zech. 
14:12-19. 

The plagues will no doubt be visited upon the people 
according to the light they have enjoyed, the opportunity 
given them, and the responsibility of the position they hold. 
No doubt in that day the people will say to the false shep- 
herd, "Had you done your duty, and faithfully warned us 
of these things, we might have escaped these terrible calam- 
ities." Hence the false shepherds will have the .greater 
responsibility and the greater judgments to meet. This is 
shown by the prophet Jeremiah : — 

"And the slain of the Lord shall be at that day from 
one end of the earth even unto the other end of the earth; 
they shall not be lamented, neither gathered, nor buried; 
they shall be dung upon the ground. Howl, ye shepherds, 
and cry; and wallow yourselves in the ashes, ye principal 
of the flock; for the days of your slaughter and of your 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. i^l 

dispersions are accomplished ; and ye shall fall like a pleas- 
ant vessel. And the shepherds shall have no way to flee, 
nor the principal of the flock to escape. A voice of the cry 
of the shepherds, and a howling of the principal of the flock, 
shall be heard; for the Lord hath spoiled their pasture. 
And the peaceable habitations are cut down because of the 
fierce anger of the Lord. He hath forsaken his covert, 
as the lion; for their land is desolate because of the fierce- 
ness of the oppressor, and because of his fierce anger," 
Jen 25 :33-38. 

Some may question as to these prophecies having their 
fulfilment in this age of the world, but a careful compari- 
son of statements in these chapters with statements in other 
books of the Bible where the prophet is known to be speak- 
ing of this age will clear that matter all up to the mind of 
the student. By reading the fourth, the sixth, the sixteenth, 
the twenty-fifth, and other chapters of Jeremiah, we can 
readily understand the application is to this age of the 
world. Persons unacquainted with the general subjects of 
the Bible are very liable to conclude that these things all 
had their application in the past. The Lord speaks in the 
Old Testament prophecies of minor local events that were 
to meet their fulfilment in their day. From those events 
the prophecy carries the mind of the reader forward, under 
the name of the same government, to the greatest of all 
events, in which the territory and inhabitants of all these 
countries mentioned must take part in the time of trouble. 
This will be more apparent as we proceed with the study. 

The gathering of Israel is the burden of many scrip- 
tures, and with this is frequently coupled the responsibility 
of the false shepherds, who feed their flocks error instead 
of truth. Says the prophet : "Woe be unto the pastors that 
destroy and scatter the sheep of My pasture ! saith the Lord. 
Therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israel against the 
pastors tbat feed My people. Ye have scattered My flock. 



172 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

and driven them away, and have not visited them ; behold, 
I will visit upon you the evil of your doings, saith the Lord. 
And I will gather the remnant of My flock out of all coun- 
tries whither I have driven them, and will bring them again 
to their folds; and they shall be fruitful and increase. 
And I will set up shepherds over them which shall feed 
them ; and they shall fear no more, nor be dismayed, neither 
shall they be lacking, saith the Lord." Jer. 23:1-4. 

This scripture not only testifies to the gathering of 
Israel and of the judgments that shall fall upon the false 
pastors, but it locates the time of the application of the 
prophecy, for nobody can doubt that the bringing of God's 
people to their own land is an event of the last days. The 
following verses show this still more clearly : "Behold, the 
days come, saith the Lord, that I will raise unto David a 
righteous Branch, and a King shall reign and prosper, and 
shall execute judgment and justice in the earth. In His 
days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely; 
and this is His name whereby He shall be called, THE 
LORD OUR RIGHTEOUSNESS. Therefore, behold, 
the days come, saith the Lord, that they shall no more 
say, The Lord liveth, which brought up the children of 
Israel out of the land of Egypt; but. The Lord liveth, 
which brought up and which led the seed of the house of 
Israel out of the north country, and from all countries 
whither I had driven them; and they shall dwell in their 
own land." Jer. 23 :5-8. 

The prophet Isaiah also likens this movement to the 
taking of Israel out of Egypt : "And in that day there shall 
be a root of Jesse, which shall stand for an ensign of the 
people; to it shall the Gentiles seek; and His rest shall be 
glorious. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the 
Lord shall set His hand again the second time to recover 
the remnant of His people, which shall be left, from 
Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 172 

Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, 
and from the islands of the sea. And He shall set up an 
ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of 
Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the 
four corners of the earth." "And there shall be an high- 
way for the remnant of His people, which shall be left, from 
Assyria ; like as it was to Israel in the day that he came up 
out of the land of Egypt." Isa. 11 :io-i2, 16. 

The righteous branch mentioned by the prophet Jere- 
miah and the root of Jesse mentioned, by Isaiah both refer 
to Christ. Both prophets compare the final gathering of 
God's people to the work of leading Israel out of Egypt. 
The prophet Jeremiah mentions especially the leading of 
that people "out of the north country, and from all countries 
whither I had driven them." Thus this prophecy is clearly 
located as to time. 

Touching the spiritual condition of apostate Israel, the 
prophet says: "The land is full of adulterers; for because 
of swearing the land mourneth; the pleasant places of the 
wilderness are dried up, and their course is evil, and their 
force is not right. For both prophet and priest are pro- 
fane ; yea, in My house have I found their wickedness, saith 
the Lord." "I have seen also in the prophets of Jerusalem 
a horrible thing: they commit adultery, and walk in lies; 
they strengthen also the hands of evil-doers, that none doth 
return from his wickedness; they are all of them unto Me 
as Sodom, and the inhabitants thereof as Gomorrah." 
Jer. 23:10, II, 14. 

The result of this is thus given by the prophet: "Be- 
hold, a whirlwind of the Lord is gone forth in fury, even 
a grievous whirlwind ; it shall fall grievously upon the head 
of the wicked. The anger of the Lord shall not return, 
until He have executed, and till He have performed the 
thoughts of His heart; in the latter days ye shall consider 
it perfectly." Jer. 23:19, 20. 



174 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

These judgments might have been stayed if the false 
teachers and the people had stood in the counsel of the 
Lord. "I have not sent these prophets, yet they ran ; I have 
not spoken to them, yet they prophesied. But if they had 
stood in My counsel, and had caused My people to hear 
My words, then they should have turned them from their 
evil way, and from the evil of their doings. Am I a God 
at hand, saith the Lord, and not a God afar off?" Jer. 
23:21-23. 

The remainder of this chapter continues to reveal the 
deceptive workings of the false teachers, as they pretend to 
have a great burden of the Lord. Their minds are greatly 
exercised, but it is not a burden to tell the people what the 
Lord hath spoken. 

The thirtieth chapter of Jeremiah introduces a time of 
trouble thus: "For thus saith the Lord; We have heard a 
voice of trembling, of fear, and not of peace. Ask ye now, 
and see whether a man doth travail with child? wherefore 
do I see every man with his hands upon his loins, as a 
woman in travail, and all faces are turned into paleness? 
Alas ! for that day is great, so that none is like it ; it is even 
the time of Jacob's trouble ; but he shall be saved out of it. 
For it shall come to pass in that day, saith the Lord of hosts, 
that I will break his yoke from off thy neck, and will burst 
thy bonds, and strangers shall no more serve themselves of 
him; but they shall serve the Lord their God, and David 
their king, whom I will raise up unto them." Jer. 30 :5-9. 
We would refer the reader to a subsequent chapter, entitled 
"The Time of Jacob's Trouble." 

Comforting words are now given to the remnant people : 
"Therefore fear thou not, O My servant Jacob, saith the 
Lord; neither be dismayed, O Israel; for, lo, I will save 
thee from afar, and thy seed from the land of their cap- 
tivity; and Jacob shall return, and shall be in rest, and be 
quiet, and none shall make him afraid. For I am with 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 175 

thee, saith the Lord, to save thee; though I make a full 
end of all nations whither I have scattered thee, yet will I 
not make a full end of thee; but I will correct thee in 
measure, and will not leave thee altogether unpunished." 
Jer. 30:10, II. 

It is plainly stated that at this period a full end of all 
nations shall be made, but He will not make a full end of 
Israel. There will be a remnant saved, "and out of them 
shall proceed thanksgiving and the voice of them that make 
merry ; and I will multiply them, and they shall not be few ; 
I will also glorify them, and they shall not be small." The 
resurrection is here referred to. "And ye shall be My peo- 
ple, and I will be your God. Behold, the whirlwind of the 
Lord goeth forth with fury, a continuing whirlwind ; it shall 
fall with pain upon the head of the wicked. The fierce 
anger of the Lord shall not return, until He have done it, 
and until He have performed the intents of His heart; in 
the latter days ye shall consider it." Jer. 30 •.22-24. The 
last expression tells the time when these prophecies will be 
considered, namely, the latter day. 

The thirty-first chapter is a continuation of the same 
subject. In verse 7 we read, "O Lord, save Thy people, 
the remnant of Israel." The prophet continues: "Behold, 
I will bring them from the north country, and gather them 
from the coasts of the earth, and with them the blind and 
the lame, the woman with child and her that travaileth with 
child together ; a great company shall return thither. They 
shall come with weeping, and with supplications will I lead 
them; I will cause them to walk by the rivers of waters in 
a straight way, wherein they shall not stumble; for I am 
a father to Israel, and Ephraim is My first-born." Jer. 
31 :8, 9. 

This story is continued by Jeremiah throughout the 
greater portion of his prophecies. Beginning with chap- 
ter 46, and continuing to the close of the book, we may say 



176 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

is a summing up of the judgments as they shall fall upon 
the different nations of the earth, referred to under the 
names of the nations of ancient times. The reader will 
readily see that, while these nations are described under 
ancient names, the prophecies have their application in 
our day. 

In the first verse of the forty-sixth chapter we are told 
that it is "the word of the Lord which came to Jeremiah 
the prophet against the Gentiles." In verses 5-12 we read: 
"Wherefore have I seen them dismayed and turned away 
back ? and their mighty ones are beaten down, and are fled 
apace, and look not back; for fear was round about, saith 
the Lord. Let not the swift flee away, nor the mighty man 
escape ; they shall stumble, and fall toward the north by the 
river Euphrates. Who is this that cometh up as a flood, 
whose waters are moved as the rivers? Egypt riseth up 
like a flood, and his waters are moved like the rivers; and 
he saith, I will go up, and will cover the earth ; I will destroy 
the city and the inhabitants thereof. Come up, ye horses; 
and rage, ye chariots ; and let the mighty men come forth ; 
the Ethiopians and the Libyans, that handle the shield ; and 
the Lydians, that handle and bend the bow. For this is 
the day of the Lord God of hosts, a day of vengeance, that 
He may avenge Him of His adversaries; and the sword 
shall devour, and it shall be satiate and made drunk with 
their blood; for the Lord God of hosts hath a sacrifice in 
the north country by the river Euphrates. Go up into 
Gilead, and take balm, O virgin, the daughter of Egypt; 
in vain shalt thou use many medicines; for thou shalt not 
be cured. The nations have heard of thy shame, and thy 
cry hath filled the land ; for the mighty man hath stumbled 
against the mighty, and they are fallen both together**' 

The admonition to the remnant people locates the time 
of this prophecy : "But fear not thou, O My servant Jacob, 
and be not dismayed, O Israel ; for behold, I will save thee 



The Yellow Pertly or the Kings of the East. 177 

from afar off, and thy seed from the land of their captivity ; 
and Jacob shall return, and be in rest and at ease, and none 
shall make him afraid. Fear thou not, O Jacob My serv- 
ant, saith the Lord; for I am with thee; for I will make a 
full end of all the nations whither I have driven thee^; but 
I will not make a full end of thee, but correct thee in meas- 
ure; yet will I not leave thee wholly unpunished." Jer. 
46:27, 28. 

Chapter 47 is introduced thus : "The word of the Lord 
that came to Jeremiah the prophet against the Philistines, 
before that Pharaoh smote Gaza. Thus saith the Lord; 
Behold, waters rise up out of the north, and shall be an 
overflowing flood, and shall overflow the land, and all that 
is therein; the city, and them that dwell therein; then the 
men shall cry, and all the inhabitants of the land shall 
howl." Verses i, 2. 

The Philistines are named in this prophecy, but the 
difficulty comes from the north, from the same place that it 
has come in all these judgments. The forty-eighth chapter 
is against Moab, but by reading the entire chapter with these 
thoughts in mind, we have no difficulty in making the appli- 
cation. The admonition is again given to the remnant 
people, as follows, "O ye that dwell in Moab, leave the cities, 
and dwell in the rock, and be like the dove that maketh her 
nest in the sides of the hole's mouth." Verse 28. And, 
again, in the last verse of the chapter we read, "Yet will 
I bring again the captivity of Moab in the latter days, saith 
the Lord." 

The forty-ninth chapter records the judgments against 
Amon and Edom: "I have heard a rumor from the Lord, 
and an ambassador is sent unto the heathen, saying. Gather 
ye together, and come against her, and rise up to the battle. 
For lo, I will make thee small among the heathen, and 
despised among men. Thy terribleness hath deceived thee, 
and the pride of thine heart, O thou that dwellest in the 



178 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

clefts of the rock, that holdest the height of the hill ; though 
thou shouldest make thy nest as high as the eagle, I will 
bring thee down from thence, saith the Lord. Also Edom 
shall be a desolation; every one that goeth by it shall be 
astonished, and shall hiss at all the plagues thereof." "The 
earth is moved at the noise of their fall, at the cry the noise 
thereof was heard in the Red Sea. Behold, He shall come 
up and fly as the eagle, and spread His wings over Bozrah ; 
and at that day shall the heart of the mighty men of 
Edom be as the heart of a woman in her pangs." Verses 
14T17, 21, 22. 

In this chapter are also mentioned Damascus, Hazor, 
Kedar, the "men of the east," and so on, as among those 
upon whom the final judgments will fall. Then the prophet 
introduces a special country, thus : "Arise, get you up unto 
the wealthy nation, that dwelleth without care, saith the 
Lord, which have neither gates nor bars, which dwell alone. 
And their camels shall be a booty, and the multitude of their 
cattle a spoil ; and I will scatter into all winds them that are 
in the utmost corners ; and I will bring their calamity from 
all sides thereof, saith the Lord." Jer. 49:31, 32. 

A comparison between these verses and the thirty-eighth 
chapter of Ezekiel, and the eighteenth and nineteenth chap- 
ters of Isaiah, will show what country is here referred to. 
If the prophecy then applies to the latter days, as is stated 
in the last verses of the chapter, it must apply to North 
America. The chapter closes thus, "But it shall come to 
pass in the latter days, that I will bring again the captivity 
of Elam, saith the Lord." 

The fiftieth chapter takes up the prophecy under the name 
of Babylon: "The word that the Lord spake against Bab- 
ylon and against the land of the Chaldeans by Jeremiah the 
prophet. Declare ye among the nations, and publish, and 
set up a standard; publish, and conceal not; say, Babylon 
is taken, Bel is confounded, Merodach is broken in pieces ; 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 179 

her idols are confounded, her images are broken in pieces. 
For out of the north there cometh up a nation against her, 
which shall make her land desolate, and none shall dwell 
therein; they shall remove, they shall depart, both man and 
beast." Verses 1-3. 

Notice that the danger again comes from the north. 
It matters not under what name the subject is introduced, 
the calamity is always from the north. As before stated, 
these names are used because the characteristics of those 
governments are again seen in the nations of to-day. This 
chapter, like all the rest, introduces the subject of the gath- 
ering of Israel out of these nations before their fall : — 

"In those days, and in that time, saith the Lord, the 
children of Israel shall come, they and the children of 
Judah together, going and weeping; they shall go, and 
seek the Lord their God. They shall ask the way to Zion 
with their faces thitherward, saying. Come, and let us 
join ourselves to the Lord in a perpetual covenant that shall 
not be forgotten. My people hath been lost sheep; their 
shepherds have caused them to go astray, they have turned 
them away on the mountains; they have gone from moun- 
tain to hill, they have forgotten their resting-place. All 
that found them have devoured them ; and their adversaries 
said. We offend not, because they have sinned against the 
Lord, the habitation of justice, even the Lord, the hope of 
their fathers. Remove out of the midst of Babylon, and 
go forth out of the land of the Chaldeans, and be as the 
he goats before the flocks. For, lo, I will raise, and cause 
to come up against Babylon, an assembly of great nations 
from the north country; and they shall set themselves in 
array against her; from thence she shall be taken; their 
arrows shall be as of a mighty expert man ; none shall return 
in vain." Jen 50 14-9. 

This assembly of great nations against ancient Babylon 
has not taken place from the north country. This fleeing 



i8o The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

from Babylon is mentioned by John in the eighteenth chap- 
ter of Revelation, where he says, "Come out of her, M)' 
people, that ye be not partakers of her sins." One division 
of the great city is shown in the seventeenth chapter to 
apply to the mother. So the prophet here mentions this 
fact : "Your mother shall be sore confounded ; she that bare 
you shall be ashamed ; behold, the hindermost of the nations 
shall be a wilderness, a dry land, and a desert." Jer. 50:12. 

Turning now to the remnant of Israel, when this proph- 
ecy applies, we read, "In those days, and in that time, 
saith the Lord, the iniquity of Israel shall be sought for, 
and there shall be none; and the sins of Judah, and they 
shall not be found ; for I will pardon them whom I reserve." 
Jer. 50:20. This verse shows that probation is closed at 
the time referred to, and that Israel's sins are blotted out, 
to be remembered against them no more forever. 

The judgments of God upon Israel's enemies at this 
time, namely, upon all the wicked, are thus described: "A 
sword is upon their horses, and upon their chariots, and 
upon all the mingled people that are in the midst of her ; 
and they shall become as women ; a sword is upon her treas- 
ures; and they shall be robbed. A drought is upon her 
waters; and they shall be dried up; for it is the land of 
graven images, and they are mad upon their idols. There- 
fore the wild beasts of the desert with the wild beasts of 
the islands shall dwell there, and the owls shall dwell 
therein; and it shall be no more inhabited forever; neither 
shall it be dwelt in from generation to generattcm. As 
God overthrew Sodom and Gomorrah and the neighbor 
cities thereof, saith the Lord; so shall no man abide there, 
neither shall any son of man dwell therein. Behold, a 
people shall come from the north, and a great nation, and 
many kings shall be raised up from the coasts of the earth 
They shall hold the bow and the lance ; they are cruel, and 
will not show mercy ; their voice shall roar like the sea, and 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. i8i 

they shall ride upon horses, every one put in array, like 
a man to the battle, against thee, O daughter of Babylon." 
Jer. 50 :37-42. 

When Jerusalem was overthrown, in a. d. 70, by the 
Roman army, it was but a small calamity in comparison 
to that of the final destruction in the last days; and while 
ancient Babylon was overthrown by the Medes and Persians, 
the same figures are carried down, and represent spiritual 
Babylon and its judgments in the last days; but this time 
great nations from the coasts of the earth will be raised up, 
and the admonition is here given especially to the daughters 
of Babylon to flee out of her. John says, "Come out of 
her. My people." The last verse gives force to the fore- 
going conclusion: "At the noise of the taking of Babylon 
the earth is moved, and the cry is heard among the' nations." 
Jer. 50 146. The divine counsel is : "Flee out of the midst 
of Babylon, and deliver every man his soul; be not cut ofif 
in her iniquity; for this is the time of the Lord's vengeance; 
He will render unto her a recompense. Babylon hath been 
a golden cup in the Lord's hand, that made all the earth 
drunken; the nations have drunken of her wine; therefore 
the nations are mad. Babylon is suddenly fallen and 
destroyed; howl for her; take balm for her pain, if so be 
she may be healed. We would have healed Babylon, but 
she is not healed ; forsake her, and let us go every one into 
his own country; for her judgment reacheth unto heaven, 
and is lifted up even to the skies." Jer. 51 :6-9. 

Babylon could have been healed, but she would not 
listen to the warning voice; and now, says the prophet, 
"Forsake her." "Babylon hath been a golden cup;" she 
has had many opportunities; but she has filled that cup 
with her false doctrines, and has made all nations to drink 
of her errors. The call is here repeated, Flee out of her, 
"and deliver every man his soul." "The nations have 
drunken of her wine; therefore the nations are mad." 



i82 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

The apostle John says, "The nations were angry." Clearly 
it is a time of universal war. "Set ye up a standard in 
the land, blow the trumpet among the nations, prepare the 
nations against her, call together against her the kingdoms 
of Ararat, Minni, and Ashchenaz ; appoint a captain against 
her; cause the horses to come up as the rough caterpillars. 
Prepare against her the nations with the kings of the Medes, 
the captains thereof, and all the rulers thereof, and all the 
land of his dominion." Jer. 51 127, 28. 

"Then the heaven and the earth, and all that is therein, 
shall sing for Babylon ; for the spoilers shall come unto her 
from the north, saith the Lord. As Babylon hath caused 
the slain of Israel to fall, so at Babylon shall fall the slain 
of all the earth. Ye that have escaped the sword, go away, 
stand not still; remember the Lord afar ofif, and let Jeru- 
salem come into your mind." Jer. 51:48-50. 

The prophet now closes his book with language very 
similar to that of the prophet John concerning spiritual 
Babylon, as mentioned in the eighteenth chapter of Revela-, 
tion: "Rejoice over her, thou heaven, and ye holy apostles 
and prophets; for God hath avenged you on her. And a 
mighty angel took up a stone like a great millstone, and 
cast it into the sea, saying. Thus with violence shall that 
great city Babylon be thrown down, and shall be found no 
more at all." Rev. 18:20, 21. 

Says Jeremiah : "And it shall be, when thou hast made 
an end of reading this book, that thou shalt bind a stone 
to it, and cast it into the midst of Euphrates; and thou 
shalt say, Thus shall Babylon sink, and shall not rise from 
the evil that I will bring upon her ; and they shall be weary. 
Thus far are the words of Jeremiah." Jer. 51 :63, 64. 

Thus ends a brief comment on the book of Jeremiah. 
Ezekiel is just as explicit in his prophecies as they apply to 
the last days. The first nine chapters of Ezekiel contain 
an unbroken line of thought. The last of Jeremiah's 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 183 

prophecies bear nearly the same date as the first of those 
of Ezekiel. Ezekiel introduces his prophecies thus: "And 
I looked, and, behold, a whirlwind came out of the north, 
a great cloud, and a fire infolding itself, and a brightness 
was about it, and out of the midst thereof as the color of 
amber, out of the midst of the fire." Eze. i '.4. 

The creatures shown Ezekiel in this vision are very 
similar to those shown John in the fourth chapter of Rev- 
elation. Ezekiel, the same as Jeremiah and Isaiah, proph- 
esy of modern nations under the names of ancient nations. 
This is very clearly brought out in the thirtieth, thirty-first, 
and thirty-second chapters. We read : — 

"The word of the Lord came again unto me, saying, 
Son of man, prophesy and say, Thus saith the Lord God ; 
Howl ye. Woe worth the day! For the day is near, even 
the day of the Lord is near, a cloudy day; it shall be the 
time of the heathen. And the sword shall come upon 
Egypt, and great pain shall be in Ethiopia, when the slain 
shall fall in Egypt, and they shall take away her multitude, 
and her foundations shall be broken down. Ethiopia, and 
Libya, and Lydia, and all the mingled people, and Chub, 
and the men of the land that is in league, shall fall with 
them by the sword." Eze. 30:1-5. 

Here we have Egypt, Ethiopia, Lybia, and all the 
mingled people. "It shall be the time of the heathen." 
Now, while other nations may control this territory in 
modern times, nevertheless it is a prophecy applicable to 
the last days, as will be shown by further consideration. 
"And they shall be desolate in the midst of the countries 
that are desolate, and her cities shall be in the midst of the 
cities that are wasted." Jer. 30 -.y. 

Chapter 31 speaking of Pharaoh, king of Egypt, says: 
"I have therefore delivered him into the hand of the mighty 
one of the heathen; he shall surely deal with him; I have 
driven him out for his wickedness. And strangers, the 



184 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

terrible of the nations, have cut him off, and have left him ; 
upon the mountains and in all the valleys his branches are 
fallen, and his boughs are broken by all the rivers of the 
land; and all the people of the earth are gone down from 
his shadow, and have left him. Upon his ruin shall all the 
fowls of the heaven remain, and all the beasts of the field 
shall be upon his branches; to the end that none of all the 
trees by the waters exalt themselves for their height, neither 
shoot up their top among the thick boughs, neither their 
trees stand up in their height, all that drink water ; for they 
are all delivered unto death, to the nether parts of the earth, 
in the midst of the children of men, with them that go down 
to the pit." Eze. 31:11-14. 

The student will readily see that the great destruction 
of the last day, mentioned in other places, is here referred 
to, thus showing clearly that the vision of the prophet was 
carried from the local event forward to the final destruction 
of that nation. Verses 16, 17 say: "I made the nations to 
shake at the sound of his fall, when I cast him down to 
hell with them that descend into the pit; and all the trees 
of Eden, the choice and best of Lebanon, all that drink 
water, shall be comforted in the nether parts of the earth. 
They also went down into hell with him, unto them that 
be slain with the sword; and they that were his arm, that 
dwelt under his shadow in the midst of the heathen." 

Turning now to chapter 32, we read: "Thus saith the 
Lord God; I will therefore spread out My net over thee 
with a company of many people; and they shall bring thee 
up in My net. Then will I leave thee upon the land, I 
will cast thee forth upon the open field, and will cause all 
the fowls of the heaven to remain upon thee, and I will fill 
the beasts of the whole earth with thee. And I will lay thy 
flesh upon the mountains, and fill the valleys with thy 
height. I will also water with thy blood the land wherein 
thou swimmest, even to the mountains ; and the rivers shall 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 185 

be full of thee. And when I shall put thee out, I will cover 
the heaven, and make the stars thereof dark ; I will cover the 
sun with a cloud, and the moon shall not give her light. 
All the bright lights of heaven will I make dark over thee, 
and set darkness upon thy land, saith the Lord God. I will 
also vex the hearts of many people, when I shall bring thy 
destruction among the nations, into the countries which thou 
hast not known. Yea, I will make many people amazed 
at thee, and their kings shall be horribly afraid for thee, 
when I shall brandish My sword before them; and they 
shall tremble at every moment, every man for his own life, 
in the day of thy fall." Verses 3-10. 

The prophet next introduces other nations, which will 
meet their doom at the same time : "Asshur is there and all 
her company; his graves are about him; all of them slain, 
fallen by the sword." "There is Elam and all her multi- 
tude round about her grave ; all of them slain, fallen by the 
sword, which are gone down uncircumcised into the nether 
parts of the earth, which caused their terror in the land of 
the living ; yet have they borne their shame with them that 
go down to the pit." "There is Meshech, Tubal, and all 
her multitude ; her graves are round about him ; all of them 
uncircumcised, slain by the sword, though they caused their 
terror in the land of the living." "There is Edom, her 
kings, and all her princes, which with their might are laid 
by them that were slain by the sword; they shall lie with 
the uncircumcised, and with them that go down to the pit. 
There be the princes of the north, all of them, and all the 
Zidonians, which are gone down with the slain; with their 
terror they are ashamed of their might ; and they lie uncir- 
cumcised with them that be slain by the sword, and bear 
their shame with them that go down to the pit." Eze. 
32 -.22, 24, 26, 29, 30. 

These scriptures enumerate the principal nations of the 
earth in the days of Ezekiel, and represent the final destruc- 
tion that will come upon all those countries in the "time of 



i86 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

trouble, such as never was since there was a nation," men- 
tioned by the prophet Daniel. 

The thirty-third chapter of Ezekiel contains a solemn 
charge to the true prophets in the last days. This charge 
is elsewhere quoted in full, but we will quote a portion of 
it here again: "Son of man, speak to the children of thy 
people, and say unto them, When I bring the sword upon 
a land, if the people of the land take a man of their coasts, 
and set him for their watchman ; if, when he seeth the sword 
come upon the land, he blow the trumpet, and warn the peo- 
ple ; then whosoever heareth the sound of the trumpet, and 
taketh not warning ; if the sword come and take him away, 
his blood shall be upon his own head. He heard the sound 
of the trumpet, and took not warning; his blood shall be 
upon him. But he that taketh warning shall deliver his 
soul." Verses 2-5. 

This is just as much of a specific charge to the watchmen 
in the last days as was the commission of Christ to all the 
ministry when He said: "Go ye therefore, and teach all 
nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of 
the Son, and of the Holy Ghost ; teaching them to observe 
all things whatsoever I have comnianded you; and, lo, I 
am with you alway, even unto the end of the world. 
Amen." Matt. 28:19, 20. 

This commission is general in its application to every 
age, while the charge in Ezekiel was written for a special 
age and specific occasion. 

The thought of the last four chapters noticed is con- 
tinued in the book of Ezekiel to the fortieth chapter. As 
before stated, the first ten chapters of the book also refer 
to the same subject. The ninth chapter introduces the 
preparatory work to be done by the Lord's servants and 
the judgments as they follow in quick succession. The 
prophet says: — 

"He cried also in mine ears with a loud voice, saying, 
Gauge them that have charge over the city to dr^w near, 



The Yellow Peril, or the Kings of the East. 187 

even every man with his destroying weapon in his hand. 
And, behold, six men came from the way of the higher 
gate, which heth toward the north, and every man a 
slaughter weapon in his hand; and one man among them 
was clothed with linen, with a writer's inkhorn by his side ; 
and they went in, and stood beside the brazen altar. And 
the glory of the God of Israel was gone up from the cherub, 
whereupon He was, to the threshold of the house. And He 
called to the man clothed with linen, which had the writer's 
inkhorn by his side; and the Lord said unto him, Go 
through the midst of the city, through the midst of Jeru- 
salem, and set a mark upon the foreheads of the men that 
sigh and cry for all the abominations that be done in the 
midst thereof. And to the others He said in mine hearing. 
Go ye after him through the city, and smite; let not your 
eye spare, neither have ye pity; slay utterly old and 
young, both maids, and little children, and women; but 
come not near any man upon whom is the mark; and 
begin at My sanctuary. Then they began at the ancient 
men which were before the house. And He said unto them. 
Defile the house, and fill the courts with the slain; go ye 
forth. And they went forth, and slew in the city. And 
it came to pass, while they were slaying them, and I was 
left, that I fell upon my face, and cried, and said. Ah Lord 
God! wilt Thou destroy all the residue of Israel in Thy 
pouring out of Thy fury upon Jerusalem? Then said He 
unto me. The iniquity of the house of Israel and Judah is 
exceeding great, and the land is full of blood, and the city 
full of perverseness ; for they say. The Lord hath forsaken 
the earth, and the Lord seeth not." Eze. 9:1-9. 

The work introduced in this scripture is the same as 
that brought to view in the seventh chapter of Revelation. 
In Revelation the winds of destruction are being held until 
the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads. There 
it is represented as an angel ascending out of the east, and 
having the seal of the living God. Before Israel left Egypt, 



i88 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

all the homes were mafked by the blood of a lamb, so that, 
when the destroying angel passed through Egypt, the first- 
born of all in the houses of the Israelites were spared. So 
now, before the great time of trouble arrives, God has a 
message of mercy to the inhabitants of the earth, and it 
is a good thing to know that while probation lasts God's 
mercy will have those faithfully warned who are in danger. 
The four winds mentioned in Revelation are spoken of by 
the prophet Ezekiel as the four sore judgments. The pro- 
phetic law of curses, written in a book by Moses, and placed 
in the side of the ark as a witness to Israel, contained four 
principal judgments. They are referred to by the prophet 
Ezekiel in these words : — 

"The word of the Lord came again to me, saying. Son 
of man, when the land sinneth against Me by trespassing 
grievously, then will I stretch out Mine hand upon it, and 
will break the staff of the bread thereof, and will send fam- 
ine upon it, and will cut off man and beast from it ; though 
these three men, Noah, Daniel, and Job, were in it, they 
should deliver but their own souls by their righteousness, 
saith the Lord God. If I cause noisome beasts to pass 
through the land, and they spoil it, so that it be desolate, 
that no man may pass through because of the beasts; 
though these three men were in it, as I live, saith the Lord 
God, they shall deliver neither sons nor daughters; they 
only shall be delivered, but the land shall be desolate. Or 
if I bring a sword upon that land, and say. Sword, go 
through the land ; so that I cut off man and beast from it ; 
though these three men were in it, as I live, saith the Lord 
God, they shall deliver neither sons nor daughters, but they 
only shall be delivered themselves. Or if I send a pesti- 
lence into that land, and pour out My fury upon it in blood, 
to cut off from it man and beast; though Noah, Daniel, 
and Job, were in it, as I live, saith the Lord God, they shall 
deliver neither son nor daughter ; they shall but deliver their 
own souls by their righteousness. For thus saith the Lord 



The Yellozv Peril, or the Kings of the East. 189 

God ; How much more when I send My four sore judgments 
upon Jerusalem, the sword, and the famine, and the noisome 
beast, and the pestilence, to cut off from it man and beast?" 
Eze. 14:12-21. 

Chapter 13 brings to view the deceptive workings of 
the false prophets in the last days, as commented on under 
that head; and as in other places the judgments are the 
next thing to follow. But there is an encouraging state- 
ment added to this by the prophet: "Yet, behold, therein 
shall be l€ft a remnant that shall be brought forth, both 
sons and daughters; behold, they shall come forth unto 
you, and ye shall see their way and their doings; and ye 
shall be comforted concerning the evil that I have brought 
upon Jerusalem, even concerning all that I have brought 
upon it." Eze. 14:22. 

In all these prophecies the reader will notice that there 
is a remnant who are gathered out, and who will escape 
the judgments that are coming upon the earth. The 
prophet Isaiah does not dwell so much in his prophecies 
upon the gathering of the nations to Armageddon as 
upon the gathering of Israel into their own land. The 
great portion of his prophecies is upon the subject of the 
message that is to prepare the world for the event and save 
the Lord's people from the great calamity. Were we to 
quote all the scriptures relating to the judgments of God 
which are pronounced against the world in the last days, 
it would probably weary the reader. We feel that we 
have given sufficient evidence to all believers of the inspired 
Word that all these things will come. In the closing up 
of the chapters on "The Seven Trumpets," "The Seven 
Seals," and "The Seven Churches," we left the last and 
closing events in these prophecies for further consideration. 
We shall now try to group together as briefly as possible 
the several movements seen in this generation, and already 
fulfilled in our day, and what we may expect in a few 
moments, as it were, in the future. 




CHAPTER XL 



TWO REMARKABLE WARS OF RECENT DATE. 

The first is the Spanish-American war, of 1897-1898; 
the second, the Russo-Japanese war of 1904-1905. It re- 
quires but a little thought to see that these two great 
national struggles were overruled by a great providence; 
thus completing another step in the preparation for the final 
struggle. This is easily seen, both in the signal victories 
of these wars ; and in the positions in which the nations, 
who were engaged in the struggle, were left. 

Prior to the Spanish-American war, the United States, 
unlike the leading nations of Europe, was possessor of its 
own home territory only. But this war gave her posses- 
sions and territory, which in turn gave her standing as a 
world power. Her ownership of the Philippines, the an- 
nexation of the Hawaiian group, make America an active 
nation in the affairs of the Pacific ocean. Puerto Rico, 
and the Panama Canal make her equally interested in the 
affairs of the Atlantic ocean. 

The world has read of the signal victories gained by the 
American fleet at Manila Bay and off the coasts of Cuba. 
All acknowledged that such victories have not been gained 
since the days of Israel when God fought for his people. 
These victories, we hold, were nothing short of miraculous; 
and the design of Providence was to bring Protestant America 
where she should stand in the fulfillment of prophecy dur- 



Two Remarkable Wars of Recent Date. 191 

ing the closing struggles of the worlcl. It was the Spanish- 
American war that prepared the way for America's final 
struggle in defense of her own territory and the waters 
of the Pacific. 

The Russo-Japanese war is no less significant to the 
student of the sacred writings, than is the Spanish-Ameri- 
can war. The latter prepared the way for America, the 
former the way for Russia, in their new relations with the 
East. 

Prior to the Russo-Japanese war the nations of the East 
were obsolete so far as the knowledge of the general public 
was concerned. Japan has been connected with Western 
Civilization but little more than fifty years, although it is 
nearly the oldest empire in the world. It is called Dai 
Niphon, the land of the Rising Sun, being situated in the 
Far East. Its population is forty-six millions. 

In 1904 when she declared war on the Colossus of the 
North, but few indeed, thought that such a victory would 
follow her effort. These victories have placed Japan in the 
East, just where the Spanish-American war placed the 
United States in the West, namely one of the great world 
powers. In 1902 the writer published a book, "The In- 
spired History of the Nations," in which the position was 
taken, that the time would come when the yellow races 
of the East would be a menace to the West, or in other 
words the dangers of the Yellow Peril. At that time we 
received many letters scoffing at the idea of the yellow 
races ever becoming a menace to the West. Since the war 
between Russia and Japan the letters have ceased. This 
war demonstrated to the Western world, the power that 
was slumbering in the Eastern Nations ; it is true her navy 
is not yet so large as that of some other nations, but that 
does not always count neither does it prove it may always 
be the smallest. Let China and India make the advance in 
the few years before us, that Japan has made in the few 



192 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

years past, and then where could there be found those who 
would care to encounter them, either on land or sea? 

We here give from Collier's Book on the Russo-Japan- 
ese war an account of^ the Mukden battle. This will be 
sufificient to show the skill and bravery of the Japanese 
army in time of war: 

"The Battle of Mukden. — ^Judged by the number of men 
engaged, the vast extent of the battlefield, and the losses, the 
battle of Mukden was the greatest of modern times, if not of 
all history. Even the tremendous duel at Liao-Yang, which 
was on a larger scale than any modern battle that had pre- 
ceded it, pales before this nineteen days' struggle. Between 
750,000 and 800,000 men were engaged, of which about 361,- 
000 were Russian and at least 400,000 Japanese. When the 
nineteen days' struggle began, both sides faced each other in 
the valley of the Sha River, the Russian lines stretching back 
upon tiers of defenses, backed up with over 1,300 guns and 
forming south of Mukden a barrier which foreign experts 
pronounced impregnable. 

"From east to west the five Japanese armies were assigned 
under the following commanders : Kawamura, Kuroki, Nodzu, 
Oku, and Nogi. Field-marshal Oyama's plan was for these 
five armies to form a crescent nearly one hundred miles in 
length, the cusps of which would gradually draw together, the 
western cusp being finally thrown forward so as to form a 
closed curve with the eastern. The plan thus outlined worked 
with perfect success. Kawamura, in the eastern sector, began 
the attack first on February 22, driving the Russians back 
toward Tita. For over a fortnight the fiercest sort of fighting 
continued in this part of the field, in the midst of zero weather 
and almost .continuous snowstorms. It ended with the Rus- 
sians driven across the Hun River and the right horn of the 
crescent having reached its final position opposite Mukden. 
Meanwhile, Kuroki broke through the formidable works 
which guarded the road to the Hun River from Pensihu,. and 



Two Remarkable Wars of Recent Date. 193 

arrived on March 5 in line with the general advance. Nodzu, 
to the left of Kuroki, drove the enemy from his last outworks 
south of the Sha River, and on March 6 paused to await the 
other turning attacks on east and west. Oku, between the 
Sha and Hun rivers, rolled back the enemy's line until its 
superior numbers and strong entrenchments near Patishu, 
about ten miles from Mukden, forced him to await the final 
turning movement of Nogi's men on the extreme west. These 
men of Nogi's were Port Arthur's veterans, who looked upon 
this work as a mere picnic. Qn March i they reached Sin- 
mintun, thirty-three miles west of Mukden, where they wheeled 
to the right. They carried position after position, assisted 
Oku's attacks against the enemy's position southwest of Muk- 
den, swinging eastward in an arch-shaped line with a front of 
fifteen miles. 

"On March 5 Kuropatkin concentrated his army along the 
west to drive the victor of Port Arthur back. He ordered 
General Gerngoos to fall on Nogi's center on the Sinmintun 
road leading to Tashichao. The attempt was a disastrous 
failure. Kuropatkin saw that his entire right wing would 
be crushed by Oku's and Nogi's 'iron brigades,' and despite 
the pleading of General Kaulbars, commander of the Second 
Army, that he be permitted to lead another attack on Nogi, 
and of General Rennenkampf that he be allowed to hold his 
strong positions, the commander-in-chief, on March 7, ordered 
a general retreat. All along the hundred-mile line the Japa- 
nese closed in. The whole stupendous structure of the defense 
fell to pieces in an instant. The Russians poured northward 
toward Tiding almost in a rout. On March 9 the Japanese, 
pushing forward to the Hun River, opposite Chiu-chan, found 
a place where the ice was intact, and crossed with little oppo- 
sition. They pushed forward west by north, and on the morn- 
ing of the loth began shelling the retreating Russians. The 
Japanese army occupied Mukden on the same day, and two 
days later the main body of the Russian army arrived at 
Tiding. 



194 J^he Yellow feril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

"The Russians left more than 30,CX50 dead on the field, lost 
50,000 prisoners, and had over 100,000 wounded. The total 
Japanese casualties, as reported by Oyama, were 50,000." 

We now feel that sufficient has been said to set the posi- 
tion of the Yellow Peril before the reader in the clearest pos- 
sible manner as viewed from the standpoint of the men of the 
world. Now, what do the inspired writers say of it ? Is what 
they say in harmony with the question as viewed by the present 
outlook of the world? 

From this forward we will largely confine ourselves to the 
Bible as our guide, believing it to be absolutely correct. Not 
only is it able to tell us such things will come to pass, but 
it will go further and tell us what the outcome will be. 



THE GENTILE CHI 



r 






-^ ' 



ANORITE BABY ezE.i6:i 
H0S.i:3:s:il. 



JUDAH.HOS.5:iO. 

CREEK CHURCH, REV.I6 :i9U7:3 ,6:18. 

FIRST DAY, H0S.6:l.2. 

ASSYRIA;EAST EMP. OF ROME .ISA.17: 13. 

DAMASCUS, ISA. 17. 

AfinONITE.EZE.25:l. 

ELAN,.J£R.49:39. 



EZE.I6:8 




H0S.i:6. 



ISRAEL. H0S.7;i .1 
ROMAN CHURCH, RE 
StCOND DAY, HOS. 
WESTERN EM P. OF 
TYRI/S,EZE.26:! 
nOABITE.JCR.'lf 
EDOM,-^ DAN.il 



EZE.I 



2:3.4. 




PHESUS SMYRNA PERCAMOS THYAl 
/V.D.34 TO AD.m TO A0.323 TP ASi.Sl 




IN PROPHECY. 



0S.i:2. 



)-8. 
>;6:i8. 



13:1.2. 



\RDIS 

0.1798 



MOTHER 




BABYLON, REV.I7:5.^ 



v 



EPHRAiri,HOS.5:9,IO. , \^))> '' ^>' 

PR0TESTANTISM.REVI6:l9;i7;3;6:i8 

THIRDDAY,H0S.6:l,2. y// / viff* ^V 

UNITED STATES, EGYPT. ISA.27;i3. , ( tW ^/^^ 
CAZA,ZEP.2:4. 
PHILISTINE, ISA.1 1 : 14. 
E DOM, AMOS. 1:11. 

Uif EZE.I9:S. 




PHILADELPHIA LAODICEANS 
TO A.DJ833 TO AD 1844 TO THE END 



Gpfiraim sfiafl ride, Ju(/a/i iW/^/ow, Jacoi shall ireak 




CHAPTER XII. 



A VERSE COMMENTARY ON THE BOOK OF HOSEA. 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 



CHAPTER 1. 

Verses 1-2 : "The word of the Lord that came unto Hosea, 
the son of Beeri, in the days of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and 
Hezekiah, kings of Judah, and in the days of Jeroboam the 
son of Joash, king of Israel. The beginning of the word of 
the Lord by Hosea. And the Lord said to Hosea, Go, take 
unto thee a wife of whoredoms and children of whoredoms: 
for the land hath committed great whoredom, departing from 
the Lord." 

Hosea wrote 785 b. c. Joash was at that time king of 
Israel. Uzziah was king of Judah. There were two other 
prophets contemporary with Hosea, namely, Isaiah and Amos. 
The spiritual condition of Judah and Israel during the time 
when these prophecies were written was very low, and had 
been for over one hundred years. The house of Israel never 
had a good king. Under the reign of Jeroboam, the first king, 
Israel adopted Baal worship, and in the history of the wicked 
kings that followed, Israel is said to have sinned according 
to the sins of Jeroboam the son of Nebat. The record of the 
house of Judah was but little better. 

IPS 



196 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Verses 3-5: "So he went and took Gomer the daughter 
of Diblaim; which conceived, and bare him a son. And the 
Lord said unto him, Call his name Jezreel; for yet a little 
while, and I will avenge the blood of Jezreel upon the house of 
Jehu, and will cause to cease the kingdom of the house of 
Israel. And it shall come to pass at that day, that I will break 
the bow of Israel in the valley of Jezreel." 

In order to explain the spiritual conditions of these divi- 
sions, the Lord told the prophet to take the kind of a woman 
herein described to be his wife. Not that he married such a 
woman really; but the lesson teaches this: a woman is used 
to symbolize the church. The spiritual condition of the church 
is designated by the character of the woman. This woman 
became the mother of three children ; the first one here named 
is called Jezreel. These three children are literally explained 
in Chapter 5, Verse 5, to represent the houses of Judah and 
Israel, and the division of Ephraim. In the first and fifth 
chapters we have the foundation principles of the book of 
Hosea placed before us. Verse 4 of Chapter i especially calls 
our attention to the house of Israel in the days of Ahab and 
Jehu, kings of Israel. Jezreel was the city where the palace of 
the king was located. The history of Jezreel is one of the 
darkest records ever penned by the inspired writers. The 
most vile and bitter persecution upon the true people of God 
that was ever recorded in ancient history took place in Jezreel. 
During the reign of Ahab there was an effort made to slay all 
the prophets of God who would not follow the house of Israel 
in their refusal to go to Jerusalem to worship. This persecu- 
tion extended imtil Elijah thought he was the only one left. 
Nevertheless, there were seven thousand in the territory of 
the ten tribes that had not bowed the knee to Baal. Jezebel, 
the wife of Ahab, was the most wicked and cruel woman of 
whom we have any record in Israel. She conspired against 
Naboth, employed sons of Belial to swear falsely against him 
and had him stoned to death that Ahab might possess his 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 197 

vineyard. It is largely this period of history that the Apostle 
Paul describes thus : "They were stoned, they were sawn asun- 
der, were tempted, were slain with the sword; they wandered 
about in sheep skins and goat skins; being destitute, afflicted, 
tormented." 

The spirit of persecution is ever manifested by those who 
apostatize from God, as did the ten tribes. The time was 
drawing near, as expressed by the prophet Hosea, when God 
would avenge the blood of Jezreel upon the whole house of 
Jehu (Israel). They were taken captive by the king of As- 
syria 721 B. c, after the kingdom had continued two hundred 
and fifty-seven years. 

Who, then, does this child Jezreel represent? As before 
stated, the three children represent Judah, Israel and Ephraim. 
The blood shed in Jezreel was the blood of those who stood 
loyal to God and to Judah and the worship at Jerusalem. 
Hence, the house of Judah is here represented by Jezreel, as 
will appear more clearly later. 

Verses 6-7 : "And she conceived again, and bare a daugh- 
ter. And God said unto him. Call her name Lo-ruhamah: 
for I will no more have mercy upon the house of Israel ; but 
I will utterly take them away. But I will have mercy upon 
the house of Judah, and will save them by the Lord their God, 
and will not save them by bow, nor by sword, nor by battle, 
by horses, nor by horsemen." 

Nothing can be more plainly stated than that Lo-ruhamah 
stands for the house of Israel. The name itself is significant, 
as explained in Chapter 2, Verse i ; see marginal reading 
where Lo-ruhamah signifies, "not my people" ; while Ruhamah 
is "my people." Thus we see. that the house of Israel was 
simply an apostasy from the house of Judah. Verse 7 teaches 
that Jezreel stands for the house of Judah. 

Verses 8-9: "Now when she had weaned Lo-ruhamah, 
she conceived, and bare a son. Then said God, Call his 
name Lo-ammi : for ye are not my people, and I will not be 
your God." 



198 The Yellow Peril; or the Orient versus the Occident. 

Lo-ammi, the third child, stands for the . third division, 
which was the division of Ephraim. Jeroboam was an Ephra- 
imite. In the division there were three places of worship : one 
at Jerusalem for the tribes of Judah, Benjamin and the 
half tribe of Joseph, which was Manasseh. Another point of 
worship was in the tribe of Dan, where nine tribes belonged. 
The third place was at Bethel, which was in the other half 
tribe of Joseph, which was Ephraim. The third child stands 
for this third division, that of Ephraim, as explained in Chap- 
ter 5, Verse 5. 

Verses lo-ii: "Yet the number of the children of Israel 
shall be as the sand of the sea, which cannot be measured nor 
numbered; and it shall come to pass, that in the place where 
it was said unto them. Ye are not my people, there it shall be 
said unto them, Ye are the sons of the living God. Then shall 
the children of Judah and the children of Israel be gathered 
together, and appoint themselves one head, and they shall come 
up out of the land : for great shall be the day of Jezreel." 

Verses 10 and 1 1 contain the summing up of the first chap- 
ter of Hosea's prophecy ; namely, the final ending of the three 
divisions under consideration; and especially do they point to 
the time when the blood of Jezreel will be avenged. These 
verses teach that when this time comes they will appoint them- 
selves one head who shall be king over them all. Then they 
are to exist as one house, that of Judah. Now the prophet 
Ezekiel tells definitely when this time will come. "The word 
of the Lord came again unto me, saying, Moreover, thou 
son of man, take thee one stick, and write upon it. For Judah, 
and for the children of Israel his companions: then take an- 
other stick, and write upon it, For Joseph, the stick of Ephra- 
im, and for all the house of Israel his companions: And 
join them one to another into one stick; and they shall be- 
come one in thine hand. And when the children of thy peo- 
ple shall speak unto thee, saying, Wilt thou not shew us 
what thou meanest by these? Say unto them. Thus saith 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 199 

the Lord God ; Behold, I will take the stick of Joseph, which 
is in the hand of Ephcaim, and the tribes of Israel his fellows, 
and will put them with him, even with the stick of Judah, 
and make them one stick, and they shall be one in mine hand. 
And the sticks whereon thou writest shall be in thine hand 
before their eyes. And say unto them, Thus saith the Lord 
God; Behold, I will take the children of Israel from among 
the heathen, whither they be gone, and will gather them on 
every side, and bring them into their own land: And I will 
make them one nation in the land upon the mountains of 
Israel ; and one king shall be king to them all : and they shall 
be no more two nations, neither shall they be divided into two 
kingdoms any more at all." Eze. 37 : 15-22. 

In this scripture we see the perfect harmony between the 
writings of Ezekiel and Hosea. The first part of the thirty- 
seventh chapter of Ezekiel brings to view the resurrection. 
Then the prophet introduces the prophecy of the two sticks: 
In brief but comprehensive language he explains the prophecy 
of the two sticks as applying to the division of the church 
which we have been considering. He also explains that the 
king who shall rule over them is Christ. Thus we have an- 
other proof as to the length of time the prophecy of Hosea 
coverr, namely, to the end of the world. The seventh chap- 
ter of Revelation contains a record of the gathering of the 
remnant of the twelve tribes of Israel prior to the second com- 
ing of Christ. In this special company of one hundred and 
forty- four thousand the twelve tribes are named, but in the enu- 
meration Dan and Ephraim are left out; Joseph and Levi 
being substituted. In the ancient enumeration the allotment 
of the tribe of Joseph was given to Ephraim and Manasseh, 
his sons. Levi's inheritance was the tithe from the other 
eleven tribes. Dan and Ephraim are left out in Rev. 7 be- 
cause those two tribes led in the apostasy in the days of 
Jeroboam ; and have ever been representatives of the House 
of Israel and the division of Ephraim. But in the gathered 



200 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

remnant there is found a complete reformation and Dan and 
Ephraim are left out. There is one more point that should be 
made clear in this first chapter of Hosea, namely, the time 
and people to whom this prophecy is especially applied. The 
apostle Paul says : "Even us, whom he hath called, not of the 
Jews only, but also of the Gentiles ? As he saith also in Osee, 
I will call them my people, which were not my people; and 
her beloved, which was not beloved. And it shall come to pass, 
that in the place where it was said unto them. Ye are not my 
people; there shall they be called the children of the living 
God." Rom. 9:24-26. 

The word Osee in the Greek is Hosea in the Hebrew ; the 
same as Isaiah in the Hebrew is Esaias in the Greek, or New 
Testament. The Old Testament was written in Hebrew; the 
New Testament in Greek. It is easy to see that Paul applies 
the prophecy of Hosea to the Gentiles this side of the cruci- 
fixion. The divisions of the Gentile Church, in their devel- 
opment, have proven that the three children of this woman of 
Hosea i, meet their antitype in Gentile history. The Greek 
language was the prevailing language in the days of the apos- 
tles ; for that reason the New Testament was written in Greek. 
The writers were all Hebrews; but their labors were to ex- 
tend to the Gentiles. For that reason they wrote in the Greek 
language. The first three centuries developed an organization 
of Greek Gentiles, known later as the Eastern Church, which 
numbers at the present time one hundred and forty millions 
of persons. The second division, that of the Roman or Latin 
Gentiles, was largely developed as a national church during 
the reign of Constantine, and fully established in the western 
empire of Rome in 538 a. d. Its present adherents number 
two hundred and thirty millions. The third division of the 
Gentile Church, knowti as Protestantism, began its develop- 
ment in the sixteenth century; at the present time numbering 
about one hundred and sixty millions, with its home and ter- 
ritory largely in America. These three divisions correspond 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 20i 

to the three children of Hosea's wife, Jezreel, Lo-ruhamah, 
and Lo-ammi. The spiritual names of these divisions are 
Judah, Israel, and Ephraim. Now if these principles are 
remembered, there will be no difficulty in reading and under- 
standing the remaining chapters of the book of Hosea. This 
is true not only of Hosea, but of all the Old Testament 
prophets. 

Whenever we read of the house of Judah in any of the 
prophetic writings which have their application this side of 
the crucifixion, it means the Eastern, or Greek, division of 
the church. 

The house of Israel means the Roman, or Latin, division 
and Ephraim the Protestant division. The territory of the 
Greek is the Eastern Empire of Rome, with Constantinople 
as its head; the Latin or Roman is the Western Empire of 
Rome, with the city of Rome as its capital. The territory of 
the third is America. These three divisions of territory are 
symbolized by the Dragon, the Beast and the False Prophet. 
These principles are a key to the whole prophetic field, reveal- 
ing the gathering of the nations to the great national struggles 
of the last days. 

Without an understanding of these principles it is useless 
and a waste of time to try to teach or understand the major 
portion of the Old Testament prophecies. With an under- 
standing of these principles the vital questions pertaining to 
our day are made plain. Especially is this true concerning 
the movements of nations and Armageddon. This fact is 
demonstrated in all the writings of the prophets on what we 
term the "Eastern Question." 

The question may arise why two of these children were 
males and one a female? By examining the Scriptures cited 
(Eze. 37:15-20) you will see that Ephraim and Judah are 
the ones to whom are committed the rulership. Ephraim was 
the ruler of the house of Israel ; Judah of the house of Judah. 
This is God's order, as males are selected as civil rulers and 



202 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

civil rulership was never entrusted to Israel. Roman Catholi- 
cism, in its history, was a usurper of power. Its was a false 
theocracy, never was entitled to the civil rulership. It is 
Ephraim and not Catholicism that makes the image to the 
beast. Some fear Roman Catholicism will again rule. They 
would better fear and watch the development of Protestant- 
ism. 

With the above comments on Chapter i, we are now pre- 
pared to study the book of Hosea. 

THE EARLY APOSTASY. 

Hosea II. 

Verses i-io: "Say ye unto your brethren, Ammi; and to 
your sisters, Ruhamah. Plead with your mother, plead; for 
she is not my wife, neither am I her husband : let her there- 
fore put away her whoredom, out of her sight, and her adul- 
teries from between her breasts ; Lest I strip her naked, and 
set her as in the day that she was born, and make her as a 
wilderness, and set her like a dry land, and slay her with thirst. 
And I will not have mercy upon her children ; for they be the 
children of whoredoms. For their mother hath played the har- 
lot: she that conceived them hath done shamefully; for she 
said, I will go after my lovers, that give me my bread and my 
water, my wool and my flax, mine oil and my drink. There- 
fore, behold, I will hedge up thy way with thorns, and make 
a wall, that she shall not find her paths. And she shall fol- 
low after her lovers, but she shall not overtake them; and 
she shall seek them, but shall not find them: then shall she 
say, I will go and return to my first husband; for then was 
it better with me than now. For she did not know that I 
gave her corn, and wine, and oil, and multiplied her silver 
and gold, which they prepared for Baal. Therefore will I 
return, and take away my corn in the time thereof, and my 
wine in the season thereof, and will recover my wool and my 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 203 

flax given to cover her nakedness. And now will I discover 
her lewdness in the sight of her lovers, and none shall de- 
liver her out of mine hand." 

The mother in this prophecy is a symbol of the whole 
church in all its divisions. The children each represent a divi- 
sion. In Chapters 2, 3 and 4 the entire history of the Gentile 
Church is portrayed under the title of the mother. In this 
prediction we have an important fact, namely, the general 
apostasy that was permitted to come into the Gentile churches 
and continue throughout their entire history. This fact God 
desires his people to understand; for he appeals to his true 
people under the name of Ammi and Ruhamah (Lo- being 
left off the names, that signifying the apostate ones). God 
desires his children to study the history of the church as a 
whole; and also its divisions, for neither is exclusively his 
church, Ammi and Ruhama being made up of the perfect 
individuals in all the churches. 

"Plead with your mother, plead; for she is not my wife, 
neither am I her husband: let her therefore put away her 
whoredoms out of her sight." The above is a truth that God 
would have every true child of his know, namely, that the 
whole Gentile system, as it exists today, is the fruit of an 
apostasy from God. There is not a legitimate scriptural or- 
ganization among them that could rightly be called the whole 
Church of Jesus Christ. Protestantism in its early history 
endeavored to throw off the shackles of heathen doctrines, 
which had earlier entered the two older divisions of the church ; 
but today Protestantism has compromised the truth, retained 
false doctrines, and its denominations federated with each 
other till there is but little difference between her and her 
ancestors, Roman and Greek Catholicism. The message that 
God would now have given is to inform the people of these 
facts and to warn the true followers of Christ to come out 
from these denominations by renouncing all false doctrines 
held by them. 



204 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

The apostate churches are symbolized in the seventeenth 
chapter of Revelation by a woman with a name written upon 
her forehead: "Mystery Babylon the Great, the Mother of. 
Harlots." The literal explanation given of this woman is, 
that she is "that great city that reigneth over the kings of 
the earth." The prophet also says that the city "was divided 
into three parts." 

The nationality of the woman described in the sixteenth 
chapter of Ezekiel was that "her father was an Amorite and 
her mother an Hittite." She is described as the mother of 
three daughters. This is another proof that these three divi- 
sions apply to the Gentiles this side of Christ. The 'church 
before Christ was symbolized by Jewish women, as Sarah 
(Gal. 4) and Rachel (Jer. 31). 

Verses 11-13: "I will also cause all her mirth to cease, 
her feast days, her new moons, and her sabbaths, and all her 
solemn feasts. And I will destroy her vines and her fig trees, 
whereof she hath said. These are my rewards that my lovers 
have given me : and I will make them a forest, and the beasts 
of the field shall eat them. And I will visit upon her the days 
of Baalim, wherein she burned incense to them, and she decked 
herself with her earrings and her jewels, and she went after her 
lovers, and forgat me, saith the Lord." 

The above enumeration contains some of the things the 
Gentiles adopted in their apostasy. Since the days of Noah 
the Gentile has always been an idolater. All the historical 
facts show that he has been a worshiper of Baal, which was 
the worship of the planets. We read this in the Egyptian 
and Assyrian histories. This system had certain days set 
apart, as dedicated to the various planets. The first day of 
the week was dedicated to the sun ; second day of the week to 
the moon; seventh day to the planet Saturn, etc. It is from 
this system that we received our modern names of the days of 
the week. When the early Apostolic Church departed from 
Christ they adopted their old customs referred to in this Scrip- 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 205 

ture, and not any sabbath or ordinance established by the 
Lord, as some have taught. If any one wishes, they may 
easily find out that the keeping of Sunday, the first day of 
the week, in the place of the Sabbath, the seventh day of the 
week, is a custom given us from the heathen, who named the 
first day of the week Sunday. They can also find that Christ- 
mas, Good Friday, Ash Wednesday, Easter Sunday, Lent, and 
many other days have their origin in heathen worship. That 
is not all; the immortality of the soul, the conscious state of 
the dead, prayers for the dead, eternal torment by fire, purga- 
tory, the burning of candles in temples, saint worship, indul- 
gences, sprinkling for baptism, human pre-eminence, and 
scores of superstitious ideas, all have their origin in heathen 
worship now adopted by spiritual Babylon. 

Isaiah, the prophet who wrote of this same thing, speaks 
thus: "Except the Lord of hosts had left unto us a very 
small 'remnant, we should have been as Sodom, and we should 
have been like unto Gomorrah. Hear the word of the Lord, 
ye rulers of Sodom; give ear unto the law of our God, ye 
people of Gomorrah. To what purpose is the multitude of 
your sacrifices unto me ? saith the Lord : I am full of the burnt 
offerings* of rams, and the fat of fed beasts; and I delight not 
in the blood of bullocks, or of lambs, or of he goats. When 
ye come to appear before me, who hath required this at your 
hand, to tread my courts ? Bring no more vain oblations ; 
incense is an abomination unto me ; the new moons and sab- 
baths, the calling of assemblies, I cannot away with; it is 
iniquity, even the solemn meeting. Your new moons and your 
appointed feasts my soul hateth : they are a trouble unto me ; 
I am weary to bear them." Isaiah i :9-i4. 

This Scripture says, "your appointed feasts my soul 
hateth." Let not any one think for a moment they can substi- 
tute something to take the place of what God says. Any indi- 
vidual whose attention is called to an error which he is prac- 
ticing in the place of the truth of God, need not think he will 



2o6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

escape the responsibility of changing his practice. If he fails 
to change his prayer will be an abomination, says the inspired 
writer; and "when he calls I will not hear," saith the Lord. 
This condition of Christendom at the present time may seem 
of small import, but God does not look at it so. "The earth 
also is defiled under the inhabitants thereof ; because they have 
transgressed the laws, changed the ordinance, broken the ever- 
lasting covenant. Therefore hath the curse devoured the 
earth, and they that dwell therein are desolate: therefore the 
inhabitants of the earth are burned, and few men left." Isaiah 
24:5-6. 

Substituting tradition in the place of the commandments of 
God caused tlie downfall of the Jewish nation in its three di- 
visions, Judah, Israel, and Ephraim, before Christ. The same 
thing is soon to be repeated in the three divisions of Gentile 
Christendom. The spiritual condition of Christendom is what 
brings the Yellow Peril of heathendom upon professed Chris- 
tendom. 

Verses 14:23: "Therefore, behold, I will allure her, and 
bring her into the wilderness, and speak comfortably unto her. 
And I will give her her vineyards from thence, and th? valley 
of Achor for a door of hope : and she shall sing there, as in 
the days of her youth, and as in the day when she came up 
out of the land of Egypt. And it shall be at that day, saith 
the Lord, that thou shalt call me Ishi; and shalt call me no 
more Baali. For I will take away the names of Baalim out 
of her mouth, and they shall no more be remembered by their 
name. And in that day will I make a covenant for them with 
the beasts of the field, and with the fowls of heaven, and 
with the creeping things of the ground : and I will break the 
bow and the sword and the battle out of the earth, and will 
make them to lie down safely. And I will betroth thee unto 
me for ever ; yea, I will betroth thee unto me in righteousness 
and in judgment, and in lovingkindness, and in mercies. I 
will even betroth thee unto me in faithfulness : and thou shalt 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 207 

know the Lord. And it shall come to pass in that day, I will 
hear, saith the Lord, I will hear the heavens, and they shall 
hear the earth; And the earth shall hear the corn, and the 
wine, and the oil; and they shall hear Jezreel. And I will 
sow her unto me in the earth ; and I will have mercy upon her 
that had not obtained mercy; and I will say to them which 
were not my people, Thou art my people ; and they shall say, 
Thou art my God." 

There is ever an encouragement for the true child of God. 
Notwithstanding the great apostasy of Christendom there 
have ever been those who have loved righteousness and hated 
iniquity. When God makes up His jewels, and gathers His 
people into the Church triumphant, there will be found those 
who, from every organization and from every age of the world, 
have lived for God and His truth according to the best light 
they had. It is this class of which the above Scriptures speak. 

Verses 20-30 tell us that the time to which this applies is 
the end of the world. Verse 15 says, He will give the Val- 
ley of Achor for a door of hope. The "Valley of Achor" 
means a valley of trouble. It is through this door, the valley 
of trouble, that the remnant church must pass before they 
realize the reward. It is in this valley of trouble that the 
blood of Jezreel will be avenged upon the whole house of 
Israel. The prophet Daniel speaks of the time of trouble as 
follows: "And at that time shall Michael stand up, and the 
great prince which standeth for the children of thy people: 
and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never was since 
there was a nation even to that same time: and at that time 
thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be found 
written in the book." Dan. 12:1. 

The time of trouble here spoken of is a period following 
the close of probation described in other Scriptures as the time 
when professed Christendom will be punished with the sword 
and with the plagues of Rev. 16. But it is this period that 
opens the door of hope to the Church. Following that the 



2o8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Lord comes to gather His people. It is then He will no more 
be called Baali, but Ishi (my husband). Baal worship, which 
has been the disgrace of the Church throughout the history 
of the world, then ends. The Church then enjoys the closest 
relation with Christ that is possible to exist. She is the es- 
poused of Christ. He is her husband. 

THE GATHERED REMNANT. 

Hosea HI. 

Verses 1-5: "Then said the Lord unto me. Go yet, love 
a woman beloved of her friend, yet an adulteress, according 
to the love of the Lord toward the children of Israel, who 
look to other gods, and love flagons of wine. So I brought 
her to me for fifteen pieces of silver, and for a homer of bar- 
ley, and a half homer of barley: and I said unto her, Thou 
shalt abide for me many days ; thou shalt not play the harlot, 
and thou shalt not be for another man: so will I also be for 
thee. For the children of Israel shall abide many days without 
a king, and without a prince, and without a sacrifice, and with- 
out an image, and without an ephod, and without teraphim: 
afterward shall the children of Israel return, and seek the 
Lord their God, and David their king; and shall fear the 
Lord and his goodness in the latter days." 

Chapter 3 is practically a continuation of Chapter 2. Al- 
though the Church has been separated by her apostasy, God 
has not lost His love for the honest souls throughout all her 
borders. He has bought them with His own blood and they 
are His by right of redemption. Verses 4 and 5 teach a 
great truth. The former division of the Jews was broken up 
by the Babylonish captivity, 588 b. c. Their king was taken 
away, the crown and diadem were removed. It was said "It 
should be no more till He come whose right it is, and I will 
give it Him." The Jews at the time of Christ were looking^ 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 209 

for this kingdom to be restored. The disciples of Christ said 
to him : "Surely thou wilt at this time restore the kingdom to 
Israel." But it was not done, and will not be done, till Christ's 
second advent to this world. Verse 5 says, "They shall return 
and seek the Lord their God and David their king and his 
goodness in the latter days." Christ is ever spoken of as one 
who will rule on the throne of David. Hence he is the one 
here spoken of as David their king. This movement in the 
last days is spoken of by Isaiah as follows : "And in that day 
there shall be a root of Jesse, which shall stand for an ensign 
of the people; to it shall the Gentiles seek; and his rest shall 
be glorious. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the 
Lord shall set his hand again the second time to recover the 
remnant of his people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and 
from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from 
Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the 
islands of the sea. And he shall set up an ensign for the 
nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather 
together the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the 
earth." Isaiah 11:10-12. 

This Scripture teaches an important truth. First, the 
movement will be one like the movement that took place when 
the Lord led Israel out of Egypt, to make them a nation and 
He to be their king. Second, this latter day movement is to 
be among the Gentiles, as they are gathered out of the world 
in the last days and become true Israel or Ammi or Ruhama. 
"And there shall be a highway for the remnant of his people, 
which shall be left, from Assyria; like as it was to Israel in 
the day that he came up out of the land of Egypt." Isaiah 
11:16. 

Amos describes the movement as follows : "For, lo, I will 
command, and / will sift the house of Israel among all na- 
tions, like as com is sifted in a sieve, yet shall not the least 
grain fall upon the earth. All the sinners of my people shall 
die by the sword, which say, The evil shall not overtake nor 



2IO The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

prevent us. In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David 
that is fallen, and close up the breaches thereof; and I will 
raise up his ruins, and I will build it as in the days of old: 
That they may possess' the remnant of Edom, and of all the 
heathen, which are called by my name, saith the Lord that 
doeth this." Amos 9:9-12. 

Ezekiel the prophet, speaking of this subject, describes it 
thus: "And / will bring you out from the people, and will 
gather you out of the countries wherein ye are scattered, with 
a mighty hand, and with a stretched out arm, and with fury 
poured out. And / will bring you into the wilderness of the 
people, and there will I plead with you face to face. Like as 
I pleaded with your fathers in the wilderness of the land of 
Egypt, so will I plead with you, saith the Lord God. And I 
will cause you to pass under the rod, and I will bring you into 
the bond of the covenant: and I will purge out from among 
you the rebels, and them that transgress against me: I will 
bring them forth out of the country where they sojourn, and 
they shall not enter into the land of Israel: and ye shall know 
that I am the Lord." Eze. 20 :34-38. 

The above, with many more that might be produced, makes 
it plain that Hosea's prophecy has its application in the last 
days. It also teaches beyond question that there is a move- 
ment among the Gentiles, under the name of Israel, including 
all Israel's established divisions, under their respective names, 
Judah, Israel, and Ephraim. It is not a movement of the 
Jews to return to Palestine, and it is useless to believe any 
such thing; for that will not be. If every Jew in the world 
were to go to Palestine and live there, it would not be a ful- 
fillment of this prophecy, or any other prophecy in the Bible, 
for there are no prophecies that teach any such doctrine. In 
the seventh chapter of Revelation the number of each tribe is 
given that will be gathered out in the last days, the total num- 
ber being one hundred and forty-four thousand. See Inspired 
History of the Nations for a full development of this subject. 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 211 

LAST DAY CONDITIONS OF CHRISTENDOM. 

Hosea IV. 

Verses 1-5 : "Hear the word of the Lord, ye children of 
Israel, for the Lord hath a controversy with the inhabitants of 
the land, because there is no truth, nor mercy, nor knowledge 
of God in the land. By swearing, and lying and killing, and 
stealing, and committing adultery, they break out, and blood 
toucheth blood. Therefore shall the land mourn, and every 
one that dwelleth therein shall languish, with the beasts of the 
field, and with the fowls of heaven ; yea, the fishes of the sea 
also shall be taken away. Yet let no man strive, nor reprove 
another, for thy people are as they that strive with the priest. 
Therefore shalt thou fall in the day, and the prophet also shall 
fall with thee in the night, and I will destroy thy mother." 

Jeremiah, speaking of the last days, says : "The Lord hath 
a controversy with the nations and he will give them that are 
wicked unto the sword." So Hosea says, "He has a contro- 
versy with the land." When the Jews finally rejected the 
gospel there were twelve hundred thousand perished in the 
siege of Jerusalem. And now the Lord in these verses tells 
us what we may expect in our day, as the result of the terrible 
apostasy in the Church. 

This punishment is greater than all judgments before it. 
It is a destruction of man and every living thing in the world, 
and applies to the same time of trouble, mentioned in the six- 
teenth chapter of Revelation when the seven last plagues will 
be visited upon the worshipers of the Beast and his image. 
The word picture given by Hosea of the spiritual condition of 
the Church is a vivid one, but who would say it is not a true 
one. 

Verses 6-9 : "My people are destroyed for lack of knowl- 
edge : because thou hast rejected knowledge, I will also reject 
thee, that thou shalt be no priest to me : seeing thou hast for- 
gotten the law of thy God, I will also forget thy children. As 



212 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

they were increased, so they sinned against me : therefore will 
I change their glory into shame. They eat up the sin of my 
people, and they set their heart on their iniquity. And there 
shall be, like people, like priest: and I will punish them for 
their ways, and reward them their doings." 

The trouble with the Church in the last days is their willful 
ignorance in rejecting knowledge. This shows that they could 
have had knowledge, but they rejected it. This was the trou- 
ble with Pharaoh, who rejected every evidence Moses gave 
him. So with this people. They reject the law of God and 
the very things that would save their souls. They reject light 
on the Sabbath ; on baptism ; the state of the dead ; the resur- 
rection; the coming of Christ; the end of the world; and 
many other subjects that the child 'of God ought to understand 
in order to save his soul. But the people are bound by creeds, 
isms, and organizations until "equity is fallen in the street 
and truth can not enter." 

There has never been a single religious organization, as 
such, since the first apostasy took place, that would listen to 
advanced light upon the Bible. But on the contrary they have 
ever cast out, persecuted, and defamed every member that 
dared to teach anything new, or anything that differed from 
what they called their old landmarks. Every Protestant or- 
ganization stands today where its founder placed it; or has 
retrograded and permitted fanaticism to supersede much of the 
truth they have learned. 

Verse 7 says, "As they were increased so they sinned 
against him." How true as organizations increase their mem- 
bership they become worldly, independent and proud, trusting 
in those who have secured the pre-eminence and the potential- 
ity of their own unity. And for any one to undertake to 
change that organization, they had just as well take a boy's 
toy popgun and lay siege to the fortress of Gibraltar. Christ 
said we cannot put new wine into old bottles or new cloth 
into old garments. It is as true now as then that you cannot 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 213 

put new doctrines and new ideas into these professedly Chris- 
tian organizations. 

The charge in ihese verses is laid at the door of the priest- 
hood (ministry). The Lord says, they have rejected Him, 
and He will also reject them and their children. The minister 
who stands at the head of a flock and closes the door of inves- 
tigation assumes a responsibility that he wilj regret. He may 
use the "Sword of the Spirit," the Word of God, to defend the 
flock; but when he resorts to his position and the power of 
his organization to hinder the bright shining of the truth of 
God, he then becomes a lord (Baali) and not Ishi. (See com- 
ment on Chapter 2, Verse 16.) The Word of God, accom- 
panied by the Spirit of God, is designed to teach every indi- 
vidual what truth is. Now if any minister has thus been 
taught, he can minister the same to his flock ; and if they have 
the Spirit of God and will search the Word, they, too, may 
know what is truth. 

Verses 10-14 : "For they shall eat, and not have enough : 
they shall commit whoredom, and shall not increase: because 
they have left off to take heed to the Lord. Whoredom and 
wine and new wine take away the heart. My people ask 
counsel at their stocks, and their staff declareth unto them: 
for the spirit of whoredoms hath caused them to err, and they 
have gone a whoring from under their God. They sacrifice 
upon the tops of the mountains, and burn incense upon the 
hills, under oaks and poplars and elms, because the shadow 
thereof is good : therefore your daughters shall commit whore- 
dom, and your spouses shall commit adultery. I will not pun- 
ish your daughters when they commit whoredom, nor your 
spouses when they commit adultery: for themselves are sepa- 
rated with whores, and they sacrifice with harlots: therefore 
the people that doth not understand shall fall. 

While the verses before mentioned lay the responsibility 
on the ministry, the above verses place a responsibility on the 
lay membership. Verse 12 tells where the trouble lies with 



214 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the people, namely: "My people ask counsel at their stocks; 
and their staff declareth unto them." There are many defini- 
tions to the word stocks, the definition of the one here used 
is expressed in the Bible thus: "Men and brethren of the 
stock of Abraham," which means the nation or children of 
Abraham. Hosea, in speaking of Christendom, uses the word 
in the plural, hence could only apply to the various organiza- 
tions with which the people are connected, as stock of Metho- 
dists, stock of Presbyterians, stock of Adventists, etc. There- 
fore the facts are, when the truth of the Bible is presented to 
the people, they do not do as did the noble Bereans, "Search 
the Scriptures daily whether those things were so," but they 
go to their Church and inquire of their minister, the staff on 
which they lean. They take his counsel in preference to the 
word of God. The people have leaned on the ministry until 
their own minds are dwarfed and barren. This is the secret 
and cause of every apostasy that has ever taken place. Both 
the priest and the people are responsible for the present fallen 
condition of Christendom, and the day of retribution is near at 
hand. 

When it comes, Jeremiah describes the scene as follows: 
"And the slain of the Lord shall be at that day from one end 
of the earth even unto the other end of the earth: they shall 
not be lamented, neither gathered, nor buried; they shall be 
dung upon the ground. Howl, ye shepherds and cry; and wal- 
low yourselves in the ashes, ye principal of the flock; for the 
days of your slaughter and of your dispersions are accom- 
plished ; and ye shall fall like a pleasant vessel. And the shep- 
herds shall have no way to ftee, nor the principal of the flock 
to escape. A voice of the cry of the shepherds, and a howling 
of the principal of the flock, shall be heard : for the Lord hath 
spoiled their pasture." Jer. 25 :33-36. God deals with all as 
individuals without denominational discrimination. A full ac- 
ceptance of truth is what saves, and answers the call to come 
out of Babylon (confusion). 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 215 

Verses 15-19: "Though thou, Israel, play the harlot, yet 
let not Judah offend ; and come not ye unto Gilgal, neither go 
ye up to Beth-aven, nor swear, The Lord liveth. For Israel 
slideth back as a backsliding heifer: now the Lord will feed 
them as a lamb in a large place. Ephraim is joined to idols : 
let him alone. Their drink is sour: they have committed 
whoredom continually : her rulers with shame do love. Give ye. 
The wind hath bound her up in her wings, and they shall be 
ashamed because of their sacrifices." 

The three divisions symbolized by the three children of 
Hosea's wife are again brought to view in this Scripture, un- 
der the names of Judah (Jezreel), Israel (Lo-Ruhama), and 
Ephraim (Lo-Ammi). These names being thus applied to the 
divisions of the Gentile Church and are thus used throughout 
the book, from Chapter 4 following. The admonition to these 
divisions is not to trust in each other, for they are all alike 
in departing from the Lord. Though Israel (Roman Catholi- 
cism) transgress, let not Judah (Greek Catholicism) offend, 
that is, follow her example. Gilgal was an ancient point of 
worship in the borders of Judah. Beth-aven was where Jero- 
boam erected his altar for Baal worship in the land of 
Ephraim. 

The admonition to these divisions is not to federate, or 
trust in each other. Especially is this true to the seeker of truth. 
Israel is a backslider; Ephraim is joined to idols; let him 
alone, fheir wine is sour. Protestantism, here called by the 
name of Ephraim, is in a hopeless condition. Pure wine is 
a S)mibol of Bible truth. Ephraim's unsound doctrine is sour, 
fermented, and those who partake of it become drunken "with 
the wine of her fornications" (false doctrines). 

THE DOWNFALL FORETOLD. 

Hosea V. 

Verses 1-5: "Hear ye this, O priests; and hearken, ye 
house of Israel; and give ye ear, O house of the king; for 



2i6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

judgment is toward you, because ye have been a snare on 
Mizpah, and a net spread upon Tabor. And the revolters are 
profound to make slaughter, though I have been a rebuker of 
them all. I know Ephrdim, and Israel is not hid from me: 
for now, O Ephraim, thou committest whoredom, and Israel 
is defiled. They will not frame their doings to turn unto their 
God : for the spirit of whoredoms is in the midst of them, and 
they have not known the Lord. And the pride of Israel doth 
testify to his face : therefore shall Israel and Ephraim fall in 
their iniquity; Judah also shall fall with them." 

Ephraim belonged originally to the house of Israel. In 
the Gentile divisions, Protestantism came from Roman Cathol- 
icism, the Gentile house of Israel. The character of these two 
divisions is still the theme of the prophet. Mizpah was a 
point where Jacob made a covenant with Laban that they 
would not cross that point either way to do the other harm. 
Tabor was the mount upon which Barak assembled ten thou- 
sand men and suddenly came down upon Sisera on the banks 
of Kishon, and fought the battle of Meggiddo, defeating Sisera 
and his host. Thus, the Lord says, Roman Catholicism is a 
snare and a net in which are caught unwary souls. 

John in his prophecy says, a cage in which people are 
held. Ephraim commits whoredom with the world, and Israel 
is defiled. The prophet says they have not known the Lord. 
Real spiritual life is not among them. 

Verses 6-y: "They shall go with their flocks and with 
their herds to seek the Lord; but they shall not Und him; he 
hath withdrawn himself from them. They have dealt treach- 
erously against the Lord ; for they have begotten strange chil- 
dren: now shall a month devour them with their portions." 

Verses 6 and 7 have a special point of time for their ful- 
fillment, namely, immediately following the close of proba- 
tion. 

Amos speaks thus: "Behold, the days come, saith the 
Lord God, that I will send a famine in the land, not a famine 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 217 

of bread, nor a thirst for water, but of hearing the words of 
the Lord: And they shall wander from sea to sea, and from 
the north even to the east, they shall run to and fro to seek 
the word of the Lord, and shall not find it." Amos 8:11-12. 

These herds and flocks of Christendom will realize when 
it is too late their need of something in spiritual life, which 
they never have possessed. They will seek the Lord ; but will 
not find Him. They will put forth every effort, but with no 
avail. They should have remembered the admonition to "seek 
the Lord while he may be found," and "call upon Him while 
He is near." This they failed to do before probation closed, 
therefore "shall a month devour them with their portions." 

The period here introduced is that of one month, or thirty 
days, Bible count. Zechariah speaks of this point thus : "Three 
shepherds also I cut off in one month; and my soul loathed 
them, and their soul also abhorred me." Zech. 1 1 :8. 

As to the time here mentioned, the reader must determine 
whether it is thirty days of twenty-four hours, or whether it 
is thirty days prophetic time, which would be thirty literal 
years, that will be allotted to the destruction of the three 
great divisions of Christendom. That it will be thirty years 
literal time there is no question when we consider the testi- 
mony of the Scriptures. First the close of probation comes 
unexpectedly, Luke 21:34, 35, 36; Rev. 18:8-10; Isa. 47:9. 
Second, the seven last plagues are visited upon the world as 
recorded in the sixteenth chapter of Revelation. Under the 
sixth plague the nations are gathered to Armageddon. The 
battle is fought under the seventh plague. Third, the pro- 
fessed Christian powers, during this time of the plagues, seek 
the Lord from sea to sea and from north to south, but cannot 
find Him. These things, with many others that might be pro- 
duced, teach .positively that the time is not thirty literal days ; 
in fact, Isaiah says it will be many days and years, Isa. 32:10, 
showing that it is prophetic time as explained in our works 
on prophetic periods, and that the time is thirty literal years. 



2i8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

In order to disprove this point it will be necessary to show 
that our entire teaching in the book of Hosea concerning the 
three divisions of Christendom is wrong. For further evi- 
dence of the time of trouble that follows the close of proba- 
tion, see comments on the plagues. 

Verses 8, 9: "Blow ye the cornet in Gibeah, and the trum- 
pet in Ramah: cry aloud at Beth-aven, after thee, O Ben- 
jamin. Ephraim shall be desolate in the day of rebuke: among 
the tribes of Israel have I made known that which shall 
surely be." 

The cornet is the instrument to sound the alarm of war. 
Beth-aven, remember, belonged to Ephraim. Ramah and 
Gibeah were in the territory of Benjamin. Thus the alarm 
of war will be sounded in these two divisions first. Ben- 
jamin was identified with Judah in the original division. The 
prophet, in teaching this lesson, carries ancient names and 
events down to our day in order that we may keep the iden- 
tity. It will be seen later, how natural it is for Protestant 
America, symbolized by Ephraim, and Greek Catholicism in 
the Turkish territory, here called Judah and Benjamin, to be 
the first to meet their foes. Russia and the Eastern nations, 
as they come from the North and the Far East, will come 
first upon Greek Catholic territory ; while America will be the 
first to feel the naval force of Japan (see maps in Chapter 2). 
We have before called attention to the dropping of Ephraim's 
name from among the twelve tribes, but the statement here 
applies more directly to his territory and his subjects. (See 
comments on the twenty-seventh and twenty-eighth chapters 
of Isaiah in this book.) 

Verses 10-15 : "The princes of Judah were like them that 
remove the bound: therefore I will pour out my wrath upon 
them like water. Ephraim is oppressed and broken- in judg- 
ment, because he willingly walked after the commandment. 
Therefore will I be unto Ephraim as a moth, and to the house 
of Judah as rottenness. When Ephraim saw his sickness, and 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 219 

Judah saw his wound, then went Ephraim to the Assyrian, 
and sent to king Jareb : yet could he not heal you, nor cure 
you of your wound. For I will be unto Ephraim as a lion, 
and as a young lion to the house of Judah : I, even I, will tear 
and go away; I will take away, and none shall rescue him. 
I will go and return to my place, till they acknowledge their 
offence, and seek my face : in their affliction they will seek me 
early." 

The subject of Judah (Greek Catholicism) and Ephraim 
(Protestant America) is still continued in these verses. Ju- 
dah has a bitter cup to drink. It was this church that first 
received the gospel in its purity direct from the apostles. It 
was this people that first permitted the heathen customs and 
doctrines to come into the Church and remove the bounds of 
truth. From that day to this they have made no effort to 
correct" the awful sin. Ephraim also will receive his reward ; 
for Protestantism in its early history, and even now knows 
the origin of its false doctrines; but it will not correct them 
and it "willingly walks after the commandment," of Baalish 
doctrines. The time will come,- when probation closes, that 
Ephraim will see his sickness and Judah his wound; but the 
Lord has withdrawn from them and their last effort will be to 
go to Assyria, to king Jareb. 

The old Assyrian Empire in all its history was an idola- 
trous nation, and from it the heathen system of worship had 
its origin. Satan was the instigator of it all. Writers ha^-e 
differed as to the name of Jareb, none applying it to a literal 
king of Assyria. Some apply it to a place or country. The 
meaning of the name is, "one who pleads" or "one who is 
contentious." If this text is to be understood in accordance 
with other Scriptures they will seek aid through the leader 
and instigator of the heathen system of worship, who is. Sa- 
tan, or Beelzebub, the leader of modern Spiritualism. But, 
says the prophet, he cannot heal you nor cure you of your 
wounds; nothing will save you. 



220 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

THREE DIVISIONS SYMBOLIZED BY DAYS. 

Hosea VI. 

Verses 1-3 : "Come, and let us return unto the Lord : for 
he hath torn, and he will heal us; he hath smitten', and he 
will bind us up. After two days will he revive us: in the 
third day he will raise us up, and we shall live in his sight. 
Then shall we know, if we follow on to know the Lord: his 
going forth is prepared as the morning; and he shall come 
unto us as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the 
earth." 

Verses i to 3 of this chapter contain a history of the en- 
tire Gentile Church since Christ, and until the close of pro- 
bation. The three days mentioned symbolize the history of 
the three divisions before mentioned. The Church was ter- 
ribly torn and smitten by false doctrines during the history of 
Greek and Roman Catholicism, but in the early days of Prot- 
estaiitism it was raised up and greatly revived. There will be 
those in that movement who "will follow on to know the 
Lord" (Truth), until "His going forth shall be as the morn- 
ing" (Second Advent), and He will "come unto them as the 
early and latter rain." The early rain (the Spirit of God) 
was poured upon the early Church at pentecost. And those 
who walk in the light of truth that God has for the remnant 
Church will have similar experiences in the latter rain. 

Verses 4-7: "O Ephraim, what shall I do unto thee? O 
Judah, what shall I do unto thee? for your goodness is as a 
morning cloud, and as the early dew it goeth away. There- 
fore have I hewed them by the prophets; I have slain them 
by the words of my mouth: and thy judgments are as the 
light that goeth forth. For I desired mercy, and not sacri- 
fice; and the knowledge of God more than burnt offerings. 
But they like men have transgressed the covenant : there have 
they dealt treacherously against me." 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 221 

Ephraim's character was unstable. He was like the clouds 
that pass away. His zeal and earnestness soon faded after 
the first move of the Reformation. Judah in her early history 
following the apostles was the same. But it was not so of 
Roman Catholicism. It was an organization founded on 
wrong principles from the beginning. Ephraim and Judah 
have both enjoyed, in their early history, the Word of God 
that they might know its teachings, hence are the more re- 
sponsible for it. 

Verses 8-1 1 : "Gilead (Judah) is a city of them that work 
iniquity, and is polluted with blood. And as troops of rob- 
bers wait for a man, so the company of priests murder in the 
way by consent: for they commit lewdness. I have seen a 
horrible thing in the house of Israel : there is the whoredom of 
Ephraim, Israel is defiled. Also, O Judah, he hath set a 
harvest for thee, when I returned the captivity of my people.'' 

These verses show they are all transgressors. This also 
teaches us that the history of all is kept continually before us. 

TOTAL APOSTASY. 

Hosea VII.. 

Verses 1-7: "When I would have healed Israel, then the 
iniquity of Ephraim was discovered, and the wickedness of 
Samaria : for they commit falsehood ; and the thief cometh in, 
and the troop of robbers spoileth without. And they consider 
not in their hearts that I remember all their wickedness: now 
their own doings have beset them about; they are before my 
face. They make the king glad with their wickedness, and 
the princes with their lies. They are all adulterers, as an oven 
heated by the baker, who ceaseth from raising after he hath 
kneaded the dough, until it be leavened. In the day of our 
king, the princes have made him sick with bottles of wine; 
he stretched out his hand with scorners. For they have made 
ready their heart like an oven, while they lie in wait: their 



222 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

baker sleepeth all the night; in the morning it burneth as a 
flaming fire. They are all hot as an oven, and have devoured 
their judges; all their kings are fallen: there is none among 
them that calleth unto me." 

The design God had in the Protestant Reformation was 
to heal and reform Roman Catholicism and during the days 
of the earnestness of the early reformers the Roman Church 
was shaken to its center. And had that zeal continued, and 
had they walked in the light of additional truth God had for 
them, the work of healing Roman Catholicism would have 
been completed. The trouble was iniquity was found in 
Ephraim and God could no longer use those who had been 
raised up to parry forward the work. Union with the world 
has ever been the trouble with the Lord's people. They have 
ever sought a union of Church and State; while God teaches 
a separation. The Church is ever hasty and rash in its actions 
as an oven that burneth into a flame. 

Verses 8-16: "Ephraim, he hath mixed himself among the 
people; Ephraim is a cake not turned. Strangers have de- 
voured his strength, and he knoweth it not: yea, gray hairs 
are here and there upon him, yet he knoweth not. And the 
pride of Israel testifieth to his face: and they do not return 
to the Lord their God, nor seek him for all this. Ephraim also 
is like a silly dove without heart: they call to Egypt, they 
go to Assyria. When they shall go, I will spread my net upon 
them; I will bring them down as the fowls of the heaven; 
I will chastise them, as their congregation hath heard. Woe 
unto them ! for they have fled from me : destruction unto them I 
because they have transgressed against me: though I have 
redeemed them, yet they have spoken lies against me. And 
they have not cried unto me with their heart, when they 
howled upon their beds: they assemble themselves for corn 
and wine, and they rebel against me. Though I have bound 
and strengthened their arms, yet do they imagine mischief 
against me. They return, but not to the Most High : they are 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 223 

like a deceitful bow: their princes shall fall by the sword 
for the rage of their tongue: this shall be their derision in 
the land of Egypt." 

Roman Catholicism has ever required its members to accept 
all its doctrines, to acknowledge the Pope as the Supreme 
Head of the Church, and acknowledge the Church's authority 
as equal to or above the Bible. Protestantism has been slack 
in its discipline. Professing to take the Bible and the Bible 
only, they have permitted almost every false doctrine held by 
men to come into their organizations. The symbol used is that 
Protestantism is a cake unturned, that is half baked, or in 
other words, "They have healed the hurt of my people slight- 
ly." Protestantism has so abused its privileges and so far 
departed from God, that it is totally ignorant of its real con- 
dition. They have taken strangers (the unconverted) into 
their churches till their strength has been devoured and they 
know it not. The saddest thing is the gray hairs that are seen 
here and there and he knows it not. Yes, the awful judgments 
of God are soon to be visited upon Ephraim, which will close 
his earthly history but he knows it not. Protestantism is self- 
willed and boastful. They boast of their superiority in the 
knowledge of the Bible. Each organization claims they are the 
Church. But the pride of Roman Catholicism also boasts by 
telling Protestants that Protestants only have the authority of 
the Catholic Church and not the authority of the Bible for 
many things that they believe and teach. Especially do they 
tell them this concerning the keeping of the first day of the 
week for the Sabbath, instead of the seventh day as commanded 
by the Bible. "And they do not turn to the Lord their God." 
Verse 11 compares Protestantism to a silly dove. In the place 
of walking in the truth, they seek the doctrines of Egypt and 
Assyria, which are sorcery, astrology, magic, soothsaying and 
fortune telling. The modern name is Spiritualism. Verse 12 
says when they do this they will be chastised "as their con- 
gregation hath heard." The last expression teaches plainly 



224 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

that there is a message to be borne to Protestantism on these 
questions. Who will aid in doing it? 

Verse i6, in summing up the judgment to be visited upon 
Ephraim, says ".this shall be their derision in the land of 
Egypt." This could not apply as taking place in Egypt in 
the days of Ephraim, when the son of Joseph was alive, neither 
could it apply during the history of the tribe of Ephraim be- 
fore Christ, for the home of that tribe then was not in Egypt, 
but in Canaan. Now, as we shall show Ephraim represents 
Protestantism in America, the question might arise. Will the 
literal country of Egypt ever be the home country of Protes- 
tantism? We answer. No, for all evidences show that could 
not be. There is therefore but one thing left, namely, that 
America is meant by the term Egypt. 

This is but reasonable. Joseph's son Ephraim was of 
Egyptian birth; his mother was an Egyptian woman, the 
daughter of the priest of On. And as the home of Protes- 
tantism is in America, and Ephraim is the representative of 
that body, it is but reasonable that the spiritual name of this 
country in the last days is Egypt. For a full examination of 
this question see Bible Atlas and further studies in this book. 

SPECIAL ALARM TO BE GIVEN. 

Hosea VIII. 

Verse i : "Set the trumpet to thy mouth: He shall come 
as an eagle against the house of the Lord, because they have 
transgressed my covenant, and trespassed against my law." 

The climax is expressed in this verse. The history of 
the three divisions of the Church has been clearly given; their 
character fully revealed. And now there is but one thing 
left, namely, to bring the punishment upon the House of the 
Lord. Now the question is, whs is he that shall come as an 
eagle against the House of the Lord? If I were to ask Eze- 
kicl, he would tell me, it is "he of whom I have spoken in old 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 225 

time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied 
in those days many years that I would bring thee against 
them." Ezekiel 38:17. If I were to ask Moses, he would say, 
"The Lord shall bring a nation against thee from afar, from 
the end of the earth, as swift as the eagle flieth; a nation 
whose tongue thou shalt not understand." Deut. 28:49. If 
I were to ask Jeremiah to describe this power, he would say, 
"Lo, I will bring a nation upon you from afar, O House of 
Israel, saith the Lord; it is a mighty nation, it is an ancient 
nation, a nation whose language thou knowest not, neither 
understandest what they say." Jer. 5-15. If I should con- 
sult Daniel the prophet for the characteristics of the king 
that would do this, he would describe him as follows: "And 
the king shall do according to his will; and he shall exalt 
himself, and magnify himself above every god, and shall speak 
marvellous things against the God of gods, and shall prosper 
till the indignation be accomplished: for that that is deter- 
mined shall be done. Neither shall he regard the God of his 
fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god : for he 
shall magnify himself above all. But in his estate shall he 
honour the God of forces : and a god whom his fathers knew 
not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious 
stones, and pleasant things. Thus shall he do in the most 
strong holds with a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge 
and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over 
many, and shall divide the land for gain." -Dan. 1 1 :36-39. 

If I were to ask Isaiah from what direction the eagle would 
come, he would say: "Calling a ravenous bird from the east, 
the man that executeth my counsel from a far country: yea, 
I have spoken it, I will also bring it to pass ; I have purposed 
it, I will also do it." Isaiah 46:11. 

If I were to ask Jeremiah the direction that we should 
look for this power, he would tell us: "Then the Lord said 
unto me, Out of the north an evil shall break forth upon all 
the inhabitants of the land. For, lo, I will call all the families 

15 



226 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

of the kingdoms of the north, saith the Lord; and they shall 
come, and they shall set every one his throne at the entering 
of the gates of Jerusalem, and against all the walls thereof 
round about, and against all the cities of Judah." Jer. i :i4, 15. 

If I were to ask Daniel whether the north and .the east 
were to combine in this move, he would say : "But tidings out 
of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: therefore 
he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly make 
away many." Dan. 1 1 :44. 

If I should ask the prophet John what this power in the 
East is, he would say, "And the sixth angel poured out his vial 
upon the great river Euphrates; and the water therefore was 
dried up, that the way of the kings of the East might be pre- 
pared." Rev. 16:12. I would now ask one more evidence 
concerning the northern power that is to be combined with 
the East, so I ask Ezekiel the prophet, as to the definite land 
this power occupies and the position it holds relative .to the 
kings of the East and other nations of the East: "And the 
word of the Lord came unto me, saying. Son of man, set 
thy face against Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince 
of Meshech and Tubal, and prophesy against him, And I 
will turn thee back, and put hooks into thy jaws, and I will 
bring thee forth, and all thine army, horses and horsemen, 
all of them clothed with all sorts of armour, even a great 
company with bucklers and shields, all of them handling 
swords: Persia, Ethiopia, and Libya with them; all of them 
with shield and helmet: Gomer, and all his bands; the house 
of Togarmah of the north quarters, and all his bands: and 
many people with thee. Be thou prepared, and prepare for 
■thyself, thou, and all thy company that are assembled unto 
thee, and be thou a guard (German trans. — captain) unto 
them. After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter 
years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from 
the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the ■ 
mountains of Israel, which- have been always waste: but it is 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 227 

brought forth out of the nations, and they shall dwell safely all 
of them. Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt 
be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and 
many people with thee. Thus saith the Lord God ; It shall also 
come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy 
mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought : and thou shalt say, 
I will go up to the land of unwalled villages ! I will go to 
them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling 
without walls, and having neither bars nor gates. To take a 
spoil, and to take a prey ; to turn thine hand upon the desolate 
places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are 
gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and 
goods that dwell in the midst of the land." Eze. 38:1-12. 

Now let the reader examine the maps in Chapter 2 and he 
will see at once the whole situation; Ephraim in America, 
the House of Israel in Western Europe; and the House of 
Judah in the East, with its seat at Constantinople, and orig- 
inal territory covering Asia Minor, Syria and Palestine. Then 
see the land of Magog in the north, now Russia, as leader 
of all the kings of the East and Africa. Thus it is clear 
that the one described in Verse i as he that shall come 
"against the house of the Lord," is Russia and all the kings 
of the East against the three divisions of Christendom in the 
West. This is the Biblical description of the Yellow Peril. 
And no amount of speculation on prophecy or fanciful imag- 
ination of prophetic writers on prophecy will ever change 
these facts. The Lord has spoken and so it will be. 

Verses 2-9 : "Israel shall cry unto me. My God, we know 
thee. Israel hath cast off the thing that is good: the enemy 
shall pursue him. They have set up kings, but not by me: 
they have made princes, and I knew it not: of their silver 
and their gold have they made them idols, that they may be 
cut off. Thy calf, O Samaria, hath cast thee off; mine anger 
is kindled against them: how long will it be ere they attain 
to innocency? For from Israel was it also: the workman 



230 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

made it; therefore it is not God: but the calf of Samaria 
shall be broken in pieces. For they have sown the wind, and 
they shall reap the whirlwind : it hath no stalk : the bud shall 
yield no meal: if so be it yield, the strangers shall swallow 
it up. Israel is swallowed up: now shall they be among the 
Gentiles as a vessel wherein is no pleasure. For they are 
gone up to Assyria, a wild ass alone by himself : Ephraim hath 
hired lovers." 

Chapter 7 was directed especially to Ephraim and Judah, 
but the verses now before us pertain to the House of Israel 
(Roman Catholicism, Western Europe). In the time of trou- 
ble, Roman Catholicism will be like the five foolish virgins, 
who came after the door had been shut and said, "Lord, Lord 
open to us." But the answer was, "I know you not." So 
the House of Israel will say, "Lord we know thee." Verse 
3 says, the enemy shall pursue him. They think by the ac- 
knowledgment of God they will stop the yellow peril. 

Verse 4 calls attention lo the past history of Roman Cathol- 
icism. They have set up kings and popes ; they have called 
the pope God on earth; Lord God, the Pope. He has sat 
"in the temple of God, showing himself that he is God." In 
1870 they declared the pope to be infallible. They did this, 
says the Lord, "but not by me: they made them princes, and 
I knew it not." 

Verse 5 says "Thy calf, O Samaria, hath cast these off." 
Samaria was the capital of the ancient ten tribes. The calf 
worship was Baal or Sun worship. The whole system of 
Roman Catholicism as conducted at modern Samaria (Rome), 
is a mixture of Christianity and Baal worship as it was prac- 
ticed in ancient Israel among the ten tribes. The ten tribes 
received it from the. Moabites, Ammonites, and Philistines. 
But God has no more recognized modern Israel in this than 
he did ancient Israel in their apostasy. 

Verses 10-14: "Yea, though they have hired among the 
nations, now will I gather them, and they shall sorrow a little 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 231 

for .the burden of the king of princes. Because Ephraim hath 
made many altars to sin, altars shall be unto him to sin. I 
have written to him the great things of my law, but they 
were counted as a strange thing. They sacrifice flesh for the 
sacrifices of mine offerings, and eat it ; but the Lord accepteth 
them not; now will he remember their iniquity, and visit their 
sins: they shall return to Egypt. For Israel hath forgotten 
his Maker, and buildeth temples; and Judah hath multipHed 
fenced cities: but I will send a fire upon his cities, and it 
shall devour the palaces thereof." 

In the latter part of Verse 9 in the former quotation it 
was said "Ephraim hath hired lovers." This is explained by 
the prophet Ezekiel thus : "They give gifts to all whores : but 
thou givest thy gifts to all thy lovers, and hirest them, that 
they may come unto thee on every side for thy whoredom. 
And the contrary is in thee from other women in thy whore- 
doms, whereas none followeth thee to [commit whoredoms: 
and in that thou givest a reward, and no reward is given unto 
thee, therefore thou art contrary. Wherefore, O, harlot, hear 
the word of the Lord :" Eze. 16 :33-35. 

Protestantism has not left a stone unturned to accomplish 
her purposes in the world. Her policy is to evangelize the 
world. But the trouble in doing this, is the great theme has 
been to increase the membership and ,to erect places of wor- 
ship in every place, though it be at the sacrifice of the truth. 
Untold numbers of dollars have been raised and inducements 
held out through business and social influences to increase 
their membership, till the Lord has said they have hired their 
lovers. Verse 11 says that Ephraim hath made many altars 
to sin. Protestantism is divided and subdivided into almost 
untold numbers, sects and organizations. But not one of 
them is willing to take the whole teaching of the Word of 
God as their only guide. For an illustration of their differ- 
<;nces on points of doctrine, we take baptism as an example; 
one believes in trine immersion; another in single immersion; 



232 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

one immerses the candidate backward; another three times 
forward; another believes in sprinkling with water, another 
pouring of water for baptism. One believes that water bap- 
tism is not essential to salvation; another that if you are not 
baptized by water there is no hope of salvation; still another 
believes that the only baptism is the baptism of the Holy 
Ghost; another that there has been no baptism of the Holy 
Ghost since pentecost. The above is a sample of Protestant 
teaching. These different teachings are held largely by dif- 
ferent organizations and these companies are so organized in 
their Church government that the Truth has no show to be 
taught among them. 

Verse 12 calls our attention to a most important truth, 
namely, the law of God. It is a well-known fact that Roman 
Catholicism is the power that legalized, by civil law, the 
heathen doctrines that had gained a foothold in the early 
Church. This is especially true regarding the law of God. 
The second commandment which forbids image worship is 
stricken out of the ten commandments. The tenth command-i 
ment is divided into two commandments to make up their 
number, ten. They have legalized the first day of the week 
as the Sabbath, by civil laws, in the place of the seventh day 
of the week as commanded in the fourth commandment by 
Jehovah himself. The law of Moses which God gave him is 
considered obsolete and abolished in its entirety. Now, says 
the Lord, He has set this whole thing of His law before 
Ephraim (Protestantism) ; "But they counted it a strange 
thing." We feel safe in saying after the last fifty years of 
special discussion that has taken place on Sunday observance 
as a day of rest, instead of the seventh day, there is not an 
authorized Protestant minister to be found who does not 
know that he cannot find a single commandment in the Bible 
for keeping the first day of the week as a day of rest. This 
is equally well known by all those who are at all informed in 
the Scriptures. But, as stated in a former chapter, "Ephraim 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 233 

is joined to idols ; let him alone." The last verse in this chap- 
ter once more calls our attention to all three of the divisions, 
Judah, Israel, and Ephraim, and the sure judgments that are 
pending over them all. 

ephraim's home. 
Hosea IX. 

Verses 1-3: "Rejoice not, O Israel, for joy, as other peo- 
ple: for thou hast gone a whoring from thy God, thou hast 
loved a reward upon every cornfloor. The floor and the wine- 
press shall not feed them, and the new wine shall fail in her. 
They shall not dwell in the Lord's land, but Ephraim shall re- 
turn to Egpyt, and they shall eat unclean things in Assyria." 

The history of Roman Catholicism shows that it has ever 
been a church that loves gain and reward. It is symbolized 
in the seven seals of Revelation, sixth chapter, by a man 
seated upon a black horse, having a pair of balances in his 
hand, crying out: "A measure of wheat for a penny and a 
measure of barley for a penny." During its history they have 
sold indulgences to sin to the highest bidder. They are the 
originators of church fairs for gain. Verse 3 says that 
Ephraim shall return to Egypt. Ephraim was originally an 
Egyptian, as we have seen. His descendants were reckoned 
among the tribes of Israel because of his father Joseph. 
Now, when Protestantism made America its home, it is said 
that Ephraim returned to Egypt ; he also returned to Egyptian 
principles and doctrines. 

Verses 4-8: "They shall not offer wine offerings to the 
Lord, neither shall they be pleasing unto him: their sacrifices 
shall be unto them as the bread of mourners; all that eat 
thereof shall be polluted: for their bread for their soul shall 
not come into the house of the Lord. What will ye do in the 
solemn day, and in the day of the feast of the Lord? For, 
lo, they are gone because of destruction: Egypt shall gather 



234 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

them up, Memphis shall bury them: the pleasant places for 
their silver, nettles shall possess them; thorns shall be in their 
tabernacles. The days of visitation are come, the days of 
recompense are come; Israel shall know it: the prophet is a 
fool, the spiritual man is mad, for the multitude of thine ini- 
quity, and the great hatred. The watchman of Ephraim was 
with my God: but the prophet is a snare of a fowler in all 
his ways, and hatred in the house of his God." 

Ephraim does not only return to Egypt, but Egypt will be 
his burying place with all his host. After the battle of Arma- 
geddon those that are left will be seven months burying the 
dead. Eze. 39. (See comments on Ezekiel on thirty-eighth 
and thirty-ninth chapters in this book.) 

Verse 8 says the watchman of Ephraim was with God, 
but the prophet was a snare in all his ways. A watchman 
is one that is ever on the lookout for danger. He is not a 
watchman if he is not that kind of an individual. The prophet 
here spoken of is the ministry in general. Both in the Bible 
Atlas and Inspired History we have shown that from the 
United States the true watchman will be raised up who would 
sound the alarm of the approaching danger and prepare the 
world for the coming of Christ. It is this class spoken of 
in Verse 8. 

The solemn feast of Verse 7 is the feast of tabernacles 
wherein the remnant are assembled during the time of trouble. 
(See pamphlet, Time, Tradition and Truth, by the author.) 

Verses 9-17: "They have deeply corrupted themselves, 
as in the days of Gibeah: therefore he will remember their 
iniquity, he will visit their sins. I found Israel like grapes 
in the wilderness; I saw your fathers as the first ripe in the 
fig tree at her first time : but they went to Baal-peor, and sep- 
arated themselves unto that shame; and their abominations 
were according as they loved. As for Ephraim, their glory 
shall fly away like a bird, from the birth, and from the womb 
and frorrt the conception. Thoueh the.v hrlng- up th^ir chil- 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 235 

dren, yet will I bereave them, that there shall not be a man 
left: yea, woe also to them when I depart from them! 
Ephraim, as I saw Tyrus, is planted in a pleasant place : but 
Ephraim shall bring forth his children to the murderer. Give 
them, O Lord : what wilt thou give ? give them a miscarrying 
womb and dry breasts. All their wickedness is in Gilgal: for 
there I hated them: for the wickedness of their doings I will 
drive them out of mine house, I will love them no more: all 
their princes are revolters. Ephraim is smitten, their root is 
dried up, they shall bear no fruit: yea, though they bring 
forth, yet will I slay even the beloved fruit of their womb. 
My God will cast them^ away, because they did not hearken 
unto him: and they shall be wanderers among the nations." 

The awful threatened judgments of Ephraim are contin- 
ued and need but little comment. Verse 13 compares the 
present home of Ephraim to ancient Tyrus. Tyre was an in- 
fluential city of ancient times. Hiram, King of Tyre, was 
Solomon's assistant and friend in the building of the temple. 
The mariners of Tyre visited all the sea ports of trade then 
known. America is similarly situated in a pleasant place. It 
is the most fertile and prosperous country in the world. The 
Valley of Schechem, Ephraim's old home in the land of Ca- 
naan, was the most fertile and beautiful valley in all Palestine. 
It was situated at the foot of Mount Ebal and Mount Gerizim. 
So with Ephraim's present home ; it is the glory of all lands. 
But its desolation is near to come and shall not be prolonged. 

PAPAL DOMINION RESTORED. 

Hosea X. 

Verses 1-6: "Israel is an empty vine, he bringeth forth 
fruit unto himself: according to the multitude of his fruit he 
hath increased the altars; according to the goodness of his 
land they have made goodly images. Their heart is divided; 
now shall they be found faulty: he shall break down their 
altars, he shall spoil their images. For now they shall say. 



236 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

We have no king, because we feared not the Lord ; what then 
should a king do to us? They have spoken words, swearing 
falsely in making a covenant: thus judgment springeth up as 
hemlock in the furrows of the field. The inhabitants of Sa- 
maria shall fear because of the calves of Beth-aven: for the 
people thereof shall mourn over it, and the priests thereof that 
rejoiced on it, for the glory thereof, because it is departed 
from it. It shall be also carried unto Assyria for a present 
to king Jareb: Ephraim shall receive shame, and Israel shall 
be ashamed of his own counsel." 

The prophet again calls our attention to Israel and the 
judgments that will be visited upon him. It was shown in 
Hosea, Chapter 7, that Judah and Ephraim would be the first 
that would meet the enemy. Verse 5 says that Israel (which 
is Roman Catholicism in Western Europe) shall fear because 
of the calves of Beth-aven. Beth-aven, remember, is in 
Ephraim and well may Western Europe fear when they see 
the vast army of the North possessing the territory of the 
Turk on their East and Japan and the kings of the East pos- 
sessing America on the West. 

Verse 3 introduces an important point. They attribute the 
calamity that has befallen themi to the lack of a king to rule 
over them. The unchangeable principle of Roman Catholi- 
cism has ever been that the pope should be civil ruler as well 
as head of the Church. Since 1798 that Church has not en- 
joyed that privilege, although they have worked unceasingly 
to that end. Now in the time of trouble they lay the whole 
thing to their failure on this point. And they think if they 
can now secure this to make the pope, as in former days, the 
real king over them, it would give them such power that they 
would be able to meet the enemy. 

The prophet John in the thirteenth chapter of Revelation 
teaches us that when the pope was taken prisoner in 1798, 
this power received a deadly wound, and that the deadly 
wound was healed. In the seventeenth chapter of Revelation 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 237 

we are told that the ten kingdoms of Western Europe will 
again give their power and strength to that Church, thus heal- 
ing the deadly wound. 

Now Hosea speaks of this same thing, namely, the heal- 
ing of the deadly wound, or restoration of papal supremacy. 
The thirteenth chapter of Revelation also introduces another 
power symbolized by a two-horned beast, which will make an 
image to the papal power. This beast is elsewhere shown to 
be the symbol of Protestant America. Now, in that prophecy 
the two are represented as becoming united in their purpose 
and action, or, in other words, they federate together in this 
establishment of kingship, the church ruling the civil as well 
as the ecclesiastical power. Hosea locates the time when this 
will be, namely, after the close of probation. This is stated 
in Verse 10 of this chapter as follows: 

"It is my desire that I should chastise them: and the 
people shall be gathered against them, when they shall bind 
themselves in their two furrows." Now, when this union is 
made between Israel and Ephraim and the kingship re-estab- 
lished, and the old system of Baal worship adopted, it will 
be dedicated again to king Jareb or the old Assyrian god that 
pleads. (See comment on Jareb, Chapter 5, Verse 13). 

Verse 5 expresses the disappointment to Israel and 
Ephraim that will follow the revival of the old Baal worship 
when they see the glory has departed from it, and their effort 
a total failure. (For an exposition of the thirteenth chapter 
of Revelation see chapter on America in this book.) 

Verses 7, 8: "As for Samaria, her king is cut off as the 
foam upon the water. The high places also of Aven, the 
sin of Israel, shall be destroyed: the thorn and the thistle 
shall come up on their altars ; and they shall say to the moun- 
tains. Cover us ; and to the hills. Fall on us." 

These verses express the total desolation of both Israel 
and Ephraim. During the one thousand years that follow, 
the earth is utterly desolate as expressed by the thorns and 



238 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

thistles coming up on their altars. They shall also witness 
the personal coming of Christ, at that time, as expressed in 
the words, "and they shall say to the mountains, Cover us: 
and to the hills, Fall on us." Almost the same words are 
used by the prophet John in the following: "And the kings 
of the earth, and the great men, and the rich men, and the 
chief captains, and the mighty men, and every bondman, and 
every free man, hid themselves in the dens and in the rocks 
of the mountains ; And said to the mountains and rocks. Fall 
on us, and hide us from the face of him that sitteth on the 
throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb: For the great day 
of his wrath is come; and who shall be able to stand?" Rev. 
6:15-17. 

Verses 9-13: "O Israel, thou hast sinned from the days 
of Gibeah: there they stood: the battle in Gibeah against the 
children of iniquity did not overtake them. It is in my desire 
that I should chastise them; and the people shall be gathered 
against them, when they shall bind themselves in their two fur- 
rows. And Ephraim is as a heifer that is taught, and loveth 
to tread out the corn; but I passed over upon her fair neck: 
I will make Ephraim to ride; Judah shall plough, and Jacob 
shall break his clods. Sow to yourselves in righteousness, 
reap in mercy; break up your fallow ground: for it is time 
to seek the Lord, till he come and rain righteousness upon 
you. Ye have ploughed wickedness, ye have reaped iniquity; 
ye have eaten the fruit of lies : because thou didst trust in thy 
way, in the multitude of thy mighty men." 

Verse 9 says that Israel had sinned from the days of 
Gibeah, thus calling our attention to a historical event re- 
corded in the nineteenth to the twenty-first chapters of Judges. 
In Judges 21 :s we have this record, "For they had made a 
great oath concerning him that came not up to the Lord to 
Mizpah, saying, 'He shall surely be put to death.'" This 
spirit of intolerance is one of the great principles of Catholi- 
cism in all its history. Now their last act as they and the 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 239 

Protestants unite will be to pass a decree that whomsoever 
will not worship the beast and his image and receive his 
mark shall be killed. As a result of that intolerant spirit 
Israel was unable to stand before the children of iniquity in 
the days of Gibeah. And they will not be able to stand in 
the days that are before them. 

"Ephraim is a fair heifer that loveth to tread out the corn." 
Protestantism makes a beautiful show in religious work and 
worship, "and loveth to tread out the corn": that is she loves 
a show of religious work ; and especially that part of directing 
and managing others. It is Ephraim that leads in the forma- 
tion of the image to the beast. So it is said Ephraim will 
ride; "Judah shall plow, and Jacob (Israel) shall break his 
clods." Thus all three are engaged in the final world's Fed- 
eration of Churches. 

Some have feared that Catholicism would rule in America. 
Ephraim of old was the ruling power in the house of Israel. 
Eze. 37:15-20 says: The stick of Joseph is now in the hands 
of Ephraim. It is Ephraim that issues the decree that all 
shall be killed who will not worship the beast in the time 
of trouble. So do not fear Catholic rule in America. But 
rather watch the development of Protestant power in church 
and state; and fear its rulership, as it is the promoter of the 
mark of the beast and issues cruel decrees enforcing, obedi- 
ence to the voice of a united church and state. 

Ever remember that obedience to these decrees is the high- 
est form of worship. Your destiny will be determined by 
your choice of whom you obey. 

Verse 12 admonishes us to a different preparation and 
kind df sowing from that which the three just mentioned have 
been doing. Verse 13 states plainly the kind of real work 
Judah, Israel, and Ephraim are doing. 

Verses 14, 15: "Therefore shall a tumult arise among 
thy people, and all thy fortresses shall be spoiled, as Shalman 
spoiled Beth-arbel in the day of battle : the mother was dashed 



240 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

in pieces upon her children. So shall Beth-el do unto you be- 
cause of your great wickedness: in a morning shall the king 
of Israel utterly be cut off." 

In these verses reference is again made to a past event 
in order to teach us how it will be when this Scripture is ful- 
filled. This event is recorded in the seventeenth chapter of 
II. Kings. This also teaches that Protestantism is the leader 
in the Federation. It says, "thus shall Bethel do unto you." 

ephraim's opportunities. 
Hosea XI. 

Verses 1-5 : When Israel was a child, then I loved' him, and 
called my son out of Egypt. As they called them, so they went 
from them: they sacrificed unto Baalim, and burned incense 
to graven images. I taught Ephraim also to go, taking them 
by their arms ; but they know not that I healed them. I drew 
them with cords of a man, with bands of love: and I was to 
them as they that take off the yoke on their jaws, and I laid 
meat unto them. He shall not return into the land of Egypt, 
but the Assyrian shall be his king, because they refused to 
return." 

These verses record God's former dealings with Israel, at 
the time of his departure from Egypt, when he was but a child. 
The Lord calls attention to the great love He had for the 
Israelites at that time; He still loves them and is today just 
as much interested in their welfare as He was anciently. No 
sooner had they left Egypt than they made the golden calf and 
returned to heathen worship, and thus Moses found them when 
he returned to the mount. Since the death of Joseph, the tribe 
of Ephraim had increased to 40,500 men above the age of 
twenty; in all the tribes, the total number able for war was 
603,550. Israel today numbers millions, but their backsliding 
is as of old ; they only exist to repeat their history. 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 241 

When the history of Israel was in its infancy, Ephraim 
was an Egyptian born and his Egyptian blood coursed through 
that entire tribe. God designed to heal Ephraim and took him 
by the arm to lead him out for that purpose, and had he been 
true, every influence of his blood and of his former environ- 
ment would have vanished, but he knew it not. 

So in the Reformation, God's design in leading Protest- 
ants out of Roman Catholicism was to heal them and free them 
from every influence of the mother church, but they knew it 
not. The yoke of Catholicism could have been broken and 
they could even have returned and been an instrument in the 
hand of God for healing Catholicism itself, but that is not now 
possible. The Assyrians, whom they have chosen, shall be 
their king. 

Verses 6^ 7: "And the sword shall abide on his cities 
and shall consume his branches, and devour them, because of 
their own counsels. And my people are bent to backsliding 
from me: though they called them to the Most High, none at 
all would exalt him." 

The result is plainly told in these verses, and will be liter- 
ally fulfilled. As they took counsel together before, when they 
set up the two calves, one at Bethel and the other at Dan, and 
were taken captive with the literal sword, so Protestantism and 
Catholicism will unite, and the Eastern world will repeat his- 
tory by desolating their cities and making desolate the land 
where they dwell. Because of their continual backslidings, 
God's professed people have been overrun again and again, in 
the world's history, by heathen powers, as here stated. 

This situation is real; the preparation is going on as rap- 
idly as God's providence and the work of men can finish it; 
before long the signal will be sounded and the millions, yea, 
hundreds of millions of the East will tread under foot the lands 
of Judah, Israel and Ephraim, and make them a perpetual 
desolation. 



242 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Verses 8, 9: "How shall I give thee up, Ephraim? how 
shall I deliver thee, Israel ? how shall I make thee as Admah ? 
how shall I set thee as Zeboim? mine heart is turned within 
me, my repentings are kindled together. I will not execute 
the fierceness of mine anger, I will not return to destroy 
Ephraim: for I am God, and not man; the Holy One in the 
midst of thee : and I will not enter into the city." 

For about 3,500 years this history has continued, but the 
final decision will soon be made. Ephraim and Israel are to 
be given up, so far as these two divisions of God's people are 
concerned. Such long-suffering, such tenderness, such love 
and pity for the erring could not be found anywhere but with 
God. "How shall I give thee up?" is the expression. He 
says, "I will not destroy" them, "I will not enter into the city."' 
No, He will save to the uttermost every one that will come 
unto Him, and, as shown in the comments on Chapter i of 
this book, Israel, as a tribe, and Israel, as a house, will cease; 
but every true believer in Christ will be saved. This is en- 
couraging for every individual who desires -salvation. 

Verses 10-12: "They shall walk after the Lord: he shall 
roar like a lion: when he shall roar, then the children shall 
tremble from the west. They shall tremble as a bird out of 
Egypt, and as a dove out of the land of Assyria: and I will 
place them in their houses, saith the Lord. Ephraim com- 
passeth me about with lies, and the house of Israel with deceit : 
but Judah yet ruleth with God, and is faithful with the saints. 

When every true child of God is searched out of the three 
divisions of Babylon (Greek Catholicism, Roman Catholicism 
and Protestantism) , everyone who will walk with the Lord by 
keeping His commandments and the faith of Jesus, as presented 
in Revelation 14:9-12, will be joined under the name of 
Judah (see Eze. 37:15-22 and comment on Hosea 1:10, 11.) 
then probation will close, "then the children shall tremble 
from the West." This again definitely locates the place of 
Armageddon and the time of trouble. Christendom is in the 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 243 

West. This Eastern power is symbolized in another prophecy 
(Isaiah 46:11) as "a ravenous bird from the East." It is also 
called the East wind, wind being used in the Scriptures to de- 
note war. "In measure, when it shooteth forth, thou wilt 
debate with it: he stayeth his rough wind in the day of the 
East wind." Isaiah 27:8. "Ephraim feedeth on wind, and 
followeth after the East wind." Hosea 12 :i, first part. 

THE FINAL DOWNFALL. 

Hosea XII. 

Verse i : "Ephraim feedeth on wind, and followeth after 
the East wind : he daily increaseth lies and desolation ; and they 
do make a covenant with the Assyrians, and oil is carried into 
Egypt." 

The character of Ephraim is set forth in this verse. Wind 
is an emblem of war and the war-loving spirit is one of 
Ephraim's principal characteristics. The United States, as 
the home of Protestantism, is to be one of the three great world 
powers, as shown in the twelfth and thirteenth chapters of 
Revelation. Recent developments clearly prove this to be 
true. The United States of America, by purchase and con- 
quest, has become one of the great powers of the world. Her 
present preparations for war and continual development in this 
direction give unmistakable evidence of her aim and purpose. 

The prophet says this power "followeth after the East 
wind." How definitely this has been fulfilled by the United 
States since 1898. Nothing short of a miracle was manifested 
in her conquest of the Philippine Islands. Such a victory over 
an opposing foe as was gained by Admiral Dewey in Manila 
Bay, during the Spanish-American War, has not been seen 
since God fought in the battles of Israel. From that date, 
America has had possessions in the far East. Hence it be- 
came necessary that this government protect its interests in 
the Pacific Ocean. Some friction has arisen between this 



244 ^^^ Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

country and Japan as a result and given this government a 
legitimate reason for sending a large fleet to the Pacific Ocean, 
which it did in the early months of 1908. Thus the prophecy 
that "Ephraim followeth after the East wind," is being ful- 
filled. 

How soon the winds of war from the East will burst upon 
Ephraim's head, no one knows, but the time is near. When 
it does come, a period of war and blood-shed, such as the 
world has never witnessed, will be opened. China with its 
400,000,000, India with 300,000,000, Korea with its millions, 
and Japan with its 46,000,000, as leader of the navy of the East, 
surely will bring a wind of destruction that will shake the foun- 
dations of the Western powers. Of all interesting subjects, 
none is of greater importance to the student of prophecy than 
this one. Mark it well and prepare for the events. 

Verse 2 : "The Lord hath also a controversy with Judah, 
and will punish Jacob according to his ways ; according to his 
doings will he recompense him." 

Greek Catholicism and Roman Catholicism, under the 
names, Judah and Jacob, will feel the punishment as here de- 
scribed. Therefore it is necessary to understand the territory 
of these two powers. The Western empire of Rome was divided 
into ten kingdoms, symbolized by the ten horns of the fourth 
beast in Chapter 7 of Daniel's prophecy. This leaves the 
territory of the Greek Church in thef Eastern empire of Rome, 
and that is just where it is found, namely, in Eastern Russia, 
Armenia, Turkey, Palestine, Egypt and Greece. The popula- 
tion of these divisions follows: Greek 140,000,000, Roman 
230,000,000. 

. Difficulties have already arisen concerning the rule of the 
Greek Church in Russia, and no doubt its power will be broken 
in that territory in the near future, accompanied by scenes 
similar to those enacted during the French Revolution. As 
Russia, the land of Magog, is to be the captain, or guard, of 
all the land forces of the East against the West, Judah will 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 245 

not go unpunished; and when this is accompUshed with the 
Greek Church, the forces will move Westward upon Israel 
(Roman Catholicism). Thus the entire three divisions and 
their final downfall are brought to view in the first two verses 
of this chapter. 

Verses 3-7 : "He took his brothei^ by the heel in the womb, 
and by his strength he had power with God: Yea, he had 
power over the angel, and prevailed: he wept, and made sup- 
plication unto him : he found him in Beth-el, and there he spake 
with us: even the Lord God of hosts; the Lord is his me- 
morial. Therefore turn thou to thy God : keep mercy and judg- 
ment, and wait on thy God continually. He is a merchant, the 
balances of deceit are in his hand: he loveth to oppress." 

The Lord once more appeals to Israel by referring to 
Jacob's experience, to whom the name, Israel, was first given. 
Jacob, before his departure from home, when he fled from 
Esau, was a supplanter; he was shrewd in bargains and dis- 
honest in his dealings. This trait of character has continued 
with the Lord's people until the present time. Jacob reformed, 
prevailed with God and was named Israel. So modern Cathol- 
icism, had it heeded the admonitions of the Lord to learn a 
lesson from' his record, would have turned to God, and been 
transformed in character. 

Verse 7 points out in unmistakable terms the seat of the 
difficulty. Dishonesty is the prevailing sin of the last days; 
covetousness is everywhere manifest. Even the Church has 
entered the field for gain. The prophet Jeremiah says, "from 
the least of them even unto the greatest of them every one is 
given to covetousness; and from the prophet even unto the 
priest every one dealeth falsely." Jeremiah 6:13,14. 

Verses 8-1 1 : "And Ephraim said, Yet I am become rich, I 
have found me out substance ; in all my labours they shall find 
none iniquity in me that were sin. And I that am the Lord 
thy God from the land of Egypt will yet make thee to dwell in 
tabernacles, as in the days of the solemn feast. I have also 



246 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

spoken by the prophets, and I have multiplied visions, and used 
similitudes, by the ministry of the prophets. Is there iniquity 
in Gilead? surely they are vanity: they sacrifice bullocks in 
Gilgal; yea, their altars are as heaps in the furrows of the 
fields." 

The land of Ephraim, Protestant America, is represented in 
various prophecies as a rich, wealthy country. Ezekiel, thir- 
ty-eighth chapter, says that it is rich in cattle and goods, in 
silver and gold. Isaiah, twenty-eighth chapter, says that he 
sits at the head of the fat valleys. Jeremiah Chapter 49, 
Verse 31 says, "Arise, get you up unto the wealthy nation, 
that dwelleth without care, saith the Lord, which have neither 
gates nor bars, which dwell alone." Revelation 13:11, where 
this same nation is symbolized by a two-horned beast, it is said 
that it came up out of the earth, growing up like a plant. What 
a marvelous growth and increase of wealth has been witnessed 
during the short life of this nation. The prophet also describes 
the spiritual condition, that of entire sanctification. This idea 
is growing among professed Protestants today; their profes- 
sion is high and they claim that there is no iniquity in them. 
John, in Revelation 3:17, says, they say they are "rich, and 
increased with goods, and have need of nothing." There 
never was a more contented, self-satisfied people in all the 
world's history than we may find today in the Protestant 
churches ; but a real hungering and thirsting after righteous- 
ness and a desire to know the truth of God, are lacking. 

The prophet next calls attention to the former experience 
when they left Egypt and sojourned in the wilderness for forty 
years, dwelling in tents and under the boughs of trees. That 
deliverance from Egypt is set forth in many prophecies as a 
period of history that is to be repeated. The feast of taber- 
nacles to commemorate this event was appointed in the law of 
Moses. Lev. 23:33-36. This feast was to commemorate 
their experience and also to point forward to the time when 
Israel would again have this experience. So the Lord here 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 247 

introduces this subject, and says, "I will make them to dwell 
in tabernacles." When the land is desolated by the vast army 
of the East, those who are left, and especially the remnant 
who are expecting these things, will again dwell in tabernacles. 
(See "Time, Tradition and Truth" by the writer, for a full ex- 
position of this subject.) 

This whole story, as here mentioned, is presented in various 
forms by the prophets, but how little heed is paid to it. How 
little effort is exerted to know the truth. The sins of Gilgal 
and Gilead are repeated. There is balm that they might be 
healed, but they will not. 

Verses 12-14: "And Jacob fled into the country of Syria, 
and Israel served for a wife, and for a wife he kept sheep. 
And by a prophet the Lord brought Israel out of Egypt, and 
by a prophet was he preserved. Ephraim provoked him to 
anger most bitterly: therefore shall he leave his blood upon 
him, and his reproach shall his Lord ireturn unto him." 

As Jacob, for the course he had taken, fled into Syria in 
his first experience, and as Ephraim provoked the Lord to 
anger in his early history, so Catholicism will be visited and 
the blood of Ephraim will be visited upon him as the former 
history is repeated. How marked the truth of the saying that 
history repeats itself. 

KISSING THE CALF: THE EAST WIND. 

Hosea XIII. 

Verses 1-2: "When Ephraim spake trembling, he exalted 
himself in Israel ; but when he offended in Baal, he died. And 
now they sin more and more, and have made them molten 
images of their silver, and idols according to their own under- 
standing, all of it the work of the craftsmen: they say of 
them, Let the men that sacrifice kiss the calves." 

Originally Ephraim was one of the small tribes of Israel, 
but later he was exalted to equality with the other tribes and 



248 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

became ruler of the ten tribes composing the kingdom of 
Israel or house of Joseph. When he rebelled and took counsel 
with the house of Israel and erected the calf at Beth-el, dedi- 
cated to Baal worship, he died. That is to say, for that sin 
it was then determined that his name, with the name of Dan, 
who committed the same offense, should never go into the king- 
dom of God. 

When Protestantism (in the prophecy termed, Ephraim) 
came out of Catholicism, they were exalted; but in the time 
of trouble when they reunite with Catholicism, as was done 
in the days of Israel, and demand again that they kiss the calf, 
the death knell will again sound. Then it will be settled once 
and forever. 

Kissing the calves, refers to one of the ceremonies of Baal 
worship ; that is they honored the calves as their Grod by kiss- 
ing them. This custom has been handed down to this day by 
Roman Catholicism in the kissing of the great toe of Peter's 
statue; the only difference is it is transferred to Peter in the 
place of the calf. Now they worship saints instead of the 
calf. One is as offensive to God as the other for God says 
"Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God and him only shalt 
thou serve." 

Verses 3-8 : "Therefore they shall be as the morning cloud, 
and as the early dew that passeth away, as the chaff that is 
driven with the whirlwind out of the floor, and as the smoke 
out of the chimney. Yet I am the Lord thy God from the land 
of Egypt, and thou shalt know no god but me : for there is no 
saviour beside me. I did know thefe in the wilderness, in the 
land of great drought. According to thy pasture, so were 
they filled ; they were filled, and their heart was exalted ; there- 
fore have they forgotten me. Therefore I will be unto them 
as a lion : as a leopard by the way will I observe them : I will 
meet them as a bear that is bereaved of her whelps, and will 
rend the caul of their heart, and there will I devour them like 
a lion : the wild beast shall tear them." 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 249 

The symbols introduced in verse 3 are all designed to show 
how rapidly and completely Protestantism will vanish. They 
are putting their trust in their armament and fortresses, but 
they will not stand, any more than the morning dew will stand 
before the rising sun. This will not be war in which skill and 
strength are matched, but a war in which the Ruler of the world 
will guide in all the movements, as it is said (Zechariah 
14: 3) : "Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight against those 
nations, as when he fought in the day of battle," in the days 
of ancient Israel. Yet the Lord would not have us forget 
that He is able and will save all that put their trust in Him. 
The Lord once delivered Israel from all the Egyptian hosts; 
forty years he fed them manna in the wilderness, and He will 
ever provide for His believing children, repeating, if necessary, 
such miracles. 

Protestantism has been highly favored, as described in 
verse 6, but has forgotten God and not appreciated His bless- 
ings. The symbols of the lion, the leopard and the bear are 
used by the prophet Daniel to represent Babylon, Medo-Persia 
and Grecia. They were heathen powers which ruled Israel 
centuries before Christ and are brought to mind here to teach 
that heathen powers will again punish God's professed people. 

Verses 9-1 1: "O Israel, thou hast destroyed thyself; but 
in me is thine help. I will be thy king: where is any other 
that may save thee in all thy cities? and thy judges of whom 
thou saidst. Give me a king and princes ? I gave thee a king 
in mine anger, and took him away in my wrath." 

Catholicism has no one to blame but herself for her condi- 
tion and the judgments that will come upon her. The Lord 
told the last king upon the throne of Israel, Zedekiah, that 
there should never be another king over Israel until Christ 
comes the second time. Notwithstanding these facts, Cathol- 
icism has ever been determined to have another theocratic form 
of government, with the Pope as head, to rule both church and 
state. Even after losing their temporal dominion in 1798, 



250 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

they have Lcontinued to hold the false theory, and, as pointed 
out in the Scriptures, they will again establish that form of 
government. It will, however, prove to be their utter ruin and 
cause their destruction. When that form of government was 
first established, in 538 a. d., it was permitted but with the 
great displeasure of God, and it was the wrath of God that took 
it away at the end of the 1260 years in 1798. It will surely 
be a most grievous sin in the eyes of God when Protestantism 
and Catholicism again unite to repeat that awful crime. 

Verses 12-14: "The iniquity of Ephraim is bound up; his 
sin is hid. The sorrows of a travailing woman shall come upon 
him: he is an unwise son; for he should not stay long in the 
place of the breaking forth of children. I will ransom them 
from the power of the grave ; I will redeem them from death : 
O death, I will be thy plagues ; O grave, I will be thy destruc- 
tion : repentance shall be hid from mine eyes." 

When this kingship is accomplished, Ephraim's destiny is 
sealed. The seven last plagues are poured out without mix- 
ture. This scripture shows that trouble will come upon 
Ephraim suddenly. When the true Israelites flee from Baby- 
lon, represented by the breaking iorth of children, the days of 
Ephraim are not prolonged, for sudden destruction comes upon 
him. 

The next thought introduced is the resurrection of the 
righteous. This occurs in connection with the coming of 
Christ. There will be no more repentance for the door of 
mercy is closed. The cases of all men are decided for eternity. 
How rapidly that day is coming upon the world ! 

Verses 15, 16: "Though he be fruitful among his brethren, 
an east wind shall come, the wind of the Lord shall come up 
from the wilderness, and his spring shall become dry, and his 
fountain shall be dried up, he shall spoil the treasure of all 
pleasant vessels. Samaria shall become desolate; for she 
hath rebelled against her God: they shall fall by the sword: 
their infants shall be dashed in pieces, and their women with 
child shall be ripped up." 



The Three Divisions of Christendom. 251 

Protestantism has been very fruitful in its short history, 
but that will not save it. God states again the source from 
which this awful calamity will come, namely, the East. When 
it comes, the East Wind will dry up everything before it. The 
effect upon the lands of Ephraim and Israel will be similar to 
that of the hot winds which lick up the moisture when they 
cross the burning plains. 

Who will accept the teaching concerning the East Wind? 
Who will give heed and seek shelter by faith in Him who has 
died to save man? May the Lord speed this warning to all 
who will profit thereby. 

CONCLUSION. 

Hosea XIV. 

Verses 1-3 : "O Israel, return unto the Lord thy God ; for 
thou hast fallen by thine iniquity. Take with you words, and 
turn to the Lord : say unto him, Take away all iniquity, and re- 
ceive us graciously: so will we render the calves of our lips. 
Asshur shall not save us ; we will not ride upon horses : neither 
will we say any more to the work of our hands, Ye are our 
gods : for in thee the fatherless findeth mercy." 

The admonition to return to the Lord is still continued to 
Israel. "Take with you words" can refer only to the Word of 
God as found in the Scriptures of Truth, and if the people 
would heed this injunction, joy and peace would be their por- 
tion. If they would do this in preference to trusting in their 
church and thus kissing the calf, they would render a service 
of their lips in thanksgiving and praise to God and ask Him to 
take away their iniquities. 

Asshur (Assyria) in whom Israel anciently trusted, will 
not save her in this closing conflict, neither will the battle be 
at Megiddo, as of old, but it will be in modern Israel's own 
land, and at her own door. But the true children of God, the 



252 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

remnant of Israel, who put their trust in Him, will be delivered 
as were the Israelites anciently. 

Verses 4-7 : "I will heal their backsliding, I will love them 
freely: for mine anger is turned away from him. I will be 
as the dew unto Israel : he shall grow as the lily, and cast forth 
his roots as Lebanon. His branches shall spread, and hii 
beauty shall be as the olive tree, and his smell as Lebanon. 
They that dwell under his shadow shall return; they shall re- 
vive as the corn, and grow as the vine : the scent thereof shall 
be as the wine of Lebanon." 

We could not add to the beautiful language of the inspired 
writer in describing the condition of those who will be saved, 
even in the midst of apostasy. While Roman Catholicism has 
left upon record the darkest history of a professed Christian 
people, some under her influence have lived in harmony with 
all the light that they have received. The Saviour has looked 
upon their condition with pity, and, through His own love and 
merit, redeemed them. Throughout eternity they will stand 
as an evidence of Christ's great love toward those who have 
maintained truth and honesty of purpose regardless of en- 
vironment. 

At the present time, while the last call is going to mankind, 
to come out of Babylon and escape her plagues which shall fall 
soon, many Roman Catholics will heed the warning and sepa- 
rate themselves from their errors just as Lot left Sodom before 
her destruction. This is the hour for the children to break 
forth; it is the time to heed the call and delay not; today is the 
day of salvation. Let every one heed the warning not to re- 
ceive the mark of the beast in their forehead or in their hand, 
or to worship its image. 

Verses 8, 9: "Ephraim shall say. What have I to do any 
more with idols? I have heard him, and observed him: I am 
like a green fir tree. From me is thy fruit found. Who is 
wise, and he shall understand these things? prudent, and he 
shall know them? for the ways of the Lord are right, and 



The Three DiTnsions of Christendom. 253 

the just shall walk in them: but the transgressors shall fall 
therein." 

Ephraim was the last of the three children of Hosea's 
wife, therefore his history is the last in this remarkable book. 
Those who are gathered out of this third division, Protestant- 
ism, all members of this division who are saved, will be thor- 
oughly satisfied. While the house of Israel and the tribes of 
Ephraim and Dan are not carried into the next life in name, 
the individuals who are faithful are saved; they will all be 
joined into the one house, Judah, and appoint themselves one 
head, even Christ. The prophet declares that the wise shall 
understand these things and the prudent shall know them. 

Hosea, who was the first of the Old Testament prophets, 
has given the key that will open a clear understanding of the 
writings of the prophets since his day, for the three divi- 
sions of Christendom, as herein developed, are brought to view 
in the writings of nearly all the other prophets. 

The following important features of Bible study are also 
established in Hosea's prophecy: 

First, all past events of importance are taken by the proph- 
ets to represent future events. 

Second, these future events are all to occur in connection 
with the coming of Christ and the very closing scenes of this 
earth's history. Many of them, if not the larger part, are 
to occur after the close of probation and before the Lord ap- 
pears in the clouds of heaven. 

Third, the characteristics of these events and the incidents 
connected with them are to be repeated in modern nations 
and events, rather than a re-enacting of former history in the 
former localities. 

These points should be carefully studied and clearly un- 
derstood in order to know the truth. A lack of such under- 
standing has led to many errors. Let the book of Hosea, as 
here expounded, once become familiar, many other prophecies 
will become clear as the student considers them. 




CHAPTER XIII. 



JAPAN AND THE FAR EAST AGAINST AMERICA. 



A comparison of the history of the world with the writings 
of the prophets discloses the fact that every nation of note 
has been made a subject of prophecy. Egypt, Ethiopia and 
Lybia, of the continent of Africa; Persia, Babylon, Assyria, 
Magog, Turkey, Armenia, Russia, Greece, and Arabia, of 
Asia and Eastern Europe ; the ten kingdoms of Western Eu- 
rope and the United States of America; these are all clearly 
designated by prophetic writers. Not considering the islands 
of the sea, the lands mentioned embrace the world, with the 
exception of the three great Eastern powers, India, China 
(with Korea), and Japan. Is it not reasonable to suppose 
that these latter great nations, whose people jcomprise nearly 
half the population of the world, are also considered by the 
inspired writers ? We understand that they are. In fact, they 
are plainly spoken of in the sixteenth chapter of Revelation 
as the kings of the East. They are a world unto themselves 
and the oldest established empires in existence. Their race, 
their color and -customs, and their language, are different from 
those of all other portions of the world. 

We shall next consider a portion of Scripture which, we 
believe, plainly points out the people of the Far East and the 
part they are to act in the ensuing struggle. The last fifty 

254 



Japan and the Far East Against America. 255 

years mark an activity among these Eastern nations that is 
unparalleled by any that has occurred in all their thousands 
of years' history. The modern activity and education of 
Japan has surprised the world in both science and war. Today 
it is schooling thousands of Chinese, Koreans and natives of 
India in the arts and sciences it has attained. One writer 
says of China that it is a vast empire of intense activity, 
whose people have awakened to a realization of the great 
need of preparing for coming events. 

Let us now consider the twenty-seventh chapter of Isaiah's 
prophecy. 

Isaiah XXVII. 

Verse i : "In that day the Lord with his sore and great 
and strong sword shall punish leviathan the piercing serpent, 
even leviathan that crooked serpent; and he shall slay the 
dragon that is in the sea." 

In every instance in the prophecies where it is mentioned, 
the expression, "in that day," we feel safe in saying, refers to 
the time of Christ's second coming and the events connected 
with the end of the world. It is evidently so in this instance, 
for the "great and strong sword" of this verse is the one 
referred to in the nineteenth chapter of Revelation where 
Christ is represented as coming on a white horse. "And out 
of his mouth goeth a sharp sword," with which He is to smite 
the nations. That beasts and dragons are used as symbols 
to represent earthly governments is apparent to every Bible 
student. That, the power here symbolized by the crooked, 
piercing serpent is an island and naval power, there is no 
doubt, for "he shall slay the dragon that is in the sea." There- 
fore the serpent as here described, leviathan, could represent 
nothing but an island power. We think the definite power 
can be clearly located later in this chapter. 

Verses 2-5: "In that day sing ye unto her, A vineyard 
of red wine. I the Lord do keep it ; I will water it every mo- 



256 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

ment : lest any hurt it. I will keep it night and day. Fury is 
not in me : who would set the briers and thorns against me in 
battle? I would go through them, I would burn them to- 
gether. Or let him take hold of my strength, that he may 
make peace with me ; and he shall make peace with me." 

One truth prominently set forth in all these prophecies is 
that God ever exercises a tender care and protection over his 
children. No earthly power or host of men can ever break 
through in battle and destroy a child of God whom He wishes 
spared. His angels are ever about them. No matter how 
perilous the surroundings, the Lord's protection is over them, 
and if, for the good of His cause, their lives are saved, Satan 
and all his host cannot harm a hair of their heads. 

Verse 6 : "He shall cause them that come of Jacob to take 
root: Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the 
world with fruit." 

This verse introduces the resurrection of the righteous and 
the filling of the new earth with the true seed of Israel in 
fulfillment of the promise to Abraham that he should be heir 
of the world, and in him should all nations of the earth be 
blessed. Thus the definite time when this crooked, piercing 
serpent shall do its work and be destroyed by the coming of 
Christ, is established. 

Verses 7, 8 : "Hath he smitten him, as he smote those that 
smote him? or is he slain according to the slaughter of them 
that are slain by him? In measure, when it shooteth forth, 
thou wilt debate with it : he stayeth his rough wind in the day 
of the east wind." 

The Lord is able to do unto him as he thought to do unto 
those whom he came against. No power can stand before 
God ; they that kill by the sword, though they may smite oth- 
ers, shall themselves be killed by the sword. 

The eighth verse expresses an important thought: "When 
it [the piercing serpent] shooteth forth, in measure thou shalt 
debate with it." That is, a resistance of some eflFect will be 



Japan and the Far East Against America. 2^7 

offered, but only temporarily. It is also said that "the Lord 
stayeth his rough wind in the day of the East wind." Thus 
the home of the piercing, crooked serpent and dragon of the 
sea is definitely located in the East. 

Palestine has ever been the home of the prophets and it is 
from that country that directions in prophecy are calculated. 
In the eleventh chapter of Daniel, the Turk on the North is 
called the king of the North ; Egypt on the South is called the 
king of the South. In the eighth chapter, Persia on the East 
is represented as coming from the East; Greece on the West 
as coming from the West. In the thirty-eighth chapter of 
Ezekiel, Russia, with all its bands, is represented as coming 
out of the North; in the sixteenth chapter of Revelation, 
Japan, China and India are called the kings of the East. And, 
as was noted in the comments on Hosea, Ephraim's home is 
in the Western continent. This idea gains force when it is 
remembered that his tribe was camped West of the Taber- 
nacle in the days of Moses. 

We therefore conclude that the East Wind which comes 
from the East must be caused by the kings of the East. Japan 
is especially the naval leader of the powers of the East. Hence 
it is evident to the candid Bible student that it is this power, 
together with India, China and Korea, that form the crooked, 
piercing serpent of the East. The truth of this assertion will 
be more generally admitted within a few years when it will 
manifest its shooting forth as an arrow and as a swift, piercing 
serpent. 

Verses 9, 10: "By this therefore shall the iniquity of 
Jacob be purged; and this is all the fruit to take away his 
sin; when he maketh all the stones of the altar as chalk- 
stones that are beaten in sunder, the groves and images shall 
not stand up. Yet the defenced city shall be desolate, and the 
habitation forsaken, and left like a wilderness : there shall the 
calf feed, and there shall he lie down, and consume the 
branches thereof." 

17 



258 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

In the law of Moses, recorded in Chapters 27 to 33 of 
Deuteronomy, are declared certain blessings and curses that 
were pronounced upon every follower of Israel, according to 
their obedience or disobedience. One of the curses pro- 
nounced was that of the sword of the heathen. In the nine 
hundred years of national life preceding the captivity in Baby- 
lon, the curse of the sword came upon Israel time after time, 
and they were sold into the hands of their enemies. Finally 
they were taken captive to Babylon and scattered abroad 
through the nations of earth. Six hundred years later Jeru- 
salem was destroyed and 1,200,000 were slain by the Romans. 
Since that time. Gentile Israel has been delivered into the 
hands of the barbarians of the North country, who swept over 
Western Europe ; and the Church of the East, or Greek divi- 
sion, has been harassed by the Turks and Arabians of the 
South country. 

Once more the final scourge, the worst of all scourges, is 
to come from the nations of the East, joined by those of the 
North country and by the unchristianized nations of the 
South. Tongue cannot picture, no language is adequate to 
express, the awfulness of the scene. Places of worship will 
all be leveled to the earth; the defenced cities will be made 
desolate, and the remnant of Israel will dwell in tabernacles 
as did Israel of old after they left Egypt. 

Such is the picture drawn by the inspired writer. Is it 
remarkable that thinking men of the world begin to see the 
danger, even from a human standpoint? Why, then, should 
not the student of prophecy raise a voice, warning the people 
of the approach of this awful calamity? 

Verses 11, 12: "When the boughs thereof are withered, 
they shall be broken off: the women come, and set them on 
fire ; for it is a people of no understanding : therefore he that 
made them will not have mercy on them, and he that formed 
them will shew them no favour. And it shall come to pass 
in that day, that the Lord shall beat off from the channel of 



Japan and the Far East Against America. 259 

the river unto the stream of Egypt, and ye shall be gathered 
one by one, O ye children of Israel." 

In the thirty-ninth chapter of Ezekiel it is said that they 
shall be seven years in burning the weapons of war and they 
will take no fuel out of the forest; so it is represented here, 
the women undoubtedly referring to those who are left on 
the earth before the Lord appears. The gathering of those 
who will escape the judgments of God is next introduced. 
The channel of the river is a symbol of the people. Especially 
is this applicable to the Eastern world. Before the time of 
trouble comes, all who understand the warning message for 
this time will leave the countries represented by the channel 
of the river, even to the stream of Egypt. Rivers, in prophecy, 
are used to denote the people living in the countries through 
which the rivers flow. Therefore we conclude that the streams, 
here mentioned, include all that Eastern country ; and that the 
children of God will leave it as the disciples left Jerusalem. 
They will be led to places in which the prdvidence of God 
will protect them. The time to leave is stated in Jer. 51 :45, 46. 
Let this point be well noted: "My people, go ye out of the 
midst of her, and deliver ye every man his soul from the fierce 
anger of the Lord. And lest your heart faint, and ye fear for 
the rumour that shall be heard in the land; a rumour shall 
both come one year, and after that in another year shall come 
a rumour, and violence in the land, ruler against ruler." 

Verse 13 : "And it shall come to pass in that day, that the 
great trumpet shall be blown, and they shall come which were 
ready to perish in the land of Assyria, and the outcasts in the 
land of Egypt, and shall worship the Lord in the holy mount 
at Jerusalem." 

This verse expresses clearly the thought heretofore intro- 
duced that before the Lord comes, true Israel will be gathered 
out from the Eastern countries, here termed "Assyria" and 
"Egypt," which embrace the principal portions of the East 
and South countries. The Jerusalem here mentioned is not 



26o The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the literal city ; but a place where God's people assemble. In 
the eighteenth chapter of Isaiah this gathering message is 
brought to view and the ambassadors are represented as be- 
ing sent from the land which is beyond the rivers of Ethiopia. 
In Zephaniah 3 :8-io it is seen that when the Lord comes, 
those who are translated and those who pass through this 
time of trouble are from this land beyond the rivers of Ethio- 
pia, which, in "The Inspired History of the Nations," is shown 
to be the United States of America. Hence this is the land 
to which they are gathered. Additional evidence confirms the 
previous statement. Note the following Scripture: 

Jeremiah 31 :6-9 : "For there shall be a day, that the watch- 
men upon the mount Ephraim shall cry, Arise ye, and let us 
go up to Zion unto the Lord our God.' For thus saith the 
Lord; Sing with gladness for Jacob, and shout among the 
chief of the nations: publish ye, praise ye, and say, O Lord, 
save thy people, the remnant of Israel. Behold, I will bring 
them from the* north country, and gather, them from the 
coasts of the earth, and with them the blind and the lame, 
the woman with child and her that travaileth with child to- 
gether : a great company shall return thither. They shall come 
with weeping, and with supplications will I lead them: I will 
cause them to walk by the rivers of waters in a straight way, 
wherein they shall not stumble : for I am a father to Israel, 
and Ephraim is my firstborn." 

In our comment upon. Hosea, Ephraim is shown to be 
Protestant America. While Isaiah says that these ambassa- 
dors are from the land beyond the rivers of Ethiopia, Jere- 
miah says they will go from mount Ephraim. The physical 
conditions of this company clearly show that it will be a literal 
gathering in this life, done through the work of the true 
watchman of Ephraim. 

But in still another reference (Isaiah 11 :i4) it is stated that 
they fly toward the West on the shoulders of the Philistines, 
and in Verse 15, that He will smite the river (Eastern coun- 



Japan and the Far East Against America. 261 

try) and the South in the seven streams. In our comment on 
Chapters 38 and 39 of Ezekiel, in this book, the seven streams 
are proved to be Libya, Meshech, Tubal, Gomer, Persia, Ethi- 
opia, Togarmah, and many people (the kings of the East). 
Hence, before that division is smitten and the time of trouble 
comes, the gathering message w^ill gather the children of God 
out of all the East, and they will "fly toward the West upon 
the shoulders of the Philistines." Later it will be shown who 
the modern Philistines are, but suffice to say that they are the 
same as the Ephraimites, they having changed their character 
to that of the Philistines. 

This concludes the consideration of the twenty-seventh 
chapter of Isaiah, but its thought and history are continued 
by the prophet in the following chapter : 

Isaiah XXVIII. 

Verses 1-4: "Woe to the crown of pride, to the 
drunkards of Ephraim, whose glorious beauty is a fad- 
ing flower, which are on the head of the fat valleys of them 
that are overcome with wine! Behold, the Lord hath a 
mighty and strong one, which as a tempest of hail and a de- 
stroying storm, as a flood of mighty waters overflowing, shall 
cast down to the earth with the hand- The crown of pride, 
the drunkards of Ephraim, shall be trodden under feet: and 
the glorious beauty, which is on the head of the fat valley, 
shall be a fading flower, and as the hasty fruit before the 
summer ; which when he that looketh upon it seeth, while it 
is yet in his hand he eateth it up." 

When the word "woe" is used by the Lord, it denotes the 
most severe affliction that can befall man. In the seven trum- 
pets mentioned by John in the eighth and ninth chapters of 
Revelation, the last three are woe trumpets, the seventh mark- 
ing the downfall of the world. In the eighteenth chapter of 
Isaiah, a woe is pronounced against the land lying beyond 



262 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the rivers of Ethiopia, which is Protestant America. In the 
passage under consideration, the opening statement, "Woe to 
the crown of pride, to the drunkards of Ephraim," refers to 
the same land and to the same people. This is truly a proud, 
haughty, wealthy, self-righteous, independent people, but the 
day of humiliation is near at hand, when those nations which 
have been looked upon in the past as the most inferior people 
will humble the United States to the very dust. The prophet 
terms the people of Protestant America, the drunkards of 
Ephraim who are drunken on wine. 

In the book of Revelation, Chapter 17, a corrupt woman, 
the symbol of an apostate Church, has in her hand a golden 
cup filled with the filthiness of her fornication, from which 
she has made all nations drunken with the wine of her forni- 
cation, which is her false doctrines. So Protestantism is 
drunken with the false doctrines of Roman Catholicism. 
Ephraim is represented as a beautiful Church, but it is merely 
outward show, which will pass away as does a beautiful fading 
flower when smitten by drought and heat. 

The piercing serpent is introduced again, in Verse 2, as 
the power that will cause the downfall of Protestantism. It 
is sad for a native-bom citizen of this grand country to have 
laid upon him the burden of teaching the prophecy which fore- 
tells its downfall and destruction by a heathen enemy, but it 
is not the first time that such an unpleasant task has been 
undertaken. The Lord used Jeremiah to warn his brethren 
and proud Jerusalem that Babylon would come and burn up 
the city and slaughter the women and children. They be- 
lieved it not, and even sought to take Jeremiah's life, accusing 
him of being in sympathy with the Babylonians. He was cast 
into a dungeon and let down into a deep pit, where he sank 
in the mire. But the Lord's care was over him and his life 
was preserved by friends whom God's providence raised up 
in this crisis. Similar conditions may be expected when the 
warning voice is again raised to point out the overthrow of 



Japan and the Far East Against America. 263 

this nation of professed Christians. But God's word will be 
fulfilled as surely as the rising sun travels in its circuit day 
by day. 

Sometime ago, in one of the journals of this country, there 
appeared a picture representing a vast Japanese army march- 
ing from the Pacific Coast to Chicago. Doubtless the pub- 
lishers little realized that such a scene may actually be wit- 
nessed in the near future. Even men who are unaided by the 
teachings of prophecy are beginning to expect such events 
merely as a result 9f the outcome of present conditions. 

Prophecy reveals that Ephraim will be trodden under foot 
by the hordes of the yellow races of the East. Numberless 
dreadnaught battleships and multiplied shore fortifications can- 
not hinder their progress. The picture drawn by the prophet 
of the first ripe fruit eaten up in haste by the eater is a forci- 
ble one ; its meaning is worthy of thoughtful consideration. 

Verses 5-7: "In that day shall the Lord of hosts be for 
a crown of glory, and for a diadem of beauty, unto the residue 
of his people. And for a spirit of judgment to him that sit- 
teth in judgment, and for strength to them that turn the 
battle to the gate. But they also have erred through wine, 
and through strong drink are out of the way; the priest and 
the prophet have erred through strong drink, they are swal- 
lowed up of wine, they are out of the way through strong 
drink; they err in vision, they stumble in judgment." 

Once more the Lord encourages his remnant people, here 
designated "the residue of his people." To those who desire 
truth above everything else, God will give the spirit of judg- 
ment ; and by His grace they will "turn the battle to the gate" 
in every emergency. The Psalmist David (Psalms 91 :7) says 
that a thousand shall fall at thy side and ten thousand at thy 
right hand, but the plague shall not come nigh thee. Verse 
7 shows how the prophets and priests err in judgment, being 
drunken with the false doctrines so prevalent in the world at 
this age. They stumble in judgment. The Lord says He will 



264 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

be to one class the spirit of judgment, while the others stumble 
in judgment. 

Verse 8: "For all tables are full of vomit and filthiness, 
so that there is no place clean." 

The Lord, through Moses, gave a dietetic and sanitary law 
for the government of His people. Amid the other false doc- 
trines of the last days, fallen Babylon puts no difference be- 
tween the clean and the unclean animals, fowl, and things in 
the water. "All tables are full of vomit"; swine's flesh is a 
common article of diet. Many other things which are for- 
bidden in the Scriptures are equally common. The Lord says 
they that eat swine's flesh, the abomination and the mouse 
shall be consumed together when the Lord comes. Isaiah 
66:17; Ezekiel 20:26; Leviticus 11. 

Verses 9-16: "Whom shall he teach knowledge? and 
whom shall he make to understand doctrine? them that are 
weaned from the milk and drawn from the breasts. For pre- 
cept must be upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon 
line, line upon line ; here a little, and there a little : For with 
stammering lips and another tongue will he speak to this peo- 
ple. To whom he said. This is the rest wherewith ye may 
cause the weary to rest; and this is the refreshing: yet they 
would not hear. But the word of the Lord was unto them 
precept upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, 
line upon line ; here a little, and there a little ; that they might 
go, and fall backward, and be broken, and snared, and taken. 
Wherefore hear the word of the Lord, ye scornful men, that 
rule this people which is in Jerusalem. Because ye have said, 
We have made a covenant with death, and with hell are we 
at agreement; when the overflowing scourge shall pass 
through, it shall not come unto us : for we have made lies our 
refuge, and under falsehood have we hid ourselves: There- 
fore thus saith the Lord God, Behold, I lay in Zion for a 
foundation a stone, a tried stone, a precious corner stone, a 
sure foundation : he that believeth shall not make haste." 



Japan and the Far East Against America. 265 

The apostle Paul, in Hebrews 5:13, states that those who 
use milk are the ones who are unskilled in the word of God. 
The apostle Peter (II. Peter 2:2) says, "As newborn babes, 
desire the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby." 
And the prophet Isaiah tells us (Verse 9) that Bible doctrine 
will be understood by those who are weaned from the milk, 
those who are somewhat acquainted with Bible evidences of 
truth. Then he reveals how this knowledge may be obtained, 
namely, by studying the various writers, noting the names 
used to represent the people spoken of and the information 
given about them in the dififerent lines of prophecy, thus for- 
tifying the truth upon every hand. Then the faith which 
Cometh by hearing the Word of God will be as real as if the 
thing were before our eyes. This thought is further devel- 
oped in succeeding verses. 

Verses 17, 18: "Judgment also will I lay to the line, and 
righteousness to the plummet: and the hail shall sweep away 
the refuge of lies, and the waters shall overflow the hiding 
place. And your covenant with death shall be disannulled, 
and your agreement with hell shall not stand ; when the over- 
flowing scourge shall pass through, then ye shall be trodden 
down by it. 

Modern spiritualism, which is to act an important part in 
the closing work, is set forth in many places in the Bible, 
such as the thirteenth and sixteenth chapters of Revelation 
and the eighth chapter of Isaiah ; through this deception many 
people are led astray, and make a covenant with death; and 
hell is at agreement with them. 

One of the false doctrines generally held today is that 
there is no real death, what we call death being simply the 
gate to the spirit world where happiness and joy are endless. 
Consequently, these familiar spirits and doctrines of devils are 
heeded until the truth can make no impression upon the mind. 
A full exposition of this subject is contained in the last three 
chapters of "The Inspired History of the Nations," by the 



266 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versiis the Occident. 

writer. This deception and delusion will be removed; then it 
will be revealed that judgment has been laid to the line and 
righteousness to the plummet. 

The overflowing scourge of Verse i8 is the same as the 
crooked piercing serpent of Chapter 27. 

The prophet concludes this chapter by giving further in- 
struction on how to study the Bible. In planting the soil, 
the planter does not plant his com, wheat, barley, fitches and 
cummin mixed and unseparated, but he plants everything in 
its place, as God has given him discretion; neither in thresh- 
ing does he put them all in a pile and thresh them together. 
So we are to study the Bible, rightly dividing the word of 
truth. When this is done, it fits together as perfectly as 
the parts of any machinery ever manufactured by skilled me- 
chanics. Not a doubt is left in the mind of any one who fol- 
lows this course in the study of Biblical subjects. 

THE NEW NIPPON. 

In order that Japan may be better understood, we take the 
following extracts from an article written by a Japanese and 
published in The Success Magazine January, 191 1 : 

"A Half Century of Marvelous Progress. — People do not 
understand how the Japan of barely fifty years ago — that semi- 
barbarous nobody in the family of nations — should manage to 
come out of her hermitage so suddenly and stand before the 
astonished eyes of the world as a peer of Russia in armed 
might, and the ally of the proudest power in Europe. They 
simply can not understand it, and small wonder. It is, indeed, 
a far cry from the crested junks of Commodore Perry's days 
(they had banners galore aboard them but not one solitary, 
rusty flint rifle even) which stood for the Japanese navy, to 
the 20,000-ton super-Dreadnought battleship Satsuma, which 
is the flagship of our first squadron today. And forsooth, it 
is not the simplest thing to realize that all that distance was 



Japan and the Far East Against America. 267 

covered within the measure of a man's lifetime. This, more- 
over, is not the only wonder. 

"For these and all the other astounding puzzles in the mak- 
ing of the New Nippon, there is one all-sufficient key: His 
Majesty, the Emperor. 

" 'I am the State,' said a king of France. The emperor 
did not say that; it was not necessary. All his august ances- 
tors and predecessors on the throne of the Mikado had been 
that. But in quite another sense, Mutsuhito, the Emperor of 
Nippon, has been and is the New Nippon. 

"The more thoroughly this fact is understood, especially 
in the Occident, the better will the Japan of today be under- 
stood. . . . 

"It was the fourteenth day of March of the first year of 
Meiji (1868, A. D.) in Kyoto, called simply, Miyako, or the 
capital. On the 'jewel-seat' in the South Palace, or the throne 
room called Shishin-den, the historic hall wherein the coro- 
nation and all other great court ceremonials were wont to be 
performed, sat the young emperor. A purple curtain came 
down to the level of his waistline. For in those days, none 
might dare look upon the august person with the naked eye 
— not even the highest minister of State. The emperor, as a 
usual thing, speaks but little. On that Third-Moon day, how- 
ever, he made his longest and his greatest speech, which passed 
into history as the Five Articles of the Imperial Oath. 

"After taking a solemn oath before the gods, he said : 

"I. 'Let the popular assemblies be established far and 
wide and let the public opinion decide public measures. 

"II. 'Let the Above [the government] and the Below 
[the governed] be of one mind and united; let us devote 
ourselves to thecourse of State. 

"III. 'Let the civil and the military administrations travel 
in harmony as along one road; let every citizen realize his 
aspiration through his endeavors, so that the hearts of the 
people be full of activity without tiring. 



268 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

"IV. 'Let us destroy the evil usages of the past; let us 
build on the foundation of the great principles of Heaven and 
Earth. 

"V. 'Let us seek knowledge throughout the world; and 
greatly elevate and extend the position of the empire. We 
wish to bring about such changes as never were before in our 
country ; and we ourselves shall lead the Way. Therefore, we 
have taken the oath before the Divine Understanding of 
Heaven and Earth and wish to lay the foundation of State 
and establish the way of peace and welfare of our people. 
Let them hear these our will and co-operate in the work.' 

"Do these words strike you as the speech of a sixteen- 
year-minus-eight-months' youth ? Do they sound natural from 
a young potentate reared in all the seclusion of the Kyoto pal- 
ace, with all the ossified traditions of an absolute monarchy 
and spoken from out the purple twilight of the demigods ? 

"They are uncanny. They should be. For they are the 
announcement of the birth of a miracle — an imperial miracle. 

"The Birth of the New Japan. — The fourteenth of March, 
1868, upon which day was given the five-articled imperial oath, 
is as good a day as any, perhaps, to choose as the birthday of 
the New Nippon. On that same day, another imperial re- 
script was issued. It was a sort of personal letter from the 
Mikado to his own people and portrays the workings of his 
mind more clearly, because it does so more fully, than the 
imperial oath. Here it is : 

" 'In the feebleness of youth, I have dared to succeed to the 
throne. Since then, I have thought, not without fear and 
trembling, both in the morning and at even, with what 
measures we should stand amid the nations of the world and 
in what manner I should further the wishes of my ances- 
tors. . . . 

" 'Today, the day of change in the imperial administration, 
it is my own crime if even a single one of the millions of my 
people were to fail to get his own place. 



Japan and the Far East Against America. 269 

" 'Today, with the toil of my own flesh and bones and 
with my own heart and mind I wish to attend to the govern- 
ment of the people ; I wish to face the difficulties myself before 
every one and tread in the footsteps of my ancestors, that I 
may fulfil the sacred duties of the sovereign to the millions. 
. . . I wish to take active and personal part in the work 
of administration and construction; in the work of bringing 
peace upon my people. I wish that we may finally succeed 
in farming the ten thousand miles of waves and extend the 
prestige of the country in the four directions and place the 
under-heaven in the firmness of Mount Fuji. 

" 'But, if you people were to abandon yourselves to the 
evil usages of the past and look upon dignity and form as 
the sole concern of the imperial court, so that at every active 
step I take you were to allow yourselves to be astounded be- 
yond measure and conjure up all sorts of misgivings and doubt 
and give tongue to a thousand gossips, then you will prevent 
me from accomplishing my aspirations. You will force me 
to go astray from the way of the ruler. More than that, such 
action on your part would end in causing the loss of the 
under-heaven which the imperial ancestors have handed down 
to us. Do you, therefore, understand this my will and bear 
it in mind; let us depart from the individual and selfish view 
of things and adopt the pronouncement of the public at large. 
Do you help my work and preserve the land of the gods and 
so console the divine spirits of the ancestors. If you do these 
things, it will afford me a greater happiness than life.' " 

A NEW ALLIANCE. 

In these days alliance by one nation with another is very 
common. At this time Japan is in alliance with England. On 
the third day of May (1911) England made an alliance with 
the United States. It is perpetual in its design; however, 
it! may be terminated by either party at the end of each five 
years. 



270 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

It is called a peace alliance between the two powers named, 
and requires a third party in difficulty with either one to arbi- 
trate. This practically disannuls the alliance between Eng- 
land and Japan. It is probably best stated by the associated 
press in the following taken from the Oklahoman of May 
4, 1911: 

"Treaty Agreement — Understood that all Existing Alli- 
ances Are Abrogated Under New Pact. — Washington, May 3. 
— The Anglo-American arbitration treaty, several of whose 
provisions, as now agreed upon by both nations, became pub- 
lic property today, is not merely a peace pact; it is a closely 
drawn bond between the United States and Great Britain, 
through which, diplomats declare, the two English-speaking 
nations will be bound to present a united defensive front 
against the world. 

"The new treaty makes the United States and Great Britain 
international brothers, who shall act together in all disputes, 
whether such disputes include other nations or not. It is an 
agreement through which neither nation shall enter into any 
new alliances with a third nation whatever. 

"This peace pact makes the existing alliance between Great 
Britain and Japan a subsidiary matter, and any possible dis- 
pute between the United States and Japan will, upon the sign- 
ing of the new Anglo-American treaty, virtually force Japan 
to submit to arbitration." 

This was the interpretation put upon the provisions of the 
pact by eminent authorities on international law. 

We hold the above alliance to be very significant and far» 
reaching in its purpose. Seeing the danger to the West from 
the East this is an alliance of defense against the yellow races. 
Japan is now forced to seek her allies in the Orient and with 
Russia. This is just where the line is being drawn between 
the East and the West. 




CHAPTER XIV. 

A WONDERFUL OBJECT LESSON. 

The Lord has not left us without an opportunity to know 
the truth. He has taught the same truth by all the Bible 
writers but has used different ways and similitudes to impress 
that lesson upon the mind of the reader. When Israel was 
brought out of Egypt, there being no written or printed Bi- 
bles as we now have them, the only knowledge of God then 
in the world was that which had been handed down from 
father to son since creation and that which came through the 
ministry of angels. This knowledge was almost entirely lost 
while in Egyptian bondage, so He instituted a comprehensive 
system of education to restore the principles of the gospel 
enjoyed by their forefathers, using object lessons and teach- 
ing them as we now teach children in the kindergarten. 
Christ, their great high priest in heaven, ministering in the 
sanctuary above, was exemplified in the Aaronic priesthood. 
The tabernacle built by Moses, and all the services connected 
therewith, taught the people of the ministry of Christ in 
heaven, and its relation to the everlasting covenant made with 
Abraham, their father. 

Prophecy uses the object lesson system of teaching future 
events, very largely illustrating them by past events. Before 
Christ the object lesson method of teaching was the only one 

271 



272 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versiis the Occident. 

used by the Lord. This is true in the prophetic parts of the 
Old Testament as well as in the service of the sanctuary and 
sacrificial offerings. Historical events are taken as a basis for 
illustration of predictions of future events. 

The saying that history repeats itself is not sufficient as a 
basis on which to make a future calculation ; but when a certain 
past event is used by the Lord as an object lesson, we study 
that definite event because that far it correctly illustrates what 
shall be. (See The Great Systems of Teaching, in Bible Atlas.) 

Let the reader bear in mind that God used that same prin- 
ciple, of teaching by object lessons, in the writings of the Old 
Testament prophets, using events of past ages to represent 
events in the last days. When this point is once understood, 
the writings of the Old Testament will appear much clearer 
than ever before. In the writings of some of the prophets, 
such as Daniel and John, several subjects are sometimes con- 
sidered in one chapter ; but not so in other prophecies. As we 
have seen, the book of Hosea is one subject from beginning to 
end. In the larger books, such as Isaiah, Jeremiah and Ezekiel, 
frequently a single prophecy embraces several chapters. Upon 
the consideration of one such prophecy, beginning with the 
seventh and concluding with the eleventh chapter of Isaiah, 
we shall at once enter. 

It is introduced by a record of events which were to occur 
in the days of the people then living. From the history of 
those events, the mind of the student is carried down to the 
end of the world, at which time the prophecy will be fulfilled. 
In the sixth chapter is recorded the call to Isaiah to deliver the 
message to the people. The time which it covers is expressed 
in verses 11 and 12. 

"Then said I, Lord, how long? And he answered. Until 
the cities be wasted without inhabitant, and the houses without 
man, and the land be utterly desolate. And the Lord have re- 
moved men far away, and there be a great forsaking in the 
midst of the land." 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 273 

This shows clearly that the prophet includes not only the 
historical events of his day but the events near the close of 
earth's history. 

Isaiah VII. 

Verses 1-16 : "And it came to pass in the days of Ahaz the 
son of Jotham, the son of Uzziah, king of Judah, that Rezin the 
king of Syria, and Pekah the son of Remahah, king of Israel, 
went up toward Jerusalem to war against it, but could not pre- 
vail against it. And it was told the house of David, saying, 
Syria is confederate with Ephraim. And his heart was moved, 
and the heart of his people, as the trees of the wood are moved 
with the wind. Then said the Lord unto Isaiah, Go forth now 
to meet Ahaz, thou, and Shear-jashub thy son, at the end of 
the conduit of the upper pool, in the highway of the fuller's 
field. And say unto him. Take heed, and be quiet; fear not, 
neither be faint-hearted for the two tails of these smoking fire- 
brands, for the fierce anger of Rezin with Syria, and of the 
son of Remaliah. Because Syria, Ephraim, and the son of 
Remaliah, have taken evil counsel against thee, saying. Let 
us go up against Judah, and vex it, and let us make a breach 
therein for us, and set a king in the midst of it, even the son 
of Tabeal : Thus saith the Lord God, It shall not stand, neither 
shall it come to pass. For the head of Syria is Damascus, and 
the head of Damascus is Rezin ; and within threescore and five 
years shall Ephraim be broken, that it be not a people. And 
the head of Ephraim is Samaria, and the head of Samaria is 
Remaliah's son. If ye will not believe, surely ye shall not be 
established. Moreover the Lord spake again unto Ahaz, say- 
ing. Ask thee a sign of the Lord thy God ; ask it either in the 
depth, or in the height above. But Ahaz said, I will not ask, 
neither will I tempt the Lord. And he said, Hear ye now, O 
house of David ; Is it a small thing for you to weary men, but 
will ye weary my God also? Therefore the Lord himself shall 
give you a sign ; Behold, a virgin shall conceive, and bear a son, 

18 



274 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

and shall call his name Immanuel. Butter and honey shall he 
eat, that he may know to refuse the evil, and choose the good. 
For before the child shall know to refuse the evil, and choose 
the good, the land that thou abhorrest shall be forsaken of both 
her kings." 

We have in the foregoing Scripture the history of a three- 
fold combination or confederacy : Rezin, king of Syria, Pekah, 
king of Israel, and Ephraim, united against Judah. Ahaz, 
king of Judah, was greatly perplexed, but the Lord informed 
him through the prophet that the confederacy should not stand, 
saying (verse 4), "Take heed and be quiet; fear not, neither 
be faint-hearted for the two tails of these smoking firebrands, 
for the fierce anger of Rezin with Syria, and of the son of 
Remaliah," for within sixty-five years Ephraim shall be broken 
and shall not be a people. This prediction was literally ful- 
filled. The prophecy was written, b. c. 742; two years later, 
the king of Assyria went up against Damascus and carried the 
people of it captive, and slew Rezin (II Kings 16: 1-9), and 
we read that Pekah died one year later. "And Hoshea the son 
of Elah made a conspiracy against Pekah the son of Remaliah, 
and smote him and slew him, and reigned in his stead, in the 
twentieth year of Jotham the son of Uzziah." II Kings 15 : 30. 

Nothing can be more plainly stated than what is said by the 
prophet in these verses, namely, that the lesson taught by the 
record of that ancient confederacy is that we should learn 
from it the lesson of the three-fold confederacy of modem 
Christendom. This ancient historical event is used as an ob- 
ject lesson of the near future. And this lesson now under con- 
sideration, is a most important one. 

Verses 17-22 : "The Lord shall bring upon thee, and upon 
thy people, and upon thy father's house, days that have not 
come, from the day that Ephraim departed from Judah; even 
the king of Assyria. And it shall come to pass in that day, 
that the Lord shall hiss for the fly that is in the uttermost part 
of the rivers of Egypt, and for the bee that is in the land of 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 275 

Assyria. And they shall come, and shall rest all of them in 
the desolate valleys, and in the holes of the rocks, and upon 
all thorns, and upon all bushes. In the same day shall the 
Lord shave with a razor that is hired, namely, by them beyond 
the river, by the king of Assyria, the head, and the hair of the 
feet : and it shall also consume the beard. And it shall come 
to pass in that day, that a man shall nourish a young cow and 
two sheep : and it shall come to pass, for the abundance of milk 
that they shall give, he shall eat butter: for butter and honey 
shall every one eat that is left in the land." 

The prophet, in verse 17, carries the mind from the time of 
this three-fold confederacy to the time of its repetition, which 
is expressed as being in "days that have not come." Verse 18 
reveals that the Lord in that day will call for a general assem- 
bly of the people of the South, Africa, and of all the East, 
Assyria ; which will be a vast multitude. As this territory in- 
cludes two-thirds of the population of the globe, truly they will 
be as thick as flies upon the bushes and bees in the holes of 
the rock. 

The expression, "in that day," always refers to the time 
of the end of the world. The king of Assyria is represented 
(verse 20) as hiring those beyond the river, doubtless meaning 
the Euphrates. This would include all the South country, 
Egypt, Africa and Turkey. With these he will make a clean 
shave as the razor shaves the face of a man. 

Verses 21 and 22 teach that those who are left in the land 
will be especially cared for, no doubt referring to the people of 
God who will receive special protection and care in the time 
of trouble. 

Verses 23-25 : "And it shall come to pass in that day, that 
every place shall be, where there were a thousand vines at a 
thousand silverings, it shall even be for briers and thorns. 
With arrows and with bows shall men come thither ; because 
all the land shall become briers and thorns. And on all hills 
that shall be digged with the mattock, there shall not come 



2,'j6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

thither the fear of briers and thorns: but it shall be for the 
sending forth of oxen, and for the treading of lesser cattle." 

These verses tell again of the desolation that will be 
wrought by Assyria, representing the Eastern nations. That 
the ground .cultivated during that time, for the immediate sus- 
tenance of those left will be blessed of God, is evidenced by 
references to milk and honey. 

' Isaiah VIII. 

Verses i-8: "Moreover the Lord said unto me. Take thee 
a great roll, and write in it with a man's pen concerning Maher- 
shalal-hash-baz. And I took unto me faithful witnesses to 
record, Uriah the priest, and Zechariah the son of Jeberechiah. 
And I went unto the prophetess ; and she conceived, and bare 
a son. Then said the Lord to me. Call his name Maher- 
shalal-hash-baz. For before the child shall have knowledge 
to cry. My father, and my mother, the riches of Damascus and 
the spoil of Samaria_ shall be taken away before the king of 
Assyria. The Lord spake also unto me again, saying. Foras- 
much as this people refuseth the waters of Shiloah that go 
softly, and rejoice in Rezin and Remaliah's son; now there- 
fore, behold, the Lord bringeth up upon them the waters of the 
river, strong and many, even the king of Assyria, and all his 
glory : and he shall come up over all his channels, and go over 
all his banks : And he shall pass through Judah ; he shall over- 
flow and go over, he shall reach even to the neck; and the 
stretching out of his wings shall fill the breadth of thy land, 
O Immanuel. 

The suddenness of the downfall of Samaria and Damascus 
at the hands of the king of Assyria is represented by the birth 
of a child. The fulfillment .of this, as heretofore shown, was 
in the death of Rezin, king of Syria, two years later. The pur- 
pose in recording this history is to show the suddenness with 
which the modern confederacy, once it is entered into, brings 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 2yy 

into existence the time of trouble, such as never was since 
there was a nation. The prophet was particular to take faith- 
ful witnesses and those who would make a faithful record of 
these matters, for the events were those to which God would 
refer when that history is repeated in the last days. Hence 
we ought to study the record carefully in these days. 

The reason this history was made is plainly stated. The 
people of Israel and Ephraim had refused the waters of 
Shiloah. This was the water of life, the truth which God had 
sent them, but which they had rejected; consequently the king 
of Assyria came against them. Similarly in the last days, God 
has a special message of great light and truth for the people. 
The story is all told in unmistakable language, but the people 
will not listen. Probation has not yet closed; the waters of 
Shiloah are still offered to the people. The latter rain is to 
be poured out as it was on the day of Pentecost, but the great 
masses of humanity will move blindly on to destruction, not 
heeding the earnest warnings of God's servants, whose teach- 
ings are based upon the prophecies of His Word. Hence the 
result will be the same, as it was in the days of the prophet, 
only a thousandfold worse. 

Syria is a country north of Palestine where the Gentile 
church was largely established in the Greek language. The 
Latin division of the Gentile church was established farther 
west, in Rome and Western Europe. The Protestant division 
was still farther west, in the United States. As these three 
divisions are to continue until the end of the world, they are 
introduced into this prophecy. In the former prophecy, Judah 
was the better and chosen people of God. Again in the last 
days, a threefold confederacy will be entered into by the three 
divisions, Greek, Roman and Protestant, against the true peo- 
ple as the ancient three-fold confederacy of Isaiah 7 came 
against Judah. The home of modern apostate Judah, the first 
division, is still Syria and Western Russia; and as the vast 
army is raised in the East, it will first reach this territory and 



278 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the church power will be overthrown and Russia itself become 
the leader of the host. Then the prediction of the prophet that 
the stretching out of the wings of that multitude will fill the 
whole land, will be realized. And when this confederacy is 
entered into within sixty-five years Ephraim will cease to be 
a people as he did in the ancient confederacy. (See com- 
ments on Hosea I, and on the seventy years of Zechariah's 
prophecy.) 

Verses 9-15: "Associate yourselves, O ye people, and ye 
shall be broken in pieces; and give ear, all ye of far coun- 
tries: gird yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces; gird 
yourselves, and ye shall be broken in pieces. Take counsel 
together, and it shall come to nought; speak the word, and it 
shall not stand : for God is with us. For the Lord spake thus 
to me with a strong hand, and instructed me that I should not 
walk in the way of this people, saying. Say ye not, A con- 
federacy, to all them to whom this people shall say, A con- 
federacy; neither fear ye their fear, nor be afraid. Sanctify 
the Lord of hosts himself; and let him be your fear, and let 
him be your dread. And he shall be for a sanctuary ; but for 
a stone of stumbling and for a rock of offence to both the 
houses of Israel, for a gin and for a snare to the inhabitants 
of Jerusalem. And many among them shall stumble, and fall, 
and be broken, and be snared, and be taken." 

Verse 9 is a warning against the association or confederacy 
of professed Christendom. It may believe that a three-fold 
union cannot be broken, that the Lord is directing ; arguments 
may be made attempting to prove that the civil and ecclesias- 
tical powers should be united; nevertheless, "ye shall be bro- 
ken in pieces." And that will occur suddenly, even before a 
child can be born and grow up to know the difference between 
good and evil. 

Revelation XIII shows how Protestantism will make an 
image to Roman Catholicism in the form of government and 
Revelation XIV contains a special warning against such a 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 279 

change, which is a union of Church and state. The Old Tes- 
tament prophets also gave warnings of similar import. 

Verse 10 says that they may take counsel together. Ephra- 
im and Israel did this anciently, erected their altars and 
claimed that God was with them. So they will do again, but 
the Lord says, "God is with us." Who are "us"? Undoubt- 
edly the ones engaged in warning the people against union 
and confederacy, as Isaiah warned in his day. It surely 
cannot be those who are entering into the confederacy, 
although it is a confederacy of Christendom. 

This confederacy will be strongly opposed (Verse 11), 
and the Lord tells his servants to have nothing to do with it, 
for it is not in- harmony with His will. The reason is stated 
in the next verse (12). In our comments on Hosea, it was 
observed that the prophet declared that the judgments of 
God were abroad in the land; but the people declared the 
reason for disaster was that they had no king. Similarly, 
Isaiah says the people are afraid; but God says to His serv- 
ants, "neither fear ye their fear, nor be afraid . . . Let 
him (the Lord) be your fear, and let him be your dread." 

Verses 14 and 15 show that, while He will be for a sanc- 
tuary of defense for those who trust in Him, ,He will be a 
stumbling-block "to both the houses of Israel, . . . and a 
snare to the inhabitants of Jerusalem." 

Verse 16: "Bind up the testimony, seal the law among 
my disciples." 

This verse contains thoughts of great importance in our 
day. "Bind up the testimony," is the admonition. If ever 
there was a time when men ought to search the Scriptures as 
for hidden treasure, that time is now. "Testimony" is that 
which has been testified upon the subject under consideration ; 
-that testimony can be found only in -the writings Of the 
prophets, for they compose the class of writers upon this 
subject which God has used. To "bind up" is to gather out the 
rays of light which God has written for our benefit. Therefore 



28o The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

special searching for the Hght contained therein is necessary. 
The writings of the prophets form the only source from which 
information that will save the children of God from the calam- 
ities that are coming upon the world can be obtained. 

In addition to this, the prophet says, "Seal the law among 
my disciples." The law of God is that which governs the ac- 
tions and determines the character of men. The sealing of the 
law is the stamping of its divine principles, by the Spirit of God, 
upon the heart. It will enable people to stand in the last days. 
In a more specific sense this is brought to view in the special 
messages of Revelation (Chapters 7 and 14) which tell 
of the 144,000 who are to be translated when the Lord comes. 
They are said to have the seal and the name of God in their 
foreheads. The name of God, as the Creator of the heavens and 
the earth and as the Maker of all things, which distinguishes 
Him from all other gods, is found only in the fourth, or 
Sabbath, commandment of the divine law.. It is in this sense, 
we understand, that Isaiah uses the expression, "Seal the law 
among my disciples." For a full exposition of this subject, 
see "The Inspired History of the Nations," and other works. 

Verses 17-20: "And I will wait upon the Lord, that hideth 
his face from the house of Jacob, and I will look for him. 
Behold, I and the children whom the Lord hath given me are 
for signs and for wonders in Israel from the Lord of hosts, 
which dwelleth in mount Zion. And when they shall say 
unto you. Seek unto them that have familiar spirits, and unto 
wizards that peep and that mutter: should not a people seek 
unto their God? for the living to the dead? To the law and 
to the testimony: if they speak not according to this word, 
it is because there is no light in them." 

The time Vhen this prophecy applies, just before the sec- 
ond coming of Christ, is now definitely located. As the child 
in the past was to be born as a sign, so God declares that 
those whom He will raise up to warn' the world against the 
confederacy and to bring about the Sabbath reform shall be 
a sign to the people in the last days. 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 281 

Another evidence, or testimony borne by Him, is the ad- 
monition to the people not to seek after familiar spirits nor try 
to communicate with the dead. The fulfillment is seen in our 
day when hundreds of thousands of those who will not accept 
the truth are drifting into modern spiritualism, which, we are 
told, will sweep the world with its great delusions. Verse 20 
states the test that may be applied to reveal all deceptions; 
if they are not in accordance with the law of God and the 
testimony borne by His prophets, there is no light in them. 

Verses 21, 22: "And they shall pass through it, hardly 
bestead and hungry : and it shall come to pass, that when they 
shall be hungry, they shall fret themselves, and curse their 
king and their God, and look upward. And they shall look 
unto the earth; and behold trouble and darkness, dimness of 
anguish ; and they shall be driven to darkness. 

These verses refer to the seven last plagues, described in 
the sixteenth chapter of Revelation, and the experiences that 
will come during the time that they are poured upon the earth. 
Hunger and thirst and sickness and the sword will be the 
result of this confederacy. And then, says the prophet, they 
will look up and curse their king. There will be no repen- 
tance for probation has closed; they will be driven to dark- 
ness and despair. Such is the sad story of all who do not 
heed the light and truth which they have had the privilege of 
accepting but have rejected. 

Isaiah IX. 

Verses 1-5 : "Nevertheless the dimness shall not be such 
as was in her vexation, when at the first he lightly afflicted 
the land of Zebulun, and the land of Naphtali, and afterward 
did more grievously afflict her by the way of the sea, beyond 
Jordan, in Galilee of the nations. The people that walked in 
darkness have seen a great light: they that dwell in the land 
of the shadow of death, upon them hath the light shined. 
Thou hast multiplied the nation, and not increased the joy: 



282 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

they joy before thee according to the joy in harvest, and as 
men rejoice when they divide the spoil. For thou hast broken 
the yoke of his burden, and the staff of his shoulder, the rod 
of his oppressor, as in the day of Midian. For every battle 
of the warrior is with confused noise, and garments rolled 
in blood; but this shall be with burning and fuel of fire." 

Concerning the first affliction that God brought upon the 
land Zebulun and Naphtali, we read: "In the days of Pekah 
king of Israel came Tiglath-pileser king of Assyria, and took 
Ijon and Abel-beth-maachah, and Janoah, and Kedesh, and 
Hazor, and Gilead, and Galilee, all the land of Naphtali, and 
carried them captive to Assyria." II. Kings 15:29. 

Concerning the second affliction, which was more grievous, 
we read as follows : "The king of Assyria came up through- 
out all the land and went up to Samaria and besieged4t three 
years." In the ninth year of Hoshea, the king of Assyria 
took Samaria, and carried Israel away captive to Assyria. 
. . . For so it was, that the children of Israel had sinned 
against the Lord their God, which had brought them up out 
of the land of Egypt, from under the hand of Pharaoh, king 
of Egypt, and feared other gods. II. Kings 18:10, 11. In 
this we have another instance of history repeating itself. The 
Lord is particular to state that the next affliction is not to be 
compared with this in severity. As ancient Israel was carried 
away captive by Assyria, so modern Israel will be taken cap- 
tive by the Eastern powers. The last days are described by 
the prophet as days of special darkness, when "darkness shall 
cover the earth and gross darkness the people." This dark- 
ness will greatly exceed the dimness concerning God's will 
that hung over the people in the past, but the prophet as- 
serts that the light will shine upon those who desire the truth. 
The nations have been multiplied; the Christian powers have 
made great conquests; the sun never sets on the possessions 
of either the United States or Great Britain. However, true 
joy in the gospel has not increased proportionately to the 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 283 

growth of these nations, but their jGy is as the joy of one 
who has reaped a rich harvest of wealth. The time is near 
when the oppressive yoke of simple power and the oppression 
of the wicked will cease. The way God fought in the days 
of Midian will be repeated. In that battle there will be fire, 
for we read that the beast and the false prophet are cast alive 
into the lake of fire when the Lord comes. 

Verses 6, 7: "For unto us a child is born, unto us a son 
is given: and the government shall be upon his shoulder: 
and his name shall be called Wonderful, Counsellor, The 
mighty God, The everlasting Father, The Prince of Peace. 
Of the increase of his government and peace there shall be 
no end, upon the throne of David, and upon his kingdom, to 
order it, and to establish it with judgment and with justice 
from henceforth even for ever. The zeal of the Lord of hosts 
will perform this." 

All will agree that this Scripture refers to Christ. This 
child was born by promise to Adam when the promise was 
made that the seed of the woman should bruise the serpent's 
head. That promise was confirmed to Abraham by the oath 
of God, and it has been sure to every child of God since 
Abraham's time. We are glad to say, "to us a child is born 
. . . and the government shall be upon his shoulders," 
and that He will come to establish His kingdom, as these 
verses declare. He established the kingdom of grace as soon 
as man sinned, but the kingdom of glory is still future, but 
of that kingdom there is no end. The kingdom of grace will 
end when probation closes, but the throne of David upon 
which Christ is to rule will have no end. Thus the Scriptures 
again carry us down to the coming of Christ and the end of 
the world. 

Those who hold that Christ's kingdom was set up and es- 
tablished when He was here on earth, or on the day of Pente- 
cost, make a fatal mistake. These verses tell us that it is 
established from henceforth, that is, from the coming of 



284 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Christ forward. Let these two kingdoms be thus understood 
and all difficulties upon that question will vanish. 

Verses 8-1 1: "The Lord sent a word into Jacob, and it 
hath lighted upon Israel. And all the people shall know, 
even Ephraim and the inhabitant of Samaria, that say in the 
pride and stoutness of heart. The bricks are fallen down, but 
we will build with hewn stones: the sycamores are cut down, 
but we will change them into cedars. Therefore the Lord 
shall set up the adversaries of Rezin against him, and join 
his enemies together." 

God has sent His servants to appeal both to Catholicism 
and to Protestantism that they heed the things written con- 
cerning their future. But in their pride they boast and say 
to calamiljies. Come upon us; we will rebuild stronger than 
before. This disposition is manifest today. God has visited 
many of our fair cities with fire and with earthquake, but 
instead of learning the lesson that God intends to teach, 
they make immediate preparations to build structures that 
are fire and earthquake proof. They discern not the fore- 
runner of God's judgment in the land. And as before the 
flood, they build and plant as if the Lord had not sent warn- 
ings to them. Because of this course, the Lord will raise 
up adversaries who will join themselves against Ephraim and 
Israel as He did in former history. 

Verse 12: "The Syrians before, and the Philistines be- 
hind; and they shall devour Israel with open mouth. For all 
this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is stretched 
out still." 

Bear in mind that ancient names are used to represent mod- 
ern nations and events. Here, then, is a description of how 
Roman Catholicism, represented by the house of Israel, will 
be devo\ired by open mouth. A new feature is introduced, 
which will be made clear later in these studies, under the 
name of the Philistines. The comment on Hosea 12:1, 2 has 
set the scene of battle clearly before the reader. In Verse 11 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 285 

Assyria, who is the adversary of Rezin (Syria), comes from 
the East against him (the house of Israel). The Lord joins 
his (the house of Israel's) enemies: Assyria from the East 
coming across the territory of Syria (Verse 12) and the "East 
Wind" of Hosea 12:1, 2 (Japan) coming across the United 
States (Philistia) joins Assyria from the East and the two 
devour the house of Israel (Roman Catholicism) "with open 
mouth." 

Verses 13-17: "For the people turneth not unto him that 
smiteth them, neither do they seek the Lord of hosts. There- 
fore the Lord will cut off from Israel head and tail, branch and 
rush, in one day. The ancient and honourable, he is the head ; 
and the prophet that teacheth lies, he is the tail. For the lead- 
ers of this people cause them "to err; and they that are led 
of them are destroyed. Therefore the Lord shall have no 
joy in their young men, neither shall have mercy on their 
fatherless and widows : for every one is a hypocrite and an 
evil doer, and every mouth speaketh folly. For all this his 
anger is not turned away, but his hand is stretched out still. 

When God once stretches forth His hand to destroy the 
inhabitants of the earth, it will not be taken back until the 
work is entirely completed. These verses consider the final 
downfall of Israel (Roman Catholicism). The sentence is 
especially pronounced against those designated as the "head" 
and the "tail." The prophets, or teachers, are represented by 
the tail, while the civil rulers are regarded as the head. The 
head is supposed to guide the afifairs of the nation and the 
other class is to inform the people of the dangers surround- 
ing them. But neither one has performed its part. They 
have left the body (the people) to the mercy of every foe. 
They are the ones who are most responsible and they make 
great pretensions in religion, but their profession is only 
hypocritical and their religion is only in outward form. 

Verses 18-21: "For wickedness burneth as the fire: it 
shall devour the briers and thorns, and shall kindle in the 



286 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

thickets of the forest, and they shall mount up like the lifting 
of smoke. Through the wrath of the Lord of hosts is the 
land darkened, and the people shall be as the fuel of the fire: 
no man shall spare his brother. And he shall snatch on the 
right hand, and be hungry; and he shall eat on the left hand, 
and they shall not be satisfied : they shall eat every man the 
flesh of his own arm: Manasseh, Ephraim; and Ephraim, 
Manasseh: and they together shall be against Judah. For 
all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is stretched 
out still." 

A further description of the events that will ultimately 
bring their final destruction is here given. The statement is 
that every man shall be against his brother. Ephraim and 
Manasseh were sons of Joseph and they are taken in this 
prophecy to represent the brotherhood of Israel and Ephraim 
(Catholicism and Protestantism) when they will be opposed 
to each other, and then they will join together against Judah 
(Greek Catholicism). 

We have now in this picture, first, Assyria against them 
all; second, the East, as before described, against Western 
Europe; third, America and Europe against Greek Catholi- 
cism. The prophet also gives a graphic description in these 
verses of the last event when the beast (Roman Catholicism) 
and the false prophet (Protestantism) shall be cast alive into 
the lake of fire. 

The opposition of the three to each other indicates internal 
difficulties which weaken the contestants, and prepare them 
for the destruction brought by the outside forces of Assyria 
and the kings of the East. 

Isaiah X. 

Verses 1-4: "Woe unto them that decree unrighteous de- 
crees, and that write grievousness which they have prescribed ; 
to turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take away 
the right from the poor of my people, that widows may be 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 287 

their prey, and that they may rob the fatherless! And what 
will ye do in the day of visitation, and in the desolation which 
shall come from far? to whom will ye flee for help? and 
where will ye leave your glory? Without me they shall bow 
down under the prisoners, and they shall fall under the slain. 
For all this his anger is not turned away, but his hand is 
stretched out still." 

In this confederacy, the Christian governments must enact 
laws for the land as Rome did during the Dark Ages. These 
laws are intended to compel obedience to the one at whose 
instance they are enacted. But God says. Woe to the un- 
righteous nation which writes these grievous decrees, and He 
refers to other laws that favor the rich and oppress the wid- 
ows, the poor and the fatherless. Money occupies the minds 
of men in the last days. Measures that practically place a 
tax upon every one who consumes the commodities of life are 
lobbied through the legislatures for unjust gain. The liquor 
traffic, for example, in all its murderous, villainous outrages, 
is permitted by the lawmakers and is legalized by the courts 
because of the revenue and the bribes which come from those 
engaged in its destructive work. The day of vengeance is 
hastening on and God says His hand is outstretched still to 
make the destruction complete. Probation has closed and 
God's hand is stretched out to avenge the distress of the poor 
and the cries of the laborers who have been defrauded of that 
which is their due. 

Verses 5-12: "O Assyrian, the rod of mine anger, and the 
staff in their hand is mine indignation. I will send him against 
a h)rpocritical nation, and against the people of my wrath will 
I give him a charge, to take the spoil, and to take the prey, 
and to tread them down like the mire of the streets. Howbeit 
he meaneth not so, neither doth his heart think so; but it is 
in his heart to destroy and cut off nations not a few. For 
he saith. Are not my princes altogether kings? Is not Calno 
as Carchemish? is not Hamath as Arpad? is not Samaria as 



288 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Damascus? As my hand hath found the kingdoms of the 
idols, and whose graven images did excel them of Jerusalem 
and of Samaria; Shall I not, as I have done unto Samaria 
and her idols, so do to Jerusalem and her idols? Wherefore 
it shall come to pass, that, when the Lord hath performed his 
whole work upon mount Zion and on Jerusalem, I will punish 
the fruit of the stout heart of the king of Assyria, and the 
glory of his high looks." 

Even that which will be in the mind of the Eastern na- 
tions is told us. When they start out, they do not expect to 
do as great things as they will accomplish. God uses them 
merely as the rod of His anger, as he used Nebuchadnezzar, 
king of Babylon, to overthrow ancient Jerusalem and the 
king of Assyria to destroy Israel. They will not realize that 
God enables them to accomplish this, but will take the glory 
to themselves. Ezekiel (38:10-12) tells us that an evil 
thought shall enter into their mind and they will go out to 
rob and plunder and "take a spoil," but they have no idea 
of going to the extent to which they will go. "It is in his 
heart to destroy and cut off nations not a few," but not "to 
tread them down like the mire of the streets," and to perform 
the cruel acts that are pointed out in the prophecies. This 
power will recount the great deeds done in both ancient and 
modern history, and can it not repeat them ? That their princes 
are kings (Isaiah 10:11) is true, for many nations shall be 
joined in that one movement. This gives them confidence 
that it is in their power to do as they desire. And so they 
will, until the work that they are chosen of God to perform 
is completed. But that is not all the story. God is no re- 
specter of persons and when the wicked can no longer be 
used as instruments in effecting the will of God, they will also 
be cast out as an abominable branch. 

Verses 13-19 : "For he saith, By the strength of my hand 
I have done it, and by my wisdom ; for I am prudent : and 
I havp removed the bounds of the people, and have robbed 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 289 

their treasures, and I have put down the inhabitants like a 
valiant man: and my hand hath found as a nest the riches 
of the people: and as one gathereth eggs that are left, have 
I gathered all the earth; and there was none that moved the 
wing, or opened the mouth, or peeped. Shall the axe boast 
itself against him that heweth therewith? or shall the saw 
magnify itself against him that shaketh it? as if the rod 
should shake itself against them that lift it up, or as if the 
staff should lift up itself, as if it were no wood. Therefore 
shall the Lord, the Lord of hosts, send among his fat ones 
leanness; and under his glory he shall kindle a burning like 
the burning of a fire. And the light of Israel shall be for a 
fire, and his Holy One for a flame: and it shall burn and de- 
vour his thorns and his briers in one day; and shall consume 
the glory of his forests, and of his fruitful field, both soul and 
body: and they shall be a^s when a standard-bearer fainteth. 
And the rest of the trees of his forest shall be few, that a child 
may write them." 

The Lord never leaves the story half told for even the de- 
tails are written that those who will consider them may profit 
thereby. Nebuchadnezzar, after destroying Jerusalem and 
taking the people of God captive, was seated on his throne in 
one of the finest cities the world has ever known. He was 
young, stout-hearted and brave. Upon a certain occasion, in 
the presence of his lords, he exclaimed, "Is not this great 
Babylon that I have built?" At that very time the Lord 
pronounced sentence against him that his hair should grow 
as eagle feathers, his nails like birds' claws and he should be 
driven out from among men and eat grass as the ox until the 
dews of seven years pass over him, till he might learn that 
there is a God in heaven that "ruleth in the kingdom of men 
and giveth it to whomsoever He will." Daniel 4 and 5. 

In the last days these Eastern nations will boast in similar 
manner, and when they have robbed the Western nations as 
a nest is robbed of its eggs, no man daring to raise a voice 

19 



290 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

against them, then, says the Lord, their punishment will follow. 
God will kindle a fire in their midst and they will be destroyed 
by the brightness of His coming. God has set His hand to 
remove the inhabitants of the earth and it will be done through 
the events predicted by the prophets. 

It is our privilege to know the detailed movements of these 
nations in the last days and the closing events of this earth's 
history. This power will be destroyed, both soul and body. 
The soul is the life. This sentence is not pronounced against 
the righteous ; his name is written in the Lamb's book of life ; 
his life is hid with Christ in God, and when the Life-giver 
comes, life will be restored to him eternally. But to this peo- 
ple, eternal life is not promised; therefore they must be de- 
stroyed both life and body. They have boasted to themselves 
that they have great wisdom, prudence and good judgement, 
but true wisdom comes from God and teaches humility, not 
boastfulness. 

Verses 20-25 • "And it shall come to pass in that day, that 
the remnant of Israel, and such as are escaped of the house of 
Jacob, shall no more again stay upon him that smote them ; but 
shall stay upon the Lord, the Holy One of Israel, in truth. 
The remnant shall return, even the remnant of Jacob, unto the 
mighty God. For though thy people Israel be as the sands of 
the sea, yet a remnant of them shall return : the consumption 
decreed shall overflow with righteousness. For the Lord God 
of hosts shall make a consumption, even determined, in the 
midst of all the land. Therefore thus saith the Lord God of 
hosts, O my people that dwellest in Zion, be not 'afraid of the 
Assyrian : he shall smite thee with a rod, and shall lift up his 
stafl? against thee, after the manner of Egypt. For yet a very 
little while, and the indignation shall cease, and mine anger in 
their destruction." 

The house of Israel has ever stayed upon the Assyrian form 
of worship, but some among them heed the message of truth 
and come out and escape before her judgments come. Such, 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 291 

from this time on, "shall stay upon the Lord, the Holy One of 
Israel." The admonition to this remnant is not to be afraid of 
the Assyrians, although they will lift up their rod against them 
as Pharaoh followed the host of Israel into the Red Sea. That 
the deliverance of God's people in the last days is assured is 
evidenced by the escape of God's former children, Israel of 
old through the Red Sea, dry-shod. 

Verses - 26-34 : "And the Lord of hosts shall stir up a 
scourge for him according to the slaughter of Median at the 
rock of Oreb : and as his rod was upon the sea, so shall he lift 
it up after the manner of Egypt. And it shall come to pass in 
that day, that his burden shall be taken away from off thy 
shoulder, and his yoke from off thy neck, and the yoke shall 
be destroyed because of the anointing. He is come to Aiath, 
he is passed to Migron; at Michmash he hath laid up his car- 
riages: they are gone over the passage: thee have taken up 
their lodging at Geba ; Ramah is afraid ; Gibeah of Saul is fled. 
Lift up thy voice, O daughter of Gallim : cause it to be heard 
unto Laish, O poor Anathoth. Madmenah is removed; the 
inhabitants of Gebim gather themselves to flee. As yet shall 
he remain at Nob that day : he shall shake his hand against the 
mount of the daughter of Zion, the hill of Jerusalem. Behold, 
the Lord, the Lord of hosts, shall lop the bough with terror: 
and the high ones of stature shall be hewn down, and the 
haughty shall be humbled. And he shall cut down the thickets 
of the forest with iron, and Lebanon shall fall by a mighty 
one." 

Here is a most vivid description of the future by incidents 
borrowed from past events. The nations of the world may, 
from time to time, spoil and rob and plunder other nations, but 
they can never lay their hands upon those that are under the 
shadow and protection of the Almighty. His eye runs to and 
fro throughout all the earth and He manifests Himself strong 
in behalf of those that fear Him. So, in the time of trouble, 
the decree may be passed by the Protestant division that all 



292 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

who will not worship the image and receive the mark of the 
beast shall be killed. The dragon power of the East may be 
wroth with Christendom and go to make war with the remnant 
of her seed; but God promises to, raise up His rod, as it was 
raised up by Moses at the Red Sea; and bring in confusion 
among those who war against His people, as He did among the 
Midianites at the rock of Oreb. The remnant people receive 
the anointing of the Lord. The yoke of the civil power is 
broken from off their neck and they are free from every earthly 
foe ; no power dare to raise its hand against them. 

The places mentioned in these verses lay on the line of 
march made by the Assyrian king who laid siege to Jerusalem. 
Anathoth which was the home of the priests was the last point 
taken before reaching that city, and they were the first to feel 
the stroke of Jerusalem's fall. In the last great conflict, simi- 
lar events will occur. As the vast army marches toward the 
West upon modern Jerusalem (the professed church), the 
honorable men and the prophets will once more be among the 
first to fall ; they are represented by the head and the tail, as 
before noted. Thus the historical facts of the past and the 
surety of God's prophecy for the future form a two-fold evi- 
dence of the accuracy of these statements. 

Isaiah XL' 

Verses 1-4 : "And there shall come forth a rod out of the 
stem of Jesse, and a Branch shall grow out of his roots: and 
the Spirit of the Lord shall rest upon him, the spirit of wisdom 
and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit 
of knowledge and of the fear of the Lord: and shall make 
him of quick understanding in the fear of the Lord: and he 
shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, neither reprove after 
the hearing of his ears : but with righteousness shall he judge 
the poor, and reprove with equity for the meek of the earth: 
and he shall smite the earth with the rod of his mouth, and with 
the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked." 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 293 

Jesse was the father of David. Upon David's throne 
Christ is to reign at his second coming. In that day the branch 
here mentioned shall shoot forth. Christ will be governed in 
all His decisions and actions by the character described in 
these verses. "With the breath of His lips shall He slay the 
wicked," refers to the same as the sword that proceedeth out 
of His mouth mentioned in Revelation 19:15. It is the same 
sword that will punish leviathan the crooked serpent. Isaiah 
27:1. Thus the coming of the Lord is introduced in this 
chapter. 

Verses 5-9: "And righteousness shall be the girdle of his 
loins, and faithfulness the girdle of his reins. The wolf also 
shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with 
the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling to- 
gether ; and a little child shall lead them. And the cow and the 
bear shall feed ; their young ones shall lie down together : and 
the lion shall eat straw like the ox. And the sucking child 
shall olay on the hole of the asp, and the weaned child shall 
put his hand on the cockatrice' den. They shall not hurt nor 
destroy in all my holy mountain : for the earth shall be full of 
the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea." 

Such is the reign of peace in the home of the saved, the 
earth restored to its Edenic beauty where the wicked no more 
will rule and where Christ will reign upon the throne of David. 
All ravenous beasts and poisonous reptiles will have ceased to 
exist. Then nothing in all the earth will hurt or destroy. 

So many Scriptures mention this subject and so fully is it 
presented in the last chapter of "The Inspired History of the 
Nations," that we refer the reader to them for further details 
concerning it. 

Verses 10-16: "And in that day there shall be a root of 
Jesse, which shall stand for an ensign, of the people ; to it shall 
the Gentiles seek : and his rest shall be glorious. And it shall 
come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set his hand again 
the second time to recover the remnant of his people, which 



294 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, 
and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from 
Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. And he shall set np 
an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of 
Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the 
four corners of the earth. The envy also of Ephraim shall 
depart, and the adversaries of Judah shall be cut off : Ephraim 
shall not envy Judah, and Judah shall not vex Ephraim. But 
they shall fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines toward the 
West ; they shall spoil them of the East together : they shall lay 
their hand upon Edom and Moab ; and the children of Ammon 
shall obey them. And the Lord shall utterly destroy the tongue 
of the Egyptian sea ; and with his mighty wind shall he shake 
his hand over the river, and shall smite it in the seven streams, 
and make men go over dryshod. And there shall be an high- 
way for the remnant of his people, which shall be left, from 
Assyria; like as it was to Israel in the day that he came up 
out of the land of Egypt." 

Remember that the expression, "In that day," always refers 
to the events of the last generation and the coming of Christ. 
These verses introduce one of the greatest and most important 
works God ever set His hand to do in this world. This work 
is stated as a movement, especially among the Gentiles. God 
once set His hand to deliver His people out of the nations of 
the earth and to establish them as a nation to themselves in the 
land of Canaan; and, according to this prophecy, He will set 
His hand again the second time to do a similar work. This 
time they will not be gathered out of one nation alone, but out 
of all the nations of the world ; for since the days of the cap- 
tivity, six centuries before Christ, the people of God have in- 
habited all lands. Consequently, gathering them out must be 
a world-wide movement. ^ 

The message preparing God's people for this literal gather- 
ing out is brought to view in Revelation 14:6-12. When this 
work is completed, probation closes, the gathering out of God's 



A Wonderful Object Lesson. 295 

people then takes place and the judgments of God begin to fall 
upon the earth. The confederacy heretofore described is im- 
mediately formed as an offensive movement against the rem- 
nant whom the confederacy suppose to be the cause of the 
judgments; and the "time and trouble, such as never was 
since there was a nation," is visited upon mankind. 

So the eleventh chapter of Isaiah is the culmination of the 
theme we have been considering, which began in the seventh 
chapter. Thus far every lover of truth and every one who will 
love life more than death will be especially interested. So 
many interesting points are introduced in the closing verses 
that we will not at this time attempt a comment upon them. 
They are full of significance, but as other prophecies bear upon 
the statements regarding Moab, Ammon, the Philistines, and 
other points here referred to, we will develop those ideas when 
we reach them in the consideration of the Scriptures which 
refer to them. 




CHAPTER XV. 



A GENTILE PROPHECY. 



The three divisions of Christendom, under the names Ju- 
dah, Israel, and Ephraim, are again considered in the seven- 
teenth chapter of Isaiah's prophecy. It is indeed impressive 
to note how, under these titles, Hosea throws light on this 
subject as treated by other prophets. Hosea is truly the key 
to the situation and sheds much light upon many passages 
throughout the prophetic writings. 



Isaiah XVII. 

Verses 1-3: "The burden of Damascus. Behold, Damas- 
cus is taken away from being a city, and it shall be a ruinous 
heap. The cities of Aroer are forsaken: they shall be for 
flocks, which shall lie down, and none shall make them afraid. 
The fortress also shall cease from Ephraim, and the king- 
dom from Damascus, and the remnant of Syria: they shall be 
as the glory of the children of Israel, saith the Lord of hosts." 

Damascus was the capital of Syria, and Syria was the 
original home of the Greek Gentile Church. So Jezreel (Ju- 
dah), the first child of the wife of Hosea, who represented 
this division, we can see, is introduced under the expression 
"the burden of Damascus." Verse 3 says, "the fortress shall 

296 



A Gentile Prophecy. 297 

cease fromi Ephraim," who is the third division, according to 
Hosea's prophecy, and represents Protestantism. The prophet 
next introduces and describes Israel (Roman CathoHcism). 

Verses 4-6: "And in that day it shall come to pass, that 
the glory of Jacob shall be made thin, and the fatness of his 
flesh shall wax lean. And it shall be as when the harvest- 
man gathereth the corn, and reapeth the ears with his arm; 
and it shall be as he that gathereth ears in the valley of 
Rephaim. Yet gleaning grapes shall be left in it, as the shak- 
ing of an olive tree, two or three berries in the top of the 
uttermost bough, four or five in the outmost fruitful branches 
thereof, saith the Lord God of Israel." 

This description reveals that, although this division is truly 
in a bad condition, a few individuals will be gathered from 
among them. How clearly the history of these divisions is 
foretold. 

Remember that Jacob stands for the word Israel in this 
text, and when that name is substituted for Israel, then you 
have the three divisions clearly defined in this Scripture. In 
the remaining part of the chapter, the writer describes the 
nations that will be brought against these divisions and how 
they will be rebuked. Hence, is it not clear that the three di- 
visions originated in the days immediately following the death 
of Solomon, when they were established under the names 
Judah, Israel and Ephraim? Ephraim was foretold as early 
as 1689 B. c, when his pre-eminence over Reuben was prophe- 
sied. Because of a wrong course taken by Reuben, his birth- 
right was turned to the children of Joseph. I. Chron. 5:1, 2. 
This incident gave Ephraim a prominent position among the 
twelve tribes. Jeroboam, the first king of Israel, was an 
Ephraimite. Thus these names and divisions are carried down 
to the end of the world's history, and they constitute the three 
divisions of Babylon mentioned in Revelation, sixteenth and 
seventeenth chapters. Many of the mysteries of the Old Tes- 
tament writings vanish when one gets these facts clearly in 



298 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

mind. It is the only reliable teaching concerning the move- 
ments of nations; and the only scriptural explanation of the 
yellow peril. 

The subject under consideration in the fourth chapter of 
Jeremiah is of vast importance just at this time. We trust 
the reader will bear with us while we submit the evidences 
for the purpose of removing every doubt. The facts are, that 
every book and the object in every subject introduced in the 
writings of the prophets, is to acquaint the mind ' with the 
events that are to occur in the present age of the world. We 
therefore take such portions only as in our judgment are clear- 
est and most convincing to the ordinary reader. Deeming 
this chapter one such portion, we will notice its statements. 

Jeremiah IV. 

Verses 1-2 : "If thou wilt return, O Israel, saith the Lord, 
return unto me : and if thou wilt put away thine abominations 
out of my sight, then shalt thou not remove. And thou shalt 
swear, The Lord liveth, in truth, in judgment, and in right- 
eousness ; and the nations shall bless themselves in him, and 
in him shall they' glory." 

A direct appeal comes to the House of Israel (Roman 
Catholicism) with the promise that if they will return "the 
nations shall bless themselves in him (The Lord)." As long 
as probation is extended to the race, it is the privilege of 
every one to accept God. Prophecy gives us the plain pre- 
diction of what men will do, and that few will be saved. On 
the other hand sufficient provision has been made that every 
one in the world could be saved if they have a desire to be. 
Therefore, while it is evident that the Roman Church will 
not, it is equally evident they could be saved if they so de- 
sired. 

Verses 3, 4 : "For thus saith the Lord to the men of Judah 
and Jerusalem, Break up your fallow ground, and sow not 
among thorns. Circumcise yourselves to the Lord, and take 



A Gentile Prophecy. 299 

away the foreskins ot your heart, ye men of Judah and inhab- 
itants of Jerusalem; lest my fury come forth like fire, and 
burn that none can quench it, because of the evil of your 
doings." 

The Greek Catholic Church, under the name of Judah, is 
next admonished in the same manner as was the Roman 
Church. The Lord is not willing that any should perish, but 
desires that all should come to repentance. His long suffer- 
ing continues even to this day. 

Verses 5-8: "Declare ye in Judah, and publish in Jeru- 
salem; and say. Blow ye the trumpet in the land: cry, gather 
together, and say, Assemble yourselves, and let us go into 
the defenced cities. Set up the standard toward Zion: retire, 
stay not; for I will bring evil from the north, and a great 
destruction. The lion is come up from his thicket, and the 
destroyer of the Gentiles is on his way; he is gone forth from 
his place to make thy land desolate; and thy cities shall be 
laid waste, without an inhabitant. For this gird you with 
sackcloth, lament and howl: for the fierce anger of the Lord 
is not turned back from us." 

A warning is given these divisions, telling the certainty 
of the destruction to follow their failure to repent. The lion 
is a symbol of the old Assyrian and Babylonian empires. Our 
attention is thus directed to the East, the territory from which 
the destroyers will come. Note particularly that this prophecy 
is not against the Jewish Nation. For the "destroyer of the 
Gentiles is on his way," they come to destroy Judah (House 
of Judah, Greek Catholicism) and it is so plainly stated, 
hence it is not the Jewish Nation. This chapter is thus estab- 
lished as one having its application in the last days and not 
before the time of Christ. The Church, in this chapter called 
Jerusalem, is neither the church nor the city that existed be- 
fore the time of Christ, but is Gentile Jerusalem. This is 
equally true as mentioned in the ninth chapter of Ezekiel's 
prophecy. 



300 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Remember that the names Judah, Israel, Ephraim, Jeru- 
salem, the mountains of Israel, and names of ancient nations 
and ancient events are all carried down in these prophecies 
to the end of the world and the close of probation. Re- 
member there is no latter-day prophecy referring to literal 
Jerusalem. The character of the people, the nation, is repeated 
in history, and determines to what and to whom the prophecy 
applies. The North country is here mentioned with that of 
the East. The North is mentioned in Ezekiel, thirty-eighth 
chapter, as the land of, Magog, now Russia. 

Verses 9-13 : "And it shall come to pass at that day, saith 
the Lord, that the heart of the king shall perish, and the heart 
of the princes; and the priests shall be astonished, and the 
prophets shall wonder. Then said I, Ah, Lord God! surely 
thou hast greatly deceived this people and Jerusalem, saying. 
Ye shall have peace; whereas the sword reacheth unto the 
soul. At that time it shall be said to this people and to Jeru- 
salem, A dry wind of the high places in the wilderness toward 
the daughter of my people, not to fan, nor to cleanse, even 
a full wind from those places shall come unto me: now also 
will I give sentence against them. Behold, he shall come up 
as clouds, and his chariots shall be as a whirlwind: his horses 
are swifter than eagles. Woe unto us ! for we are spoiled." 

This uncovers the greatest delusion and deception that has 
come upon man since the days of Noah, when the ark was set 
afloat on the billows of the mighty deep. These divisions of 
Christendom no more believe that such an event as the de- 
struction predicted in this chapter will come than did the ante- 
diluvians believe the flood would come, or the Jews believe 
in the destruction of Jerusalem by the Roman army. But 
when it does come the hearts of the kings shall perish and the 
prophets shall wonder. The people flee to the defenced cities 
for the sword shall be on every hand. Preparations for war 
are being made. The heathen are awakened. The waters of 
the sea will then float the greatest vessels and fleets the world 



A Gentile Prophecy. 301 

has ever known. The land forces will be from one end of the 
land to the other. Their object will be to rob, take, spoil and 
divide the land for gain. 

The cry of peace is raised now because the true servants 
of God are warning the people of the coming events, pre- 
dicted in the word of God, as described in the thirty-eighth 
chapter of Ezekiel. This is what men of the world are seeing 
from the world's viewpoint. The writer saw it as early as 
1898 from the prophetic standpoint only; having no knowl- 
edge that any one else in the world saw the matter from any 
standpoint. We published our views in the Inspired History 
in 1902. Now is the time to join in the proclamation of the 
truth for this time. The result may be to those who do so, 
as it was to Jeremiah, when he warned the people of the 
calamity threatened upon Babylon. God is calling for true- 
hearted men now to deliver this message. 

Verses 14-17: "O Jerusalem, wash thine heart from wick- 
edness, that thou mayest be saved. How long shall thy vain 
thoughts lodge within thee? For a voice declareth from Dan, 
and publisheth affliction from mount Ephraim. Make ye men- 
tion to the nations ; behold, publish against Jerusalem, that 
watchers come from a far country, and give out their voice 
against the cities of Judah. As keepers of a field, are they 
against her round about; because she hath been rebellious 
against me, saith the Lord." 

The third division, that of Ephraim (Protestantism) is in- 
troduced. Dan here takes the place of the House of Israel 
(Roman Catholicism). One of the calves was anciently 
erected in Bethel (Ephraim) ; the other in Dan or Israel. 
These verses introduce the three divisions again. The Lord 
says, "publish in Dan (the Roman Church) that affliction has 
come from' mount Ephraim" (Protestant America or the 
United States). Hosea says that Israel would fear because 
of the calves of Beth-aven (Ephraim). Jeremiah says, afflic- 
tion "has come to mount Ephraim." This shows that the trou- 



302 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

ble begins with the United States and the land of Judah, which 
is now in the hand of the Turk. 

When affliction comes to Ephraim the next move is to 
sound the alarm that "watchers come from a far country 
upon the cities of Judah." The cities of Judah would be the 
cities of the Greek Church, or Western Russia and Armenia, 
Turkey, or wherever they might be located in that territory. 
The far country could only be that of the Far East. Thus 
the land forces travel West, while the sea power from Japan 
and China travels East. "Because she (the Church) has been 
rebellious against me," saith the Lord. (See comments on 
Isa. 9:11-12.) 

Verses 18-19: "Thy way and thy doings have procured 
these things unto thee; this is thy wickedness, because it is 
bitter, because it reacheth unto thine heart. My bowels, my 
bowels ! I am pained at my very heart ; my heart maketh a 
noise in me ; I cannot hold my peace, because thou hast heard, 
O my soul, the sound of the trumpet, the alarm of war." 

The vision of the prophet is similar to that of the moving 
pictures as the film passes before the natural eye. And as 
this scene passes before the prophet, he expresses the impres- 
sion it made on him as being real, as if he had seen its actual 
fulfillment. 

The prophet Ezekiel, as the scene passes before his eyes, 
said "Ah, Lord God, wilt thou destroy all the residue of thy 
people?" Eze. 9:8. 

Verses 20-26: "Destruction upon destruction is cried; for 
the whole land is spoiled: suddenly are my tents spoiled, and 
my curtains in a moment. How long shall I see the standard, 
and hear the sound of the trumpet? For my people is fool- 
ish, they have not known me ; they are sottish children, and 
they have none understanding: they are wise to do evil, but 
to do good they have no knowledge. I beheld the earth, and, 
lo, it was without form, and void; and the heavens, and they 
had no light. I beheld the mountains, and, lo, they trembled. 



A Gentile Prophecy. 303 

and all the hills moved lightly. I beheld, and, lo, there was 
no man, and all the birds of the heavens were fled. I beheld, 
and, lo, the fruitful place was a wilderness, and all the cities 
thereof were broken down at the presence of the Lord, and by 
his fierce anger." 

The condition of the professed people of God is remarked 
at this time. "They are wise to do evil, but to do good they 
have no knowledge." 

Joel 2:1: "Blow ye the trumpet in Zion, and sound an 
alarm in my holy mountain ; let all the inhabitants of the land 
tremble: for the day of the Lord cometh, for it is nigh at 
hand." 

The trumpet has been blown concerning these things. The 
standard of God's law has been raised, but no attention was 
paid by the professed people of God, consequently the de- 
struction comes, the Lord appears and every city is broken 
down by the great earthquake. The millenium is ushered in 
during which the earth will lie desolate. The translated ones 
and those who have been raised from the dead, reign in heaven 
with Christ a thousand years. 

Verses 27-31 : "For thus hath the Lord said, The whole 
land shall be desolate; yet will I not make a full end. For 
this shall the earth mourn, and the heavens above be black: 
because I have spoken it, I have purposed it, and will not 
repent, neither will I turn back from it. The whole city shall 
-flee for the noise of the horsemen and bowmen; they shall 
go into thickets, and climb up upon the rocks : every city shall 
be forsaken, and not a man dwell therein. And when thou 
art spoiled, what wilt thou do? Though thou clothest thyself 
with crimson, though thou deckest thee with ornaments of 
gold, though thou rentest thy face with painting, in vain shalt 
thou make thyself fair ; thy lovers will despise thee, they will 
seek thy life. For I have heard a voice as of a woman in 
travail, and the anguish as of her that bringeth forth her first 
child, the voice of the daughter of Zion, that bewaileth herself. 



304 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

that spreadeth her hands, saying, Woe is me now ! for my soul 
is wearied because of murderers." 

This is the final end. At the expiration of the one thou- 
sand years the earth will be purified and become the home of 
the saved. 

But at the approach of this vast army to cover the land, 
the prophet says the whole city shall flee because of the bow- 
men. The city here mentioned is the symbolic city, Babylon. 
The woman seated on the scarlet colored beast with the name 
Mystery Babylon inscribed on her forehead, as described in 
the seventeenth chapter of Revelation, represents the great city 
that reigns over the kings of the earth. Revelation, sixteenth 
chapter, says, "the city was divided into three parts." Thus 
the city mentioned by Jeremiah is the three divisions of Chris- 
tendom which flee at the presence of this approaching army. 
They will say, Let us make haste and go into the defenced 
cities. It is also said they will "stand every man with his 
hands on his loins as a woman in travail." As the deception 
taught them by their false teachers falls from their minds, 
they will realize their true situation and helplessness. Then 
their great preparations for war will be of little value. They 
have decked themselves with ornaments of gold, have painted 
their faces for beauty, but their lovers (the heathen world) 
with whom they have committed spiritual fornication, will 
now despise them. Then her vanity wherein she has trusted 
will forever fail. 

The subject of this chapter is continued through the book 
of Jeremiah in an unbroken line of thought till we reach the 
sixteenth chapter. In Verse 11 of Jer. 5, the House of Israel 
and the House of Judah are again introduced. Verse 15 gives 
a description of the nation that will come against them. It 
is described as "the ancient nation, a mighty nation, a nation 
whose language thou shalt not understand." 

What nations of the world would meet the specifications 
here described but the nations of the East and the North? 



A Gentile Prophecy. 305 

The land of Magog (^now Russia), derives its name from the 
grandson of Noah ; Gomer is now Turkey ; Togarmah is now 
Armenia; Persia, Libyia, Ethiopia, and Africa. 

These were very ancient countries being settled by the 
descendants of Noah. Then we take India, China, Japan, and 
Korea, the oldest settled empires in the world, whose language 
is most difficult to learn. Who would claim these specifica- 
tions were not met in the East and North ? In brief, the man 
who would take a position contrary to these principles would 
wrest every principle laid down by the Lord through Moses 
in the law of blessings and cursings. He would wrest all 
the teachings of the Bible regarding Judah, Israel, and 
Ephraim. He would wrest every object lesson of ancient 
history which the Lord has had "written for our learning." 



Things 
vrriiten 




were for our 
Learning 



Homl^I'f. 



CHAPTER XVI. 



ANCIENT AND MODERN NATIONS. 



We mentioned in the chapter. Rules Regarding the Study 
of Prophecy, that many names of ancient nations have their 
application to modern nations under these ancient names. 
Then, again, we have ancient cities mentioned in prophecy 
having their application in our day. To illustrate this prin- 
ciple, the name Babylon derived its name from the ancient 
tower of Babel and later it applied to the literal city, Babylon, 
which existed six hundred years bdfore Christ. The word 
Babel signifies confusion. The Lord takes that name and 
uses it as descriptive of modern Christendom. 

The term Jerusalem is used as applying to the people of 
God today. The terms House of Judah, House of Israel, and 
Ephraim are also carried down to our day. Nineveh is used 
in the books of Zepheniah and Nahum in latter-day prophe- 
cies in the same sense as ancient Babylon is used by the 
prophet John. We learn in the thirty-eighth chapter of Eze- 
kiel, that the land of Israel is the land where the professed 
people of God dwell in the last days. We also learn in that 
chapter and many others in the Bible, that Israel means a 
professed Christian whether he is a true Christian, a Gentile 
or a Jew. 

307 



3o8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

We learn from the study of the Scriptures that the great 
slaughter in the last days called Armageddon (the name was 
taken from the battle of Megiddo in the early history of 
Israel) has its application to a specific event in the last days, 
but not to the literal place of Mount Megiddo, where the first 
battle took place. Now, in addition to this we have Damascus, 
Tyrus and Gaza, which are carried down into latter-day 
prophecies. Also five ancient nations carried down in 
prophecy, which nations do not exist today: the Ammonite, 
Moabite, Philistine, Edom and Elam which cannot be found 
in our present-day encyclopedias and geographies. The 
prophet Hosea gave us the key which opens the truth upon 
Judah, Israel, and Ephraim. The prophet Amos will give us 
the key to the other national names, and so we introduce his 
prophecy. Let the reader bear in mind the purpose of the 
author is not to give a mere sketch of the yellow peril; but 
a thorough examination of the subject. "The words of Amos, 
who was among the herdmen of Tekoa, which he saw con- 
cerning Israel in the days of Uzziah king of Judah, and in 
the days of Jeroboam the son of Joash king of Israel, two 
years before the earthquake. And he said, The Lord will 
roar from Zion, and utter his voice from Jerusalem; and the 
habitations of the shepherds shall mourn, and the top of Car- 
mel shall wither." Amos i:i, 2. 

The introduction of the book tells us to what age it ap- 
plies ; the time when the voice of God will shake the heavens 
and the earth. 

In Chapters i and 2 is found the statement that "for three 
transgressings" and "for four I will punish Damascus," Tyrus, 
Gaza, Ammonites, Moabites, the Philistines, Edomites, Elam- 
ites, Judah, and Israel. 

These transgressions are found in the three-fold divisions 
of Christendom. When the true Church, under the title of 
Judah, and represented by Jezreel, the first child of the prophet 
Hosea, departed from the Lord, this Church is described by 



Ancient and Modern Nations. 309 

Hosea as the one that removed the bound. This departure 
from the pure faith was in permitting the pagan Greeks to 
introduce heathen rites of worship to be substituted for the 
true doctrine and worship estabhshed by Christ and the Apos- 
tles. Paul says, it was teaching "damnable heresy." The sec- 
ond transgression was when the Church added sin to sin by 
permitting the Roman Gentiles to come in with their heathen 
rites and ceremonies and also to establish a union of Church 
and state in the Western empire. They carried the trans- 
gression further by establishing the pope as the representa- 
tive of Christ on earth, so that he, as God, claimed to be 
sitting in the place of God. The third transgression was that 
of Protestantism. For a period she ran her race well 
like the Greek Church; but when she failed to walk in the 
light she, like Judah, permitted the bounds to be removed. 

In the latter part of the eighteenth century the Lord be- 
gan, by his providence, to open the light on the prophecies. 
In 1833 prophetic periods began to be taught. In 1844, when 
the great disappointment of the advent movement came. Prot- 
estantism renounced the whole doctrine of the soon coming 
of Christ and ceased to study prophecy, rejected its teaching, 
the question of the judgment, the unconscious state of the 
dead, and many other truths of the Bible. This marked the 
third transgression, removed the bounds and she started back 
to her mother church, Rome. Now, when she makes an image 
to the beast, as described in the thirteenth chapter of Reve- 
lation and the three divisions (Judah, Israel, and Ephraim) 
unite to form a confederacy, the fourth transgression is ac- 
complished and immediately the punishment will follow. In 
this movement and in history the characteristics of the three- 
fold division will re-enact almost in detail the former history 
of these nations and cities. When this is understood the stu- 
dent of prophecy will understand the movements of nations 
and events as they follow in their order until the Lord ap- 
pears. 



310 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

DAMASCUS AND THE AMMONITE. 

"Thus saith the Lord; For three transgressions of Da- 
mascus, and for four, I will not turn away the punishment 
thereof; because they have threshed Gilead with threshing in- 
struments of iron: but I will send a fire into the house of 
Hazael, which shall devour the palaces of Ben-hadad. I will 
break also the bar of Damascus, and cut off the inhabitant 
from the plain of Aven, and him that holdeth the sceptre from 
the house of Eden: and the people of Syria shall go into cap- 
tivity unto Kir, saith the Lord." Amos, i -.y^. 

Damascus was a city built by the descendants of Shem the 
son of Noah. It is interesting in this study to note the gen- 
ealogy and relation of these nations and cities to the twelve 
tribes of Israel. The Ammonites and the Moabites were the 
descendants of Lot, Abraham's nephew. The names originated 
from the sons of Lot's two daughters, who left Sodom with 
their father. 

The Edomite is descended from Esau, Jacob's brother. The 
Philistines were Hamitic in their origin but retained to a large 
extent the knowledge of the true God and in their history and 
location were closely associated with the twelve tribes. Da- 
mascus was the capital of Syria. It was brought into sub- 
jection to the twelve tribes under the reign of David. The 
Hadads, who were a succession of Syriac Kings, were Edo- 
mites, descendants of Esau. At the time of Amos the prophet, 
the Lord sent Elisha the prophet to anoint Hazael King over 
Syria. Thus we see the close relation that existed between 
Syria and Israel at this point of history. This is the reason 
why this city is made a subject of prophecy. The first churches 
were established in Syria as the Apostles left Palestine to pro- 
claim the GospeLamong the Gentiles. The Greek Church still 
regards that country, as its home. Therefore when the fourth 
transg'ression takes place those ruling in the House of Judah, 
represented by Damascus, will again manifest the same spirit 



Ancient and Modern Nations. 311 

towards the true people of God, as was manifested in the days 
of King Hazael. This history will again be lived over. When 
the Greek Gentile Church departed from the pure faith in its 
first transgression, the spirit of intolerance was manifested 
towards the true believers during the first centuries. That 
spirit of intolerance has been kept up till the present time. It 
is only of a very recent date that tolerance has been granted in 
that territory to others of different faith. The ancient history 
of Damascus under the rulership of Hazael is plainly recorded, 
both by Amos and the book of the Kings to which we now refer. 
"And the king said unto Hazael, Take a present in thine hand, 
and go, meet the man of God, and inquire of the Lord by him, 
saying. Shall I recover of this disease? So Hazael went to 
meet him, and took a present with him, even of every good 
thing of Damascus, forty camels' burden, and came and stood 
before him, and said, Thy son Ben-hadad king of Syria hath 
sent me to thee, saying ; Shall I recover of this disease ? And 
Elisha said unto him. Go, say unto him. Thou mayest certainly 
recover : howbeit the Lord hath shewed me that he shall surely 
die. And he settled his countenance steadfastly, until he was 
ashamed: and the man of God wept. And Hazael said. Why 
weepeth my lord ? And he answered. Because I know the evil 
that thou wilt do unto the children of Israel : their strong holds 
wilt thou set on fire, and their young men wilt thou slay with 
the sword, and wilt dash their children, and rip up their women 
with child. And Hazael said. But what, is thy servant a dog, 
that he should do this great thing ? And Elisha answered. The 
Lord hath shewed me that thou shalt be king over Syria. So he 
departed from Elisha, and came to his master; who said to 
him. What said Elisha to thee ? And he answered. He toM me 
that thou shouldest surely recover. And it came to pass on the 
morrow, that he took a thick cloth, and dipped it in water, and 
spread it on his face, so that he died : and Hazael reigned in his 
stead. And in the fifth year of Joram the son of Ahab king of 
Israel, Jehoshaphat being then king of Judah, Jehoram the son 



312 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

of Jehoshaphat king of Judah began to reign. Thirty and two 
years old was he when he began to reign ; and he reigned eight 
years in Jerusalem." II. Kings, 8:8-17. 

In tracing out this history we find that Hazael's treatment, 
of Israel was extremely cruel. Now the Lord has made that 
ancient history an object lesson, teaching us the history of the 
first division of spiritual Babylon in the last days. As to its 
past history and its future fulfillment we leave the reader to 
judge. 

Now the prophet Isaiah, in his prophecies of the last days, 
fully states the fate of Damascus the Greek Church. "For be- 
fore the child shall have knowledge to cry, My father, and my 
mother, the riches of Damascus and the spoil of Samaria shall 
be taken away before the king of Assyria." Isaiah 8 4. 

Literally speaking, Roman Catholicism and Greek Catholi- 
cism are here represented by Samaria and Damascus. Turning 
once more we find Jeremiah makes a prophecy concerning this 
city and the people represented by it: he speaks thus: — "Con- 
cerning Damascus, Hamath is confounded, and Arpad; for 
they have heard evil tidings: they are faint-hearted; there is 
sorrow on the sea; it cannot be quiet. Damascus is waxed 
feeble, and turneth herself to flee, and fear hath seized on her : 
anguish and sorrows have taken her, as a woman in travail. 
How is the city of praise not left, the city of my joy! There- 
fore her young men shall fall in her streets, and all the men 
of war shall be cut off in that day, saith the Lord of hosts. 
And I will kindle a fire in the wall of Damascus, and it shall 
consume the palaces of Ben-hadad." Jeremiah 49 :23-27. 

"That day" ever refers to the end of the world. This whole 
chapter shows when the prophecy applies. Hence the history 
of Damascus as here given is only a description of the first 
division of Christendom. In the time of trouble, when this 
division attempts to destroy the true people of God in their 
borders as did Hazael of old, then the people will be at a period 
when it can be said, "here as in Damascus of old." 



Ancient and Modern Nations. 313 

There is one more point we would call especial attention 
to, namely, the shortness of the period (Isa. 8:4) illustrated 
by the child represented as not being able to cry intelligently, 
before Damascus and Samaria should both be despoiled by 
the kings of Assyria. This is no doubt recorded to teach us 
the unexpectedness and brevity of the movements in the last 
days. 

"For the head of Syria is Damascus, and the head of 
Damascus is Rezin ; and within threescore and five years shall 
Ephraim Jbe broken, that it be not a people." Isaiah 7 :8. This 
states plainly that Damascus stands at the head of Syria. 
Syria was a country north of Palestine where the first Gentile 
Churches were established. Therefore Damascus can only 
stand for the first division of the Gentile Church. In our 
verse commentary on- Isaiah seventh chapter, Damascus is 
brought to view in several places in which it is shown stand- 
ing at the head, or first division, of the Gentile Church. "The 
burden of Damascus. Behold, Damascus is taken away from 
being a city, and it shall be a ruinous heap. The cities of 
Aroer are forsaken: they shall be for flocks, which shall lie 
down, and none shall make them afraid. The fortress also 
shall cease from Ephraim, and the kingdom from Damascus, 
and the remnant of Syria : they shall be as the glory of the chil- 
dren of Israel, saith the Lord of Hosts." Isaiah 17:1-3. The 
prophet Isaiah associates two of these divisions together, 
Ephraim (Protestantism) and Damascus. From Verse 4 and 
on the third division is introduced. Thus the three-fold divi- 
sion is brought to view with Damascus as the head. "Da- 
mascus was thy merchant in the multitude of the wares of 
thy making, for the multitude of all riches; in the wine of 
Helbon, and white wool." Ezekiel 27:18. Among the many 
mentioned as associated with the city of Tyre, Damascus was 
especially mentioned. It will be more fully developed that 
these cities were closely allied in their commerce. They will 
also be allied in the fulfillment of prophecy in the last days. 



314 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

To illustrate, the Greek and Roman churches have been sim- 
ilar in their general doctrines as will be fully brought out in 
the comments on the Seven Churches in The Inspired His- 
tory. "Thus saith the Lord; As the shepherd taketh out of 
the mouth of the lion two legs, or a piece of an ear; so shall 
the children of Israel be taken out that dwell in Samaria in 
the corner of a bed, and in Damascus in a couch." Amos 
3 :i2. Here the two divisions are referred to under the names 
of Samaria (Israel) and Damascus (Judah). Remember the 
book of Amos is entirely latter-day prophecy. The illustra- 
tion used represents the manner in which the remnant people 
will be gathered out of these two divisions of Christendom. 
When their lives are threatened to be torn in pieces as it were 
by a lion, the true shepherd that cares for his flock will under- 
stand the situation and will give the warning and they will 
be taken out of those countries as here described. Damascus 
is once more mentioned in Amos. "Therefore will I cause 
you to go into capitivity beyond Damascus, saith the Lord, 
whose name is The God of hosts." Amos S •.2J. It is said 
they will be carried beyond Damascus. That could be no- 
where else but into the Eastern nations. 

THE AMMONITE. 

"Thus saith the Lord; For three transgressions of the 
children of Ammon, and for four, I will not turn away the 
punishment thereof; because they have ripped up the women 
with child, of Gilead, that they might enlarge their border: 
but I will kindle a fire in the wall of Rabbah, and it shall 
devour the palaces thereof, with shouting in the day of battle, 
with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind: and their king 
shall go into captivity, he and his princes together, saith the 
Lord." Amos i : 13-15. We have in the first and second chap- 
ters of Amos a list of these three divisions of Christendom 
under the various names of ancient nations. 



Ancient and Modern Nations. 315 

Having fully located the city of Damascus in the first 
division, the next will be to locate these nations, as specified, 
in these divisions. Now as the Ammonite, the Moabite, and 
the Philistine are the most prominent here mentioned, their 
ancient character and history will enable us to tell to which 
of these divisions of Christendom they each apply. 

The character of the Ammonite is plainly referred to by 
the prophets. "And the children of Israel did evil again 
in the sight of the Lord, and served Baalim, and Ashtaroth, 
and the gods of Syria, and the gods of Zidon, and the gods 
of Moab, and the gods of the children of Ammon, and the 
gods of the Philistines, and forsook the Lord, and served 
not him. And the anger of the Lord was hot against Israel, 
and he sold them into the hands of the Philistines, and into 
the hands of the children of Ammon. And that year they 
vexed and oppressed the children of Israel : eighteen years, 
all the children of Israel that were on the other side Jordan 
in the land of the Amorites, which is in Gilead. Moreover 
the children of Ammon passed over Jordan to fight also against 
Judah, and against Benjamin, and against the house of 
Ephraim, so that Israel was sore distressed." Judges 10:6-9. 
God has ever remembertd the manner in which the Ammon- 
ites treated the children of Israel at that time, and the cruelty 
they manifested to them. These characteristics manifested to- 
wards the Lord's people will always be mentioned as done 
by the Ammonites. 

There is also another record in Deuteronomy: "An Am- 
monite or Moabite shall not enter into the congregation of 
the Lord; even to their tenth generation shall they not enter 
into the congregation of the Lord for ever : because they met 
you not with bread and with water in the way, when ye came 
forth out of Egypt; and because they hired against thee Ba- 
laam the son of Beor of Pethor of Mesopotamia, to curse 
thee." Deut. 23 : 3, 4. 

God said it was for the part that the Ammonites took in 
hiring Balaam to curse Israel that this penalty was placed 



3i6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

upon them. Now God has seen fit to associate that name and 
character with the first division of the Gentile Church. His- 
tory shows that division has ever been ready to persecute 
and war against any child of God who dared to differ from 
it in their mode and form of worship. 

By tracing the god of the Ammonites and their form of 
worship down to the Gentile Greek Church we will find the 
great similarity that existed between the two. (Jer. 49:1-6.) 
The relation the Ammonites sustained to the Moab-: 
ites in their ancient history was that the Ammonites had 
no country of their own, but were closely associated with 
the Moabites, and in this sense, we think, the prophet 
refers to the relation the latter-day Ammonites sustain 
to the House of Israel. There has been, in these prophe- 
cies, the closest relation between these two divisions, the Greek 
and Roman church. "The word of the Lord came again 
unto me, saying, Son of man, set thy face against the Am- 
monites, and prophesy against them; and say unto the Am- 
monites, Hear the word of the Lord God; Thus saith the 
Lord God; because thou saidst. Aha, against my sanctuary, 
when it was profaned ; and against the land of Israel, when it 
was desolate ; and against the house of Judah, when they went 
into captivity; Behold, therefore I will deliver thee to the 
men of the east for a possession, and they shall set their pal- 
aces in thee, and make their dwellings in thee: they shall eat 
thy fruit, and they shall drink thy milk. And I will make 
Rabbah a stable for camels, and the Ammonites a couching 
place for flocks: and ye shall know that I am the Lord. For 
thus saith the Lord God; Because thou hast clapped thine 
hands, and stamped with the feet, and rejoiced in heart with 
all thy despite against the land of Israel; Behold, therefore 
I will stretch out, mine hand upon thee, and will deliver thee 
for a spoil to the heathen ; and I -will cut thee of? from the 
people, and I will cause thee to perish out of the countries: 
I will destroy thee ; and thou shalt know that I am the Lord." 
Eze. 25:1-7. 



Ancient and Modern Nations. 317 

The Greek division of the Church has never mingled with 
the other divisions but has ever manifested the spirit here de- 
scribed. Now note to whom they will be delivered, viz., the 
"men of the East." This is surely so pointed and positive 
that no one need be mistaken. "Concerning the Ammonites, 
thus saith the Lord; Hath Israel no sons? hath he no heir? 
why then doth their king inherit Gad, and his people dwell 
in his cities? Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the 
Lord, that I will pause an alarm of war to be heard in Rabbah 
of the Ammonites; and it shall be a desolate heap, and her 
daughters shall be burned with fire: then shall Israel be heir 
unto them that were his heirs, saith the Lord. Howl, O 
Heshbon, for Ai is spoiled: cry, ye daughters of Rabbah, 
gird you with sackcloth; lament, and run to and fro by the 
hedges; for their king-shall go into captivity, and his priests 
and his princes together. Wherefore gloriest thou in the val- 
leys, thy flowing valley, O backsliding daughter? that trusted 
in her treasures, saying, Who shall come unto me? Behold, I 
will bring a fear upon thee, saith the Lord God of hosts, from 
all those that be about thee; and ye shall be driven out every 
man right forth ; and none shall gather up him that wandereth. 
And afterward I will bring again the captivity of the children 
of Ammon, saith the Lord." Jer. 49:1-6. The Ammonites 
were not legitimate heirs, hence will be cut off in the day of 
battle. Verse 4 calls them a "backsliding daughter." A 
woman being used as a symbol of a Church explains the mat- 
ter clearly that the Ammonite here represents a backslidden 
division of the Church. As shown in the last verse quoted 
there will be some saved out of Ammon and brought back. 
"But they shall fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines to- 
ward the west; they shall spoil them of the east together: 
they shall lay their hand upon Edom and Moab ; and. the chil- 
dren of Ammon shall obey them." Isaiah 11:14. This verse 
no one will deny refers to the last days, yet the children of 
Ammon are here mentioned: "Behold, the days come, saith 



3i8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the Lord, that I will punish all them which are circumcised 
with the uncircumcised ; Egypt, and Judah, and Edom, and 
the children of Ammon, and Moab, and all that are in the 
utmost corners, that dwell in the wilderness: for all these 
nations are uncircumcised, and all the house of Israel are 
uncircumcised in the heart." Jer. 9:25, 26. 

These names are brought in everywhere we read in the 
prophecies of the last days. This establishes the fact that 
they are connected with Christians, but they are ever men- 
tioned as being uncircumcised in heart. Also in that noted 
chapter, the twenty-fifth of Jeremiah, Ammon is mentioned 
in Verse 21 as a latter-day nation. "Edom, and Moab, and 
the children of Ammon." Jer. 25 :2i. 

They will be engaged when the Lord has his controversy 
with the nations. 

Verses 30-32 : "Therefore prophesy thou against them all 
these words, and say unto them, The Lord shall roar from on 
high, and utter his voice from his holy habitation; he shall 
mightily roar upon his habitation; he shall give a shout, as 
they that tread the grapes, against all the inhabitants of the 
earth. A noise shall come even to the ends of the earth; for 
the Lord hath a controversy with the nations: he will plead 
with all flesh; he will give them that are wicked to the sword, 
saith the Lord. Thus saith the Lord of hosts. Behold, evil 
shall go forth from nation to nation, and a great whirlwind 
shall be raised up from the coasts of the earth." 

Again we read the same: "Therefore, as I live, saith 
the Lord of hosts, the God of Israel, Surely Moab shall be 
as Sodom, and the children of Ammon as Gkimorrah, even the 
breeding of nettles, and saltpits, and a perpetual desolation: 
the residue of my people shall spoil them, and the remnant 
of my people shall possess them." Zeph. 2:9. 

Here the Moabites and the Ammonites are associated to- 
gether in their final destruction, in the last days. And once 
more we read, this time in the prophecies of Daniel: "But 



Ancient and Modern Nations. 319 

these shall escape out of his hand, even Edom and Moab, and 
the chief of the children of Ammon." Dan. 11:41. 

Now, iftany will admit these verses quoted have their ap- 
plication in the last days of probation. That being the case, 
will they not be as ready to admit that these prophecies are 
correctly applied by us and enter into the study of interna- 
tional problems and the yellow peril ? And' if not, why not ? 
Now, in consulting encyclopedias, we find no ancient nations 
here mentioned in existence today. Then why not admit they 
are to be found in the divisions here stated? We reply they 
can be found in these divisions under these traits of charac- 
ter. This being a fact then the forty-first verse of the eleventh 
chapter of Daniel has its application after probation closes 
and during the time of trouble. "And at that time shall Mi- 
chael stand up, the great prince which standeth for the chil- 
dren of thy people : and there shall be a time of trouble, such 
as never was since there was a nation even to that same time : 
and at that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that 
shall be found written in the book." Dan. 12:1. 




CHAPTER XVII. 



TYRUS AND THE MOABITES. 



Amos 1 :9, lo : "Thus saith the Lord ; For three trans- 
gressions of Tyrus, and for four, I will not turn away the 
punishment thereof; because they delivered up the whole cap- 
tivity to Edom, and remembered not the brotherly covenant: 
But I will send a fire on the wall of Tyrus, which shall devour 
the palaces thereof." 

We have before located Damascus and the Ammonite with 
the country of Syria. We now desire to locate Tyre with 
that of Moab. 

Like the others, the special act of ancient history and the 
sin in which Tyre engaged against Israel is here plainly told. 
They delivered up the captivity to Edom as did the Philis- 
tines. An additional trait of character is mentioned, that of 
breaking the brotherly covenant between Tyre and the people 
of God. Tyre was an ancient city mentioned as far back as 
the writings of Moses. New Tyre was a city located on 
an island in the Mediterranean Sea, and its people were for 
centuries the greatest seafaring people in the world. It was 
a seaport for all the East. The commerce of no ancient city 
in the world could equal that of Tyre. It was here -the ships 
of the world were built. 

God has taken this city as another great object lesson to 
be repeated in the last days. There was a time in their his- 

320 



Tyrus and the Moabites. 321 

tory that they were a great help to the people of God, especi- 
ally in the time of Solomon, when Hiram was king of Tyre. 
It was through this nation of Phenicians that Solomon ob- 
tained both workmen and material to erect the temple, that 
magnificent structure that has ever been the wonder of the 
world. One of Solomon's wives was the daught&r of this noted 
king. Writers tell us that the Hebrew language and that of 
the Phenicians had many similarities. Solomon's reign was a 
reign of peace; it was a time of national development fol- 
lowing the conquests of David. It is sin that brings trouble 
on a nation or individual. It was Solomon's sins that caused 
Israel to be divided after his death into two houses or king- 
doms. 

As for the brotherly covenant that existed between Israel 
and the people of Phenecia, we read: "And the Lord gave 
Solomon wisdom, as he promised him: and there was peace 
between Hiram and Solomon; and they two made a league 
together. And king Solomon raised a levy out of all Israel; 
and the levy was thirty thousand men. And he sent them to 
Lebanon, ten thousand a month by courses: a month they 
were in Lebanon, and two months at home: and Adoniram 
was over the levy. And Solomon had threescore and ten thou- 
sand that bare burdens, and fourscore thousand hewers in the 
mountains; besides the chief of Solomon's officers which 
were over the work, three thousand and three hundred, which 
ruled over the people that wrought in the work. And the 
king commanded, and they brought great stones, costly stones, 
and hewed stones, to lay the foundation of the house." I. 
Kings 5 :i2-i7. 

This Scripture tells us of the friendly relation and broth- 
erly co-operation that existed between them. But after a time 
circumstances changed. Solomon died; Hiram died, and the 
friendship between their kingdoms waned. The prophet Joel 
records the course Tyre would take towards the people of 
God as we read : "Yea, and what have ye to do with me, O 



322 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Tyre, and Zidon, and all the coasts of Palestine? will ye ren- 
der me a recompense? and if ye recompense me, swiftly and 
speedily will I return your recompense upon your own head ; 
because ye have taken my silver and my gold, and have car- 
ried into your temples my goodly pleasant things: the chil- 
dren also of Judah and the children of Jerusalem have ye 
sold unto the Grecians, that ye might remove them far from 
their border." Joel 3:4-6. When Judah sinned they were 
greatly humbled by the Assyrians, the House of Israel and the 
Philistines. Tyre engaged in the matter by selling captive 
Israelites as slaves to the Grecians, as expressed by Joel; and 
to the Edomites, as stated by Amos. 

For such a sin as this, in oppressing God's children, though 
they have sinned and God is chastening them. He will thank 
no one else for taking a part in their punishment. The Lord's 
people are as the apple of his eye. It was thus the Tyrians 
broke the brotherly covenant and turned the whole captivity 
over to Edom. 

Beginning with the twenty-fourth chapter of Ezekiel, and 
ending with the close of the twenty-eighth chapter, are given 
some of the most precious lessons of future and past history. 
The twenty-fourth chapter opens with a parable of a boiling 
pot, which was to represent Jerusalem, as Nebuchadnezzar 
would come against it with his army. The twenty-fifth chap- 
ter also introduces the destruction of Tyrus by the same king. 
From these events the Lord utters his parable concerning the 
final destruction of Jerusalem, and Tyrus in the last days. 
Closing up with the twenty-eighth chapter Satan is repre- 
sented as the King of Tyrus and his final destruction in the 
end of the world is set forth. Thus the picture is before us 
and it gives the character, merchandise and sea traffic of 
modern Tyre. Any Bible student who will read the chap- 
ters referred to in Ezekiel's prophecy can soon see that that 
record could not all apply to ancient Tyre. He must conclude 
it has another application drawn from the ancient history of 



Tyrus and the Moabites. 323 

the city. The history there mentioned was never fulfilled in 
past history, as Smith's Bible dictionary admits. 

Now there is but one conclusion left, viz., the prophecy 
referring to Tyre is a prophecy of some power similar to it 
existing in the last days. That power, too, must be an island 
power; it must be in a special sense a sea power, and that, 
too, of naval strength. It must also be a power that holds 
possessions in many countries, for many of these countries 
are reckoned in its armies. Those from Africa are mentioned 
as Phut and Ludim. It is a power that has many ships as 
the ships of Chittim. This country last mentioned is under- 
stood to be far West of Palestine. Now, the people of this 
city of Phenicia, who were very closely related to the He- 
brews of old, are God's people in their descent, partial lan- 
guage and brotherly covenant. This modern power is a sub- 
ject of prophecy, and head of the third division of Babylon, 
as this city, like that of Damascus and Gaza, is taken to rep- 
resent one of these three divisions. Now where shall we look 
for this power ? We offer the following : The Ammonite and 
Damascus clearly stood for the Greek division; Gaza and 
the Philistine will later on be shown to stand clearly for the 
Protestant division. This leaves but the remaining division ; 
the Roman or Western Europe, symbolized in the thirteenth 
chapter of Revelation by the ten-horned beast. This being 
a fact, which one of these ten divisions of Western Europe 
will answer to Tyrus in this prophecy? We reply, England 
and no other. She is the greatest island, navy and marine 
power in the world. Her possessions in all countries make 
her traffic world wide. It is too evident to be questioned that 
England is the modern Tyre. 

She has been a great help and friend in the upbuilding 
of gospel work in all countries, as was Tyre an aid to Solo- 
mon in building the temple. Her league with all professed 
Christians, granting them equal rights, has never been excelled 
by any nation, unless it be the principles early introduced into 



324 TJie Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the Constitution of our own United States. Thus the broth- 
erly covenant has existed between England and all the pro- 
fessed people of God. But if the predictions of the future 
are fulfilled she, too, will break that brotherly covenant and 
turn the whole captivity over to Edom. That will be done 
when the three-fold confederacy of Christendom is made. 
With this foundation principle now laid down, a further study 
will increase the convictions of the reader that the positions 
here taken are true. In the twenty-fifth chapter of Jeremiah, 
Verse 22, in that noted last-day prophecy, Tyrus is mentioned 
as one that will fall at that day. In the forty-seventh chap- 
ter of Jeremiah, Verse 4, it is again repeated^ showing its final 
destruction in connection with these three divisions. In con- 
clusion we offer the following Scripture: "Ephraim, as I 
saw Tyrus, is planted in a pleasant place: but Ephraim shall 
bring forth his children to the murderer. Give them, O Lord : 
what wilt thou give? give them a miscarrying womb and dry 
breasts." Hosea 9:13, 14. "And Tyrus did build herself a 
strong hold, and heaped up silver as the dust, and fine gold as 
the mire of the streets." Zech. 9 :3. 

In our verse commentary on Hosea and Zechariah, and 
elsewhere, the connection will prove that the statements in 
these books concerning Tyrus are prophetic statements of the 
last days. Hosea says, like Ephraim (the United States) she 
is situated in a beautiful place. How true this is of England. 

These two countries are very closely allied. Their religion 
is practically the same, the language the same. Zechariah says 
England has "heaped up gold and silver as mire in the streets." 
She, like the United States, is one of the wealthy nations of 
the world. Her resources in her banks, her traffic in actual 
cash is unexcelled in any nation in the world. 

But God says he will break her power in the sea. Re- 
cently a naval display of her vessels was made wherein over 
three hundred warships were assembled off her shores. Her 
naval power is almost unlimited. She controls the Mediter- 



Tyrus and the Moabites. 325 

ranean Sea by Gibraltar at its West entrance and the Suez 
Canal at the East. 

The study of this question of Tyrus and the present move- 
ments of the nations is a subject of no small interest at this 
time. No forts, navies, or land forces can stand against the 
overruling providence of God. Hence the downfall and utter 
ruin of Tyrus herein described is certain. 

Believing the evidence on this point is sufficient to estab- 
lish this ancient city in the latter-day prophecy, we leave it 
with the reader and proceed to associate with this a prophecy 
concerning the Moabites. 

THE MOABITES. 

"Thus saith the Lord; For three transgressions of Moab, 
and for four, I will not turn away the punishment thereof; 
because he burned the bones of the king of Edom into lime. 
But I will send a fire upon Moab, and it shall devour the pal- 
ace of Kirioth: and Moab shall die with tumult, with shout- 
ing, and with the sound of the trumpet: and I will cut off 
the judge from the midst thereof, and will slay all the princes 
thereof with him, saith the Lord." Amos 2:1-3. 

The time referred to here by the prophet when Moab 
burned the bones of the king of Edom into lime, is found in 
a record of war that occurred between Israel, Judah and the 
Edomites, on one side, and the Moabites on the other. This 
war occurred in 895 b. c. and is recorded as follows; "And 
it came to pass in the morning, when the meat offering was 
offered, that, behold, there came water by the way of Edom, 
and the country was filled with water. And when all the 
Moabites heard that the kings were come up to fight against 
them, they gathered all that were able to put on armour, and 
upward, and stood in the border. And they rose up early in 
the morning, and the sun shone upon the water, and the Mo- 
abites saw the water on the other side as red as blood; And 



326 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

they said, This is blood: the kings are surely slain, and they 
have smitten one another: now therefore, Moab, to the spoil. 
And when they came to the camp of Israel, the Israelites rose 
up and smote the Moabites, so that they fled before them: 
but they went forward smiting the Moabites, even in their 
country. And they beat down the cities, and on every good 
piece of land cast every man his stone, and filled it; and they 
stopped all the wells of water, and felled all the good trees: 
only in Kir-haraseth left they the stones thereof; howbeit the 
slingers went about it, and smote it. And when the king of 
Moab saw that the battle was too sore for him, he took with 
him seven hundred men that drew swords, to break through 
even unto the king of Edom : but they could not. Then he 
took his eldest son that should have reigned in his stead, and 
oflfered him for a burnt offering upon the wall. And there 
was great indignation against Israel : and they departed from 
him, and returned to their own land." II. Kings 3 •.20-2y. 

A careful reading of these Scriptures will show that the 
eldest son of Verse 27 is the same as the king of Edom spoken 
of by the prophet Amos. The Ammonites were censured for 
their character of cruelty. The same applies throughout the 
history of the Moabites. The same spirit of revenge and cru- 
elty to helpless creatures that were in their power, will be 
found in the people represented as Moabites in the three divi- 
sions of Christendom. There being but one place left in the 
study of this question in' these divisions which is unoccu- 
pied either by the Philistines or the Ammonites, it must be the 
Roman division of the Church as located in Western Eu- 
rope. 

Let us see if the history of the Roman Catholic Church 
will warrant this application. The manner of treatment re- 
ferred to in the burning of the king of Edom has more than 
once been resorted to by the Church of Rome during the dark 
ages. Who has not heard of the martyrs of Christ who, dur- 
ing those ages, were fastened to the stake and burned alive 



Tyrus and the Moabites. 327 

while the people danced like demons by the light of the flames. 
It is Rome's boast that she never changes ; had she the power, 
today, every one who would not submit to her decrees would 
suffer the same fate. When this three-fold union gives that 
Church their support, the same spirit will be present that was 
manifested in the dark ages of Rome's history. The same 
recourse to the stake, rack, and dungeon will again be used 
by those who oppose the truth. When the Lord had these 
prophecies written he well knew what point of past history 
to use to represent the future. While Gaza and Tyrus deliv- 
ered the captivity up to Edom (the sword of Esau) those rep- 
resented by Moab will persecute even to burning at the stake. 

The forty-seventh and forty-eighth chapters of Jeremiah 
bear directly on these three divisions. 

"For thus saith the Lord ; Behold, he shall fly as an eagle, 
and shall spread his wings over Moab. Kerioth is taken, and 
the strong holds are surprised, and the mighty men's hearts 
in Moab at that day shall be as the heart of a woman in her 
pangs. And Moab shall be destroyed from being a people, be- 
cause he hath magnified himself against the Lord. Fear, and 
the pit, and the snare, shall be upon thee, O inhabitant of 
Moab, saith the Lord. He that fleeth from the fear shall fall 
into the pit; and he that getteth up out of the pit shall be 
taken in the snare : for I will bring upon it, even upon Moab, 
the year of their visitation, saith the Lord." Jer. 48 :40-44. 

Verse 40 calls our attention to the power that is so often 
mentioned in these prophecies, the power that shall fly as an 
eagle. This power is described elsewhere as the Assyrian or 
Eastern power. Now we read in plain, unmistakable lan- 
guage when this prophecy has its application : "Woe be unto 
thee, O Moab ! the people of Chemosh perisheth : for thy sons 
are taken captives, and thy daughters captives. Yet will I 
bring again the captivity of Moab in the latter days, saith the 
Lord. Thus far is the judgment of Moab." Jer. 48:46, 47. 
When the captivity of Moab will be repeated and the destruc- 



328 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

-tion to her borders accomplished, her pride will fall, and her 
deceitfulness in the work of the Lord will then be open to all. 
For further description of her fall, read the eighteenth chap- 
ter of Revelation. 

Verse 11 of Jeremiah 48 teaches a great lesson: "Moab 
hath been at ease from his youth, and he hath settled on 
his lees, and hath not been emptied from vessel to vessel, 
neither hath he gone into captivity: therefore his taste 
remained in him, and his scent is not changed. Therefore, 
behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will send unto 
him wanderers, that shall cause him to wander, and shall 
empty his vessels, and break their bottles. And Moab shall 
be ashamed of Chemosh, as the house of Israel was ashamed 
of Beth-el their confidence. How say ye, We are mighty and 
strong men for the war? Moab is spoiled, and gone up out 
of her cities, and his chosen young men are gone down to 
the slaughter, saith the King, whose name is The Lord of 
hosts." Jer. 48:11-15. 

The Church of Rome claims she never changes; this is 
true. Her principles are ever the same. It is expressed in the 
above verse as saying, "his taste remaineth in him and he is 
settled on his lees." John says, "she hath made all nations 
drunken with the wine of her fornication (false doctrines). 
Rome will never change her doctrine; her "taste remaineth" 
in her and will remain till the lake of fire purifies and burns 
up every false thing. 

In Numbers 22-25, is recorded the experience of Israel as 
they came in contact with the Moabites. In this record the 
story is told of how they called on a prophet of Midian, Balaam 
by name, to curse the children of Israel. In this experience 
of Moab there is foundation laid for a great field of study. 

True, Israel will again leave the countries where they now 
dwell in the East when God again sets his hand to gather his 
people the second time. That movement will be like the one 
when he took them by the hand to lead them out of the land 



Tyrus and the Moabites. 329 

of Egypt; and if we mistake not it will be necessary for 
modern Israel, many of them at least, to pass by and through 
the land of Modern Moab, Western Europe. We see in the 
prophecy uttered by Balaam a panoramic view of the scenes 
that will take place just before the final entrance into the land 
of promise. "And the children of Israel set forward, and 
pitched in the plains of Moab on this side Jordan by Jericho. 
And Balak the son of Zippor saw all that Israel had done to 
the Amorites. And Moab was sore afraid of the people, be- 
cause they were many : and Moab was distressed because of the 
children of Israel. And Moab said unto the elders of Midian, 
Now shall this company lick up all that are round about us, as 
the ox licketh up the grass of the field. And Balak the son of 
Zippor was king of the Moabites at that time. He sent mes- 
sengers therefore unto Balaam the son of Beor to Pethor, 
which is by the river of the land of the children of his people, 
to call him, saying, Behold, there is a people come out from 
Egypt : behold, they cover the face of the earth, and they abide 
over against me : Come now therefore, I pray thee, curse me 
this people; for they are too mighty for me: peradventure I 
shall prevail, that we may smite them, and that I may drive 
them out of the land: for I wot that he whom thou blessest 
is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed." Number 22 ; 
1-6. 

These verses set before us the situation as Israel arrived in 
the land of Moab. The Lord had told them they should not 
possess the land of the Moabites and Ammonites as he had 
given that land to the children of Lot. But it seems that 
Moab and Ammon became afraid of the vast multitude, so the 
king of Moab sent to Balaam to come and curse Israel. 
The remaining verses in this chapter give the record 
of how Balak sent his princes with rewards to Balaam. On 
their arrival at Balaam's house he told them to remain over 
night and he would inquire of the Lord and tell them what they 
should do. 



330 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

The Lord told Balaam that night that he should not go with 
them, consequently, the princes of Balak returned and told 
Balak what Balaam said to them. So Balak chose more honor- 
able princes than these and sent them back. They remained 
over night and Balaam again inquired what he should do, and 
the Lord told him to go with them. The record says the Lord 
was angry because he went. A most valuable lesson indeed, 
for us is, that when the Lord says, in His word, for us not to 
do a thing, it is our duty not to inquire further, but to perform 
the first thing he told us to do. Many are not satisfied with 
God's word but will pray to the Lord to know what they ought 
to do. God invariably grants the desire of their hearts like 
he did Balaam. 

The reward in this second visit was increased and that was 
just what Balaam wanted, and so he went with the messengers. 
On his journey the angel of the Lord met him and caused his 
ass to scare and run sidewise against the wall and crush 
Balaam's foot. This angered Balaam and he smote the ass 
with his staff. Then the angel stood in a narrow passage and 
the ass could not pass on either side but with great fear fell 
in the road. Then Balaam smote the ass with his staff the 
third time and said, "If I had a sword I would kill thee." The 
animal's mouth was then opened by the Lord and it talked with 
Balaam of its faithfulness and how wrong it would be for 
Balaam to take its life. Balaam's eyes were opened and he saw 
the angel. The angel told him of the evil he had committed. 
Balaam offered to return home, but the Lord would not let 
him and told him to be sure and speak only the things God 
gave him to speak. "And Balak said unto Balaam, Did I not 
earnestly send unto thee to call thee? wherefore earnest thou 
not unto me ? am I not able indeed to promote thee to honour ? 
And Balaam said unto Balak, Lo, I am come unto thee : have 
I now any power at all to say anything? the word that God 
putteth in my mouth, that shall I speak. And Balaam went 
with Balak, and they came unto Kirjath-huzoth. And Balak 



Tyrus and the Moabites. 331 

offered oxen and sheep, and sent to Balaam, and to the princes 
that were with him. And it came to pass on the morrow, that 
Balak took Balaam, and brought him up into the high places 
of Baal, that thence he might see the utmost part of the people." 
Num. 22 :37-4i. 

There were prepared at this point seven altars ; and offer- 
ings were offered on each altar. While this was being done 
Balaam turned aside to see what the Lord would say to him. 
The result of the effort is recorded thus : "And he returned 
unto him, and, lo, he stood by his burnt sacrifice, he, and all 
the princes of Moab. And he took up his parable, and said, 
Balak the king of Moab hath brought me from Aram, out of 
the mountains of the east, saying. Come, curse me Jacob, and 
come, defy Israel. How shall I curse, whom God hath not 
cursed? or how shall I defy, whom the Lord hath not defied? 
For from the top of the rocks I see him, and from the hills 
I behold him : lo, the people shall dwell alone, and shall not be 
reckoned among the nations. Who can count the dust of 
Jacob, and the number of the fourth part of Israel? Let me 
die the death of the righteous, and let my last end be like his ! 
And Balak said unto Balaam, What hast thou done unto me? 
I took thee to curse mine enemies, and, behold, thou hast 
blessed them altogether." Num. 23:6-11. 

Here was a company God said should not be numbered 
among the nations ; he said they were the fourth part of Israel. 
Later it will be seen this prophecy has its application in the 
last days. Who can be the fourth part of Israel in the last 
days? We mean who can be the fourth part of the whole 
professed people of God? These three divisions which we 
have been studying represent Israel. What part could be the 
fourth part but the remnant, which are gathered out ? 

In the verses following we learn this was very unsatisfac- 
tory to Balak; and after censuring Balaam, he again repeated 
the building of the altars; but this time on Mount Pisgah. 
Balaam again inquired of the Lord: "And the Lord met 



332 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Balaam, and put a word in his mouth, and said, Go again unto 
Balak, and say thus. And when he came to him, behold, he 
stood by his burnt offering, and the princes of Moab with him. 
And Balak said unto him. What hath the Lord spoken? And 
he took up his parable, and said, Rise up, Balak, and hear ; 
hearken unto me, thou son of Zippor : God is not a man, that 
he should lie; neither the son of man, that he should repent: 
hath he said, and shall he not do it? or hath he spoken, and 
shall he not make it good ? Behold, I have received command- 
ment to bless: and he hath blessed; and I cannot reverse it. 
He hath not beheld iniquity in Jacob, neither hath he seen 
perverseness in Israel : the Lord his God is with him, and the 
shout of a king is among them. God brought them out of 
Egypt; he hath as it were the strength of a unicorn. Surely 
there is no enchantment against Jacob, neither is there any 
divination against Israel : according to this time it shall be said 
of Jacob and of Israel, What hath God wrought! Behold, the 
people shall rise up as a great lion, and lift up himself as a 
young lion :- he shall not lie down until he eat of the prey, and 
drink the blood of the slain. And Balak said unto Balaam, 
Neither curse them at all, nor bless them at all. But Balaam 
answered and said unto Balak, Told not I thee, saying, All 
that the Lord speaketh, that I must do?" Num. 24:16-26. 

Israel again passed in vision before the face of Balaam. 

The record says there is no iniquity neither perverseness 
found in Israel. 

This could not have been ancient Israel; but there is an 
Israel in the last days after the close of probation, as recorded 
in the fourteenth chapter of Revelation, that have not a de- 
ceitful tongue in their mouth and in whom there is no guile. 
The prophet Zepheniah speaking of this class says : They shall 
do no iniquity. Thus it is clear, in both these visions that 
Balaam saw the future remnant of Israel. 

The next time Balaam is taken to Peor and as usual offer- 
ings were made on seven altars. "And when Balaam saw 



Tyrus and the Moabites. 333 

that it pleased the Lord to bless Israel, he went not, as at 
other times, to seek for enchantments, but he set his face 
toward the wilderness. And Balaam lifted up his eyes, and 
he saw Israel abiding in his tents according to their tribes; 
and the Spirit of God came upon him. And he took up his 
parable, and said, Balaam the son of Beor hath said, and the 
man whose eyes are open hath said : He hath said, which 
heard the words of God, which saw the vision of the Almighty, 
falling into a trance, but having his eyes open : How goodly 
are thy tents, O Jacob, and thy tabernacles, O Israel ! As the 
valleys are they spread forth, as gardens by the river's side, 
as the trees of lignaloes which the Lord hath planted, and as 
cedar trees beside the waters. He shall pour the water out 
of his buckets, and his seed shall be in many waters, and/ his 
king shall be higher than Agag, and his kingdom shall be ex- 
alted. God brought him forth out of Egypt; he hath as it 
were the strength of a unicorn : he shall eat up the nations his 
enemies, and shall break their bones, and pierce them through 
with his arrows. He couched, he lay down as a lion, and as 
a great lion: who shall stir him up? Blessed is he that 
blesseth thee, and cursed is he that curseth thee." Num. 
24:1-9. 

Balaam being now displeased, seeing that God would only 
bless Israel instead of curse him, would not seek the Lord as 
at other times ; but set his face towards the wilderness. 

But the Lord gave him one more scene, namely, the final 
destruction of all the nations, as it will take place before the 
Lord appears. Then he saw the final triumph of Israel over 
all their foes and their kingdom established with Christ as 
their king. Balak was now very angry, and smote his hands 
together. He told Balaam, instead of cursing Israel, he had 
blessed him these three times and that the Lord had kept him 
back from a great reward he had for him. 

Then Balaam replies thus : "And now, behold, I go unto 
my people ; come therefore, and I will advertise thee what this 



334 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

people shall do to thy people in the latter days. And he took 
up his parable, and said, Balaam the son of Beor hath said, 
and the man whose eyes are open hath said : He hath said, 
which heard the words of God, and knew the knowledge of 
the Most High, which saw the vision of the Almighty, falling 
into a trance, but having his eyes open: I shall see him, but 
not now : I shall behold him, but not nigh : there shall come a 
Star out of Jacob, and a Sceptre shall rise out of Israel, and 
shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children 
of Sheth. And Edom shall be a possession, Seir also shall 
be a possession for his enemies ; and Israel shall do valiantly. 
Out of Jacob shall come he that shall have dominion, and shall 
destroy him that remaineth of the city. And when he looked 
on Amalek, he took up his parable, and said, Amalek was the 
first of the nations; but his latter end shall be that he perish 
for ever. And he looked on the Kenites, and took up his 
parable, and said. Strong is thy dwellingplace, and thou puttest 
thy nest in a rock. Nevertheless the Kenite shall be wasted, 
until Asshur shall carry thee away captive. And he took up 
his parable, and said, Alas, who shall live when God doeth 
this ! And ships shall come from the coast of Chittim, and 
shall afflict Asshur, and shall afflict Eber, and he also shall - 
perish for ever. And Balaam rose up, and went and returned 
to his place: and Balak also went his way." Num. 24:14-25. 

Balaam now utters one great truth, namely, that these 
divisions here mentioned and the visions he had been shown, 
have their application in the last days and that they represent 
what he told Balak should befall his people in the last days. 

Let this prophecy of Balaam be well studied for it will be 
fulfilled by the heathen powers in the land of Moab (Western 
Europe) after probation closes and the remnant have jour- 
neyed west through the land of Moab. We now see clearly 
why the prophet Isaiah in Chapter 11, Verse 14, classes Moab 
with the closing events of the world's history. Having this 
matter so definitely located, every prophecy becomes of intense 



Tyrus and the Moabites. 335 

interest for in each there are some details of special interest 
that throw additional light that the others do not. We now turn 
to the writings of another prophet on this same subject of 
Moab. We quote in full the fifteenth chapter of Isaiah. 

"The burden of Moab. Because in the night Ar of Moab 
is laid waste, and brought to silence ; because in the night Kir 
of Moab is laid waste, and brought to silence : he is gone up 
to Bajith, and to Dibon, the high places, to weep : Moab shall 
howl over Nebo, and over Medeba : on all their heads shall be 
baldness, and every beard cut off. In their streets they shall 
gird themselves with sackcloth: on the tops of their houses 
and in their streets, every one shall howl, weeping abundantly. 
And Heshbon shall cry, and Elealeh ; their voice shall be heard 
even unto Jahaz: therefore the armed soldiers of Moab shall 
cry out; his life shall be grievous unto him. My heart shall 
cry out for Moab; his fugitives shall flee unto Zoar, a heifer 
of three years old : for by the mounting up of Luhith with 
weeping shall they go it up ; for in the way of Horonaim they 
shall raise up a cry of destruction. For the waters of Nimrim 
shall be desolate : for the hay is withered away, the grass 
faileth, there is no green thing. Therefore the abundance 
they have gotten, and that which they have laid up, shall they 
carry away to the brook of the willows. For the cry is gone 
round about the borders of Moab; the howling thereof unto 
Eglaim, and the howling thereof unto Beerelim. For the 
waters of Dimon shall be full of blood: for I will bring more 
upon Dimon, lions upon him that escapeth of Moab, and upon 
the remnant of the land." Isa. 15 :i-g. 

"Thus saith the Lord God; Because that Moab and Seir 
do say, Behold, the house of Judah is like unto all the heathen ; 
therefore, behold, I will open the side of Moab from the cities, 
from his cities which are on his frontiers, the glory of the 
country, Beth-jeshimoth, Baal-meon, and Kiriathaim, unto 
the men of the east with the Ammonites, and will give them 
in possession, that the Ammonites may not be remembered 



336 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

among the nations. And I will execute judgments upon 
Moab ; and they shall know that I am the Lord." Eze. 25 : 
8-1 1. 

The chief cause of God's judgments against Moab is here 
stated, namely, Moab has been a persecutor of God's people. 
This has been the true history of Modern Moab from his 
earliest existence. Historians claim that not less than fifty 
millions (pf martyrs have been put to death by this cruel rule 
of the Roman Church in Western Europe. 

In the twenty-fifth chapter of Ezekiel, this trait is espe- 
cially mentioned. Is it any wonder that God calls the Roman 
Church, Moab? 

Then we have the positive statement that God will deliver 
them over to the men of the East. 

Can it be possible after reading all the evidence we have 
offered on the Eastern and Western questions, that anyone 
claiming to be at all acquainted with the Bible, will doubt 
longer what power will come against Christendom in the 
great struggle that is before us in the near future? "For in 
this mountain shall the hand of the Lord rest, and Moab shall 
be trodden down under him, even as straw is trodden down 
for the dunghill. And he shall spread forth his hands in the 
midst of them, as he that swimmeth spreadeth forth his hands 
to swim: and he shall bring down their pride together with 
the spoils of their hands. And the fortress of the high fort 
of thy walls shall he bring down, lay low, and bring to the 
ground, even to the dust." Isa. 25 :io-i2. 

We also find Moab mentioned in the twenty-fifth chapter 
of Jeremiah. The reader will see that Moab is ever a subject 
of the latter day prophecies. We have now traced Moab as 
we did Ammon and we fear no evidence ever being brought 
that will overthrow our position that the Modern Moabite is 
the Roman ' Catholic Church with its territory in Western 
Europe. 




will^o up4o He 
of Uncalled Villas 






CHAPTER XVIII. 



GAZA AND THE PHILISTINES. 



"Thus saith the Lord; For three transgressions of Gaza, 
and for four, I will not turn away the punishment thereof; 
because they carried away captive the whole captivity, to de- 
liver them up to Edom: but I will send a fire on the wall of 
Gaza, which shall devour the palaces thereof: and I will 
cut off the inhabitant from Ashdod, and him that holdeth the 
sceptre from Ashkelon, and I will turn mine hand against 
Ekron: and the remnant of the Philistines shall perish, saith 
the Lord God." Amos, i :6-8. 

Gaza, Ashdod, and Askelon were chief cities of the Philis- 
tine country; Gaza was the capital. We must turn back and 
acquaint ourselves with the Philistine history of the past. 

In II. Chron. twenty-eighth chapter, we have a most inter- 
esting record brought to view. Ahaz was king of Judah, and 
under his reign great offenses were committed against God. 
For this cause, the Lord again visited Judah with the afflic- 
tions of the sword of other nations. The king of Assyria 
declared war against Jerusalem, and carried away large num- 
bers of the Jews captive. Then war broke out between the 
House of Israel and Judah. Israel carried two hundred thous- 
22 337 



338 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

and captives to Samaria, as recorded in Verse 8. Following 
this is the record of how the prophet reproved them for the 
course they had taken against their brethren, the children of 
Judah, so they repented and took the captives back to Jericho 
and turned them loose. Both the Philistines and Edomites 
then invaded Judah and carried away these returned captives. 
"For again the Edomites had come and smitten Judah, and 
carried away captives. The Philistines also had invaded the 
cities of the low country, and of the South of Judah and had 
taken Bethshemesh, and Ajalon, and Gederoth, and Shocho 
with the villages thereof: and they dwelt there." II. Chron. 
28:17-18. 

We do not read in these verses of any captives being taken 
by the Philistines, but the whole captivity was turned over to 
Edom, the Philistines dwelling in the captured villages. I;i 
these scriptures we notice a combination of Syria, and Israel, 
Edom and the Philistines, all against Judah. These events 
are set forth as a lesson to the ones who see the combinations 
that are to arise against the true worshipers jn the last days. 
We learn in Hosea, first chapter, that in the closing events of 
the world's history there will be gathered out of the three 
divisions of Christendom (Greek and Roman Catholicism and 
Protestantism) a remnant, and they will appoint themselves 
one head and will be joined under the name Judah. We have 
before noticed how Israel would fight against Ephraim and 
they two against Judah and how every man's sword should be 
against his brother in the time of trouble. 

Note this point; in the time of trouble the whole captivity, 
the remnant is turned over to Edom (Esau). Edom has ever 
retained the hatred towards his brother, consequently, those 
who are the most bitter persecutors of the remnant people of 
God in the last days will be called in prophecy Edom. In the 
latter day prophecy we find the Ph"'i^*i"-s wiH again act the 
same part in turning over the whole ca[)tivity to their perse- 
cutors (Edom). 



Gasa and the Philistines. 339 

Now the Philistines are so called from their religious 
character (soothsayers, spiritualists, see comment on Zeck. 
9:17) ; and Edomites are so called from their disposition and 
power to persecute. No body of religionists could persecute 
without civil power. As Philistia and Edom united in ancient 
times (II. Chron. 28) so in the latter days the religious and 
civil powers will unite and Philistia (the religious power) will 
again turn the captivity (the remnant) over to Edom (the 
civil power) for persecution. 

"The burden of the word of the Lord in the land of Had- 
rach, and Damascus shall be the rest thereof : when the eyes of 
man, as of all the tribes of Israel, shall be toward the Lord. 
And Hamoth also shall border thereby; Tyrus and Zidon 
though it be very wise. And Tyrus did build herself a strong- 
hold, and heaped up silver as the dust, and fine gold as the 
mire of the streets. Behold, the Lord will cast her out, and 
he will smite her in the sea; and she shall be devoured with 
fire. Ashkelon shall see it, and fear; Gaza also shall see it, 
and be very sorrowful, and Ekron; for her expectation shall 
be ashamed ; and the king shall perish from Gaza, and Ashkelon 
shall not be inhabited. And a bastard shall dwell in Ashdod, 
and I will cut off the pride of the Philistines. And I will take 
away his blood out of his mouth, and his abominations from 
between his teeth : but he that remaineth, even he shall be for 
our God, and he shall be as a governor in Judah, and Ekron 
as a Jebusite." Zech. 9 -.i-y. 

This shows again there will be a conquest. against the three 
divisions of Christendom in the last days. When these three 
divisions combine each will bear the characteristics of its 
name. 

As these names (Damascus, Tyre and Gaza) represent the 
three divisions of Spiritual Babylon, what division does the 
Philistine represent? We reply he represents the Protestant 
division. As the house of Judah, Damascus, and the Ammon- 
ite represent the Greek division; house of Israel, Tyrus. and 



340 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the Moabite represent the Roman division; so Ephraim, Gaza 
and the Philistines represent the Protestant division. (See 
comments on Ephraim in Hosea.) This will appear more clear 
as we study the various writings on the question. There are 
three of these cities and three divisions of the ancient terri- 
tory of these divisions. These cities are Damascus, Gaza, and 
Tyrus. The Philistines were South and West of Palestine. 
Damascus and Syria were on the North and East. Tyrus 
was known as the Phenician belt of country about twenty 
miles in width and one hundred miles in length, lying along 
the eastern coast of the Mediterranean sea northwest of Pales- 
tine. These locations all have their significance. 

We will notice further the prophecy representing the Phil- 
istine in the latter days. In Isaiah there is a prophecy con- 
cerning God's professed people in the last days which says, 
they will be "soothsayers like the Philistines." Isa. 2;7. 
Thus one of the principal characteristics of the Philistines is 
that of claiming communication with the dead. 

It is known in our day as Modern Spiritualism. 

Is it not strange that this special work should begin in the 
United States, the Protestant division, as brought to view in 
the thirteenth chapter of Revelation, under the symbol of the 
two horned beast, representing the United States. (See also 
Revelation 19:20 and 16:13, ^4-) Because of this miraculous 
working of Satan, this government under Protestant rule, is 
called in the nineteenth chapter of Revelation the "False 
Prophet." This at once locates Modern Philistia as Modern 
America. (See Ancient and Modern Worship in Bible Atlas.) 
But there are additional proofs which we wish to offer. In 
the eleventh chapter of Isaiah beginning with Verse 10, it is 
stated God will "set his hand the second time to recover the 
remnant of his people." In this chapter we have all these 
latter day divisions referred to, among them the Philistines 
who are represented as bearing on their shoulders the remnant 
toward the West. 



Gaza and the Philistines. 341 

As God smites the Eastern nations with His judgments as 
elsewhere shown by the seven streams (see comments on Isa. 
XL), the remnant leave these Eastern countries and are 
"borne on the shoulders of the Philistines toward the West" 
(the United States, or Ephraim). Zeph. 2:1-10 says the rem- 
nant are taken to modern Philistia. They are borne by the 
Philistines. "The word of the Lord that came to Jeremiah 
the prophet against the Philistines, before that Pharaoh smote 
Gaza. Thus saith the Lord; Behold, waters rise up out of 
the North, and shall be an overflowing flood, and shall over- 
flow the land, and all that is therein; the city, and them that 
dwell therein: then the men shall cry, and all the inhabitants 
of the land shall howl." Jer. 47:1-2. 

These Philistines who bear the remnant from the East to 
the West are the ambassadors sent from America to gather 
the people of God out of the Eastern nations before the trou- 
ble becomes such that they cannot leave. (See comments on 
Isaiah, eighteenth chapter, in Inspired .History). Having 
shown that the Philistines are Protestant America, this Scrip- 
ture is only an additional evidence with additional features 
concerning the calamity that will befall the United States in 
the last days. 

(For an exposition of the power in the North see com- 
mentary on Ezekiel, thirty-eighth and thirty-ninth chapters, in 
this book, where the Northern power referred to is shown to 
be Russia.) 

"Gather yourselves together, yea, gather together, O na- 
tion not desired; before the decree bring forth, before the 
day pass as the chaff, before the fierce anger of the Lord 
come upon you, before the day of the Lord's anger come 
upon you. Seek ye the Lord, all ye meek of the earth, which 
have wrought his judgment; seek righteousness, seek meek- 
ness : it may be ye shall be hid in the day of the Lord's anger. 
For Gaza shall be forsaken, and Ashkelon a desolation: they 
shall drive out Ashdod at the noonday, and Ekron shall be 



342 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

rooted up. Woe unto the inhabitants of the sea coast, the 
nation of the Cherethites ! the word of the Lord is against 
you; O Canaan, the land of the Philistines, I will even de- 
stroy thee, that there shall be no inhabitant. And the sea- 
coast shall be dwellings and cottages for shepherds, and folds 
for flocks. And the coast shall be for the remnant of the 
house of Judah; they shall feed thereupon: in the houses of 
Ashkelon shall they lie down in the evening: for the Lord 
their God shall visit them, and turn away their captivity." 
Zeph. 2:1-7. Here the Philistine is again mentioned, show- 
ing once more they are a subject of prophecy in the last days, 
and it is to the modem Philistine country that the remnant 
will be gathered. "Thus saith the Lord Gpd; Because the 
Philistines have dealt by revenge, and have taken vengeance 
with a despiteful heart, to destroy it for the old hatred; 
therefore thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will stretch 
out mine hand upon the Philistines, and I will cut oS. the 
Cherethim, and destroy the remnant of the sea coast." Eze. 
25:15, 16. 

This chapter again brings to view these divisions under 
ancient names. The Philistines are mentioned. One of the 
characteristics of the Philistines is revenge. There was pos- 
sibly more war with Israel and the Philistines than any other 
nation. 

Hosea, who represents the same people, under the name 
of Ephraim, says he feedeth on wind (war), he foUoweth 
after the East wind. The Philistine (America) is a man of 
war in the last days, as well as in ancient times. The motto 
expressed in the Spanish-American war was "Remember the 
Maine." An outrage once perpetrated upon them is never 
forgotten. This disposition will also be manifested when they 
seek to enforce false worship upon the remnant people. Their 
determination will not be to get revenge, but to master any 
obstacle that may arise against them. Hosea describes this 
trait of character under the title of Ephraim as, "They are all 



Gaza and the Philistines. 343 

as an oven heated by the baker." This means they are hot 
headed, ready to carry out whatever comes into their minds. 
The Lord says, because of this disposition he will cut them 
off with the Cherethims and those of the sea coast. The 
Cherethims were the ancient navy employed by Tyre. This 
shows that the Philistines will be a naval power in the last 
days, with great sea coasts, but these, with all the rest, will 
be cut off. But there is one that God will use which they 
cannot master, namely, the crooked piercing serpent and a 
vast army of the north, Isaiah 2y. The Philistines are 
mentioned in Obadiah's prophecies where the captivity of the 
three divisions is brought to view. We recommend the read- 
ing of the book of Obadiah on this question. "Woe unto the 
inhabitarits of the sea coast, the nation of the Cherethites! 
the word of the Lord is against you; O Canaan, the land of 
the Philistines, I will even destroy thee, that there shall be 
no inhabitant." Zeph. 2 15. The prophet refers to Protestant- 
ism as a great naval power. Here the land is called the land 
of Canaan, which throws additional light on the evidence that 
the land of Israel in the thirty-eighth chapter of Ezekiel is 
not the ancient land of Palestine. The land of the Philistines 
is here called the land of Canaan, because it is a land where 
the professed people of God live. While the professed people 
of God (Israel) dwell in various lands, there is no land so 
nearly meets the specifications of the land of Israel in the 
last days as the United States. "And the sea coast shall be 
dwellings and cottages for shepherds, and folds for flocks. 
And the coast shall be for the remnant of the house of Judah ; 
they shall feed thereupon :* in the houses of Ashkelon shall 
they lie down in the evening: for the Lord their God shall 
visit them, and turn away their captivity." Zeph. 2: 6, 7. 
"The word of the Lord that came to Jeremiah the prophet 
against the Philistines, before that Pharaoh smote Gaza. Thus 
saith the Lord ; Behold, waters rise up out of the north, and 
shall be an overflowing flood, and shall overflow the land, and 



344 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

all that is therein ; the city, and them that dwell therein : then 
the men shall cry, and' all the inhabitants of the land shall 
howl. At the noise of the stamping of the hoofs of his strong 
horses, at the rushing of his chariots, and at the rumbling of 
his wheels, the fathers shall not look back to their children 
for feebleness of hands: because of the day that cometh to 
spoil all the Philistines, and to cut off from Tyrus and Zidon 
every helper that remaineth: for the Lord will spoil the Phi- 
listines, the remnant of the country of Caphtor. Baldness is 
come upon Gaza; Ashkelon is cut ofif with the remnant of 
their valley : how long wilt thou cut thyself ? O thou sword of 
the Lord, how long will it be ere thou be quiet? put up thy- 
self into thy scabbard, rest, and be still. How can it be quiet, 
seeing the Lord hath given it a charge against Ashkelon, and 
against the sea shore ? there hath he appointed it." Jer. 47 -.1-7. 
The above Scripture speaks of the Philistine and intro- 
duces Tyrus, which we have before considered. This calam- 
ity, like all former predictions, comes from the North, hence 
could not apply to the smiting of Gaza by Pharaoh, Egypt 
being in the South. It also includes the division represented 
by Tyrus, therefore its application, like all the others consid- 
ered, is to modern Philistia and occurs in the last days. 




'i mil 



Oha^xokU- 



CHAPTER XIX. 



EDOMITES THE DESCENDANTS OF ESAU. 



"Thus saith the Lord; For three transgressroris of Edom, 
and for four, I will not turn away the punishment thereof; 
because he did pursue his brother with the sword, and did 
cast off all pity, and his anger did tear perpetually, and he 
kept his wrath for ever." Amos i :ii. 

It is now clear that God is tracing down the characters of 
ancient nations and incidents, to modern nations. Whenever 
a people confessing to be the Lord's people develop these 
ancient characteristics then the Lord applies the ancient name 
to them. By following this rule the Bible student is able 
to locate each name. It is also evident that in the develop- 
ment of these prophecies there are but three divisions of the 
Lord's professed people. While the subjects of each are scat- 
tered over the world the home territory of each of the three 
principal divisions of Christendom is located, as explained in 
the beginning of this book under the s5TTibols the Dragon, the 
Beast, and the False Prophet. Consequently we must look 
in these territories for all the characteristics described under 
the^e ancient names. 

Edom is descended from Esau. Esau retained hatred 
through life for Jacob, his brother, although he was pre- 
vented by Providence from harming him, on his return home 

345 



346 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

from Padan-aram, the hatred still remained. Now God takes 
this incident in the life of Esau, with other events later de- 
veloped by his descendants, to designate one of these divi- 
sions in the last days. Now that this spirit of hatred will 
exist more or less in all the divisions it will no doubt apply 
more forcibly to some definite division that will lead out in the 
persecution. 

We here give the record referred to, that of Esau and 
Jacob's meeting: "And Jacob went on his way, and the an- 
gels of God met him. And when Jacob saw them, he said. 
This is God's host: and he called the name of that place 
Mahanaim. And Jacob sent messengers before him to Esau 
his brother unto the land of Seir, the country of Edom. And 
he commanded them, saying, Thus shall ye speak unto my 
lord Esau; Thy servant Jacob saith thus, I have sojourned 
with Laban, and stayed there until now: and I have oxen, 
and asses, flocks, and menservants, and womenservants : and 
I have sent to tell my lord, that I may find grace in thy sight. 
And the messengers returned to Jacob, saying, We came to 
thy brother Esau, and also he cometh to meet thee, and four 
hundred men with him. Then Jacob was greatly afraid and 
distressed: and he divided the people that was with him, and 
the flocks, and herds, and the camels, into two bands; And 
said. If Esau come to the one company, and smite it, then the 
other company which is left shall escape. And Jacob said, 

God of my father Abraham, and God of my father Isaac, 
the Lord which saidst unto me, Return unto thy country, and 
to thy kindred, and I will deal well with thee: I am not 
worthy of the least of all the mercies, and of all the truth, 
which thou hast shewed unto thy servant; for with my staff 

1 passed over this Jordan; and now I am become two bands. 
Deliver me, I pray thee, from the hand of my brother, from 
the hand of Esau : for I fear him, lest he will come and smite 
me, and the mother with the children. And thou saidst, I 
will surely do thee good, and make thy seed as the sand of 



Edomites the Descendants of Esau. 347 

the sea, which cannot be numbered for multitude. And he 
lodged there that same night ; and took of that which came to 
his hand a present for Esau his brother; two hundred she 
goats and twenty he goats, two hundred ewes and twenty 
rams. Thirty milch camels with their colts, forty kine and 
ten bulls, twenty she asses and ten foals. And he delivered 
them into the hand of his servants, every drove by them- 
selves; and said unto his servants. Pass over before me, and 
put a space betwixt drove and drove. And he commanded 
the foremost, saying. When Esau my brother meeteth thee, 
and asketh thee, saying Whose art thou? and whither goest 
thou? and whose are these before thee? Then thou shalt say. 
They be thy servant Jacob's; it is a present sent unto my 
lord Esau: and, behold, also he is behind us. And so com- 
manded he the second, and the third, and all that followed 
the droves, saying. On this manner shall ye speak unto Esau, 
when ye find him. And say ye moreover. Behold, thy servant 
Jacob is behind us. For he said, I will appease him with the 
present that goeth before me, and afterward I will see his 
face; peradventure he will accept of me." Gen. 32:1-20. 

The apostle Paul says that "whatsoever things were writ- 
ten afore time were written for our learning." This record 
of Jacob's return and his experience with Esau should be 
one of deep interest to the Bible student of the last days. 

The remnant will again come in contact with the Edomites 
as Jacob of old met Esau. Their experience in the last days 
is called the time of Jacob's trouble. "Alas! for that day is 
great, so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob's 
trouble; but he shall be saved out of it." Jer. 30:7. "For 
there shall be a day, that the watchmen upon the mount 
Ephraim shall cry, Arise ye, and let us go up to Zion unto 
the Lord our God. For thus saith the Lord ; Sing with glad- 
ness for Jacob, and shout among the chief of the nations: 
publish ye, praise ye, and say, O Lord, save thy people, the 
remnant of Israel. Behold, I will bring them from the north 



34^ The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

country, and gather them from the coasts of the earth, and 
with them the blind and the lame, the woman with child and 
her that travaileth with child together : a great company shall 
return thither. They shall come with weeping, and with sup- 
plications will I lead them : I will cause them to walk by the 
rivers of waters in a straight way, wherein they shall not 
stumble : for I am a father to Israel, and Ephraim is my first- 
born. Hear the word of the Lord, O ye nations, and declare 
it in the isles afar off, and say, lie that scattered Israel will 
gather him, and keep him, as a shepherd doth his flock. For 
the Lord hath redeemed Jacob, and ransomed him from the 
hand of him that was stronger than he." Jeremiah 31:6-11. 
They will travel again as did Jacob and his company; they 
may not have their herds and flocks with them ; but they will 
have their ' families. They will have the same foe to en- 
counter. In Jacob's struggle with the angel till the break of 
day is revealed his perseverance, showing his personal anxiety 
for the needed blessing of forgiveness. Victory was given 
Jacob and so it will be given the remnant in like manner. 

We have shown before that the remnant now scattered 
abroad in the Eastern nations will be gathered out and be 
borne toward the West, on the shoulders of the Philistines. 
We have also shown, under the title of Moab, that they will 
pass through his borders and there they will have difficulty. 
They will then come to the country called in prophecy Edom. 
Now where shall we find the positive proof which will locate 
Edom at this time in history? 

We have in the twelfth and thirteenth chapters of Revela- 
tion the three great divisions of the world brought to view, 
under the symbols of the Dragon, the Beast, and the Two- 
horned Beast. In the chapters under these titles in this book 
the two-horned beast is shown to be the symbol of the gov- 
ernment of the United States. Now what decree does this 
nation pass in the time of trouble? "And he had power to 
. . . cause that as many as would not worship the image 
of the beast should be killed." Rev. 13:15. 



Edomites the Descendants of Esau. 349 

Thus when this government issues this decree it then man- 
ifests the same spirit that was in Esau's lieart when he met 
Jacob with four hundred armed men to destroy him. Conse- 
quently the Protestant division is the Edom of the last days, 
and in an especial sense the United States will be the home 
of modern Edom. As before stated it will, when the three 
divisions unite in their three-fold confederacy, apply to them 
all. But the United States is the first one that sets the exam- 
ple, a'ud issues the decree. Remember Edom does not apply 
till that time comes. 

The remnant cannot remain in the heathen territory, much 
less in that of the Greek or Roman division, so God has seen 
fit to make this country, here described as Edom, the place 
to come to as they leave the East. Why come where they will 
meet this decree? We reply, Jacob knew when he returned 
from Padan-aram that he would have to meet Esau; but 
God had told him to go and he would prosper him. Circum- 
stances, as already noted, compel the remnant to go to the 
land where this decree has been passed. By faith they go. It 
is on their return, when they pass through "the time of Ja- 
cob's trouble" caused by the decree of death being passed 
against them. While they pass through the time of trouble 
the Lord will deliver them as he did Jacob. Jer. 30:5-7. 
"Concerning Edom, thus saith the Lord of hosts; Is wisdom 
no more in Teman? is counsel perished from the prudent? is 
their wisdom vanished? Flee ye, turn back, dwell deep, O 
inhabitants of Dedan; for I will bring the calamity of Esau 
upon him, the time that I will visit him. If grapegatherers 
come to thee, would they not leave some gleaning grapes? 
if thieves by night, they will destroy till they have enough. 
But I have made Esau bare, I have uncovered his secret 
places, and he shall not be able to hide himself: his seed is 
spoiled, and his brethren, and his neighbours, and he is not. 
Leave thy fatherless children, I will preserve them alive; and 
let thy widows trust in me. For thus saith the Lord; Be- 



350 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

hold, they whose judgment was not to drink of the cup have 
assuredly drunken; and art thou he that shall altogether go 
unpunished? thou shalt not go unpunished, but thou shalt 
surely drink of it. For I have sworn by myself, saith the 
Lord, that Bozrah shall become a desolation, a reproach, a 
waste, and a curse; and all the cities thereof shall be per- 
petual wastes." Jeremiah 49:7-13. 

Verse 8 tells some one to turn and flee back. The idea 
is not to be afraid, "for I will bring the calamity of Esau," 
and Edom shall be desolated. The United States in her first 
history has been the home of civil liberty and for this cause 
people have ever come to her shores. Now in this last time 
God's messengers will "return," bringing their flocks with 
them. They do not come because everything will be peace- 
ful with them, for their home land has become Edom. Laws 
have been passed that every one shall bow down to worship 
the beast and receive its mark in their foreheads, and failing 
to do this the decree says, "they shall be killed." But with 
the confidence of their deliverance ; and by obedience to the 
instruction God has given them, they come. 

THE BOOK OF OBADIAH. 

Verses i, 2: "The vision of Obadiah. Thus saith the 
Lord God concerning Edom ; We have heard a rumour from 
the Lord, and an ambassador is sent among the heathen. Arise 
ye, and let us rise up against her in battle. Behold, I have 
made thee small among the heathen : thou art greatly despised." 

The above is an introduction to the book of Obadiah under 
the title of Edom as the book is addressed to the people of 
Esau. It is a prophecy concerning the Edomites in the last 
days; and now with the light shining upon these Scriptures, 
we can read the future history of the United States and the 
yellow peril. In fact, we can now read, with these divisions 
marked out and with the principles laid down, the whole Bible. 



Edomites the Descendants of Esau. 351 

For in the record of the past, from the book of Genesis clear 
through the Old Testament, we read the history of our day. 
And let us say again, God designs His servants in this age to 
compass the whole Bible and open it as a hidden treasure to 
the people. The queen of Shebah said, as she learned of the 
wonderful things told her by Solomon, "Behold the half was 
not told me." So, today, we can say, the great field of 
prophecy has not been touched by the masses of religious 
teachers and writers on prophecy as compared with the privi- 
leges to be enjoyed by the student of God's Word. 

It will be our privilege to read the story of today and the 
future, by studying the book of Obadiah. 

Verses 3-10: "The pride of thine heart hath deceived 
thee, thou that dwellest in the clefts of the rock, whose habi- 
tation is high; that saith in his heart. Who shall bring me 
down to the ground? Though thou exalt thyself as the eagle, 
and though thou set thy nest among the stars, thence will I 
bring thee down, saith the Lord. If thieves came to thee, if 
robbers by night, (how art thou cut off !) would they not have 
stolen till they had enough ? if the grapegatherers came to thee, 
would they not leave some grapes? How are the things of 
Esau searched out ! how are his hidden things sought up ! All 
the men of thy confederacy have brought thee even to the 
border: the men that were at peace with thee have deceived 
thee, and prevailed against thee; they that eat thy bread have 
laid a wound under thee: there is none understanding in him. 
Shall I not in that day, saith the Lord, even destroy the wise 
men out of Edom, and understanding out of the mount of 
Esau? And thy mighty men, O Teman, shall be dismayed, 
to the end that every one of the mount of Esau may be cut 
ofif by slaughter. For thy violence against thy brother Jacob 
shame shall cover thee, and thou shalt be cut off for ever." 

Verse 3 says one of Esau's troubles is pride and that will 
be one of the causes of his deception. Where is there a more 
confident, proud people than America? They have lived in 



352 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

a rich country, one that has been attended with prosperity 
from its earliest history; no nation in the world has enjoyed 
more privileges; but that will not suffice for character. If 
thieves :come they will steal till they have enough, grape- 
gatherers will leave some grapes; but it will not be so with 
Esau, his ruin is complete. Verse 7 mentions the confederacy 
Esau has entered into with his friends, Roman Catholicism 
and the Greek Church, but they will avail him nothing in the 
time of trouble. The main cause of his great trouble is stated 
in Verse 10, namely, the violence to his brother Jacob. 

When Protestantism passes the decree that all shall be 
killed who will not worship the beast, Esau's final destiny 
will be settled. The same spirit is now manifested in denom- 
inationalism. The bitterest envy and persecution is often man- 
ifested against those who receive light and dare to teach it 
when it differs from the established creed of the denomina- 
tion. In this way the spirit of Esau is even now manifested. 

Verses 11-21 : "In the day that thou stoodest on the other 
side, in the day that the strangers carried away captive his 
forces, and foreigners entered into his gates, and cast lots 
upon Jerusalem, even thou wast as one of them. But thou 
shouldest not have looked on the day of thy brother in the 
day that he became a stranger; neither shouldest thou have 
rejoiced over the children of Judah in the day of their destruc- 
tion; neither shouldest thou have spoken proudly in the day 
of distress. Thou shouldest not have entered into the gate of 
my people in the day of their calamity; yea, thou shouldest 
not have looked on their affliction in the day of their calamity, 
nor have laid hands on their substance in the day of their 
calamity; neither shouldest thou have stood in the cross- 
way, to cut off those of his that did escape ; neither shouldest 
thou have delivered up those of his that did remain in the day 
of distress. For the day of the Lord is near upon all the 
heathen: as thou hast done, it shall be done unto thee: thy 
reward shall return upon thine own head. For as ye have 



Edomites the Descendants of Esau. 353 

dnink upon my holy mountain, so shall all the heathen drink 
continually; yea, they shall drink, and they shall swallow 
down, and they shall be as though they had not been. But 
upon mount Zion shall be deliverance, and there shall be holi- 
ness; and the house of Jacob shall possess their possessions. 
And the house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of 
Joseph a flame, and the house of Esau for stubble, and they 
shall kindle in them, and devour them ; and there shall not be 
any remaining of the house of Esau ; for the Lord hath spoken 
it. And they of the south shall possess the mount of Esau; 
and they of the plain, the Philistines: and they shall possess 
the fields of Ephraim, and the fields of Samaria: and Benja- 
min shall possess Gilead. And the captivity of this host of 
the children of Israel shall possess that of the Canaanites, even 
unto Zarephath; and the captivity of Jerusalem, which is in 
Sepharad, shall possess the cities of the south. And saviours 
shall come up on mount Zion to judge the mount of Esau; 
and the kingdom shall be the Lord's." 

The whole story of the life of Esau is told from Verses 
II to 15. It shows that in the entire history of Esau he was 
only a persecutor of the Lord's people. Verse 15 introduces 
the final destruction of all the heathen and as it is done to 
them so it will be to Esau. The latter verses introduce the 
coming of the Lord and the final victory to the House of 
Jacob, or the saved people, as they will be located in the 
earth made new. Thus we see the yellow peril now threaten- 
ing Christendom is taught in all prophetic statements ; and 
from this standpoint alone the writer learned the truth before 
he knew a single person had arrived at his views from the 
world's standpoint. The harmony of truth is in the conclu- 
sion arrived at from these two standpoints. The most skep- 
tic will surely believe what God has said is true, for it will 
come. Those who proclaim this truth from a human stand- 
point, such as Richmond P. Hobson and others, are entitled 
to credit for their acumen and foresight. 

23 



354 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

"Keep not thou silence, O God : hold not thy peace, and be 
not still, O God. For, lo, thine enemies make a tumult: and 
they that hate thee have lifted up the head. They have taken 
crafty counsel against thy people, and consulted against thy 
hidden ones. They have said. Come, and let us cut them off 
from being a nation ; that the name of Israel may be no more 
in remembrance. For they have consulted together with one 
consent: they are confederate against thee: the tabernacles 
of Edom, and the IshmaeUtes ; of Moab, and the Hagarenes ; 
Gebal, and Ammon, and Amalek; the Philistines with the in- 
habitants of Tyre ; Assur also is joined with them : they have 
holpen the children of Lot. Selah. Do unto them as unto 
the Midianites; as to Sisera, as to Jabin, at the brook of 
Kison : which perished at En-dor : they became as dung for 
the earth. Make their nobles like Oreb, and like Zeeb: yea, 
all their princes as Zebah, and as Zalmunna : who said. Let 
us take to ourselves the houses of God in possession. O my 
God, make them like a wheel ; as the stubble before the wind. 
As the fire burneth a wood, and as the flame setteth the moun- 
tains on fire; so persecute them with thy tempest, and make 
them afraid with thy storm. Fill their faces with shame; 
that they may seek thy name, O Lord. Let them be con- 
founded and troubled for ever ; yea, let them be put to shame, 
and perish : that men may know that thou, whose name alone 
is Jehovah, art the Most High over all the earth." Psalms 
83:1-18. 

One thousand years before Christ David saw the final con- 
federacy of the last days. This confederacy is also mentioned 
in the eighth chapter of Isaiah's prophecy. 

This confederacy has taken council against the remnant 
(here called the hidden ones) that they might be cut off for- 
ever. This confederacy is a general one; and the tabernacle 
of Edom (Protestant America) has joined the company, but 
they will be cut off forever. The names mentioned in this 
Scripture are of especial interest for "they have holpen the 
children of Lot," which are the Ammonites and Moabites. 



Edomites the Descendants of Esau. 355 

Now the Hagarenes and Ishmaelites were the descendants 
of Abraham by his hand maid Hagar and they settled in 
Arabia, from whence the Turk left to come North and possess 
Constantinople. This shows who will enter into this con- 
federacy of Christendom; the ones here mentioned join with 
the Greek and Roman divisions in the persecution against the 
remnant. The hidden ones are the remnant which will be 
hidden during the time of trouble. This last confederacy is 
not to be confounded with the three-fold confederacy. This 
means, and later investigation will show, that all the world is 
against the "hidden ones," or remnant, in the final act of this 
world's history. This is Armageddon. Judges 4; 7:19-25. 

Isa. 37 136 and Zech. 12. The trouble between the heathen 
and professed Christendom is not Armageddon. A description 
of Armageddon is recorded in Eze. 39. (See Time, Tradition 
and Truth, by the author.) "Egypt shall be a desolation, and 
Edom shall be a desolate wilderness, for the violence against 
the children of Judah, because they have shed innocent blood 
in their land. But Judah shall dwell for ever, and Jerusalem 
from generation to generation. For I will cleanse their blood 
that I have not cleansed: for the Lord dwelleth in Zion." 
Joel 3:19-21. 

We have before commented on Ephraim locating it and 
modern Egypt in the United States. Here Joel places Egypt 
and Edom together. They are both the same country. The 
persecuting character is again brought out in this Scripture. 
Judah here mentioned is the remnant as before explained and 
not the house of Judah or Greek Catholicism. 



A 




Let m% EKiim mm 



CHAPTER XX. 



JUDAH. 



"Thus saith the Lord; For three transgressions of Judah, 
and for four, I will not turn away the punishment thereof; 
because they have despised the law of the Lord, and have not 
kept his commandments, and their lies caused them to err, 
after the which their fathers have walked." Amos. 2 4. 

Judah has stood at the head of God's people as a leading 
tribe. They have been the one to whom God has looked as 
the ones he could trust with his truth. Reuben was the first 
son of Jacob and should have stood at the head of all the 
tribes of Israel, but because of an act performed by him this 
privilege, granted him by birth-right, was taken from him. 

"Now the sons of Reuben the firstborn of Israel, (for he 
was the firstborn; but, forasmuch as he defiled his father's 
bed, his birthright was given unto the sons of Joseph the son 
of Israel: and the genealogy is not to be reckoned after the 
birthright. For Judah prevailed above his brethren, and of 
him came the chief ruler; but the birthright was Joseph's.") 
I. Chron. 5:1, 2. 

In this record there is a grand lesson. God ever expects 
the elder to be an example to the younger; the parents to the 
children; the first born son and daughter to those who come 
later. The natural birthright gives them this pre-eminence 

356 



Judah. 357 

and if their lives are according to the privilege every elder 
person would be an example of piety and faithfulness to the 
younger. The birthright belonging to Reuben was given to 
the house of Joseph, but owing to the prophetic blessing of 
Jacob the kings came of the tribe of Judah (Gen. 49:10). 
The responsibility fell upon Judah to lead God's people and the 
House of Judah should have ever been loyal to God. 

But they, like Reuben have now been disloyal as their his- 
tory has proven. Had they proven true to the commandments 
of God as revealed in his laws the light of the pure gospel 
would never have gone out. Now to locate the sins of the 
past, and the present we must read their history upon this 
most important question, the law of God. "Howbeit I will 
not rend away all the kingdom; but will give one tribe to thy 
son for David my servant's sake, and for Jerusalem's sake 
which I have chosen." I. Kings 11:13. 

Solomon was the third king that ruled over the twelve 
tribes; Saul was first, David second. Each reigned forty 
years. Christ was to be born of the tribe of Judah for his 
work in heaven is that of king and priest. 

The charge against this house is, that they have broken the 
law and have not kept the commandments of the Lord. We 
have first an example of this by Solomon, who was led away 
by his strange wives and his associations with other nations. 
Although a man of great intellect, one whom the Lord used 
as an instrument in his hands, yet God could not overlook this 
breach in a ruler of Israel. Therefore he told him that the 
kingdom should be rent, and that tribe should no longer rule 
over all Israel but that he would .leave two and a half tribes 
as the house of Judah for David's sake. Thus the sin laid to 
the house of Judah was that of breaking the commandments 
of the Lord. 

As the result of this, after the death of Solomon there were 
two houses, named, the house of Israel and the house of 
Judah. Jeroboam reigned over ten tribes and Rehoboam over 
the house of Judah and Benjamin. 



3S8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Tracing the history of Judah down over three hundred 
years we learn of another important epoch in their history. 
This was under the reign of Manasseh. "But they hearkened 
not: and Manasseh seduced them to do more evil than did the 
nations whom the Lord destroyed before the children of Israel. 
And the Lord spake by his servants the prophets, saying, Be- 
cause Manasseh king of Judah hath done these abominations, 
and hath done wickedly above all that the Amorites did, which 
were before him, and hath made Judah also to sin with his 
idols : therefore thus saith the Lord God of Israel, Behold, 
I am bringing such evil upon Jerusalem and Judah, that who- 
soever heareth of it, both his ears shall tingle. And I will 
stretch over Jerusalem the line of Samaria, and the plummet of 
the house of Ahab : and I will wipe Jerusalem as a man wipeth 
a dish, wiping it, and turning it upside down. And I will for- 
sake the remnant of mine inheritance, and deliver them into 
the hand of their enemies; and they shall become a prey and 
a spoil to all their enemies ; because they have done that which 
was evil in my sight, and have provoked me to anger, since 
the day their fathers came forth out of Egypt, even unto this 
day. Moreover Manasseh shed innocent blood very much, till 
he had filled Jerusalem from one end to another; besides his 
sin wherewith he made Judah to sin, in doing that which was 
evil in the sight of the Lord." II. Kings 21 :g-i6. 

In the entire history of Israel and the house of Judah, from 
the anointing of Saul- to the Babylonian captivity, there were 
thirty-nine kings; eight of this number are spoken of as being 
good. They were all of the House of Judah. But when we 
reach the reign of Manasseh there was probably no king that 
ever reigned who was more wicked than he. Hosea, the 
prophet points out another time in history when Judah would 
remove the bounds. "The princes of Judah were like them 
that remove the bound: therefore I will pour out my wrath 
upon them like water." Hosea 5:10. 

But this prophecy has its application this side of Christ, as 
learned in the comments on this book, when Judah the Greek 



Judah. 359 

division of the Gentile Church permitted the commandments 
of God to be once more violated. This was done when this 
division permitted the doctrines of Paganism to come into the 
Gentile Church and be substituted for the commandments of 
God. These doctrines, as set forth in our comments on the 
second chapter of Hosea, are termed by the prophet "her 
sabbaths, her moons, and her feast days" which this apostasy 
brought in from Paganism. These substitutions, which are 
directly contrary to the commandments of God, have ever 
remained in all the professedly -Christian Churches from that 
day to this, with the exception of very few dissenting people 
scattered along through history to the present time. Now in 
the fourth transgression, the union of these three divisions, 
when these false doctrines are reiterated as the foundation 
principles of this great apostasy, the punishment will be sure 
to come to Judah and all engaged in the apostasy. And to 
this point, Hosea refers in his prophecy. 

Where is there a single commandment in all the Scriptures 
of truth to keep the first day of the week as a day of rest and 
worship? Where is there a single statement God ever made 
commanding these feasts brought in from Paganism, practised 
by Roman Catholicism and the Greek Church with a growing 
sanction and practice in Protestantism? Where does the 
Bible teach the conscious state of the dead between death and 
the resurrection? Where does the Bible teach sprinkling in 
the place of being buried with Christ by baptism? Where 
does the Bible teach that we now have a new code of laws and 
a new plan of salvation to save men? Nay, verily, these are 
all institutions brought in from Paganism and adopted by 
Judah the Apostolic division of the Church. It was those who 
followed the Apostles that permitted these bounds to be re- 
moved, and the doctrines of Paganism and ceremonies of the 
Ammonitish and Moabitish gods to take the place of the doc- 
trines of the Bible. Every man that is a true Christian obeys 
the commandments of God, laws and doctrines of God's own 
making, and not the traditions of men. 



360 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

The one hundred and forty-four thousand brought out 
under the last message of mercy before this punishment comes, 
is declared by the prophet John to "keep the commandments 
of God and the faith of Jesus." Rev. 14:12. The last chap- 
ter in the Bible says, "Blessed are they that do his command- 
ments that they may have a right to the tree of life and may 
enter in through the gates into the city." Rev. 22:14. John 
says, "Whosoever committeth sin, transgresseth, also, the law, 
for sin is the transgression of the law. I John 3:4. Again 
he says he that sayeth he loveth me and keepeth not my com- 
mandments is a liar and the truth is not in him. And once 
more he says, hereby we do know that we know God when we 
love God and keep his commandments, for this is the love of 
God that we keep his commandments and his commandments 
are not grievous. Christ who is spoken of in the Scriptures 
as the lion of the tribe of Judah says, "Think not that I am 
come to destroy the law, I am not come to destroy but to ful- 
fill. And to show what it was to fulfill, he continued, "Who- 
soever therefore, shall break one of these least command- 
ments and shall teach men so, he shall be called least in the 
kingdom of heaven. But whosoever shall do and teach them 
shall be called great in the kingdom of heaven." The young 
man that came to inquire how to obtain eternal life, and asked 
Christ what he should do, received the reply, "If thou wilt 
enter into life, keep the commandments." The great apostle 
to the Gentiles, in relating his experience, how he was con- 
verted, as recorded in the seventh chapter of Romans said: 
"I had not known sin, but by the law, I had not known lust 
except the law had said, 'Thou shalt not covet.' " He here 
quotes the tenth commandment of the decalogue. He says 
this revealed to me, that I was a sinner and "when the com- 
mandment came, sin revived and P died." He then exclaimed, 
"the law is holy, just and good." But he was "carnal, sold 
under sin." He was a transgressor. His next experience 
was how he obtained help through Christ to keep that law. 



Judah. 361 

wherein all his human efforts had failed; how Christ con- 
demned sin in the flesh; and how then, he obtained through 
Christ the help that he needed that the "righteousness of the 
law might be fulfilled in us who walk not after the flesh but 
after the Spirit." Romans 8:4. 

Thus we see that every true Christian in all the world's 
history, regardless of the age, or nationality is an individual 
who respects and obeys all the commandments of God. The 
opposite of this, is to substitute the doctrines of men and make 
void the commandments of God. All such worship, says 
Christ, is vain worship. All who keep the commandments of 
God in any age of the world, and accept the faith of Christ 
for the forgiveness of sin, for violation of the command- 
ments of God wherein they have in any way transgressed 
against them, will be added to the true house of Judah. For 
it is the only name that goes through to the next life. This 
will explain why all that are gathered out of Babylon, (these 
three divisions of Christendom) will form the perfected House 
of Judah by which name the true church will henceforth be 
known. All who are of this class and alive upon the earth 
after probation closes, will constitute this House of Judah. 
And to that house, Christ will come. And any law of the 
land that this great confederacy, which we have before men- 
tioned, may make to enforce Sunday as a sacred day, or any 
other doctrine which has come in through any apostasy, will 
not stand in the great day that is just before us. 




CHAPTER XXI. 



HOUSE OF ISRAEL. 



"Thus saith the Lord; For three transgressions of Israel, 
and for four I will not turn away the punishment thereof; be- 
cause they sold the righteous for silver, and the poor for a 
pair of shoes; that pant after the dust of the earth on the 
head of the poor, and turn aside the way of the meek: and a 
man and his father will go in unto the same maid, to profane 
my holy name." Amos. 2 .S-y. 

The great sin, which God has charged up against the House 
of Israel is different from that charged upon Judah. Judah 
was held responsible for sound doctrines. While every Chris- 
tian in any age of the world, or under any division of God's 
people, should be sound in doctrine; and cannot be excused 
for holding false doctrines, yet that sin may not be laid at the 
door of one in as strong a sense as it could be at the door of 
another whom God has especially chosen and blessed. The 
Scriptures show that a minister is more responsible than a lay 
member. Even though they both be lost, the punishment and 
judgment of God is the greater upon the leader of the flock. 
Now the charge against the House of Israel (Roman Cathol- 
icism) is that of oppression of the poor ; and making merchan- 
dise of the membership ; and using the garb of Christianity as 
a cloak to carry forward the design of its covetous heart. 

362 



House of Israel. 363 

This is a grievous sin in the eyes of God. And to this sin the 
House of Israel, the second division of Christendom, is espe- 
cially addicted. 

Covetousness was a characteristic of the ancient House 
of Israel as well as of the Gentile House of Israel. Covetous- 
ness is one of the most deceitful, soul destroying traits that 
can possess any individual. Like any other sin, it is an un- 
natural, cultivated, cherished desire of the heart to obtain and 
possess more than is necessary, or right, even resorting to 
deception, and fraud, to obtain the same. Of all the delusions 
that are in the world there is none so great, as the desire to 
be rich. The apostle says: "The love of money is the root 
of all evil." Now when this love of money is cherished in the 
church, every unlawful, and deceptive scheme that can be 
devised in the lives of men will be devised to obtain it. And 
to these devices, the House of Israel, has ever been addicted. 
It is the great sin, charged by the Lord, against that house. 
That charge may be applicable to any division, or individual 
associated with the Lord's work. Were we to trace the his- 
tory of many incidents and prophetic utterances concerning 
this sin of covetousness, it would fill a volume. But we will 
take some of the common things in the history of the Roman 
Catholic Church that every one knows to be true. In the sixth 
chapter of Revelation, the Roman Catholic Church as devel- 
oped and established in a. d. 538 is symbolized by a black horse 
with a rider upon its back, and in his hand a pair of balances. 
He says : "A measure of wheat for a penny and a measure of 
barley for a penny and see that thou hurt not the oil nor the 
wine." 

The oil and wine are represented in the Scriptures as 
spiritual, gospel blessings. Wheat and barley here are articles 
of commerce. Here is a symbol in which they are combined 
at the risk of hurting the oil and the wine. The dark record 
of that power, as given in the pages of history, is appalling, 
in reference to the extortion wrought upon the people, to 



364 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

obtain money. The system of prayers for the dead, soliciting 
means that dead friends may be dehvered from purgatory, is 
an awful sin, practiced upon an uninformed and superstitious 
people. Next, indulgences were sold to the highest bidder, 
thus teaching them that in case they sinned, it would not be 
charged against them. In this manner, large sums of money 
were extorted from the people. 

And again this organization is the originator of church 
fairs, the selling of merchandise under the name of Christian- 
ity in order to forward the plans of the church. This prac- 
tice of church affairs, and church festivals has been adopted by 
Protestants, for the purpose of raising means to support the 
church. This has been carried forward until kitchens and all 
necessary conveniences to entertain the mixed public are 
provided in many of the churches today. Post-offices, grab 
bags, ring cakes and all manner of lotteries, entertainments, 
theatrical performances and songs unfitted for the House of 
Worship, all have been used to raise money to pay church ex- 
penses. God's plan in the Bible is ignored. This is an 
awful picture pointed out in the writing of the prophets, and 
chargeable to the House of Israel, as the great leader in this 
sin. Thousands and millions of dollars are taken from the 
poor, who need the bread of life, who need clothing to keep 
them warm and funds to educate their children. This money 
is drawn from them by various devices and in many instances, 
it is spent for great display in church edifices, and instruments 
of music, bells and church steeples, far beyond any require- 
ments or any necessity, a mere display. It is right to educate 
every Christian to be liberal, and carry out the plans set forth 
in the Bible for the support of the Gospel. It is right to have 
the spirit of sacrifice which will exist iii every true Christian's 
heart. It is right to raise money by means of God's plans, 
laid down in the Bible. But let that money when it is thus 
raised be used with wisdom and judgment. Let such plain, 
neat houses of worship be erected as the demand calls for. 



House of Israel. 365 

Let the messengers of God be supported while they carry the 
gospel to those who know it not. In short, cut from the cata- 
logue every unnecessary expense, and use what means is raised 
as stewards who must give account to the chief shepherd. 
Educate the membership to the requirements of God as laid 
down in his word. Do not work up an undue feeling of sym- 
pathy in the minds of your humble followers by means of 
imaginary stories to cause them to give beyond their ability, 
in order to forward the branch in which you are individually 
working and thus gain a name for yourself. In short it is an 
awful sin in the sight of God to impose upon an innocent 
flock with selfish motives, or undue judgment. This sin is 
laid at the door of the professed people of God, the same as 
the sins of breaking the commandments and permitting the 
bounds to be removed from the law. "That make a man an 
offender for a word, and lay a snare for him that reproveth in 
the gate, and turn aside the just for a thing of nought." 
Isa. 29:21. 

The prophet speaks of making the man an offender for a 
word and turning aside the just for a thing of nought. This 
love of money is manifested in many ways. Bribery is one 
of the common sins of this day. If men can get a few dollars 
they will engage to use their iniluence in trades and bargains, 
regardless of the hurt and harm it may cause their victim. 
The prophet says, "they have sold the poor for a pair of 
shoes." As small a bargain, or small a bribe as the value of 
a pair of shoes will cause men who profess to be Christians 
to use their influence to the hurt of their brethren. All this is 
wrong and should never be practiced by any one professing 
the name of Christ. 

Thus we have followed these three divisions through the 
various names under which they exist as recorded by the 
prophet Amos in his introduction to his book. This establishes 
another fact that the book of Amos is entirely a prophecy of 
the last days. And could we deem it proper we would give a 



366 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

verse commentary upon this book. For every one who desires 
truth, applicable to this age, should study this book, verse 
by verse. The last chapter of the prophecy of Amos closes 
with the coming of Christ and the restoration of the taber- 
nacle of David, the perfected House of Judah, which is now 
in process of erection. And to this temple, when completed, 
Christ will come with, "Woe unto them that decree unright- 
eous decrees, and that write grievousness which they have pre- 
scribed; to turn aside the needy from judgment, and to take 
away the right from the poor of my people, that widows may 
be their prey, and that they may rob the fatherless!" Isa. 
10:1-2. 




CHAPTER XXII. 



ANCIENT AND MODERN WORSHIP. 



Israel's ancient apostasy from God, was caused by their 
worshiping Moloch, the god of the Ammonites, Chemosh, the 
god of the Moabites, Dagon the god of the Philistines, all 
forms of Baal or Sun worship. "To whom our fathers would 
not obey, but thrust him from them, and in their hearts turned 
back again into Egypt, Saying unto Aaron, Make us gods to 
go before us : for as for this Moses, which brought us out of 
the land of Egypt, we wot not what is become of him. And 
they made a calf in those days, and offered sacrifice unto the 
idol, and rejoiced in the works of their own hands. Then 
God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven ; 
as it is written in the book of the prophets, O ye house of 
Israel, have ye offered to me slain beasts and sacrifices by the 
space of forty years in the wilderness? Yea, ye took up the 
tabernacle of Moloch, and the star of your god, Remphan, 
figures which ye made to worship them : and I will carry you 
away beyond Babylon." Acts 7:39-43. 

"And the king commanded Hilkiah the high priest, and 
the priests of the second order, and the keepers of the door, 
to bring forth out of the temple of the Lord all the vessels 
that were made for Baal, and for the grove, and for all the 
host of heaven : and he burned them without Jerusalem in the 

367- 



368 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

fields of Kidron, and carried the ashes of them unto Beth-el. 
And he put down the idolatrous priests, whom the kings of 
Judali had ordained to burn incense in the high places in the 
cities of Judah, and in the places round about Jerusalem ; them 
also that burned incense unto Baal, to the sun, and to the 
moon, and to the planets, and to all the host of heaven. And 
he brought out the grove from the house of the Lord, without 
Jerusalem, unto the brook, Kidron, and burned it at the 
brook Kidron, and stamped it small to powder, and cast the 
powder thereof upon the graves of the children of the people." 
II Kings 23 :4-6. 

"And lest thou lift up thine eyes unto heaven, and when 
thou seest the sun, and the moon, and the stars, even all the 
host of heaven, shouldest be driven to worship them, and serve 
them, which the Lord thy God hath divided unto all nations 
under the whole heaven." Deut. 4:19. 

"And when the Lord thy God shall deliver them before 
thee; thou shalt smite them, and utterly destroy them; thou 
shalt make no covenant with them, nor shew mercy unto them : 
Neither shalt thou make marriages with them; thy daughter 
thou shalt not give unto his son, nor his daughter shalt thou 
take unto thy son. For they will turn away thy son from fol- 
lowing me, that they may serve other gods : so will the anger 
of the Lord be kindled against you, and destroy thee sud- 
denly. But thus shall ye deal with them ; ye shall destroy their 
altars, and break down their images, and cut down their 
groves, and burn their graven images with fire." Deut. 7 :2-5. 

Another incident is that of Saul seeking one with a famil- 
iar spirit, which was a feature of the worship of the Philis- 
tines. "Then said Saul unto his servants. Seek me a woman 
that hath a familiar spirit, that I may go to her, and enquire 
of her. And his servants said to him, Behold, there is a 
woman that hath a familiar spirit at Endor. And Saul dis- 
guised himself, and put on other raiment, and he went, and 
two men with him, and they came to the woman by night : and 



Ancient and Modern Worship. 369 

he said, I pray thee, divine unto me by the familiar spirit, and 
bring me him up, whom I shall name unto thee. And the 
woman said unto him, Behold, thou knowest what Saul hath 
done, how he hath cut ofif those that have familiar spirits, and 
the wizards, out of the' land : wherefore then layest thou a 
snare for my life, to cause me to die ? And Saul sware to her 
by the Lord, saying. As the Lord liveth, there shall no punish- 
ment happen to thee for this thing. Then said the woman. 
Whom shall I bring up unto thee? And he said. Bring me up 
Samuel." I Samuel 28:7-11. 

The Greek Gentile was an idolater with his temple at 
Ephesus dedicated to Baal worship; hence when the apostasy 
of the early church took place, like Israel when they desired 
to return to the gods of Egypt, so the Greek Gentiles re- 
adopted the worship already held among the unconverted of 
their countrymen, thus mingling Christianity with idolatry. 
We find them today, in many of their customs and practices, 
very similar to the Ammonites of old. Hosea 2 :2-i2. 

Solomon in his apostasy, took up with the Moabitish form 
of Baal worship, as well as the Ammonitish and Zidonian: 
"But king Solomon loved many strange women, together with 
the daughter of Pharaoh, women of the Moabites, Ammonites, 
Edomites, Zidonians, and Hittites; of the nations concerning 
which the Lord said unto the children of Israel, Ye shall not 
go in to them, neither shall they come in unto you : for surely 
they will turn away your heart after their gods : Solomon clave 
unto these in love. And he had seven hundred wives, prin- 
cesses, and three hundred concubines: and his wives turned 
away his heart. For it came to pass, when Solomon was old, 
that his wives turned away his heart after other gods : and his 
heart was not perfect with the Lord his God, as was the heart 
of David his father. For Solomon went after Ashtoreth the 
goddess of the Zidonians, and after Milcom the abomination 
of the Ammonites. And Solomon did evil in the sight of the 
Lord, and went not fully after the Lord, as did David his 



37° The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

father. Then did Solomon build an high place for Chemosh, 
the abomination of Moab, in the hill that is before Jerusalem, 
and for Molech, the abomination of the children of Ammon. 
And likewise did he for all his strange wives, which burnt 
incense and sacrificed unto their gods." I Kings il:i-8. 

The similarity between ancient Moab and Roman Cathol- 
icism, is apparent when we compare their history. 

It was the Roman who gave the name Sunday, Monday 
and so on to the days of the week in honor of their gods and 
planets and paganized the Christian Church by sheer force of 
numbers, bringing in the Roman purgatory, endless torment, 
kingship, prayers for the dead, sprinkling, burning candles, 
relic worship, saint worship, feasts, and holy days, immortality 
of the soul, eternal torment by fire, all of which were borrov.'ed 
from Chemosh and Moloch worship of old. 

The similarity between Protestantism and the worship of 
the Philistines, is made equally plain by comparison. "And 
he exerciseth all the power of the first beast before him, and 
causeth the earth and them which dwell therein to worship the 
first beast, whose deadly wound was healed. And he doeth 
great wonders, so that he maketh fire come down from heaven 
on the earth in the sight of men, and deceiveth them that 
dwell on the earth by the means of those miracles which he had 
power to do in the sight of the beast; saying to them that 
dwell on the earth, that they should make an image to the 
beast, which had the wound by a sword, and did live." Rev. 
13:12-14. 

"And the beast was taken, and with him the false prophet 
that wrought miracles before him, with which he deceived 
them that had received the mark of the beast, and them that 
worshipped his image. These both were cast alive into a lake 
of fire burning with brimstone." Rev. 19 :20. 

"And I saw three unclean spirits like frogs come out of the 
mouth of the dragon, and out of the mouth of the beast, and 
out of the mouth of the false prophet. For they are the 



Ancient and Modern Worship. 371 

spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the 
kings of the earth and of the whole world, to gather them to 
the battle of that great day of God Almighty." Rev. 16:13-14. 

"Therefore thou hast forsaken thy people the house of 
Jacob, because they be replenished from the east, and are sooth- 
sayers like the Philistines, and they please themselves in the 
children of strangers." Isa. 2 :6. 

"And when they shall say unto you. Seek, unto them that 
have familiar spirits, and unto wizards that peep, and that 
mutter : should not a people seek unto their God ? for the living 
to the. dead ? To the law and to the testimony : if they speak 
not according to this word, it is because there is no light in 
them." Isa. 8:19-20. 

Spiritualism is the particular medium through which the 
miracles are performed by the False Prophet in the presence 
of the Beast. The False Prophet is conceded to be the 
United States, and the modern spirit manifestations arising 
first in the United States proves that Protestantism, above 
others, bears the characteristics of ancient Philistine worship. 

Dagon was the god of the Philistines. His form was half 
man and half fish. The human part signified fruitfulness, 
while the fish's tail pertains to seamen. The United States, 
the home of Protestantism, is particularly a fruitful country 
with naval power. 

Spiritualism made its first appearance in the Fox family, 
of Hydesville, New York, in 1848. Now its numbers have 
so increased, its adherents so multiplied, its. doctrines been so 
imbibed and expressed by the pulpit, press and platform, that 
it must be apparent to all that America is the Philistia of the 
last days. From this country its teachings have gone to all 
the world. 

Ancient Babylon was the original seat of all false doc- 
trines. These doctrines have been handed down from Baby- 
lon by the nations of the earth to our day, as clearly shown 
by John in the symbol used to represent the Western Empire 



372 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

of Rome. The beast used, is one having the mouth of a lion 
(Assyria), the feet of a bear ( Medo-Persia) , the body of a 
leopard (Grecia) and ten horns (the Western Empire of 
Rome, or the territory of Roman Catholicism). 

We introduce the following to show how the early church 
adopted some of the rites and ceremonies of heathenism: 

Another author says: "The third one of the great feasts 
of the church, Christmas, doesn't seem to be kept during the 
first three centuries. In contrast to it a memorial of Christ's 
baptism was celebrated in the Orient as a revelation of his 
Messiahship and glory of his divinity call Epiphania, the sixth 
of January. This festival was, in Egypt, also given the mean- 
ing as a memorial of Christ's birth, and in that way they had 
in a certain sense a substitute for Christmas, which had not 
yet begun." — Ecclesiastical History, by C. A. Cornelius, part 
I, page 139. Further on, the same author says, "It began 
first to be celebrated in the Roman Church about 360, and 
from there it spread to the Orient." After he has mentioned 
"Saturnalia," the Roman feast of Joy, which began the seven- 
teenth and ended the twenty-fourth of December with the 
"Sigillaria," he continues: "At last the so-called 'Brumalia,' 
or the winter solstice, was celebrated the twenty-fifth of De- 
cember. It was also called 'deus natalis invicti solis" (the 
birth feast of the unconquered sun), because in that season 
when the short days are gone, the sun again comes forth vic- 
torious from the gloomy night to travel on its orbit like an 
unconquered hero." Id., part 2, page 91. 

The commentator, Adam Clarke, gives the following in- 
formation: "The Latin church, supreme in power and infalli- 
ble in judgment ( ?), placed it on the twenty-fifth of December, 
the very day in which the ancient Romans celebrated the feast 
of their goddess Bruma. . . . Pope Julius I was the 
person who made this alteration, and it appears to have been 
done for this reason : the sun now began his return toward the 
northern tropic, ending the winter, lengthening the days, and 
introducing the spring." Notes to Luke 2 :8. 



Ancient and Modern Worship. 373 

"The word Easter, Anglo-Saxon, Eastre, Easter; German, 
Ostern, like the names of the days of the week is a survival 
from the old Teutonic mythology." — Encyclopedia Britan- 
nica. 

"The word Easter is of Saxon origin, and is supposed to 
be derived from Easier, the goddess of love, or the Venus of 
the North, in honor of whom a festival was celebrated by 
our pagan ancestors in the month of April." — Dr. Barnes on 
Acts 12:4. 

"This feast (Easter) was fixed by the (Roman) Council 
of Nice, 325 A. D., to be held on the Sunday which falls upon 
or immediately after the full moon which happens next after 
the twenty-first of March." — New Century Encyclopedia and 
Dictionary. 

"At the opening of the fourth century, 'the mystery of 
iniquity' (II Thess. 2:7) had introduced that foul, profane 
caricature of the Passover, the pagan Easter." — Pagan Coun- 
terfeits, p. 104. 

"The New Testament nowhere records the formal institu- 
tion of any distinctively Christian festival." — Encyclopedia 
Britannica. 

"The festival of Sunday, like all other festivals, was al- 
ways only a human ordinance." — Neander's Church History, 
translated by Ross, p. 186. 

"Sunday and holidays all stand upon the same foundation, 
namely, the ordinance of the (Catholic) Church." — Catholic 
Christian Instructed, p. 253. 

One writer has aptly said: "When it is now generally 
known that this church has many ordinances of human origin, 
then it is indeed high time for the Protestants who wish to 
follow the Bible only to earnestly consider this subject, be- 
cause when the festival is appointed on the same date as the 
heathen sun feast,- it may be that idolatrous defilement under 
a Christian garb is threatening us right here." 



374 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient vefsus the Occident. 

There is not a single denomination today'tut is more or 
less involved in the practice of error handed down from 
heathenism. Hence the appeal from the Lord is: "And. I 
heard another voice from heaven, saying, Come out of her, 
my people, that ye be not partakers of her sins, and that ye 
receive not of her plagues." Rev. 18:4. 



TII[mTK)nSWER[4nCRT&TflTWR4Tll 

15 CONE 




Ttev./r/f. 



CHAPTER XXIII. 




THE LIONESS AND HER TWO WHELPS. 

From the nineteenth to the thirty-fourth chapters of Eze- 
kiel is almost a continued prophecy representing the Gentile 
history of the Church from the first to the second advent of 
Christ. As we trace the many lines of prophecy and sym- 
bols used, the truth of the statement of Isaiah that prophecy 
is "hne upon line, precept upon precept, here a little and there 
a little," is impressed upon our minds. The field of prophecy 
revealing future history is truly a large one, but we are 
thankful it is our privilege to have these themes opened. It is 
in God's providence it should be so, for now is the time that 
the light that they contain is needed. 

We have the divisions of the Church this side of Christ 
revealed in the nineteenth chapter of Ezekiel under the symbol 
of a lioness and her two whelps. If we mistake not, the ob- 
ject of these symbols is to show the characteristics of the re- 
ligion of these divisions. The lion, in the prophecies of 
Daniel, is a symbol of Babylon. The book of Revelation, 
in using a symbol of a woman to represent the Church this 
side of Christ, has upon her forehead "the name Babylon." 
Thus it is easy to see that the lion here introduced is to show 
that the religion of these three is Babylonian, or Assyrian in 
its origin. 

375 



376 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Ezekiel XIX. 

Verses i, 2: "Moreover, take thou up a lamentation for 
the princes of Israel. And say, What is thy mother? A 
lioness : she lay down among lions, she nourished her whelps 
among young lions." 

This chapter is addressed to the princes of Israel, showing 
that these symbols represent the divisions of Israel. Your 
mother is a lioness (Babylonian) in her worship; she has 
lain down with lions ; she has committed fornication with Baby- 
lonians. Hosea calls this woman's associates her lovers, the 
Assyrians. Thus we have the identity again brought to view, 
namely : the princes of Israel this side of Christ in the Gentile 
Church, have received the mystical doctrines of Babylon and 
mingled them with the worship of Christ. The mother here, as 
clearly indicated, is a symbol of the first division or Greek 
Catholicism. As shown in all the prophecies it was that Church 
that apostatized from the truth and permitted the Baal worship 
of Assyria (the Babylonians) to be mingled with the truth of 
the Bible. 

Verses 3, 4 : "And she brought up one of her whelps : it 
became a young lion, and it learned to catch the prey; it de- 
voured men. The nations also heard of him; he was taken 
in their pit, and they brought him with chains unto the land 
of Egypt." 

As the result of this mystical union, another organization 
was brought forth, represented by a young lion whom she 
taught to catch the prey. He ran his career and was finally 
captured and taken unto Egypt. This represents the second 
division, Roman Catholicism; the prey they caught was the 
Pagans of Rome. This power, as stated by Daniel and John, 
was to continue twelve hundred and sixty years, at the end 
of which time his dominion was to be taken away. And John 
says his head was to receive a deadly wound. The Papacy 
was fully established a. d. 538, from which 1,260 years is 



The Lioness and Her Two Whelps. 377 

reckoned. This period ended in 1798 when his head was, as 
it were, wounded to death. But he was taken into Egypt. 
Suffice it to say for the present this work was done by the 
influence of Protestantism in a country that was then arising, 
the United States, which is known in these latter-day prophe- 
cies as Egypt. Thus we have in brief the history of the first 
whelp. 

Verses 5-9: "Now when she saw that she had waited, 
and her hope was lost, then she took another of her whelps, 
and made him a young lion. And he went up and down 
among the lions, he became a young lion, and learned to 
catch the prey, and devoured men. And he knew their deso- 
late palaces, and he laid waste their cities; and the land was 
desolate, and the fulness thereof, by the noise of his roaring. 
Then the nations set against him on every side from the prov- 
inces, and spread their net over him: he was taken in their 
pit. And they put him in ward in chains, and brought him to 
the king of Babylon: they brought him into holds, that his 
voice should no more be heard upon the mountains of Israel." 

The next whelp was a roaring, boisterous fellow. He was 
a strong lion. He captured the prey represented here by 
countries as well as individuals. This whelp could not repre- 
sent anything else than Protestantism, which was a rising 
power at the time when the first whelp went into captivity, 
1798. He grew to be a strong power in the world. But the 
nations saw him, they cast their net upon him and he was 
brought in chains to the king of Babylon. It is a different 
power that catches this whelp. Babylon (Assyria) was an 
ancient Eastern power and still stands as the prophetic sym- 
bol of the Far Eastern nations. It is the power pointed out 
in all the Scriptures, which we have noticed, that will take 
this last whelp (the United States) and desolate his country. 

Verses 10-12: "Thy mother is like a vine in thy blood, 
planted by the waters: she was fruitful and full of branches 
by reason of many waters. And she had strong rods for the 



378 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

sceptres of them that bare rule, and her stature was exalted 
among the thick branches, and she appeared in her height 
with the multitude of her branches. But she was plucked up 
in fury, she was cast down to the ground, and the east ivind 
dried up her fruit: her strong rods were broken and withered; 
the fire consumed them." 

The prophet now rehearses the history of the mother. 
She was a strong vine planted by many waters (peoples). 
The gospel started in the midst of the world at the time of 
Christ. The gospel started in its purity, the blessing of God 
attended it until the Church removed the bounds and per- 
mitted false doctrines to come in. She was fruitful in her 
first history and she bare strong rods, or scepters, for those 
that ruled. But the trouble befalls her in her closing history 
as told in all the utterances of the prophecy, namely: the 
East wind (war from the East) dries up her fruit. She 
withers and dies. When the East wind (war) comes the 
history of her and her two whelps is finished. 

Verses 13, 14: "And now she is planted in the wilderness, 
in a dry and thirsty ground. And fire is gone out of a rod 
of her branches, which hath devoured her fruit, so that she 
hath no strong rod to be a sceptre to rule. This is a lamenta- 
tion, and shall be for a lamentation." 

The final destiny of Christendom is here told, namely, the 
lake of fire; this will destroy her eternally. The specification 
marking her rulership, viz.: the scepter, is no doubt given 
to aid us in definitely locating this symbol as the House of 
Judah or the first division. The scepter ever belongs to the 
name of Judah. This division will lose that rulership as a result 
of the East wind ; thus showing it can only apply to the division 
as it exists in this life. But the real scepter of rulership will 
ever remain with those who make up the perfected House 
of Judah in the eternal world. 



^W^^mmmMQ^§ 



lb: 



fP'flJ^ 



m 



On ASISTUCnOTHER 
gi4pSOISIl[RD4UGIlTtR 




CHAPTER XXIV. 



THE AMORITE BABE. 



"Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son 
of man, cause Jerusalem to know her abominations, and 
say, Thus saith the Lord God unto Jerusalem; Thy birth and 
thy nativity is of the land of Canaan ; thy father was an Am- 
morite, and thy mother a Hittite. And as for thy nativity, 
in the day thou wast born thy navel was not cut, neither wast 
thou washed in water to supple thee ; thou was not salted at 
all, nor swaddled at all. None eye pitied thee, to do any of 
these unto thee, to have compassion upon thee ; but thou wast 
cast out in the open field, to the loathing of thy person, in 
the day that thou wast born. And when I passed by thee, 
and saw thee polluted in thine own blood, I said unto thee 
when thou wast in thy blood. Live; yea, I said unto thee 
when thou wast in thy blood. Live." Eze. i6:i-6. 

This prophecy is addressed to Jerusalem that they might 
know their abominations. Jerusalem is a title applied in many 
Scriptures to the Church, the professed people of God. The 
reason for this is because the city of Jerusalem was the cen- 
tral point of worship, where the temple was built. Now the 
question arises, to what Church, or age of the Church does 
this prophecy have its application? We reply, to the Gentiles 

379 



380 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

this side of the crucifixion. Our reason for this is, first, 
Jerusalem (the Church) is also in these verses represented 
by a babe whose father was an Amorite and its mother a 
Hittite. This could not possibly represent the Church before 
Christ. A woman is ever a symbol of the Church. A cor- 
rupt woman a symbol of a corrupt Church ; a virgin, a symbol 
of a pure Church, one that is sound in Bible doctrine and 
pure in spiritual life. The Church from the days of Abraham 
until the crucifixion was symbolized by Jewish women ; as by 
Sarah and Rachel in Jer. 31 and Gal. 4. Now it would be 
extremely unjust to symbolize that age by a woman born 
of an Amorite and Hittite union. These were nations that 
God drove out of the land of Canaan. And the Amorite was 
one who had filled the cup of its iniquity. Later on in this 
chapter, when this Amorite babe is grown up to womanhood, 
it will be more clearly developed why she is a symbol of the 
Gentile Church this side of Christ. This child was born in 
the land of Canaan. That was not true of the Jewish Church. 
They were a church in the wilderness before they reached the 
land of Canaan. Even in Egypt we learn of Church officers 
among them, hence it is not possible to make this babe sym- 
bolize the Church before Christ. But it is true that the very 
place of birth of the Gentile Church was the land of Canaan. 
And this took place at the time when the apostles said, "Lo, 
we turn to the Gentiles." Now we don't mean by this symbol 
and this argument that there was a new organization or that 
there was a new. plan of salvation ; for, as shown in all these 
writings, Jerusalem, Judah, Israel, and Ephraim are names 
used throughout Gentile history. But there was a beginning 
of a new history among a new and different class of people, 
namely, the Gentiles. Read Romans, ninth, tenth and eleventh 
chapters. There it will be seen how the Gentiles are brought 
into the household of faith under the old name and not a 
new household of faith newly established. Therefore we lay 
the foundation of this chapter upon these principles. 



The Amorite Babe. 381 

A more striking figure illustrating the love of Christ, even 
to an enemy and an outcast is not to be found in all the 
Bible. This little maid, just born, even yet draviring its life's 
blood from its Gentile mother, is uncared for in every respect ; 
no kind heart to minister to its needs, no eye to pity, utterly 
helpless, left in this condition. The Creator of heaven and 
earth, the Saviour of the world, looks upon it in tender mercy 
and says, Live. He knew all about the questionable character 
that would be developed in after years from its ancestors. 
He remembered how its ancestors had worshiped other gods, 
persecuted the saints, and were his bitter enemies. But He 
said, Live. This, as nothing else, illustrates the boundless 
mercy which Christ will extend to the human race. Though 
their sins be as crimson, he said I will wash them and make 
them as white as snow. (I John 1:9.) 

Such was the condition of the Gentiles, in the days of the 
apostles, that they were in pagan idolatry, bound by the super- 
stitious doctrines of heathenism with no eye to pity, "without 
God and without hope in the world." But Christ had deter- 
mined in the beginning of the world's history that he would 
never fail nor be discouraged until Eden should be restored, 
as it was when he created the earth in the beginning, and 
all who would accept of him be established in their Eden home. 
Now his people had rejected him, they had hung him upon 
the cross, they had rejected every blessing, they had turned 
with bitterness toward the apostles; they stoned Stephen to 
death; and the apostles were forced to say: "Lo, we turn to 
the Gentiles." 

The history and the beginning of the special work among 
that people is thus introduced. 

Verses 7-14 : "I have caused thee to multiply as the bud 
of the field, and thou hast increased and waxen great, and 
thou art come to excellent ornaments: thy breasts are fash- 
ioned, and thine hair is grown, whereas thou wast naked and 
bare. Now when I passed by thee, and looked upon thee, 



382 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

behold, thy time was the time of love; and I spread my skirt 
over thee, and covered thy nakedness : yea, I sware unto thee, 
and entered into a covenant with thee, saith the Lord God, 
and thou becamest mine. Then washed I thee with water; 
yea, I thoroughly washed away thy blood from thee, and I 
anointed thee with oil. I clothed thee also with broidered 
work, and shod thee with badgers' skin, and I girded thee 
about with fine linen, and I covered thee with silk. I decked 
thee also with ornaments, and I put bracelets upon thy hands, 
and a chain on thy neck. And I put a jewel on thy forehead, 
and earrings in thine ears, and a beautiful crown upon thy 
head. Thus wast thou decked with gold and silver; and thy 
raiment was of fine linen, and silk, and broidered work; thou 
didst eat fine flour, and honey, and oil ; and thou wast ex- 
ceeding beautiful, and thou didst prosper into a kingdom. 
And thy renown went forth among the heathen for thy beauty : 
for it was perfect through r.ty comeliness, which I had put 
upon thee, saith the Lord God." 

This Scripture teaches that this promise of espousal to 
Christ was when he first saw her. As Moses was found by 
the daughter of Pharaoh, as her eye of pity rested upon the 
helpless baby and her heart was touched, it was at that mo- 
ment that she made that decision in her heart that the boy 
should be hers. So when Christ saw the condition of the 
Gentiles, and he was seeking those he could help it was at 
the time that his eye first rested upon this babe that the 
covenant was made in his heart that the Gentiles should now 
be his people. And that the Jews could now take the place 
that the Gentiles had occupied. A Gentile could always come 
in and join himself to the household of faith with the Jews. 
And as Paul now explains the Jews can also be grafted in 
again. But from that time forward to the close of time. His 
especial people would be among the Gentiles; they would be 
clothed and adorned with every gospel blessing. 

In her youth, she was truly beautiful and fair to look 
upon. And such was the character of the Church during the 



The Amor it e Babe. 383 

first century. The renown and progress of Christianity dur- 
ing that age, went throughout the world. The attention of the 
heathen far and near was attracted to this movement among 
the Gentiles, as stated in Verse 14. 

Verses 15-17: "But thou didst trust in thine own beauty, 
and playedst the harlot because of thy renown, and pouredst 
out thy fornications on every one that passed by; his it was. 
And of thy garments thou didst take, and deckedst thy high 
places with divers colours, and playedst the harlot thereupo.n : 
the like things shall not come, neither shall it be so. Thou 
hast also taken thy fair jewels of my gold and of my silver, 
which I had given thee, and madest to thyself images of men, 
and didst commit whoredom with them." 

These verses reveal the cause of the downfall of nations, 
churches and individuals ; that is, when they come to a point 
where they trust in their riches, in their great achievements, 
in the numbers they have added to their organization, then 
their downfall is as certain as the rising of the sun. The 
mariner sees the danger of the rocks and the shoals as he 
studies the chart; but it seems that Church people never see 
the great rock upon which the Church has made shipwreck 
in all its history. The trouble, as stated by John, with the 
last Church upon the earth is, they say they are "rich and 
increased in goods and have need of nothing." This is the 
rock upon which the apostolic Church was wrecked. The 
rock of self-confidence. 

These verses also tell of the gospel blessings (the fair 
jewels), how she had taken them and played the harlot; that 
is, mingled the doctrines of the Bible with the doctrines of 
heathenism. And right at this point is marked the period of 
her downfall and ruin. 

Verses 18, 19: "And tookedst thy broidered garments, 
and coveredst them : and thou hast set mine oil and mine in- 
cense before them. My meat also which I gave thee, fine 
flour, and oil, and honey, wherewith I fed thee, thou hast even 



384 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

set it before them for a sweet savour: and thus it was, saith 
the Lord God." 

In reading the history of this age we learn how the doc- 
trines of Paganism were brought into the Church. During 
the first two Kenturies this was largely among the Greeks, and 
by studying Church history in connection with the prophecy 
it will be clearly seen how the false doctrines were brought in, 
as we have them today. The communion service was designed 
for the Church; in fact, all gospel blessings and privileges; 
but when through a mere form without any dividing line, 
these privileges all become common, then we are stepping 
beyond the boundary line God has given us. And the holy 
is mingled with the profane. 

Verses 20-22: "Moreover thou hast taken thy sons and 
thy daughters, whom thou hast borne unto me, and these hast 
thou sacrificed unto them to be devoured. Is this of thy 
whoredoms a small matter. That thou hast slain my chil- 
dren, and delivered them to cause them to pass through the 
fire for them? And in all thine abominations and thy whore- 
doms thou hast not remembered the days of thy youth, when 
thou wast naked and bare, and was polluted in thy blood." 

The time came during this intermingling when the sons 
and daughters born (converted) were sacrificed unto the 
heathen. They were overpowered by the unconverted who 
had come in and united with them until their voice was no 
longer of consequence. And many of them in that age sacri- 
ficed their lives for the truth. From 302 to 312 a. d., under 
the reign of Diocletian, many were slaughtered for their faith. 

Verses 23-27 : "And it came to pass after all thy wicked- 
ness, (woe, woe unto thee! saith the Lord God,) That thou 
hast also huilt tmto thee an eminent place, and hast made thee 
a high place in every street. Thou haist built thy high place 
at every head of the way, and hast made thy beauty to be 
abhorred, and hast opened thy feet to every one that passed 
by, and multiplied thy whoredoms. Thou hast also committed 



The Amorite Babe. 385 

fornication witli the Egyptians thy neighbours, great of flesh ; 
and hast increased thy whoredoms, to provoke me to anger. 
Behold, therefore I have stretched out my hand over thee, 
and have diminished thine ordinary food, and deUvered thee 
unto the will of them that hate thee, the daughters of the Phi- 
listines, which are ashamed of thy lewd way." 

This is another 'pen picture drawn of consequences sure 
to follow every apostasy; namely: the erection of great edi- 
fices for display. This is a mark of apostasy from God 
wherever it is manifested. Today we see this Scripture ful- 
filled before our eyes in the vast number of Church buildings 
erected for mere display and ease of conscience. The money 
to erect these costly, uncalled for edifices, is often raised from 
the poorer classes by ways that God could never approve. 
A house of worship is necessary, but any extra ornament, 
for display, is as harmful in a Church as it is in the adorn- 
ment of the person. Where the writer is now sitting there 
are in one block four of these edifices, and any one of which 
would hold the worshipers at them all; and were the true 
principles of the Gospel taught as they should be, it might 
be that even one of them would be larger than necessary. 
Verse 27 says, Therefore God has diminished the ordinary 
food. This is always the case. The food here spoken of is 
the word of God. The minister is to feed the flock from this 
word. Consequently when the conditions described exist, 
neither the people, nor the minister is fed very much on the 
teachings of the Bible. 

Verses 28-34 : "Thou hast played the whore also with the 
Assyrians, because thou wast unsatiable ; yea, thou hast played 
the harlot with them, and yet couldest not be satisfied. Thou 
hast moreover multiplied thy fornication in the land of Ca- 
naan unto Chaldea ; and yet thou wast not satisfied herewith. 
How weak is thine heart, saith the Lord God, seeing thou 
doest all these things, the work of an imperious whorish 
woman; in that thou buildest thine eminent place in the 

J25 



386 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

head of every way, and makest thine high place in every 
street; and hast not been as a harlot, in that thou scornest 
hire; but as a wife that committeth adultery, which taketh 
strangers' instead of her husband! They give gifts to all 
whores: but thou givest thy gifts to all thy lovers, and hirest 
them, that they may come unto thee on every side for thy 
whoredom. And the contrary is in thee from other women 
in thy whoredoms, whereas none followeth thee to commit 
whoredoms : and in that thou .givest a reward, and no reward 
is given unto thee, therefore thou art contrary." 

She has not been satisfied to display her fornication at 
home, but she was a great missionary, she goes to every na- 
tion and builds her edifices in «ill countries and plays the har- 
lot with these different nationalities. She is different from 
a lewd woman in nature ; they engage in their terrible iniquity 
for hire, but this Gentile Church, in order to carry forward 
her false doctrines and to extend her spiritual whoredoms, 
, sacrifices and raises means under various devices and goes 
into these foreign nations and hires her lovers to come and 
join with her. All this was done while bearing the title, the 
espoused of Christ. 

Verses 35-43: "Wherefore, O harlot, hear the word of 
the Lord: Thus saith the Lord God; Because thy filthiness 
was poured out, and thy nakedness discovered through thy 
whoredoms with thy lovers, and with all the idols of thy 
abominations, and by the blood of thy children, which thou 
didst give unto them ; behold, therefore I will gather all thy 
lovers, with whom thou hast taken pleasure, and all them 
that thou hast loved, with all them that thou hast hated; I 
will even gather them round about against thee, and will dis- 
cover thy nakedness unto them, that they may see all thy 
nakedness. And I will judge thee, as women that break wed- 
lock and shed blood are judged ; and I will give thee blood 
in fury and jealousy. And I will also give thee into their 
hand, and they shall throw down thine eminent place, and 



The Amorite Babe. 387 

shall break down thy high places : they shall strip thee also of 
thy clothes, and shall take thy fair jewels, and leave thee 
naked and bare. They shall also bring up a company against 
thee, and they shall stone thee with stones, and thrust thee 
through with their swords. And they shall burn thine houses 
with fire, and execute judgments upon thee in the sight of 
many women : and I will cause thee to cease from playing 
the harlot, and thou also shalt give no hire any more. So 
will I make my fury toward thee to rest, and my jealousy 
shall depart from thee, and I will be quiet, and will be no 
more angry. Because thou hast not remembered the days of 
thy youth, but hast fretted me in all these things ; behold, 
therefore I also will recompense thy way upon thine head, 
saith the Lord God: and thou shalt not commit this lewdness 
above all thine abominations." 

These verses contain the summing up and final result of 
the work in which the Church has been engaged. The story 
ends as do all the lines of prophecy before considered, that is, 
the time will come when these heathen lovers, with which she 
has committed fornication, and whom she has so earnestly tried 
to bring under her influence and into spiritual whoredom from 
God, as she herself, will turn against her; and she will be 
slain and her land laid desolate by the Assyrians and the 
men of the North and of the East. The blood of the innocent 
she has shed, the martyrs whom she has slain in all her long 
history will then be avenged upon her own head. Thus the 
forty-three verses just considered give us an outline and a 
general history of this mother who represents the three divi- 
sions of Christendom, from the first to the second coming of 
Christ. Thus again, over and over, is the yellow peril seen 
in all the prophecies. 

Verse 43 and forward will introduce new features. But 
in all her history the story is told, she never once remem- 
bers the days of her infancy, when God espoused her to him- 
self. 



388 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Verses 44-46: "Behold, every one that useth proverbs 
shall use this proverb against thee, saying, As is the mother, 
so is her daughter. Thou art thy mother's daughter, that 
loatheth her husband and her children; and thou art the sis- 
ter of thy sisters, which loathed their husbands and their chil- 
dren : your mother was a Hittite, and your father an Amorite. 
And thine elder sister is Samaria, she and her daughters that 
dwell at thy left hand: and thy younger sister, that dwelleth 
at thy right hand, is Sodom and her daughters." 

The proverb to which our attention is called is a true 
one; "As is the mother, so is her daughter." These verses 
speak of four women; first, the woman which we have been 
considering; next, her first daughter; and next, two younger 
daughters. The two latter are designated as the elder sister 
and the younger sister of the first daughter. The prophet 
now introduces this three-fold sisterhood with the first woman 
as the mother of them all. This is identical in number with 
Hosea's wife and her three children, before considered. It is 
clear that these three daughters again represent the three divi- 
sions of the Gentile Church, the Greek Catholic, the Roman 
Catholic, and the Protestant. The second daughter here sym- 
bolizes Samaria. Samaria was the ancient capital of the 
house of Israel. The younger daughter is here symbolized 
by Sodom. This introduces a new characteristic as applied 
to the third division, or Protestantism, that of Sodom. The 
chief thought, in these verses, is an address to the oldest of 
the three daughters, or the first division of Christendom; 
and a comparison of her crimes with those of her two younger 
sisters, Samaria and Sodom. Not that all these daughters 
are represented as having husbands the same as their mother, 
although they have children as did their mother. The moth- 
er's children are these three daughters. The daughter's chil- 
dren would be represented by those having the faith of their 
respective mothers. 

Verses 47-50 : "Yet hast thou not walked after their ways, 
nor done after their abominations : but, as if that were a very 



The Amorite Babe. 389 

little thing, thou wast corrupted more than they in all thy 
ways. As I live, saith the Lord God, Sodom thy sister hath 
not done, she nor her daughters, as thou hast done, thou and 
thy daughters. Behold, this was the iniquity of thy sister 
Sodom, pride, fulness of bread, and abundance of idleness 
was in her and in her daughters, neither did she strengthen 
the hand of the poor and needy. And they were haughty, 
and committed abomination before me : therefore I took them 
away as I saw good." 

This line of prophecy is different in one respect from most 
others considered. That is, the Lord here lays the responsi- 
bility and sin upon the first division, and holds the Church 
of that age the most responsible. The sin of Sodom is said 
to be pride, fullness of bread, and idleness. Sodom was sit- 
uated in the plain country which was a country of gceat pros- 
perity. In early history, Abraham and Lot settled in the 
adjoining country and when strife came between the herdmen 
of the two over the wells of water which they used in water- 
ing their cattle they separated, Abraham taking the hill coun- 
try, Lot, his nephew, taking the plains and pitching his tent 
toward Sodom. Those fertile plains had made the inhabitants 
of Sodom rich. Hence, there was fullness of bread and 
abundance of idleness and pride. And these traits of char- 
acter produce every other crime as was manifested when the 
city was destroyed and Lot and his two daughters fled for 
their lives. Remember, the home of Protestantism has been 
represented in the other prophecies as "the wealthy nation," 
as "the fat valley," and they that lived in it are called by 
Isaiah "the crown of pride." Thus the younger sister is 
clearly designated. Protestantism. But her sins are not as 
great as those of the first division represented by the first 
daughter. That division had permitted false doctrines to en- 
ter. She had permitted, as described in Hosea, second chap- 
ter, heathen feast days, new moons and the Sunday Sabbath 
to come in and supersede the commandments of God. This 



390 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

is a wonderful lesson, today, to the ministry who preach 
smooth things and recognize false doctrines, and teach the 
same to the people. It is the teaching of the Bible in its 
purity that God wants his children to have; therefore this 
prophet places this first division as the most responsible and 
committing the greatest crime of them all. 

Verse 51 : "Neither hath Samaria committed half of thy 
sins; but thou hast multiplied thine abominations more than 
they, and hast justified thy sisters in all thine abominations 
which thou hast done." 

This oldest daughter, in the place of reproving those that 
come after her, justifies them in all they had done. She was 
a persecutor of the saints in her history; so was Roman 
Catholicism, but who ever heard of the Greek Church raising 
a voice against it? Who ever heard of the Greek Church 
telling Romanism that she was wrong in keeping Sunday; 
and observing other Pagan feasts? No; she has justified her 
younger sisters in all these heathen practices. When she 
should have stood as a true elder sister setting a better exam- 
ple and admonishing them when they strayed away from the 
truth. This responsibility of the elder before the younger is 
an important one. 

Verses 52, 53: "Thou also, which hast judged thy sis- 
ters, bear thine own shame for thy sins that thou hast com- 
mitted more abominable than they: they are more righteous 
than thou : yea, be thou confounded also, and bear thy shame, 
in that thou hast justified thy sisters. When I shall bring 
again their captivity, the captivity of Sodom and her daugh- 
ters, and the captivity of Samaria and her daughters, then 
will I bring again the captivity of thy captives in the midst 
of them." 

The prophet here introduces the final captivity of them 
all. Therefore we can rest assured that none of these divi- 
sions will escape the yellow peril, but will all meet the same 
fate. 



The Amorite Babe. 391 

Verses 54-63: "That thou mayest bear thine own shame, 
and mayest be confounded in all that thou hast done, in that 
thou are a comfort unto them. When thy sisters, Sodom and 
her daughters, shall return to their former estate, and Sa- 
maria and her daughters shall return to their former estate, 
then thou and thy daughters shall return to your former estate.- 
For thy sister Sodom was not mentioned by thy mouth in the 
day of thy pride. Before thy wickedness was discovered, as 
at the time of thy reproach of the daughters of Syria, and 
all that are round about her, the daughters of the Philistines, 
which despise thee round about. Thou hast borne thy lewd- 
ness and ,thine abominations, saith the Lord. For thus saith 
the Lord God; I will even, deal with thee as thou hast done, 
which hast despised the oath in breaking the covenant. Nev- 
ertheless, I will remember my covenant with thee in the days 
of thy youth, and I will establish unto thee an everlasting 
covenant. Then thou shalt remember thy ways, and be 
ashamed, when thou shalt receive thy sisters, thine elder and 
thy younger: and I will give them unto thee for daughters, 
but not by thy covenant. And I will establish my covenant 
with thee; and thou shalt know that I am the Lord: that 
thou mayest remember, and be confounded, and never open 
thy mouth any more because of thy shame, when I am paci- 
fied toward thee for all that thou hast done, saith the Lord 
God." 

The prophecy closes the same as many before considered, 
particularly the book of Hosea. The truth is again revealed, 
that the true children of God who have ever been associated 
with these divisions, will be finally saved when the Lord shall 
come. 

And when that day shall come then the iniquity that has 
been practiced in all this history will cease. No one shall 
open his mouth concerning it. Their experience has taught 
them a lesson. They will then have no more to do with idols. 
The universe will then be cleansed from every desire of pride 



392 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

and worldly ambition. The Church will come out triumphant. 
We have this assurance that there is a record of the true 
Church above; and that the final Church will be made up 
from that record and not from the record below. May the 
lessons here considered have its influence upon the mind of 
the reader, and may he be brought to realize that a sound 
doctrine, based upon the word of God whereby a true, gen- 
uine faith is derived, is of the greatest importance. Let us 
examine ourselves whether we be in the faith or whether we 
be walking in the traditions of men. Are we keeping the 
commandments of God, Or the doctrines of men? Are we 
searching for the truth, or are we trusting our salvation to 
the Church and the ministry? These questions had better 
be settled and settled at once by every one who wants to be 
saved ; for the en4 of all things is at hand. The preparations 
of war are already going on ; the world is hastening on to the 
final conflict. We admonish the reader in all earnestness: 
"Prepare to meet thy God." Let the reader remember that 
the call out of Babylon (confusion), is now due the world. 
Remember also that the answer to that call is not merely to 
leave one organization or denomination and join another; but 
to come out of Babylon is to come out of error. When once 
out of error and error out of them, men of true faith and 
sound doctrine will naturally seek each other and commune 
together. "If the truth shall make you free, then are ye free 
indeed." 




CHAPTER XXV 



EGYPT. 



There is one more country that holds a prominent position 
both in ancient history and in latter-d^y prophecy. That is 
Egypt. It was in that country the descendants of Abraham 
sojourned. It was to the Egyptians Joseph was sold and 
where he served in prison. It was in Egypt where the ten 
plagues were poured upon Pharaoh and his people, and from 
Egypt three million people were miraculously delivered, by 
Moses, while Pharaoh and his host were drowned in the sea. 
Now, while each of the other nations of note in the past is 
named as a subject of prophecy for the latter days ; and their 
characteristics and historical events are taken as object les- 
sons for us in this age, would it not be reasonable that Egypt 
should also furnish some great object lesson for us? We 
believe the Bible teaches this; hence, we will give it some 
consideration in this study. 

First, the Lord says in Isaiah, the eleventh chapter, that 
when God sets his hand a second time to recover the rem- 
nant people, that it shall be as it was when he took them by 
the hand to lead them out of the land of Egypt. To be like 
it was then, could be nothing else than events of similar char- 
acter. Now, we read in the sixteenth chapter of Revelation, 

393 



394 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

there will be seven plagues poured upon the world and all 
will escape who are marked with the seal of God in their 
foreheads. These plagues fall after the close of probation. 
Now when Israel left Egypt for the promised land, there were 
ten plagues poured upon the Egyptians. All who had their 
houses marked (sealed) with the blood of the lamb escaped. 
In the study of these plagues four of them, at least, are iden- 
tical with the Egyptian plagues. Thus far it will be like it 
was when he took them by the hand to lead them out of the 
land of Egypt. And the studies that we have shown teach 
us that at this time, when the remnant are gathered out, 
those who war against them will be destroyed as was Pharaoh 
and his host. Those who are acquainted with the Bible truth 
on the Sabbath, health laws, tabernacle service, s'ocial 
laws and civil government, in the wilderness; compared 
with the heavenly sanctuary and, the priesthood of Christ in 
heaven, with many other Bible truths, know well that the re- 
formatory work going on today is the same as that which 
God brought about with ancient Israel as they were leaving 
Egypt. These are all facts. 

Now we have in the book of Isaiah a chapter bearing the 
title, .The Burden of Egypt. We read in the fifteenth chapter 
The Burden of Moab ; in the seventeenth. The Burden of Da- 
mascus ; in the nineteenth, The Burden of Egypt. In the 
eighteenth chapter the messengers are sent from beyond the 
rivers of Ethiopia to gather the remnant people. In our com- 
ments on that chapter, we establish the fact that that country 
is the United States. Now we read, in connection with this, 
The Burden of Egypt. The nineteenth chapter is a further 
explanation of the eighteenth and designates "the country 
beyond the rivers of Ethiopia" as Egypt. 

Isaiah XIX. 

Verses i-6: "The burden of Egypt. Behold, the Lord 
rideth upon a swift cloud, and shall come into Egypt: and 



Egypt. 395 

the idols of Egypt shall be moved at his presence, and the 
heart of Egypt shall melt in the midst of it. And I will set 
the Egyptians against the Egyptians: and they shall fight 
every one against his brother, and every one against his neigh- 
bour; city against city, and kingdom against kingdom. And 
the spirit of Egypt shall fail in the midst thereof; and I will 
destroy the counsel thereof: and they shall seek to the idols, 
and to the charmers, and to them that have familiar spirits, 
and to the wizards. And the Egyptians will I give over into 
the hand of a cruel lord; and a fierce king shall rule over 
them, saith the Lord, the Lord of hosts. And the waters shall 
fail from the sea, and the river shall be wasted and dried up. 
And they shall turn the rivers far away; and the brooks of 
defence shall be emptied and dried up: the reeds and flags 
shall wither." 

In all these writings of the prophets there are additional 
features brought out. We will take it for granted at the be- 
ginning of this study, that this prophecy applies to Protes- 
tant America and wait for further evidence for its truthful- 
ness. There is introduced in this Scripture the coming of 
Christ and the condition of things before His appearance in 
the country here called Egypt. There will be great strife 
among the Egyptians themselves. And a great lack of unity 
in their actions. One of the means God used in past ages to 
cause defeat to a nation, or army, was to stir up confusion 
within it. The preparation for this condition is going on rap- 
idly in the United States. Capital is against labor, one polit- 
ical party against the other, and organizations of all kinds are 
being effected for self-protection. Who knows but that this 
will bring about the very thing here described. And the Lord 
says when this state of affairs exists, he will deliver them over 
into the hands of a cruel lord. A third power will then come 
and take the spoil. 

Internal disturbances have caused the defeat of more than 
one nation. This may explain why a foreign power is de- 



396 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

scribed in the other prophecies as completely overthrowing 
this nation. This cruel lord lays the land utterly desolate. 
Water (an emblem of people, Rev. 17:15) is here represented 
as the stream, brook, and sea; and in the verses quoted they 
are all dried up. 

The prophet says, they will seek for them that have famil- 
iar spirits and the diviners. This is a characteristic of ancient 
Egypt, so it is of the country mentioned here. 

In the thirteenth chapter of Revelation under the symbol 
of the two horned beast, which represents the United States, 
one special characteristic is made prominent,- the miraculous 
power of Satan, which is to finally "gather all nations to the 
battle of Armageddon and the great day of God Almighty" 
(Rev. 16:13). This associates modern Egypt with the two 
horned beast. In other studies before given this country is 
represented, as the Philistines. There it was said they were 
soothsayers (modern spiritualism) as were the Philistines of 
old. Thus as we examine point after point, the country re- 
ferred to under this title is clearly identified. This country 
was also shown as the home of Ephraim. Ephraim was one 
of the sons of Joseph whose mother was an Egyptian. It 
would be natural ta call his modern home Egypt. 

Verses 7-1 1. "The paper reeds by the brooks, by the 
mouth of the brooks, and every thing sown by the brooks, shall 
wither, be driven away, and be no more. The fishers also 
shall mourn, and all they that cast angle into the brooks shall 
lament, and they that spread nets upon the waters shall lan- 
guish. Moreover they- that work in fine flax, and they that 
weave networks, shall be confounded. And they shall be 
broken in the purposes thereof, all that make sluices and ponds 
for fish. Surely the princes of Zoan are fools, the counsel of 
the wise counsellors of Pharaoh is become brutish: how say 
ye unto Pharaoh, I am the son of the wise, the son of ancient 
kings?" 

No doubt the plagues are here introduced which will aid 
in the desolation of the land. The Lord now appeals to the 



Egypt. 397 

princes of the country whom he.says are fools. They say they 
are the sons of the wise, they are the sons of kings. Now He 
calls upon them to stand up and give a reason for the condi- 
tion that now exists. No indeed, the wisdom of the wise shall 
fail and all their boasting be in vain. They have rejected the 
message that has preceded this event which told them the 
country would be desolated and the seven last plagues would 
come. They have heard of all this but will not believe, and 
now it is too late. 

Verses 12-15. "Where are they? where are thy wise men? 
and let them tell thee now, and let them know what the Lord 
of hosts hath purposed upon Egypt. The princes of Zoan are 
become fools, the princes of Noph are deceived ; they have 
also seduced Egypt, even they that are the stay of the tribes 
thereof. The Lord hath mingled a perverse spirit in the 
midst thereof: and they have caused Egypt to err in every 
work thereof, as a drunken > man staggereth in his vomit. 
Neither shall there be any work for Egypt, which the head or 
tail, branch or rush, may do." 

The princes here mentioned are very wise in their own 
conceit, but not concerning their true condition. The Lord 
says let them tell what he has purposed upon Egypt. If they 
were acquainted with the 'written word they could do this 
but they are not. 

Their condition is described by the prophet thus: "For 
with stammering lips and another tongue will he speak to this 
people. To whom he said, This is the rest wherewith ye may 
cause the weary to rest; and this is the refreshing: yet they 
would not hear. But the word of the Lord was unto them 
precept upon precept, precept upon precept; line upon line, 
line upon line ; here a little, and there a little ; that they might 
go, and fall backward, and be broken, and snared, and taken. 
Wherefore hear the word of the Lord, ye scornful men, that 
rule this people which is in Jerusalem. Because ye have said. 
We have made a covenant with death, and with hell are we at 



398 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

agreement; when the overflowing scourge shall pass through, 
it shall not come unto us: for we have made lies our refuge, 
and under falsehood have we hid ourselves." Isa. 28:11-15. 

These men have had an opportunity to know the truth, but 
this opportunity has been rejected, hence they are left in dark- 
ness. God has now permitted a perverse spirit to come among 
them. It is expressed by the Apostle Paul, thus, God will 
send them a strong delusion that they all might be damned 
because they received not a love of the truth that they might 
be saved. II Thes. 2 :9-i2. 

This is a sad condition for Protestant Egypt, but thus it is 
described by the inspired writer and so it will be. Egypt was 
the stay of the tribes of Israel. It was the Protestants who 
stood for the truth in the Reformation when all the' rest had 
departed from the Lord. 

Had they accepted all the light God had for them, they 
would have remained the stay of Christendom until the end. 
But the spiritual advisers (princes) became wise in their own 
wisdom, hence -there is no work for God, the princes can do 
"head or tail, branch or rush." 

Verses 16, 17. "In that day shall Egypt be like unto 
women : and it shall be afraid and fear because of the shaking 
of the hand of the Lord of hosts, which he shaketh over it. 
And the land of Judah shall be a terror unto Egypt, every one 
that maketh mention thereof shall be afraid in himself, because 
of the counsel of the Lord of hosts, which he hath determined 
against it." 

The bravery of Egypt shall be taken away. The timidity 
of women shall be experienced by them. The land of Judah 
shall be a terror unto them. Judah remember, is located in 
the Eastern division of Christendom and trouble has come to 
Judah which causes Egypt to fear. It seems then the whole 
situation is open before them. It only adds fear. Thus we see 
how clearly every detail is written by the prophets and the 
yellow peril marked by all. 



Egypt. 399 

Verses 18-20. "In that day shall five cities in the land of 
Egypt speak the language of Canaan, and swear to the Lord 
of hosts; one shall be called, The city of destruction. In that 
day shall there be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the land^ 
of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the Lord. And 
it shall be for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts 
in the land of Egypt : for they shall cry unto the Lord because 
of the oppressors, and he shall send them a saviour, and a great 
one, and he shall deliver them." 

These verses introduce another class, namely, the remnant. 
In all these prophecies the Lord's people is ever remembered. 
These swear to the Lord of hosts and speak the language of 
the land of Canaan, and that language is the language dictated 
by the Holy Spirit. 

An altar is a sign of worship, this altar is built in the 
midst of Egypt to the Lord, and their minds are centered on 
the Lord as their deliverer. While all Egypt is doomed to 
destruction, the remnant cry unto the Lord and he sends them 
a Savior which is Christ. Thus the country from which the 
remnant is delivered is modern Egypt. 

The five cities undoubtedly refer to five divisions of the 
remnant people. This could apply to five points of location 
or it could apply to the five great divisions of the human race 
(Caucasian, white; Mongolian, yellow; Malay, brown; Afri- 
can, black ; and North American Indian, red) ; from which the 
remnant have been gathered. 

The city called the city of destruction, is so called, probably 
because the Lord's people are there assembled when the 
nations who come to fight against them are destroyed in Arma- 
geddon as elsewhere explained. 

Verses 21-25. "And the Lord shall be known to Egypt, 
and the Egyptians shall know the Lord in that day, and shall 
do sacrifice and oblation; yea, they shall vow a vow unto the 
Lord, and perform it. And the Lord shall smite Egypt : he 
shall smite and heal it : and they shall return even to the Lord, 



400 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

and he shall be entreated of them, and shall heal them. In 
that day shall there be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria, and 
the Assyrian shall come into Egypt, and the Egyptian into 
Assyria, and the Egyptians shall serve with the Assyrians. 
In that day shall Israel be the third with Egypt and with 
Assyria, even a blessing in the midst of the land: whom the 
Lord of hosts shall bless, saying. Blessed be Egypt my people, 
and Assyria the work of my hands, and Israel mine inheri- 
tance." 

The verses here quoted sum up the gathering and deliver- 
ance of the Lord's people from the three great divisions of the 
world Assyria, Israel and Egypt. These were the three 
ancient great divisions and so they are the modern. Assyria 
in this prophecy embraces all the Eastern Empire of Rome, 
including the Oriental nations and symbolized by the dragon. 
Israel the ten kingdoms of Western Europe, Egypt the United 
States of America. At that day the remnant people will be 
gathered out of them all; and delivered from modern Egypt. 
It is a grand thought to know that God has scattered through- 
out all the world a people that love Him and His truth. There 
is no room for doubt that the prophet here foretells the history 
of the United States and Protestantism under the title of 
Egypt. 

The reader has no doubt seen in the studies thus far that 
all the Old Testament writers speak in a similar manner in 
their prophecies on these subjects. Ezekiel takes up four long 
chapters on the subject of Egypt. Any one reading these 
chapters with this thought in view can readily see it is modern 
and not ancient Egypt there described. 

Verses 2-9: "Son of man, set thy face against Pharaoh 
king of Egypt, and prophesy against him, and against all 
Egypt: Speak, and say. Thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I 
am against thee, Pharaoh king of Egypt, the great dragon that 
lieth in the midst of his rivers, which hath said, My river is 
mine own, and I have made it for myself. But I will put hooks 



Egypt. 401 

in thy jaws, and I will cause the fish of thy rivers to stick unto 
thy scales, and I will bring thee up out of the midst of thy 
rivers, and all the fish of thy rivers shall stick unto thy scales. 
And I will leave Ihee thrown into the wilderness, thee and all 
the fish of thy rivers : thou shalt fall upon the open fields ; thou 
shalt not be brought together, nor gathered : I have given thee 
for meat to the beasts of the field and to the fowls of the heaven. 
And all the inhabitants of Egypt shall know that I am the 
Lord, because they have been a staff of reed to the house of 
Israel. When they took hold of thee by thy hand, thou didst 
break, and rend all their shoulder : and when they leaned upon 
thee, thou brakest, and madest all their loins to be at a stand. 
Therefore thus saith the Lord God; Behold, I will bring a 
sword upori thee, and cut off man and beast out of thee. And 
the land of Egypt shall be desolate and waste; and they shall 
know that I am the Lord: because he hath said. The river is 
mine, and I have made it." 

This is a wonderful introduction to this long prophecy. 
The great charge brought against Egypt is that of boasting. 
Nebuchadnezzar when he had completed the great city of 
Babylon said, "Is not this great Babylon that I have built?" 
As the Lord taught him a lesson so will he teach modern 
Egypt a lesson. That lesson will be the utter desolation of the 
land and the destruction of all its inhabitants. Thus over 
and over the sad story of the downfall of proud America is 
told. Who will take heed and prepare for the awful day that 
is so near even at the door ? 

Another charge is they have been a staff of reed to the 
House of Israel. God's design with Protestantism was to 
erect a stafif upon which Catholicism could lean, but they 
proved to be a slender frail reed. Had Protestantism proved 
true and walked in all the light God had for them, they would 
have been a staff to the House of Israel. This failure is the 
cause of her downfall, as shown in Verse 6. When a Catholic 
did embrace Protestantism he did not find that stability and 

26 



402 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

unity in Bible doctrine he should have found, consequently he 
was injured as well as benefited. Protestantism was so 
divided through pride and selfishness that no help was found 
and today the awful division and strife as manifested in bitter 
prejudice and hatred and a refusal to hear messages of truth, 
causes many a sad heart to turn away in despair, thus giving 
up all hope of finding that for which his heart longs. 

Verses 10-21 : "Behold, therefore I am against thee, and 
against thy rivers, and I will make the land of Egypt utterly 
waste and desolate, from the tower of Syene even unto the 
border of Ethiopia. No foot of man shall pass through it, 
nor foot of beast shall pass through it, neither shall it be in- 
habited forty years. And I will make the land of Egypt deso- 
late in the midst of the countries that are .desolate, and her 
cities among the cities that are laid waste shall be deso- 
late forty years: and I will scatter the Egyptians among the 
nations, and will disperse them through the countries. Yet 
thus saith the Lord God; At the end of forty years will I 
gather the Egyptians from the people whither they were 
scattered: and I will bring again the captivity of Egypt, and 
will cause them to return into the land of Pathros, into the 
land of their habitation; and they shall be there a base king- 
dom. It shall be the basest of the kingdoms ; neither shall it 
exalt itself any more above the nations: for I will diminish 
them, that they shall no more rule over the nations. And it 
shall be no more the confidence of the house of Israel, which 
bringeth their iniquity "to remembrance, when they shall look 
after them : but they shall know that I am the Lord God. And 
it came to pass in the seven and twentieth year, in the first 
month, in the first day of the month, the word of the Lord 
came unto me, saying. Son of man, Nebuchadrezzar king of 
Babylon caused his army to serve a great service against 
Tyrus: every head was made bald, and every shoulder was 
peeled : yet had he no wages, nor his army, for Tyrus, for the 
service that he had served against it : Therefore thus saith the 



Egypt. 403 

Lord God; Behold, I will give the land of Egypt unto Neb- 
uchadrezzar king of Babylon ; and he shall take her multitude, 
and take her spoil, and take her prey ; and it shall be the wages 
for his army. I have given him the land of Egypt for his 
labour wherewith he served against it, because they wrought 
for me, saith the Lord God. In that day will I cause the horn 
of the house of Israel to bud forth, and I will give thee the 
opening of the mouth in the midst of them; and they shall 
know that I am the Lord." 

Verse 16 shows that the final relations between Israel and 
Egypt have now ended. The verses here quoted introduce a 
very important period of time. This period is forty years in 
which Egypt shall be desolate. The time of trouble spoken of 
in these studies takes place after the close of probation. There 
are several statements of the prophet concerning this period. 
In this case forty years is introduced. In Ezekiel 39, seven 
years are mentioned in connection with the battle of Armaged- 
don. In Hosea and Zechariah a period of one month is men- 
tioned in connection with the destruction of the three divisions 
of Christendom. This latter period is undoubtedly a prophetic 
period of thirty days representing thirty years. From the close 
of probation to the coming of Christ 78 years (see Time, 
Tradition and Truth). Israel was forty years in the wilder- 
ness dwelling in booths which was a type as shown in the feast 
of tabernacles, so the remnant will again dwell forty years in 
booths after the expiration of the 30 years above mentioned. 
In modern Egypt, in verses 18 and 19 an ancient event is 
taken to illustrate a modern event. Nebuchadrezzar now 
stands for Assyria in other verses referred to and modern 
Egypt will be given him for his service against it. 

Ezekiel XXX. 

Verses 1-9 : "The word of the Lord came again unto me, 
saying, Son of man, prophesy and say, Thus saith the Lord 
God ; Howl ye. Woe worth the day ! For the day is near, even 



404 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the day of the Lord is near, a cloudy day ; it shall be the time 
of the heathen. And the sword shall come upon Egypt, and 
great pain shall be in Ethiopia, when the slain shall fall in 
Egypt, and they shall take away her multitude, and her foun- 
dations shall be broken down. Ethiopia, and Libya, and 
Lydia, and all the mingled people, and Chub, and the men 
of the land that is in league, shall fall with them by the sword. 
Thus saith the Lord ; They also that uphold Egypt shall fall ; 
and the pride of her power shall come down : from the tower 
of Syene shall they fall in it by the sword, saith the Lord God. 
And they shall be desolate in the midst of the countries that 
are desolate, and her cities shall be in the midst of the cities 
that are wasted. And they shall know that I am the Lord, 
when I have set a fire in Egypt, and when all her helpers shall 
be destroyed. In that day shall messengers go forth from me 
in ships to make the careless Ethiopians afraid, and great pain 
shall come upon them, as in the day of Egypt: for, lo, it 
cometh." 

The prophet tells us it is the day of the Lord and it is the 
time of the heathen and the downfall of Egypt. One point of 
interest in this Scripture is that Egypt is made up of a mingled 
people. There has possibly never been a nation made up of 
so many nationalities as the United States. They are truly 
a mingled people. In addition to this those of Libya and 
Ethiopia are mentioned. This no doubt refers to the large 
population of the African race in modern Egypt. Chub was 
one of the descendants of Ham and refers to the black race of 
which there are from 8 to lo millons in the United States, 
more possibly than in all other countries outside of Africa. 
The evidence from every standpoint is abundant that the 
Egypt of prophecy is Protestant America. 

Ezekiel XXXI. 

Verses i-ii : "And it came to pass in the eleventh year, in 
the third month, in the first day of the month, that the word 



Egypt. 40s 

of the Lord came unto me, saying, Son of man, speak unto 
Pharaoh king of Egypt, and to his multitude ; Whom art thou 
like in thy greatness? Behold, the Assyrian was a cedar in 
Lebanon with fair branches, and with a shadowing shroud, and 
of a high stature; and his top was among the thick boughs. 
The waters made him great, the deep set him upon high with 
her rivers running round about his plants, and sent out her 
little rivers unto all the trees of the field. Therefore his 
height was exalted above all the trees of the field, and his 
boughs were multiplied, and his branches became long because 
of the multitude of waters, when he shot forth. All the fowls 
of heaven made their nests in his boughs, and under his 
branches did all the beasts of the field bring forth their young, 
and under his shadow dwelt all great nations. Thus was he 
fair in his greatness, in the length of his branches : for his 
root was by great waters. The cedars in the garden of God 
could not hide him : the fir trees were not like his boughs, and 
the chestnut trees were not like his branches ; not any tree in 
the garden of God was like unto him in his beauty. I 
have made him fair by the multitude of his branches ; 
so that all the trees of Eden that were in the garden 
of God, envied him. Therefore thus saith the Lord God ; be- 
cause thou hast lifted up thyself in height, and he hath shot 
up his top among the thick boughs, and his heart is lifted up 
in his height; I have therefore delivered him into the hand of 
the mighty one of the heathen ; he shall surely deal with him : 
I have driven him out for his wickedness." 

The story is told in Verses i to 1 1 in the form of a parable 
wherein is illustrated the exalted condition and pride of 
Pharaoh and in Verse 11 the Lord said because he has ex- 
alted himself, I will deliver him into the hands of the heathen. 
Thus we see this is the climax over and over in every parable 
in every description and in every lesson. Who, that believes 
the word of God, can doubt that Protestant America is soon 
to meet the awful calamity here spoken of by the prophet? 



4o6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occidrent. 

Let not the reader fail to read the 32d chapter of Ezekiel's 
prophecy. Therein we learn that Egypt is to be among the 
first that is visited with God's judgments. Therein also the 
signs which will" precede the coming of Christ, namely, the 
darkening of the sun, the moon and the stars are introduced, 
and many other points of interest wherein the story of Pro- 
testant America is told under the name of Egypt. Nebuchad- 
rezzar king of Babylon is a representative of the heathen 
power of the East. The same line of thought is carried into 
Chapter 33 where the true watchman, the servant of 
God, is commissioned to warn the people of this coming event 
and reads thus : 

THE TRUE WATCHMAN. 

"Again the word of the Lord came unto me, saying. Son 
of man, speak to the children of thy people, and say unto them. 
When I bring the sword upon a land, if the people of the land 
take a man of their coasts, and set him for their watchman: 
if when he seeth the sword come upon the land, he blow the 
trumpet, and warn the people; then whosoever heareth the 
sound of the trumpet, and taketh not warning; if the sword 
come, and take him away, his blood shall be upon his own 
head. He heard the sound of the trumpet, and took not warn- 
ing; his blood shall be upon him. But he that taketh warning 
shall deliver his soul. But if the watchman see the sword 
come, and blow not the trumpet, and the people be not warned ; 
if the sword come, and take any person from among them, he 
is taken away in his iniquity; but his blood will I require at 
the watchman's hand. So thou, O son of man, I have set 
thee a watchman unto the house of Israel ; therefore thou shalt 
hear the word at my mouth, and warn them from me. When 
I say unto the wicked, O wicked man, thou shalt surely die; 
if thou dost not speak to warn the wicked from his way, that 
wicked man shall die in his iniquity; but his blood will I re- 
quire at thine hand." Eze. 33:1-8. 



Egypt. Aoy 

We now see a new force thrown upon this commission to 
the servants of God. The search hght of prophecy reveals it 
in a new setting. This is the commission God wants every 
true servant to heed at this time and if he does not heed it the 
blood of souls will be required at his hand. No doubt as it 
is delivered he will be accused, as was Jeremiah of being a 
traitor to his country and as being in sympathy with the 
enemies of Christendom. But that is not true. It is a mes- 
sage like Jonah delivered to Nineveh. It is for the good of 
all who may hear and take heed for in doing so they will save 
their souls. This is a gospel commission equally important to 
that delivered by Christ to his disciples (Matt. 28:18, 19). 
This is the gospel of salvation from the sword. This is the 
proclamation of the yellow peril. Let Christendom be faith- 
fully warned of her danger by every true servant of God. It 
is the message from this time forward to the end. Let every 
messenger give the trumpet a certain sound. America with 
all other nations stands before God today as did Nineveh in 
the days of Jonah. Who will come out of Babylon's errors 
and proclaim the whole truth preparing the people to meet the 
King of kings and Lord of lords. "And Ephraim said. Yet 
I am become rich, I have found me out substance: in all my 
labours they shall find none iniquity in me that were sin. 
And I that am the Lord thy God from the land of Egypt will 
yet make thee to dwell in tabernacles, as in the days of the 
solemn feast. I have also spoken by the prophets, and I have 
multiplied visions, and used similitudes, by the ministry of the 
prophets." Hosea 12:8-10. 

Hosea associates Ephraim and the land of Egypt together 
the same as the other prophets. He also plainly says he will 
cause them to dwell in tabernacles in that land in the time of 
trouble. This is a positive declaration that the wilderness 
experience will be lived over in the feasj; of tabernacles. In 
the comments on Hosea it was shown that Ephraim in the 
last days was the name that designated Protestantism. He 



4o8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

further says that Ephraim's derision shall be manifested in the 
land of Egypt when he shall fall by the sword. 

We now believe any one who will give consideration, as 
they should, will have no difficulty in locating modern Egypt 
as Protestant America. 






<; 
o 




CHAPTER XXVI. 

ANCIENT AND MODERN HISTORY COMBINED. _ 
THE CAPTIVITY REPEATED. 

The Lord has taken many historical events of note in the 
past and made them object lessons for future history. This 
is plainly revealed in the writings of nearly all the Old Testa- 
ment prophets, and one of these very prominent historical 
facts is that of the Babylonish captivity about 600 years before 
Christ. The history of Jeremiah's warning as given to the 
Jew is recorded from the twenty-sixth to the thirtieth chap- 
ters of his book which every one should turn and read. The 
reason given for the writing of this record is plainly stated 
in the thirtieth chapter as follows : "The word that came to 
Jeremiah from the Lord, saying, Thus speaketh the Lord God 
of Israel, saying, Write thee all the words that I have spoken 
unto thee in a book. For, lo, the days come, saith 
the Lord, that I will bring again the captivity of my 
people Israel and Judah , saith the Lord : and I will 
cause them to return to the land that I gave to their 
fathers, and they shall possess it. And these are the words 
that the Lord spake concerning Israel and concerning Judah. 
For thus saith the Lord ; We have heard a voice of trembling, 

411 



412 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

of fear, and not of peace. Ask ye now, and see whether a 
man doth travail with child? wherefore do I see every man 
with his hands on his loins, as a woman in travail, and all 
faces are turned into paleness? Alas for that day is great, 
so that none is like it: it is even the time of Jacob's trouble; 
but he shall be saved out of it. For it shall come to pass in 
that day, saith the Lord of hosts, that I will break his yoke 
from off thy neck, and will burst thy bonds, and strangers 
shall no more serve themselves of him: but they shall serve 
the Lord their God, and David their king, whom I will raise 
up unto them. Therefore fear thou not, O my servant Jacob, 
saith the Lord; neither be dismayed, O Israel: for, lo, I will 
save thee from afar, and thy seed from the land of their cap- 
tivity; and Jacob shall return, and shall be in rest, and be 
quiet, and none shall make him afraid." Jer. 30:1-10. 

We have not realized as we should why the Lord has been 
so faithful in recording the historical events of the past. 
These are made object lessons to illustrate what will happen, 
in the future. This explains also why those ancient names are 
used in the prophecies of the latter days. As Babylon once de- 
stroyed ancient Jerusalem and took the Jews captive and scat- 
tered them abroad so Assyria (the Eastern nations) will 
again take captive Gentile Israel in the last days. 

Now by reading Chapters 30 and 31 of Jeremiah's 
prophecy we can there learn the experience of the modern cap- 
tivity. Verse 16 plainly says "All thine adversaries, every 
one of them, shall go into captivity." The adversaries here re- 
ferred to are the professed people of God who oppose the 
remnant as the same class opposed Jeremiah in his day. "Be- 
hold, the whirlwind of the Lord goeth forth with fury, a con- 
tinuing whirlwind : it shall fall with pain upon the head of the 
wicked. The fierce anger of the Lord shall not return, until 
he have done it, and until he have performed the intents of 
his heart : in the latter days ye shall consider it." Jer. 30 :23, 
24. 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 413 

AN ARMAGEDDON OBJECT LESSON. 

Beginning with the thirty-sixth chapter of Isaiah and end- 
ing with the forty-sixth, is a record of ancient and modern 
history of great significance to the students of today. We 
have introduced, in Chapter 36, a threatened war be- 
tween Sennacherib king of Assyria and Hezekiah king of 
Judah. 

Isaiah XXXVI. 

Verses 1-9: "Now it came to pass in the fourteenth year 
of king Hezekiah, that Sennacherib king of Assyria came up 
against all the defenced cities of Judah, and took them. And 
the king of Assyria sent Rabshakeh from Lachish to Jerusa- 
lem unto king Hezekiah with a great army. And he stood 
by the conduit of the upper pool in the highway of the fuller's 
field. Then came forth unto him Eliakim, Hilkiah's son, 
which was over the house, and Shebna the scribe, and Joah, 
Asaph's son, the recorder. And Rabshakeh said unto them, 
Say ye now to Hezekiah, Thus saith the great king, the king 
of Assyria, What confidence is this wherein thou trustest? 
I say, sayest thou, (but' they are but vain words) I have coun- 
sel and strength for war: now on whom dost thou trust, that 
thou rebellest against me? Lo, thou trustest in the staff of 
this broken reed, on Egypt ; whereon, if a man lean, it will go 
into his hand, and pierce it : so is Pharaoh king of Egypt to all 
that trust in him. But if thou say to me, We trust in the 
Lord our God : is it not he, whose high places and whose altars 
Hezekiah hath taken away, and said to Judah and to Jerusa- 
lem, Ye shall worship before this altar? Now therefore give 
pledges, I pray thee, to my master the king of Assyria, and I 
will give thee two thousand horses, if thou be able on thy part 
to set riders upon them. How then wilt thou turn away the 
face of one captain of the least of my master's servants, and 
put thy trust on Egypt for chariots and for horsemen ? 



4^4 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Thus we have the matter .clearly introduced, with Judah 
accused of trusting in Egypt for necessary support ; but the an- 
swer comes, Has not the Lord sent me, am I not the Lord's 
servant, as well as yourself? 

Verse lo: "And am I now come up without the Lord 
against this land to destroy it? the Lord said unto me. Go up 
against this land, and destroy it." 

We wish the reader to note carefully the statements made 
by the king of Assyria. ' The reason is this, there are in our 
day great questions to settle as to what constitutes a Christian 
nation. We only need go back a little in history to find how 
nations have professedly embraced Christianity. In the fourth 
century the Romans adopted the Christian faith through their 
emperor Constantine, who claimed to have had a vision of the 
cross, whereupon he made the cross his ensign and the stand- 
ard of his army. In the tenth century Russia embraced the 
faith of the Greek Church as the result of one of its govern- 
ment officials marrying a Greek woman thus introducing that 
religion into the government, and making that faith, by law, 
the national religion of Russia. 

The question now is what is the religion of the Japanese 
and the East ? The nations of the East are adopting Western 
ideas of civil government and civilization and modern warfare. 
These nations are permitting missionaries throughout their 
dominion. The situation has become very similar, to that 
which existed in ancient times between the Jewish and Assyrian 
nations. The king of Assyria then claimed he was the ser- 
vant of the Lord as well as was the king of Israel. He also 
claimed the Lord was guiding him. It is therefore well to 
keep the line of distinction clear, between those who are gov- 
erned by the Scriptures, and those who are not. 

From Verse 1 1 and forward to the close of the thirty-sixth 
chapter of Isaiah, is a record of the words of Rabshakeh, cap- 
tain of the Assyrian army, to the Jews as they stood upon the 
wall of Jerusalem. 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 415 

He besought them in their own language, to surrender, 
by calling attention to how God had delivered the nations into 
the hands of Assyria in the past. 

Isaiah XXXVII. 

Verses 1-4: "And it came to pass, when king Hezekiah 
heard it, that he rent his clothes, and covered himself with sack- 
cloth, and went into the house of the Lord. And he sent Elia- 
kim, who was over the household, and Shebna the scribe, and 
the elders of the priests, covered with sackcloth, unto Isaiah the 
prophet the son of Amoz. And they said unto him. Thus saith 
Hezekiah, This day is a day of trouble, and of rebuke, and of 
blasphemy : for the children are come to the birth, and there is 
not strength to bring forth. It may be the Lord thy God will 
hear the words of Rabshakeh, whom the king of Assyria his 
master hath sent to reproach the living God, and will reprove 
the words which the Lord thy God hath heard : wherefore lift 
up thy prayer for the remnant that is left." 

As stated in this transaction, Assyria was making great 
conquests, she had taken Samaria (House of Israel), captive 
in 721 B. c. The event here recorded was eleven years later, 
when the remnant of Judah was finally brought into this trial. . 
Hezekiah was one of the most godly men that ever ruled upon 
the throne of Judah, he did not depart from the right all the 
days of his reign. His experience and knowledge taught him 
the source of wisdom, hence, he sent his servants to Isaiah, 
the prophet, to know the counsel of the Lord in this trying 
hour. Let these points be well noted as they are written 
for the good of the remnant in the last days. This record is 
all given in the writings of the kings of Israel but as it i3 
transferred to the prophetic writings, it is given new signifi- 
cance. 

Verses 5-7: "So the servants of king Hezekiah came to 
Isaiah. And Isaiah said unto them. Thus shall ye say unto 
your master. Thus saith the Lord, Be not afraid of the words 



4i6 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

that thou hast heard, wherewith the servants of the king of 
Assyria have blasphemed me. Behold, I will send a blast 
upon him, and he shall hear a rumour, and return to his own 
land; and I will cause him to fall by the sword in his own 
land." 

This is a most significant record. This history will be 
literally lived over, as elsewhere mentioned, in the end of 
the feast of the tabernacles. The experience of Hezekiah is 
to be repeated by the remnant in the latter days. The fate 
that is to follow the Assyrian army and what will come upon 
the remnant people is described in Joel 2:15, and forward. 

Verses 8-14: "So Rabshakeh returned, and found the king 
of Assyria warring against Libnah : for he had heard that he 
was departed from Lachish. And he heard say concerning 
Tirhakah king of Ethiopia, He is come forth to make war with 
thee. And when he heard it, he sent messengers to Hezekiah, 
saying. Thus shall ye speak to Hezekiah king of Judah, say- 
ing, Let not thy God, in whom thou trustest, deceive thee, 
saying, Jerusalem shall not be given into the hand of the 
king of Assyria. Behold, thou hast heard what the kings cf 
Assyria have done to all lands by destroying them utterly; 
and shalt thou be delivered? Have the gods of the nations 
delivered them which my fathers have destroyed, as Gozan, 
and Haran, and Rezeph, and the children of Eden which were 
in Telassar? Where is the king of Hamath, and the king 
of Arphad, and the king of the city of Sepharvaim, Hena, and 
Ivah. And Hezekiah received the letter from the hand of the 
messengers, and read it : and Hezekiah went up unto the house 
of the Lord, and spread it before the Lord." 

The thirty-seventh chapter of Isaiah continues from Verse 
8 and on, wherein it tells us how the king of Assyria was in 
war with Libnah and threatened with an invasion from Ethi- 
opia, because of TA^hich Rabshakeh was called to return. But 
he wrote and sent messengers to Hezekiah, making great 
threats. 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 417 

Verse? 15-20: "And Hezekiah prayed unto the Lord, 
saying, O Lord of hosts, God of Israel, that dwellest be- 
tween the cherubim, thou art the God, even thou alone, of 
all the kingdoms of the earth: thou hast made heaven and 
earth. Incline thine ear, O Lord, and hear ; open thine eyes, 
O Lord, and see: and hear all the words of Sennacherib, 
which hath sent to reproach the living God. Of a truth. Lord, 
the kings of Assyria have laid waste all the nations, and their 
countries, and have cast their gods into the fire: for they 
were no gods, but the work of men's hands, wood and stone : 
therefore they have destroyed them. Now therefore, O Lord 
our God, save us from his hand, that all the kingdoms of the 
earth may know that thou art the Lord, even thou only." 

This was a time in which there was real seeking of the 
Lord by the king and his associates. He acknowledged be- 
fore the Lord that the king of Assyria had done all that he 
had claimed; he had even taken captive the House of Israel 
and now only the remnant of Judah was left, and unless God 
should interfere and save them they, too, would perish by the 
hand of Assyria. We repeat, Armageddon is not a conflict 
between the nations ; but it is a signal event as here described 
against the remnant people and their victory will be as that 
given to Deborah and Barak, Jephtha, Gideon and Hezekiah 
and described by Ezekiel in the thirty-ninth chapter as it will 
occur in the last days. The 'Eastern power is the yellow peril 
against Christendom and leads the final confederacy with 
Christendom against the remnant as described in the eighty- 
third Psalm. 

Verses 21-23: "Then Isaiah the son of Amoz sent unto 
Hezekiah, saying, Thus saith the Lord God of Israel, Whereas 
thou hast prayed to me against Sennacherib king of Assyria: 
this is the word which the Lord hath spoken concerning him ; 
The virgin, the daughter of Zion, hath despised thee, and 
laughed thee to scorn ; the daughter of Jerusalem hath shaken 
her head at thee. Whom hast thou reproafihed and blas- 

27 



4i8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

phemed? and against whom hast thou exalted thy voice, and 
lifted up thine eyes on high? even against the Holy One of 
Israel." 

This was the answer to the prayer of faith offered by this 
servant of God. Every circumstance demanded entreaty for 
mercy from the hand of the king of Assyria. The unbe- 
lievers had already fallen into the hands of the king of the 
Assyrians, but the Daughter of Zion could laugh him to scorn, 
and the Daughter of Jerusalem could shake her head at the 
threats offered by this heathen king. These threats and boasts 
of Sennacherib that the God of the true people was not able 
to deliver them, were despise4 by the Lord and met as God 
had promised they should be. 

Verses 24, 25 : "By thy servants hast thou reproached the 
Lord, and hast said, By the multitude of my chariots am I 
come up to the height of the mountains, to the sides of Leba- 
non; and I will cut down the tall cedars thereof, and the 
choice fir trees thereof: and I will enter into the height of 
his border, and the forest of his Carmel. I have digged, and 
drunk water ; and with the sole of my feet have I dried up all 
the rivers of the besieged places." 

This is the boasting of this servant of the king of Assyria. 
It is true that in the last days the kings of the East will have 
as great cause for boasting as had the king of Assyria, but 
when it comes to their boasting over God's true people, his 
remnant, he will not accomplish his design for God will never 
deliver them into his hand. 

Verses 26-30: "Hast thou not heard long ago, how I 
have done it; and of ancient times, that I have formed it? 
now have I brought it to pass, that thou shouldest be to lay 
waste defenced cities into ruinous heaps. Therefore their in- 
habitants were of small power, they were dismayed and con- 
founded : they were as the grass of the field, and as the green 
herb, as the grass on the housetops, and as corn blasted be- 
fore it be grown up. But I know thy abode, and thy going 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 419 

out, and thy coming in, and thy rage against me. Because 
thy rage against me, and thy tumult, is come up into mine 
ears, therefore will I put my hook in thy nose, and my bridle 
in thy lips, and I will turn thee back by the way by which 
thou camest. And this shall be a sign unto thee, Ye shall eat 
this year such as groweth of itself; and the second year that 
which springeth of the same: and in the third year sow ye, 
and reap, and plant vineyards, and eat the fruit thereof." 

The Lord acknowledges that the king of Assyria had done 
this work; but the king did not realize that the work was the 
Lord's, nor that the Lord had been using him as an instrument 
to overthrow these kingdoms, and to scourge his professed 
people because of their backslidings. The Assyrian kingdom 
who now stands for all the East, is the instrument that God 
has designed in all the world's history for the purpose of 
scourging his professed people. This is an established, fixed 
principle that the people of our day ought to understand. This 
is the solution to the movements of the nations in the last days. 
This is also shown in the following : 

"By this therefore shall the iniquity of Jacob be purged; 
and this is all the fruit to take away his sin ; when he maketh 
all the stones of the altar as chalkstones that are beaten in 
sunder, the groves and images shall not stand up." Isa. 27 -.g. 

Isaiah XXXVIL 

Verses 31-32: "And the remnant that is escaped of the 
house of Judah shall again take root downward, and bear 
fruit upward: for out of Jerusalem shall go forth a rem- 
nant, and they that escape out of mount Zion : the zeal of the 
Lord of hosts shall do this." 

This statement of the prophet teaches us plainly that it 
applies to the future when the seed of Jacob will be estab- 
lished in the kingdom of God. This is also taught in Verse 
6 of the twenty-seventh chapter of Isaiah. 



420 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

"He shall cause them that come of Jacob to take root: 
Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world 
with fruit." 

Verses 33-38 : "Therefore thus saith the Lord concern- 
ing the king of Assyria, He shall not come into tliis city, nor 
shoot an arrow there, nor come before it with shields, nor 
cast a bank against it. By the way that he came, by the same 
shall he return, and shall not come into this city, saith 
the Lord. -For I will defend this city to save it for mine own 
sake, and for my servant David's sake. Then the angel of 
the Lord went forth, and smote in the camp of the Assyrians 
a hundred and fourscore and five thousand: and when they 
arose early in the morning, behold, they were all dead corpses. 
So Sennacherib king of Assyria departed, and went and re- 
turned, and dwelt at Nineveh. And it came to pass, as he was 
worshipping in the house of Nisroch his god, that Adram- 
melech and Sharezer his sons smote him with the sword; and 
they escaped into the land of Armenia: and Esar-haddon his 
son reigned in his stead." 

This Scripture will be literally repeated in the last days 
when the remnant will be again placed under circumstances 
similar to Hezekiah's. This is plainly taught by the prophet 
Joel. 

"Blow the trumpet in Zion, sanctify a fast, call a solemn 
assembly: gather the people, sanctify the congregation, as- 
semble the elders, gather the children, and those that suck 
the breasts: let the bridegroom go forth of his chamber, and 
the bride out of her closet. Let the priests, the ministers of 
the Lord, weep between the porch and the altar, and let them 
say. Spare thy people, O Lord, and give not thine heritage 
to reproach, that the heathen should rule over them: where- 
fore should they say among the people. Where is their God? 
Then will the Lord be jealous for his land, and pity his peo- 
ple. Yea, the Lord will answer and say unto his people. Be- 
hold, I will send you corn, and wine; and oil, and ye shall 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 421 

be satisfied therewith: and I will no more make you a re- 
proach among the heathen: but I will remove far oflf from' 
you the northern army, and will drive him into a land barren 
and desolate, with his face toward the east sea, and his hinder 
part toward the utmost sea, and his stink shall come up, and 
his ill savour shall come up, because he hath done great 
things." Joel 2:15-20. 

Let this Scripture be compared with Eze. 39:2-4, Rev. 
19:17, 18, and the whole matter will be seen how the history 
recorded in Isaiah 37 will be repeated. 

The next in order in this event is the record found in the 
thirty-eighth chapter of Isaiah. Hezekiah the king was strick- 
en with disease. His prayer to God is recorded. The prophet 
Isaiah prescribed the remedy, a lump of figs laid to be upon the 
boil, and he should recover. If we mistake not this experi- 
ence, as recorded in this chapter, is given as a sign, and is so 
stated in Verses 21, 22 of this chapter. "For Isaiah had said. 
Let them take a lump of figs, and lay it for a plaster upon the 
boil, and he shall recover. Hezekiah also had said. What is 
the sign that I shall go up to the house of the Lord?" Isa. 
38:21, 22. 

Verse 17 (Chapter 38) speaks of their sins being cast be- 
hind His back (blotted out). The lump of figs, the healing 
of Hezekiah was emblematic of the physical healing of the 
remnant after the close of probation. Verse 18 teaches there 
would be no benefit for them to go to the grave. They are 
from this time forth to praise the Lord and honor Him. 

This illustrates the experience in the time of trouble. The 
seven last plagues are to be poured out. The first of these 
is a noisome and grievous sore (Rev. 16:2), like it was when 
the plagues were poured upon the Egyptians. The most 
grievous plagues were not visited upon Israel in Egypt; and, 
in the time of trouble, the remnant will be free from them 

(Ps. 91:7). 

The experience of Hezekiah is carried through the thirty- 
ninth chapter. But in Chapter 40 the subject is changed to 



422 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the special application to be made of the lesson recorded in 
the chapters just considered. Chapter 40 gives words of en- 
couragement and comfort to the Lord's people. 

"Corpfort ye, comfort ye my people, saith your God. Speak 
ye comfortably to Jerusalem, and cry unto her, that her war- 
fare is accomplished, that her iniquity is pardoned: for she 
hath received of the Lord's hand double for all her sins." 
Isa. 40:1, 2. 

This Scripture tells us plainly that the lesson from this 
time forward has its application when the warfare of Jeru- 
salem is ende4 and her iniquity is pardoned. This time is 
after probation is closed and the time of trouble is ushered 
in. Let the reader not fail to read the whole of the fortieth 
chapter of Isaiah, for in it is brought to view the coming of 
Christ and the utter destruction of the nations. Space will 
not permit this important chapter to be quoted here. 

THE GREAT DECEPTION. 

"Keep silence before me, O islands; and let the people 
renew their strength : let them come near ; then let them speak : 
let us come near together to judgment. Who raised up the 
righteous man from the east, called him to his foot, gave the 
nations before him, and made him rule over kings? he gave 
them as the dust to his sword, and as driven stubble to his 
bow. He pursued them, and passed safely; even by the way 
that he had not gone with his feet. Who hath wrought and 
done it, calling the generations from the beginning? I the 
Lord, the first, and with the last; / am he." Isa. 41 :i-4. 

In this Scripture the subject introduced in the former 
chapters pertaining to the Eastern powers is resumed. From 
the fifth verse to the twenty-fifth verse of the forty-first chap- 
ter, true Israel, or the remnant, is addressed in words of en- 
couragement and admonition, as to their relation to this East- 
ern power. 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 423 

"/ have raised up one from the north, and he shall come: 
from the rising of the sun shall he call upon my name: and he 
shall come upon princes as upon mortar, and as the potter 
treadeth clay. Who hath declared from the beginning, that 
we may know ? and beforetime, that we may say, He is 
righteous? yea, there is none that sheweth, yea, there is none 
that declareth, yea, there is none that heareth your words. The 
first shall say to Zion, Behold, behold them: and I will give 
to Jerusalem one that bringeth good tidings. For I beheld, 
and there was no man ; even among them, and there was no 
counsellor, that, when I asked of them, could answer a word. 
Behold, they are all vanity; their works are nothing: their 
molten images are wind and confusion." Isa. 41 :25-29. 

This places the subject plainly before us ; first it is a North- 
ern and an Eastern power, the same identical power mentioned 
in Ezekiel in Chapters 38 and 39, also in twenty-seventh and 
twenty-eighth chapters of Isaiah. But here is another feature 
specified, namely, the character of this power. In Verse 2 
of this chapter he is called "the righteous man from the East." 
Verse 25 says, he shall call upon the name of the Lord. Verse 
26, the Lord questions this righteous claim and continues to 
show that there is no proof of his righteousness and declares 
him a worshiper of false gods, yet God raised him up from 
the East as he did his servant Nebuchadnezzar. Compare 
his character with that of "the king," Dan. 1 1 :36-3g. 

Now it is a fact that professed Christianity is having a 
great influence in the world ; it is also a fact that the profes- 
sion has very little to do with a change of character or even 
the belief of individuals. This was also the condition in the 
days of Hezekiah. The king of Assyria appealed to Heze- 
kiah the king, in the name of the Lord, and made claims that 
the Lord was speaking through him. Is it unreasonable to 
believe that the kings of the East will do the same? The 
Northern power, Russia, Western portion, is professedly 
Christian. Will Japan, India, and China, like Constantine of 



424 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

old, erect the cross in their armies? We cannot say as to 
this. We can say they will claim to be righteous ; and claim ' 
to speak in the name of the Lord. Under the miracle work- 
ing power of Satan (Rev. 16:13, 14) they will deceive if it 
were possible, the very elect. And as Satan himself will, in 
the last days, appear as an angel of light, who knows but he 
may lead this vast host against professed Christendom of the 
West and the remnant people particularly, as the Assyrians of 
old came against Hezekiah. Daniel says : His god is a strange 
god. Just what form his religion will take is not known, ex- 
cept that he is an idolator claiming to be righteous. 

Let the Lord's people study these important lessons. 

In the first seven verses of the forty-second chapter, Christ 
is introduced as the leader of his people. In Verse 8 he says 
"My glory I will not give to another, neither my. praise to 
graven images." We are not to be deceived by the professed 
righteousness of this Eastern power. 

"Behold, the former things are come to pass, and new 
things do I declare: before they spring forth I tell you of 
them." Isa. 42:9. 

Thus he declares that the former things are to be repeated 
and new things are to come, but before they come he will tell 
us of them, but it is only those who take heed to the warning 
who will be profited by it. In Verses 10 to 16 the Lord pic- 
tures out the desolation of the earth with the shout of triumph 
by his people in their home of deliverance. 

"And I will bring the blind by a way that they knew not ; 
I will lead them in paths that they have not known. I will 
make darkness light before them, and crooked things straight. 
These things will I do unto them, and not forsake them. They 
shall be turned back, they shall be greatly ashamed, that trust 
in graven images, that say to the molten images. Ye are our 
gods. Hear, ye deaf; and look, ye blind, that ye may see. 
Who is blind, but my servant? or deaf, as my messenger that 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 425 

I send? who is blind as he that is perfect, and blind as the 
Lord's servant ? Seeing many things, but thou observest not ; 
opening the ears, but he heareth not. The Lord is well 
pleased for his righteousness' sake; he will magnify the laW, 
and make it honourable. But this is a people robbed and 
spoiled; they are all of them snared in holes, and they are 
hid in prison houses: they are for a prey, and none deliver- 
eth; for a spoil, and none saith. Restore. Who among you 
will give ear to this? who will hearken and hear for the time 
to come ? Who gave Jacob for a spoil, and Israel to the rob- 
bers? did not the Lord, he against whom we have sinned? 
for they would not walk in his way, neither were they obedi- 
ent unto his law. Therefore he hath poured upon him the 
fury of his anger, and the strength of battle : and it hath set 
him on fire round about, yet he knew not; and it burned him, 
yet he laid it not to heart." Isa. 42:16-25. 

This Scripture covers the ground of preparation for the 
final struggle. God's messengers have gone out and have 
magnified His law. They have taught the restoration of his 
commandments for which heathen practices have been sub- 
stituted. He says, who is so deaf as he who will not hear? 
Verses 24 and 25 tell us where the trouble is. Jacob of old 
has been punished, over and over, for disobedience and rejec- 
tion of the law of God. This is only repeating the history 
with all the light that is now shining upon the question. Is 
it possible with this evidence, that men will continue to violate 
God's holy law and attempt to abolish the second and fourth 
commandments from the Decalogue? We trust that some, at 
least, will profit by the admonition here given. 

"But now thus saith the Lord that created thee, O Jacob, 
and he that formed thee, O Israel, Fear not: for I have re- 
deemed thee, I have called thee by thy name ; thou art mine. 
When thou passest through the waters, I will be with thee; 
and through the rivers, they shall not overflow thee: when 
thou walkest through the fire, thou shalt not be burned ; neither 



426 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

shall the flame kindle upon thee. For I am the Lord thy 
God, the Holy One of Israel, thy Saviour: I gave Egypt for 
thy ransom, Ethiopia and Seba for thee. Since thou wast 
precious in my sight, thou hast been honourable, and I have 
loved thee: therefore will I give men for thee and people for 
thy life. Fear not : for I am with thee : I will bring thy seed 
from the east, and gather thee from the west; / will say to 
the north, Give up; and to the south. Keep not back: bring 
my sons from far, and my daughters from the ends of the 
earth; even every one that is called by my name; for I have 
created him for my glory, I have formed him ; yea, I have 
made him. Bring forth the blind people that have eyes, and 
the deaf that have ears. Let all the nations be gathered to- 
gether, and let the people be assembled : who among them can 
declare this, and shew us former things ? let them bring forth 
their witnesses, that they may be justified: or let them hear, 
and say. It is truth." Isa. 43:1-9. 

The gathering mentioned in these Scriptures is a literal 
gathering, they are assembled from every part of the earth. 
These verses have their application to the remnant people 
who have been brought out under a special message. The first 
three verses teach us how the Lord will protect and keep his 
remnant people, as they pass through the waters (the people). 
A table will be spread for them in the desert, and springs of 
water shall burst forth, in the time of the plagues when there 
is only blood to drink. And finally when the Beast and False 
Prophet (Rev. 19, 20) are cast alive into the lake of fire, they 
will be preserved,, like the Hebrew children in the fiery fur- 
nace. 

"And they shall spring up as among the grass, as willows 
by the watercourses. One shall say, / am the Lord's; and 
another shall call himself by the namie of Jacob; and another 
shall subscribe with his hand unto the Lord, and surname him- 
self by. the name of Israel. Thus saith the Lord the King of 
Israel, and his Redeemer the Lord of hosts; I am the first. 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 427 

and I lam the last ; and besides me there is no God. And who, 
as I, shall call, and shall declare it, and set it in order for 
me, since I appointed the ancient people? and the things that 
are coming, and shall come, let them shew unto them. Fear 
ye not, neither be afraid : have not I told thee from that time, 
and have declared it? ye are even my witnesses. Is there a 
God besides me ? yea, there is no God ; I know not any. They 
that make a graven, image are all of them vanity; and their 
delectable things shall not profit; and they are their own wit- 
nesses; they see not, nor know; that they may be ashamed." 
Isa. 44:4-9. 

"For there shall be a day, that the watchmen upon the 
mount Ephraim shall cry. Arise ye, and let us go up to Zion 
'unto the Lord our God. For thus saith the Lord; Sing with 
gladness for Jacob, and shout among the chief of the nations : 
publish ye, praise ye, and say, O Lord, save thy people, the 
remnant of Israel. Behold, I will bring them from the north 
country, and gather them from the coasts of the earth, and 
with them the blind and the lame, the woman with child and 
her that travaileth with child together: a great company shall 
return thither. They shall come with weeping, and with sup- 
plications will I lead them: I will cause them to walk by the 
rivers of waters in a straight way, wherein they shall not 
stumble : for I am a father to Israel, and Ephraim is my first- 
born. Hear the word of the Lord, O ye nations, and declare 
it in the isles afar off, and say, He that scattered Israel will 
gather him, and keep him, as a shepherd doth his flock." 
Jer. 31 :6-io. 

Remember that Mount Ephraim is Protestant America. 
Compare with Isaiah, eleventh chapter, where they are said 
to fly toward the West on the shoulders of the Philistines, 
thus locating the place of their gathering. 

Returning to Isaiah 43 :g, the Lord says to those who will 
not believe the inspiration of his word and to the heathen 
power that claim that they are sent from the Lord: "Let 



428 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

them utter a prophecy and bring it to pass." We might add, 
this Scripture is being fulfilled before our eyes. How few 
there are who are willing to open their eyes that they may 
behold God's providence. 

Passing over the remainder of the forty-third chapter for 
want of space, begin with Chapter 44. 

"Yet now hear, O Jacob my servant; and Israel whom 
I have chosen: Thus saith the Lofd that made thee, and 
formed thee from the womb, which will help thee: Fear not, 
O Jacob, my servant ; and thou, Jeshurun, whom I have chosen. 
For I will pour water upon him that is thirsty, and floods 
upon the dry ground: I will pour my Spirit upon thy seed, 
and my blessing upon thine offspring: and they shall spring 
up as among the grass, as willows by the watercourses. One 
shall say, I am the Lord's; and another shall call himself by 
the name of Jacob ; and another shall subscribe with his hand 
unto the Lord, and surname himself by the name of Israel." 
Isa. 44:1-5- 

This Scripture teaches us of the spiritual development of 
the remnant. This is the same work as the early rain, men- 
tioned in so many of these prophecies, in the opening of the 
gospel among the Gentiles, and in the outpouring of the 
Spirit of God on the apostles on the day of pentecost. From 
this point the gospel was soon carried to all parts of the 
world. In like manner the last message will go, accompa- 
nied by the same Spirit and power; and, as the connection 
is made through ancient and modern Israel, those embrac- 
ing the truth will subscribe under the names here mentioned. 
Thus the restoration of Israel will be completed and the tab- 
ernacle of David that is fallen down will be built up. 

"Thus saith the Lord the King of Israel, and his Re- 
deemer the Lord of hosts; I am the first, and I am the last; 
and beside me there is no God. And who, as I, shall call, 
and shall declare it, and set it in order for me, since I ap- 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 429 

pointed the ancient people? and the things that are coming, 
and shall come, let them shew unto them." Isa. 44:6-7. 

The great question to be decided, is who is this man from 
the East who calls himself righteous and is a worshiper of 
idols. The Lord asks: "Is he able to proclaim from ancient 
times these things that are to come to pass, and bring them^ 
to pass as I have done? Satan, himself, nor any of his sub- 
jects inspired by him, has ever been able to predict history 
for centuries in advance. The remaining part of the forty- 
fourth chapter of Isaiah gives a full description of idolatrous 
worship, how a carpenter with his tools from a piece of ash 
wood forms a god. He bows down and worships it. With 
another piece of the same tree he warms himself; and with 
another piece he cooks his food. This is thrown in to show 
the true condition of this righteous man from the East, where 
image worship of every kind is manifest. It is a violation of 
the second commandment, and such cannot be termed right- 
eous. 

As further proof of God's ability to give detailed history 
of the future, in Chapter 45 he makes a prediction concerning 
Cyrus, a man who lived and overthrew Babylon nearly two 
hundred years later. He even called him by his name more 
than a hundred years before he was born, giving details as to 
his work and the manner in which he would take the city of 
Babylon. 

Thus the prophecies of the Scriptures are the great test 
by which the remnant people are to be guided in their judg- 
ment of world movements in the last days and not by the 
profession as to who is righteous. 

"Bel boweth down, Nebo stoopeth; their idols were upon 
the beasts, and upon the cattle: your carriages were heavy 
laden ; they are a burden to the weary beast. They stoop, they 
bow down together; they could not deliver the burden, but 
themselves are gone into captivity. Hearken unto me, O house 
of Jacob, and all the remnant of the house of Israel, which 



43° The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

are borne by me from the belly, which are carried from the 
womb: And even to your old age I am he; and even to hoar 
hairs will I carry you: I have made, and I will bear; even 
I will carry, and will deliver you. To whom will ye liken 
me, and make me equal, and compare me, that we may be 
like? They lavish gold out of the bag, and weigh silver in 
the balance, and hire a goldsmith; and he maketh it a god: 
they fall down, yea, they worship. They bear him upon the 
shoulder, they carry him, and set him in his place, and he 
standeth : from his place shall he not remove : yea, one shall 
cry unto him, yet can he not answer, nor save him out of 
his trouble. Remember this, and shew yourselves menr bring 
it again to mind, O ye transgressors. Remember the former 
things of old: for I am God, and there is none else; I am 
God, and there is none like me. Declaring the end from the 
beginning, and from ancient times the things that are not yet 
done, saying. My counsel shall stand, and I will do all my 
pleasure: Calling a ravenous bird, from the east, the man 
that executeth my counsel from a far country: yea, I have 
spoken it, I will also bring it to pass; I have purposed it, I 
will also do it. Hearken unto me, ye stouthearted, that are 
far from righteousness: I bring near my righteousness; it 
shall not be far off, and my salvation shall not tarry: and I 
will place salvation in Zion for Israel my glory." Isa. forty- 
sixth chapter. 

This chapter ends the argument which distinguishes the 
true worshiper from the false. This idolatrous power from 
the East God calls his servant, from the same standpoint he 
caHed the heathen king, Nebuchadnezzar his servant when he 
called him to overthrow Jerusalem. This power is called a 
"ravenous bird from the east." Thus the great question is 
opened before us as to the character of this Eastern power. The 
spirits of devils are to go out and through their miraculous 
delusions the nations are to be gathered. This delusion no 
doubt will be practiced largely, if not entirely, under the 



Ancient and Modern History Combined. 431 

name of Christianity. The Lord has forewarned us that the 
heathen will still be idolatrous in character. Those who un- 
derstand the teaching of the Word on these questions will 
not be deceived. 

The story begins with the thirty-sixth chapter of Isaiah's 
prophecy and ends with the forty-sixth chapter. It begins 
with the king of Assyria claiming to Hezekiah, king of Judah, 
that the Lord was with him. The story is carried through 
the narrative. History repeats itself in the end of the world, 
with the Eastern nations performing the same thing con- 
cerning the children of Israel, or the remnant, as with Heze- 
kiah. 

Now, in conclusion, let us say to the reader, if these prin- 
ciples are- remembered it will be the privilege of those who 
regard these principles to read the books of Isaiah, Jere- 
miah, and Ezekiel, and all prophecies of the Old Testament 
understandingly, and by keeping the names located in their 
proper places all mysteries of the Old Testament prophecies 
will be removed. 

AHOLAH AND AHOLIBAH. 

There is recorded in the twenty-third chapter of Ezekiel 
a parable where the House of Judah and the House of Israel 
are symbolized under the names of Aholah and Aholibah. 
The explanation is literal. Aholah stands for Samaria, the 
capital of the House of Israel. The other, Aholibah, is said 
to be Jerusalem, the capital of the House of Judah. Their 
apostasy from the Lord is portrayed in vivid language. The 
Assyrians, or Babylonians, are represented as the lovers of 
the two women. In brief, it is the same story so often told. 
Truly, it is line upon line and precept upon precept. We 
simply call your attention to this chapter and ask that it be 
read in connection with those already introduced, thus giving 
still another evidence of the truthfulness of our position. 



432 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Verse 22 repeats the same story as all other prophecy, 
namely, those with whom they have committed spiritual adul- 
tery will be brought against them with the sword. Verse 38 
mentions the Sabbath as one of the main things in which 
these women (churches) have transgressed. Then, in Verse 
47, the surety of the sword is again brought to view. 




CHAPTER XXVII. 



THE NORTHERN POWER^ 



Gomer, the grandson of Noah, as before stated in the 
chapter on Russia, located originally in the country South 
of the Black Sea, now the land of the Turks, or the Otto- 
man Empire. In the prophecy there considered, Ezekiel 
mentions this land as one that will join Russia in the gather- 
ing of the nations. It is therefore necessary that we con- 
sider the Turkish question, as it stands alone in the field of 
prophecy. 

We are glad for the evidence we have that the Bible is a 
book made up of great principles of truth which run in clear 
lines throughout its teachings; and when these principles are 
once understood, we are greatly aided in arriving at right 
conclusions concerning the doctrines of the Bible. This is 
especially necessary in the study of the prophetic word. God 
has marked a great outline of Biblical history in dealing with 
the nations and the principles involved in their early history. 
These principles are carried through to the end of time. This 
is iharked in the predictions of Moses in the last chapters of 
Deuteronomy. He says: "The Lord shall bring a nation 
against thee from far, from the end of the earth, as swift as 
the eagle flieth; a nation whose tongue thou shalt not under- 
stand; a nation of fierce countenance, which shall not regard 

433 

28 



434 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

the person of the old, nor shew favour to the young : And he 
shall eat the fruit of thy cattle, and the fruit of thy land, until 
thou be destroyed : which also shall not leave thee either corn, 
wine, or oil, or the increase of thy kine, or flocks of thy sheep, 
until he have destroyed thee. And he shall besiege thee in all 
thy gates, until thy high and fenced walls come down, wherein 
thou trustedst, throughout all thy land: and he shall besiege 
thee in all thy gates throughout all thy land, which the Lord 
thy God hath given thee." Deut. 28 :49-S2. 

This statement of Moses was understood by all prophetic 
writers, and its fulfillment is the closing climax of earth's 
history. All prophetic writings are in accord with it, and at 
the end of each prophecy it is there located as the closing 
event. This is marked in the outline of the world's history in 
the eleventh chapter of Daniel's prophecy, beginning with 
Medo-Persian history, long before Christ was here, and trac- 
ing it down in literal language till its overthrow by Grecia. 
Then the universal reign of Grecia is told in Verses 3 and 4. 
Beginning with Verse 5, ending with Verse 13, we have the 
record of Grecia's history as it was divided into the two divi- 
sions, king of the North and king of the South, by Alexander's 
successors. King of the North embraces Asia Minor and 
other countries now ruled by Turkey, and the king of the 
South embraces Egypt and its adjoining countries. This his- 
tory is carried in detail down to 200 b. c, when, in Verse 14, 
a new power is introduced called the "robbers of thy people." 
The story is carried from Verse 14 to Verse 19, revealing the 
history of Cleopatra, the Egyptian queen, and Antony, a broth- 
er-in-law of Caesar Augustus, closing with Verse 19, mark- 
ing the murder of Julius Caesar by Brutus. 

Verses 20 to 22 tell us of Caesar Augustus, Tiberius 
Caesar and the crucifixion of Christ. Verses 23 to 31 tell 
the history of Rome from 161 b. c. down to the overthrow of 
Paganism in the government and the establishment of the 
Papacy in a. d. 538. Verses 32 and 33 tell us of the influence 



The Northern Power. 435 

of the Pagan converts and the apostasy caused by them as 
they enter the Church, also the persecutions that would fol- 
low for many days, elsewhere shown to be twelve hundred 
and sixty years, ending A. D. 1798. Verses 34 and 35 speak of 
the Reformation and the entering into that work of many that 
would cleave to them by flattery. Their experience till the 
time of the end is shown. At that point we enter upon a 
most important and interesting portion of this prophecy, be- 
ginning with Verse 36, we read: "And the king shall do ac- 
cording to his will; and he shall exalt himself, and magnify 
himself above every god, and shall speak marvellous things 
against the God of gods, and shall prosper till the indignation 
be accomplished : for that that is determined shall be done." 

This Scripture introduces a new power which is the theme 
and burden of the remaining portion of this prophecy, end- 
ing with Verse 3 of the twelfth chapter, and has its applica- 
tion during the period of the time of the end, especially after 
probation closes, as marked in Verse i in Chapter 12. It is 
introduced as "the" king, or a definite, certain king, signify- 
ing a power well known and well established at this time of 
history. If it were otherwise or a minor power to have its 
fulfillment in the natural events of history it would not have 
been introduced thus; so we hold that the power introduced 
here, both as described in its character and in point of time, 
is not something new or unknown before. This power shall 
continue until the indignation shall be accomplished, for that 
is for a time appointed. The indignation cannot be accom- 
plished until a consumption of the whole earth, as determined, 
is completed. Prophecy does not end until that is done. This 
is the indignation here referred to as shown in the beginning 
of the twelfth chapter. 

The characteristics here described are what will enable us 
to locate the nation here mentioned. We must also remember 
the same thought is in other prophecies and this one must be 
in harmony with those already considered. 



436 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Verses 37-39: "Neither shall he regard the God of his 
fathers, nor the desire of women, nor regard any god: for 
he shall magnify himself above all. But in his estate shall he 
honour the God of forces : and a god whom his fathers knew 
not shall he honour with gold, and silver, and with precious 
stones, and pleasant things. Thus shall he do in the most 
strong holds Vv'ith a strange god, whom he shall acknowledge 
and increase with glory: and he shall cause them to rule over 
many, and shall divide the land for gain." 

Verse 37 says he shall not regard the God of his fathers 
nor the desire of women nor regard any god. The power 
here introduced starts out on its career fearing neither 
God nor man; casting all ideas of worship formerly held, out 
of the mind. He regards no appeal for any other form of 
worship, neither regards the desire of women. Some have 
supposed this last statement to be that of doing away with the 
marriage relation but that cannot be true. What is a wom- 
an's desire? There is planted in every true woman a desire 
for modesty, virtue and loyalty to her own husband; but this 
power in its warlike career has no regard for these. Is there 
such a power to arise? "For I will gather all nations against 
Jerusalem to battle ; and the city shall be taken, and the houses 
rifled, and the women ravished ; and half of the city shall go 
forth into captivity, and the residue of the people shall not 
be cut off from the city.". Zech. 14 :2. 

Here we have just such a power as Daniel is speaking of; 
and this is speaking as all other prophecies of the kings of the 
East speak. But he does honor a god that is now termed a 
strange god and that is the god of forces. This is a god his 
fathers knew not. The nations of the East have been for long 
centuries unwarlike in their history but the command is, in 
the last days, "Let the heathen be awakened, let them come up 
to the valley of Jehosaphat." This is accomplished through 
"the spirits of devils working miracles which go forth to the 
kings of the earth and to the whole world to gather them to the 



The Northern Power. 437 

battle of the great day of God Almighty." As we have learned 
before in our comments on Isaiah, Chapters 36 to 46, 
this is a heathen power and its images which are made of wood 
covered with silver and gold are one of his special character- 
istics; so his god is here honored with gold and silver and 
precious stones and pleasant things. Thus we see the iden- 
tity of this character established. This god of war gives a 
great impetus to this army and as a result they rule over 
many and they divide the land for gain. 

In Ezekiel the thirty-eighth chapter, speaking of this 
army it says, an evil thought shall enter into their minds and 
they shall say, "Let us go up to the land of unwalled villages 
and take a spoil." Their policy, therefore, shall be, to divide 
the land for gain, practically to devour every thing before 
them. Verse 40. "And at the time of the end shall the king 
of the South push at him: and the king of the North shall 
come against him like a whirlwind, with chariots, and with 
horse-men, and with many ships; and he shall enter into the 
countries, and shall overflow and pass over." 

At the time of the end a definite move is here pictured, 
namely, a war between the combined forces of the king of. 
the North and the king of the South and the power here intro- 
duced (the kings of the East and the Russia). In the divi- 
sion of the Grecian empire as before stated, the king of the 
South is Egypt (now England) and the king of the North is 
now Turkey. Now, with England and Turkey against the 
kings of the East there will be a desperate conflict. 

In the sixteenth chapter of Revelation, Verse 12, we read 
that the waters of the Euphrates are to be dried up that the way 
of the kings of the East might be prepared. But who are the 
people of the Euphrates? We answer the Turkish people. 
But who is the king of the South today in Egypt? We an- 
swer, England controls Egypt and thus becomes the king of 
the South. She also controls the Suez canal, the great ocean 
thoroughfare to the East. This is a literal prophecy from the 



438 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

beginning. It deals with definite territory, and Egypt here 
must not be confounded with modern Egypt located by char- 
acter and conditions in other prophecies. England has for 
a long time held a guardianship over Turkey. The Turkish 
power as all are aware, is the key to the whole situation, con- 
sequently the government of the Euphrates territory must be 
"dried up" as the prophet says. Daniel says, "The king of 
the South shall push at him (The kings of the East), the 
king of the North shall come against him (The kings of the 
East) like a whirlwind." They will have chariots, horsemen, 
and many ships. The many ships can be nothing else than 
the naval powers of England and her allies. Thus we see the 
natural possibility and absolute necessity for just such a con- 
flict, at this very point, between the East and the West before 
the Euphrates can be "dried up" and the final preparations 
made for the kings of the East to move forward on their 
Western tour of death and destruction. The obstacles now 
at this point must be removed and will be in the not far dis- 
tant future. Then Russia joined by the kings of the East and 
the Mohammedans as elsewhere shown will have free access 
to the countries to which they started. Verse 41. "He shall 
enter also into the glorious land, and many countries shall be 
overthrown: but these shall escape out of his hand, even 
Edom, and Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon." 

Some have supposed it to be the king of the North (Tur- 
key) that enters into many countries and passes over and 
overthrows many. When God speaks of such moves it is no 
such small enterprise as we might imagine. Turkey in its 
past history, and at the time these commentaries have said 
this happened, has made no such record as here described. 
The pronoun he, therefore, does not apply to the king of the 
North (Turkey), but to the power introduced in Verses 36 to 
39, which comes out of the North (Russia), and the East. 
This whole prophecy from Verse 36 and forward is a consider- 
ation of "the king," his power and the magnitude of the work 
he will accomplish. 



The Northern Power. 439 

The power mentioned in Verses 36 to 39 in the eleventh of 
Daniel has been taken to be France because France from 1793 
to 1796 discarded the Bible in the French assembly. Having 
taken this position it only leads to a greater mistake in Verse 
40 seeing that France could not be the one that would pass 
over and subdue many countries mentioned by name as the 
glorious land, Egypt, Libya and Ethiopia and many others. 
The next step to find the fulfillment of Verse 40 was to trans- 
fer the pronoun he to the king of the North or Turkey but 
on examination this position was even more faulty than the 
mistake made on Verses 36 to 39 as applying to France. The 
Turk established himself in Constantinople in 1453, sixty-four 
years later (a. d. 1517), the glorious land and Egypt and 
Northern Africa became territory of the Sultan's. How then 
could it possibly be that following 1798 in the war with Na- 
poleon the Turk became possessor of those countries when they 
had been a part of his dominion for nearly three hundred 
years and it was the invasion of France upon his territory by 
Napoleon that caused war between them in 1798? In no sense, 
then, could the king of the North be the one that passed over 
and subdued many countries following this war with France. 
And again the many ships mentioned in the prophecy are in- 
terpreted to be the ships of England that assisted Turkey in 
the war against Napoleon and caused his retreat. The facts 
are, there were but two English ships in the engagement and 
being one hundred years ago such vessels would be far from 
meeting the demand of the prophecy. Thus there is but one 
conclusion and that is that Daniel the eleventh chapter, the 
thirty-sixth verse and forward to the close is yet unfulfilled. 

The definite article the means a specific king and also one 
well known. There could not be two of this class. To illus- 
trate, the seventh day is the Sabbath. Now no other day 
could be the Sabbath but the seventh day. We could not say 
a seventh day was the Sabbath. The true God could not mean 
there were others of equal standing. 



440 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Note the specifications given. "He shall do according to 
his will." That is, no power shall be able to stand before him 
in the fulfillment of this prophecy. "He shall cause them to 
rule over many." This expression could not imply less than 
a general subjection of all with which he came in contact. 

In Isaiah 41 to 46 you will find the idolatrous king 
referred to and designated in the last chapter mentioned as 
the "ravenous bird from the East." Therefore we conclude 
no other nation meets this specification but Gog, the prince of 
the land of Magog, the captain or guard of all the Eastern 
host. The Greek Church is in this territory and will be 
overthrown or subdued, but the chief of them will escape under 
the sixth plague. 

Those who have taken the position that this prophecy was 
fulfilled in a. d. 1798, offer as proof that such a war was to 
take place at the time of the end (1798), thus having the 
prophecy locate the definite year. It is true the time of the 
end began in 1798; but the time of the end covers the period 
from 1798 until the Lord appears. Hence anything happening 
during the period could be spoken of by Daniel, as taking 
place at the time of the end. In fact the year 1798 would be 
a very busy time if everything to be accomplished at the time 
of the end had occurred in that year. Dan. 12 4 says. Knowl- 
edge is to increase at the time of the end ; but we do not con- 
clude that all scientific and Biblical knowledge will be devel- 
oped in the first year of that time. Hence every position 
taken to make France fulfill the prophecy at that or any other 
time may well be questioned. 

The efifort is further made by some in order to show that 
Turkey is the power, that consumed the glorious land and 
brought Libya, Egypt and Ethiopia at his steps, by applying 
this Scripture to the success of Turkey rescuing Egypt from 
the hands of the French under Napoleon. This is equally 
a weak position with others taken. The war between France 
and Turkey was of brief duration and although the French 



The Northern Power. 441 

possessed the Turk's dominion, for a time, it could in no sense 
be claimed as his until the war was ended and he fully estab- 
lished in the possession of the prize. To place this construc- 
tion upon the Scriptures throws the whole narrative from 
Verse 36 forward contrary to its natural teaching. 

Verse 39 says the power in Verse 36 "will rule over many 
and divide their land for gain." This shows a power that will 
make Conquests and conquer countries. 

Verse 40 says : "He shall enter into the countries and shall 
overflow and pass over." Verse 41. "He shall enter also 
into the glorious land and many countries shall be overthrown." 
Verse 42. "He shall stretch forth his hand also upon the 
countries and the land of Egypt shall not escape." Verses 
43 to 45 say, "He shall, have power over the treasures of gold 
and of silver, and over all the precious things of Egypt: and 
the Libyans and the Ethiopians shall be at his steps. But tidings 
out of the east and out of the north shall trouble him: there- 
fore he shall go forth with great fury to destroy, and utterly 
to make away many. And he shall plant the tabernacle of his 
palace between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he 
shall come to his end and none shall help him." 

Thus we see to apply this language to the rescuing of 
Egypt from Napoleon would be doing violence to the whole 
narrative. 

Some hold that Roman Catholicism is the power mentioned 
in Dan. 1 1 :36-39, and that Rome is also the king of the North 
in Verse 40, and it is Rome that will eventually plant his taber- 
nacle between the two seas. This is based on the thought 
that Rome is the principal power introduced in the prophecy 
in Verses 14-35. And it is claimed that Roman Catholicism 
meets the specifications described in Verses 36-40 and forward. 
Also that Rome will yet do the things mentioned in this 
prophecy. 

Speaking of Rome, Dan. 7:26 says: They shall take away 
his dominion to consume and to destroy it unto the end. 



442 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

John says: One of his heads was, as it were, wounded unto 
death and the deadly wound was healed. Also He that lead- 
eth into captivity shall also go into captivity (Rev. 13). This 
was accomplished in 1798 when the dominion of the papacy 
was taken away. John also tells us (Rev. 17:12) that the 
ten kingdoms of Western Europe will again renew their alle- 
giance for one hour to the beast power. This expresses a 
very brief period as the verses following show. They see 
their mistake and turn with hatred against the woman, the 
church. Thus we see there is no opportunity for Roman 
Catholicism to meet the requirements of the prophecy. 

The expressions king of the North and king of the South, 
are taken from the original division of the Grecian Empire, 
and have their application to definite territory. That terri- 
tory first belonged to Alexander's successors : second the terri- 
tory of the North belonged to Rome until A. d. 1453, third 
then to Turkey until the present time. Hence Turkey is the 
king of the North now. Egypt has also had its government 
frequently transferred until 1898 when it came under the con- 
trol of England; but it is still known, in the prophecy as the 
king of the South. 

Thus we see that Rome cannot be the power spoken of 
as the king of the North in Verse 40 and also in Verses 36-39 
for they will be at war with each other as shown by Verse 40. 
In brief it is useless to attempt to make any other power ful- 
fill the predictions of Verses 36-39 but Gog the leader of the 
East as before shown. It is useless to try to make any other 
power of Verse 40, the king of the North but Turkey. It is 
useless/ to try to make any other power the one that will pass 
over and subdue many countries and plant his tabernacle be- 
tween the two seas but Russia the leader of all the East. All 
prophecies say it is the power and so we believe. 

Palestine will be possessed by this power, as plainly stated ; 
but "Edom, Moab, and the chief of the children of Ammon" 
at this point in his first move, will escape out of his hand. 



The Northern Power. 443 

Are Edom, Moab, and Ammon, the old, ancient, literal nations 
of sufficient magnitude to enter into this prophecy at this 
point in the world's history? Far from it. 

They have not been known in history for centuries, much 
less then at this time. We have learned that Edom, Moab, and 
Ammon are now used to describe the three divisions of Chris- 
tendom (Greek Catholicism, Roman Catholicism, and Pro- 
testantism). In the first move in drying up the Euphrates to 
prepare the way for the kings of the East, Edom, Moab, and 
the chief of the children of Ammon escape. Only the chief 
of the children of Ammon escape, that would be the more 
prominent church leaders. The masses, no doubt, will greatly 
suffer as they are in that territory. That division of Chris- 
tendom will be broken up. Many countries will be over- 
thrown. 

Verses 42, 43 : "He shall stretch forth his hand also upon 
the countries: and the land of Egypt shall not escape. But 
he shall have power over the treasures of gold and silver, and 
over all the precious things of Egypt; and the Libyans and 
the Ethiopians shall be at his steps." 

Egypt and Africa will then be "at his steps." That is, 
commanded by him. Thus we have the whole of the dragon 
territory brought under the command and joined to the power 
here introduced in Verse 36 which is the theme of thought 
to the close of the chapter and also to the coming of Christ. 

Verse 44: "But tidings out of the East and out of the 
North shall trouble him : therefore he shall go forth with great 
fury to destroy, and utterly to make away many." This intro- 
duces a new move, namely, to utterly make away many, that 
is to utterly destroy. Tidings out of the East and out of the 
North cause this move to take place. The North in all these 
prophecies is Russia. The land of Magog is north of the 
Caspian sea in Asia ; let it not be confounded with "the king of 
the North" which is Turkey in Asia Minor. (See verse com- 
mentary on Eze., Chapters 38 and 39 in this book.) Out of the 



444 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

East would be the kings of the East, China, Japan, India, and 
Korea. Just what these tidings will be we know not, but it 
causes a move upon the part of the army in the field. 

In the overthrow of the powers ("the drying up of the 
Euphrates") before mentioned Edom, Moab and Ammon es- 
caped. Now, as other prophecies show, they will not escape; 
for, this vast army, that shall cover the land as a cloud, shall 
move forward upon the Western nations and especially upon 
everything that is professed Christian described as Edom, 
Moab and Ammon or in other words Protestant America, 
Roman Catholicism and Greek Catholicism. 

Verse 45 : "And he shall plant the tabernacles of his palace 
between the seas in the glorious holy mountain; yet he shall 
come to his end, and none shall help him." 

"He shall plant the tabernacle of his palace between the 
seas in the glorious holy mountain." A tabernacle is a mova- 
ble structure. How natural the prophecy is. View the world, 
consider the Suez canal, the Mediterranean sea, Constanti- 
nople and the Dardenelles. These are all stategic points which 
must be settled first in the preparation of the way of the kings 
of the East to do the work pointed out in all the prophecies. 

The supposition has been that the point here mentioned is 
between the Dead sea and the Mediterranean and would then 
be Jerusalem. But the Scriptures do not say that is the case. 
The two seas are to be determined by the reader after con- 
sideration of evidence. 

We have learned in all these prophecies there are two 
divisions of Christendom that are the first points of attack 
from the Northern Power, the United States and the territory 
of the Turkish government where the main body of the Greek 
Church is located. There are places in both these territories 
that could fulfill the foregoing description. The two seas 
in the United States would be the Atlantic and the Pacific 
oceans ; in the other the Dead sea and the Mediterranean. The 
name Jerusalem is not mentioned in either. We would now 



The Northern Power. 445 

oflfer some scripture for the reader's consideration. The title 
the glorious land, was applied to Palestine originally but that 
name is transferable to other territory as others have been. 
It is applied to Palestine in Verse i6 of the eleventh of Daniel. 

We have in the prophecies of Joel a description of the 
locality of the great struggle when Gog will fall on the 
mountains of Israel. There the Prophet describes the land as 
follows: "But I will remove far off from you the Northern 
army, and will drive him into a land barren and desolate, with 
his face toward the east sea, and his hinder part toward the 
utmost sea, and his stink shall come up, and his ill savour shall 
come up, because he hath done great things." Joel 2 :20. 

It is a barren desert and located between the two seas. 
Now in looking over the world we know of but one place 
that meets the specifications, and that is found in the United 
States, between the Pacific ocean and the Gulf of Mexico. 
There in California, Arizona and Mexico we have just such a 
place but it cannot be found in old Palestine. This location is 
in the United States; it is surely barren and desolate. Those 
who have traveled over this territory well know it meets the 
specifications. We therefore leave the question with the 
reader for his consideration. 

In Ezekiel 38, it says this Northern power will go up to 
the land of unwalled villages to take a spoil ; Jeremiah 49 says : 
Get you up to the wealthy nation to take a spoil; Ephraim as 
we have learned was situated at the "head of the fat valleys." 
If any land in the world today could be called the "glorious 
land" it would be America. Therefore the weight of evidence 
is in favor of America being the point mentioned. 

Chapter 12 introduces in Verses i to 3 in connection with 
this an important thought. "And at that time shall Michael 
stand up, the great prince which standeth for the children of 
thy people : and there shall be a time of trouble, such as never 
was since there was a nation even to that same time: and at 
that time thy people shall be delivered, every one that shall be 



446 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

found written in the book. And many of them that sleep in 
the dust of the earth shall awake, some to everlasting life, and 
some to shame and everlasting contempt. And they that be 
wise shall shine as the brightness of the firmament; and they 
that turn many to righteousness as the stars for ever and ever." 
Dan. 12:1-3. 

Christ (Michael) has been represented as sitting at the 
right hand of the throne of God but this represents him as 
standing up. In connection with this preparation, before the 
utter destruction of Edom, Moab, and Ammon, our attention 
is called, by this language, to the close of probation, following 
which point, the seven last plagues are to fall as described in 
the sixteenth chapter of Revelation. It closes with the great 
battle of Armageddon. The verses just quoted describe it as 
"a time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation." 
How true this will be. The Eastern nations move forward to 
"utterly make away many," while the plagues fall upon the 
worshipers of the beast and his image. Truly it will be "a 
time of trouble such as never was." 

But while this is taking place upon Christendom the Lord 
does not leave us in darkness as to the utter consumption of 
the whole earth and of the power so fully described, for he 
says, "He shall come to his end and none shall help him." 
How true that will be. When the Lord comes John tells us 
the beast (Roman Catholicism) is taken, those that are left, 
and with him the false prophet (Protestantism), and those 
that are left, and they are cast alive into the lake of fire. 
Those who remain of the heathen (the dragon power) which 
we have been considering are slain by the sword of him that 
sitteth on the horse which sword proceedeth out of his mouth. 

In our comments on Hosea 5 7 and Zech. 1 1 :8, it was 
shown there would be thirty. years accomplished in the de- 
struction of Christendom. In our comments on Eze. 29, we 
learned that Protestant America would be desolate forty years. 
It was there stated in plain language that large numbers of 



The Northern Power. 447 

captives would be taken by the heathen powers from Chris- 
tendom to the heathen countries, and at the end of forty 
years they would return to their home land and be the basest 
of kingdoms. This explains how those who are left of the 
beast and false prophet are alive when the Lord appears. 

In our comments on Isaiah 36 to 46 we learned that 
the last act of the dragon power would be an effort to 
destroy the hidden ones, or remnant of Judah, and how the 
Lord would smite the great army of heathenism, Eze. 39 
saying he will leave but the sixth part of them. This explains 
how the remnant of that power is alive and destroyed by the 
sword that proceeds out of his mouth when Christ appears. 
Adding the thirty years of destruction to the forty years of 
desolation we have seventy years. Following this seventy years 
and the events connected with that time, the Lord will appear 
as declared in Eze. 39. (On these periods see Time, Tradi- 
tion and Truth by the Author.) 

Thus we find this prophecy of Daniel in perfect accord 
with all the other prophecies. The natural conditions and 
historical facts of today would cause us to conclude just such 
a move. Therefore we believe the position is sound and 
tenable. 




CHAPTER XXVIII. 



ZECHARIAH. 



The books of Zechariah and Hosea in one respect are very 
much Hke the book of Daniel and the book of Revelation, that 
is, the same line of thought is brought out by each of the 
prophets. In point of time Zechariah and Hosea were writ- 
ten nearly three hundred years apart. Daniel and Revelation 
were written over six hundred years apart. Hosea and Zech- 
ariah are books of equal importance in our day with Daniel and 
the Revelation. Much has been written of Daniel's and John's 
prophecies. But little has been said of the others. As we 
have given the verse commentary on Hosea we will now en- 
deavor to do the same, incomplete as it may be, on the book 
of Zechariah. 

THE FEAST OF TABERNACLES. 

Zechariah I. 

Verses i-6: "In the eighth month, in the second year of 
Darius, came the word of the Lord unto Zechariah, the son of 
Berechiah, the son of Iddo the prophet, saying. The Lord 
hath been sore displeased with your fathers. Therefore say 
thou unto them. Thus saith the Lord of hosts; Turn ye unto 
me, saith the Lord of hosts, and I will turn unto you, saith the 

448 



Zechariah. 449 

Lord of hosts. Be ye not as your fathers, unto whom the 
former prophets have cried, saying. Thus saith the Lord of 
hosts; Turn ye now from your evil ways, and from your evil 
doings : but they did not hear, nor hearken unto me, saith the 
Lord. Your fathers, where are they? and the prophets, do 
they live for ever? But my words and my statutes, which 
I commanded my servants the prophets, did they not take hold 
of your fathers ? and they returned and said. Like as the Lord 
of hosts thought to do unto us, according to our ways, and 
according to our doings, so hath he dealt with us." 

The chronology of this book is 520 b. c. The prophet's 
first vision was in the eighth month in the second year of 
Darius. Darius was the king of Persia. Israel at this time 
was captive and subjects of the Persian government as they 
were transferred from Babylon, at its overthrow, to the Medes 
and Persians. The burden of the prophecies expressed in 
Verse 6, is the spiritual condition of the people here ad- 
dressed. Their condition as here stated, is that of their fathers 
when they were in apostasy from God. The prophet appeals 
to the ones here addressed by calling their attention to God's 
dealings with their fathers and the certainty that they will be 
dealt with as their fathers were according to the word of God. 

Verses 7-9: "Upon the four and twentieth day of the 
eleventh month, which is the month Sebat, in the second year 
of Darius, came the word of the Lord unto Zechariah, the son 
of Berechiah, the son of Iddo the prophet, saying, I saw by 
night, and behold a man riding upon a red horse, and he stood 
among the myrtle trees that were in the bottom; and behind 
him were there red horses, speckled, and white. Then said 
I, O my lord, what are these? And the angel that talked 
with me said unto me, I will shew thee what these be." 

These verses record a word picture of a scene shown the 
prophet in another vision three months later. It is that of a man 
riding upon a red horse standing in the bottom among the 
myrtle trees and behind him were three additional horses, one 

29 



45° The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

red, one white, and one speckled. The myrtle tree is very 
significant and seldom mentioned in the Scriptures. Its 
branches were used in the building of booths in the feast of 
tabernacles. 

The rider upon the horse is a representation of a messen- 
ger as we will see farther in the chapter. This book, opens 
and closes with the same theme under consideration. It 
closes with the subject of the feast of tabernacles and if we 
mistake not, this is the time and period which the whole book 
considers. The feast of tabernacles was a memorial event of 
their dwelling in booths forty years in the wilderness. It was 
also an object lesson teaching the people that that experience 
vvould be lived over. Where these typical feasts are consid- 
ered in the pamphlet, Time, Tradition and Truth, it is there 
shown that this feast of tabernacles will meet its antitype after 
probation closes and during the time of trouble, as just con- 
sidered in the comments on the twelfth chapter of Daniel, 
when the remnant people of God will again dwell in booths as 
ancient Israel did in the wilderness. 

These horses are symbolic. They are explained in the 
book of Revelation in the line of prophecy, the seven seals ; as 
representing dififerent periods of the Gentile Church. Its 
purity and its apostasy are represented by the different colors 
of the horses. 

This locates the time when this book has its special appli- 
cation. 

Verses lo, 1 1 : "And the man that stood among the myrtle 
trees answered and said. These are they whom the Lord hath 
sent to walk to and fro through the earth. And they answered 
the angel of the Lord that stood among the myrtle trees, and 
said. We have walked to and fro through the earth, and, be- 
hold, all the earth sitteth still, and is at rest." 

The language here plainly tells us that the work of these 
messengers^ who have been to and fro through the earth has 
been completed. They report the earth at rest. This could 



Zechariah. 451 

be nothing less than the closing up of the Gospel work for 
men as described in Rev. 10:7. 

Verses 12-16: "Then the angel of the Lord answered and 
said, O Lord of hosts, how long wilt thou not have mercy on 
Jerusalem and on the cities of Judah, against which thou hast 
had indignation these threescore and ten years? And the 
Lord answered the angel that talked with me with good words 
and comfortable words. So the angel that communed with me 
said unto me. Cry thou, saying. Thus saith the Lord of hosts ; 
I am jealous for Jerusalem and for Zion with a great jealousy. 
And I am very sore displeased with the heathen that are at 
ease : for I was but a little displeased, and they helped forward 
the affliction. Therefore thus saith the Lord; I am returned 
to Jerusalem with mercies : my house shall be built in it, saith 
the Lord of hosts, and a line shall be stretched forth upon 
Jerusalem." 

In our past studies we have ever seen that the Lord took 
present and past events to teach lessons of the future. We 
think the verses just quoted are no exception to this rule. 
The seventy years predicted by Jeremiah that Jerusalem should 
lie waste were now completed. The temple must be rebuilt, 
the worship must be restored and so the Lord now calls our 
attention to that event and the experience connected with it 
to teach us, not only the historical facts of that day but future 
history when the tabernacle of David which is fallen down as 
mentioned by Amos should be restored. 

While God visits judgments on people because of their 
sins he does it for their good; but when the heathen take ad- 
vantage of this affliction the Lord's mercy and tender pity are 
at once appealed to in their behalf. That was true in the 
days of Zechariah and will also be true in the days before us. 

Verse 17 : "Cry yet, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts ; 
My cities through prosperity shall yet be spread abroad ; and 
the Lord shall yet comfort Zion, and shall yet choose Jerusa- 
lem." 



452 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

The first sixteen verses are practically an introduction to 
the book setting before us the local condition, calling our at- 
tention to the feast of tabernacles and the close of probation. 
Verse 17 utters a most important prophecy, namely, the re- 
building and the prosperity that awaits the people of God in 
the future. This verse has its application especially in the 
earth made new when the restoration is fully completed. 

Verses 18-21 : "Then lifted I up mine eyes, and saw, and 
behold four horns. And I said unto the angel that talked 
with me. What be these? And he answered me. These are 
the horns which have scattered Judah, Israel, and Jeru- 
salem. And the Lord shewed me four carpenters. Then 
said I, What come these to do? And he spake, saying. 
These are the horns which have scattered Judah, so 
that no man did lift up his head: but these are come to fray 
them, to cast out the horns of the Gentiles, which lifted up 
their horn over the land of Judah to scatter it." 

Verse 18 introduces the sanctuary service. On the altar 
of burnt offerings and the altar of incense also there were four 
horns, and on the day of atonement these horns were sprinkled 
with the blood of the victim. The horns signified the four 
quarters of the earth and represented the covenant of grace 
made with Adam in the beginning, and later expressed : "Who- 
soever will let him come, and take of the water of life freely." 
As long as the atoning blood was upon the horns of the altar, 
mercy was extended to all mankind. 

The Gentiles which had scattered Israel to all parts of the 
earth had oppressed them until no man could lift up his head. 
In the place of receiving the mercy of God the Gentiles had 
become the oppressors of God's people. Then the Lord pre- 
sented the four carpenters before the prophet. A carpenter 
is a builder and these are the same as the four angels of Rev. 
7, which is explained in the line of prophecy on the seven seals. 
Under the sixth seal, the signs preceding the coming of Christ 
and the close of probation are recorded, beginning with the 



Zechariah. 453 

sixth chapter and twelfth verse. Then the seventh chapter 
opens with four angels or messengers standing upon the four 
corners of the earth holding the four winds (war and pesti- 
lence) till the servants of God are sealed in their foreheads. 
And "the number of them that were sealed was one hundred 
and forty-four thousand." Thus these four angels in charge 
of the work of God are finishing up the work of the Gospel in 
the earth with a special message preparing the remnant for 
the coming of Christ. When this is completed the gentiles 
symbolized by the horns that are lifted up against Judah are 
then frayed or destroyed. The four horns are then cast out 
signifying that probation is closed. 

THE RESTORATION COMPLETED. 

Zechariah II. 

Verses i-ii : "I lifted up mine eyes again, and looked, and 
behold a man with a measuring line in his hand. Then said 
I, Whither goest thou? And he said unto me. To measure 
Jerusalem, to see what is the breadth thereof, and what is the 
length thereof. And, behold, the angel that talked with me 
went forth, and another angel went out to meet him, and said 
unto him. Run, speak to this young man, saying, Jerusalem 
shall be inhabited as -towns without walls for the multitude of 
men and cattle therein : for I, saith the Lord, will be unto her 
a wall of fire round about, and will be the glory in the midst 
of her. Ho, ho, come forth, and flee from the land of the 
north, saith the Lord : for I have spread you abroad as the four 
winds of the heaven, saith the Lord. Deliver thyself, O Zion, 
that dwellest with the daughter of Babylon. For thus saith 
the Lord of hosts ; After the glory hath he sent me unto the 
nations which spoiled you : for he that toucheth you, toucheth 
the apple of his eye. For, behold, I will shake mine hand upon 
them, and they shall be a spoil to their servants : and ye shall 
know that the Lord of hosts hath sent me. Sing and rejoice, 
O daughter of Zion: for, lo, I come, and I will dwell in the 



454 T^^ Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

midst of thee, saith the Lord. And many nations shall be 
joined to the Lord in that day, and shall be my people : and I 
will dwell in the midst of thee, and thou shalt know that the 
Lord of hosts hath sent me unto thee." 

The eleventh verse tells us plainly when the Scripture 
quoted has its application. Wherever that expression, "in 
that day," is used in the prophecies of the Old Testament it 
refers to the coming of Christ and the events preceding the 
end of the world. The measuring line upon Jerusalem (the 
church) is the work of the gospel going on in the church in 
its closing hours of probation preparing for that event. (Read 
Eze. ninth chapter first part and the first part of the eleventh 
chapter of Revelation on this point.) 

But, says one, will there be cattle and cities hereafter? 
There were cattle in the creation of the world and had 
there been no sin there no doubt would have been cities 
and the prophet tells us we shall build houses and 
inhabit them, we shall plant vineyards and eat the fruit of 
them. The earth restored will contain all things created be- 
fore the fall. Verses 7 and 8 are very significant. As seen 
in our former comments, as probation closes the remnant will 
flee from the North, the dragon territory. A loud voice will 
be raised to come out of Babylon. This is the last call before 
the close of probation. So these verses are thrown in to teach 
us that as probation closes, certain locations in the world will 
be deserted by God's people, as Lot left Sodom and the dis- 
ciples, Jerusalem, before these cities were destroyed. If we 
mistake not, Jerusalem as spoken of in these Scriptures ap- 
plies to the church in the feast of tabernacles before Christ 
appears. (See comments on Zech. 1:7-9.) See also Jer. 31: 
5-9; Isa. 65:9-, 10; Isa. 66:18-20; Zeph. 2: 1-7; Micah 7:14, 15. 

Verses 12, 13: "And the Lord shall inherit Judah his por- 
tion in the holy land, and shall choose Jerusalem again. Be 
silent, O all flesh, before the Lord : for he is raised up out of 
his holy habitation." 



Zechariah. 455 

The promise was to Abraham and his seed that he should 
inherit the earth "If ye be Christ's then are ye Abraham's 
seed." Gal. 3 :29. Christ is represented as rising up in his holy 
habitation signifying probation has closed. He will inherit 
Judah. In our comments on Hosea we learned there would 
be finally one house and Christ should be king of that house 
in that day. The same thought is here expressed. 

THE GREAT OBJECT LESSON OF THE TEMPLE. 

Zechariah III. 

Verses i, 2: "And he shewed me Joshua the high priest 
standing before the angel of the Lord, and Satan standing at 
his right hand to resist him. And the Lord said unto Satan, 
The Lord rebuke thee, O Satan; even the Lord that hath 
chosen Jerusalem rebuke thee : is not this a brand plucked out 
of the fire?" 

Bear in mind, the lessons of the future taught in this book 
are drawn from local events and facts in the days in which the 
prophet lived. We see the sanctuary service, as connected 
with the tabernacle introduced in Chapter 2, is continued in 
the chapter now before us. Joshua was high priest at this 
time. The Aaronic priesthood was ever a representative of 
the priesthood of Christ in heaven. It served as an example 
and shadow of heavenly things. Satan, the enemy of all 
truth, is ever ready to resist every effort upon the part of 
God's people to save a soul. This scene represents the closing 
work of Christ in heaven, as he is about to inherit the church. 
(Zech. 2:12.) 

The reply of Joshua (Christ) is, "Is not this a brand plucked 
out of the fire?" Satan receives his final rebuke and his last 
efforts fail. 

Verses 3-5 : "Now Joshua was clothed with filthy gar- 
ments, and stood before the angel. And he answered and 
spake unto those that stood before him, saying, Take away the 



456 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

filthy garments from him. And unto him he said, Behold, I 
have caused thine iniquity to pass from thee, and I will clothe 
thee with change of raiment. And I said, Let them set a fair 
mitre upon his head. So they set a fair mitre upon his head, 
and clothed him with garments. And the angel of the Lord 
stood by." 

The robe worn by the priest was emblematic of his posi- 
tion and work, namely, that of bearing the sins of the people 
represented by filthy garments. The instruction of the angel 
was, to take away his filthy garments (priestly robes) and to 
place a fair mitre (crown) on his head and cause his iniquity 
to pass from him. When the last decree passes, to let him 
who is "filthy be filthy still and let him who is holy be holy 
still" then probation closes. The priestly garments are no 
longer worn, but in their place the kingly attire is placed upon 
him (Christ). The fair mitre, the crown, worn as king will 
then be placed upon his head. This is the close of probation. 
This represents the work of Christ, using Joshua as a symbol 
to represent what will soon be done at the close of probation 
prior to the feast of tabernacles. 

Verses 6-10: "And the angel of the Lord protested unto 
Joshua, saying, thus saith the Lord of hosts ; If thou wilt walk 
in my ways, and if thou wilt keep my charge, then thou shalt 
also judge my house, and shalt also keep my courts, and I will 
give thee places to walk among these that stand by. Hear 
now, O Joshua the high priest, thou, and thy fellows that sit 
before thee : for they are men wondered at : for, behold, I will 
bring forth my servant the BRANCH. For behold the stone 
that I have laid before Joshua ; upon one stone shall be seven 
eyes: behold, I will engrave the graving thereof, saith the 
Lord of hosts, and I will remove the iniquity of that land 
in one day. In that day, saith the Lord of hosts, shall ye 
call every man his neighbor under the vine and under the fig 
tree." 



Zechariah. 457 

The Branch mentioned in Verse 8, can be no other than 
Christ himself, hence the explanation of the Lord himself con- 
nects this lesson pertaining to Joshua and the Branch in the 
manner we have stated. Just what the stone laid before 
Joshua symbolizes in detail we cannot tell but one thought is 
apparent. The eyes of the seven spirits of God represented 
by the golden candlestick -with seven burners, have so exam- 
ined the record engraven upon the stone that the iniquity of 
that house shall be removed in one day. Hence, we would 
conclude that that stone was a symbol of the book of life 
wherein the names of God's people are recorded. Their in- 
iquity that has been recorded against them, that has stood 
there (Rev. 20:12) until the close of probation, when they 
were found righteous, that sin will be blotted out in one day, 
and remembered against them no more forever. When Christ 
lays off His filthy garments, the record of every confessed 
(I John 1:9) sin which has been recorded, has been blotted 
out. 

THE SANCTUARY AND PRIESTHOOD. 

Zechariah IV. 

Verses 1-7: "And the angel that talked with me came 
again, and waked me, as a man that is wakened out of his 
sleep, and said unto me, What seest thou ? And I said, I have 
looked, and behold a candlestick all of gold, with a bowl upon 
the top of it, and his seven lamps thereon, and seven pipes to 
the seven lamps, which are upon the top thereof : and two olive 
trees by it, one upon the right side of the bowl, and the other 
upon the left side thereof. So I answered and spake to the 
angel that talked with me, saying, What are these, my lord? 
Then the angel that talked with me answered and said unto 
me, Knowest thou not what these be? And I said. No, my 
lord. Then he answered and spake unto me, saying. This is 
the word of the Lord unto Zerubbabel, saying, Not by might, 
nor by power, but by my Spirit, saith the Lord of hosts. Who 



458 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

art thou, O great mountain? before Zerubbabel thou shalt be- 
come a plain: an"d he shall bring forth the headstone thereof 
with shoutings, crying, Grace, grace unto it." 

The subject of the heavenly sanctuary is still continued. 
In the Holy place of the tabernacle built by Moses, there was 
placed a golden candlestick having seven burners. In John's 
vision of the heavenly temple he saw seven lamps of fire burn- 
ing before the throne which were said to be the seven Spirits of 
God (angels). Thus far, there is no doubt as to the subject 
being considered in Zechariah; namely, the ministry of Christ 
in the heavenly temple. The two olive trees on either side of 
this lamp, are explained to be the Word of God to Zerubbabel. 

The olive being a tree which furnishes oil from its fruit, 
it is here used as furnishing oil to the lamp that gives light. 
The trees being explained as the Word of God, it is that Word 
that was to be a light to Zerubbabel. The lesson taught 
Zerubbabel, was that the work of God was not accomplished 
in man's power, but by the Word and Spirit of God, and in 
this way the mountains of difficulties before him would be- 
come a plain. 

Verses 8-10: "Moreover the word of the Lord came unto 
me, saying, The hands of Zerubbabel have laid the foundation 
of this house; his hands shall also finish it; and thou shalt 
know that the Lord of hosts hath sent me unto you. For who 
hath despised the day of small things? for they shall rejoice 
and shall see the plummet in the hand of Zerubbabel with those 
seven; they are the eyes of the Lord, which run to and fro 
through the whole earth." 

The rebuilding of the temple by Zerubbabel, the governor 
of Judah, was a literal work performed by literal hands. But 
it was theWordof God andthe ministry of His Spirit through- 
out the whole earth that called the attention of the people to 
the true intent of the services conducted in the temple. 

Verses 11-14: "Then answered I, and said unto him. What 
are these two olive trees upon the right side of the candlestick 



Zechariah. 459 

and upon the left side thereof? And I answered again, and 
said unto him, What "be these two ohve branches, which 
through the two golden pipes empty the golden oil out of 
themselves? And he answered me and said, Knowest thou 
not what these be? And I said, No, my lord. Then said he, 
These are the two anointed ones, that stand by the Lord of the 
whole earth." 

The two olive trees that empty the golden oil through the 
golden pipe to furnish the lamp, are explained as the two 
anointed ones. As this refers to the sanctuary above, the two 
anointed ones must be two angelic beings who communicate 
the Word of God to the writers of His Word. They may be 
the two cherubim who stand at either end of the ark. God's 
throne is between the cherubim. This would place these two 
messengers as standing by the side of the God of the whole 
earth, they receive God's word at His mouth, transmit it to the 
seven angels who communicate it to the prophets. 

THE FLYING ROLL AND THE CURSES. 

Zechariah V. 

Verses 1-4: "Then I turned, and lifted up mine eyes, and 
looked, and behold a flying roll. And he said unto me. What 
seest thou ? And I answered, I see a flying roll ; the length 
thereof is twenty cubits, and the breadth thereof ten cubits. 
Then said he unto me, This is the curse that goeth forth over 
the face of the whole earth: for every one that stealeth shall 
be cut off as on this side according to it; and every one that 
sweareth shall be cut off as on that side according to it. I 
will bring it forth, saith the Lord of hosts, and it shall enter 
into the house of the thief, and into the house of him that 
sweareth falsely by my name : and it shall remain in the midst 
of his house, and shall consume it with the timber thereof and 
the stones thereof." 



460 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

The only writing of which we have a record containing the 
curses of God are those written by Moses and recorded in the 
last five chapters of Deuteronomy. The curses there recorded 
which would ever follow God's disobedient people are finally 
summed up in these seven last plagues which will be poured 
out after the close of probation. It is these curses that are 
here referred to in the flying roll. 

Verses 5-1 1: "Then the angel that talked with me went 
forth, and said unto me, Lift up now thine eyes, and see what 
is this that goeth forth. And I said, What is it ? And he said. 
This is an ephah that goeth forth. He said moreover, This 
is their resemblance through all the earth. And, behold, there 
was lifted up a talent of lead : and this is a woman that sitteth 
in the midst of the ephah. And he said. This is wickedness. 
And he cast it into the midst of the ephah; and he cast the 
weight of lead upon the mouth thereof. Then lifted I up 
mine eyes, and looked, and, behold, there came out two women, 
and the wind was in their wings; for they had wings like the 
wings of a stork: and they lifted up the ephah between the 
earth and the heaven. Then said I to the angel that talked 
with me. Whither do these bear the ephah ? And he said unto 
me. To build it a house in the land of Shinar: and it shall be 
established, and set there upon her own base." 

This is a most interesting Scripture, and no doubt has its 
application after the close of probation when the plagues are 
falling. In prophecy a woman is a symbol of a church. There 
is first introduced a woman seated in an ephah as she is en- 
gaged in worldly business. An ephah is a vessel in which to 
measure grain. It is said the talent of lead is upon the mouth 
of the ephah. The prophet says this is their resemblance. He 
also says wickedness is in the ephah and the talent of lead is 
upon the mouth signifying that unjust weights hinder an 
honest measurement ; and it is a sad fact that church member- 
ship is no longer evidence of honest dealings. 



Zechariah. . 461 

We only need to turn to the prophecy of the seven seals in 
Rev. 6, to see the place this worldliness applies. Now there 
are two other women introduced in these verses and if the 
first one is a symbol of a church what must the other two 
symbolize? We reply the first, as in all other prophecies 
represents, the first or Greek division of the Gentile Church. 
The two remaining could only stand for the Roman Church 
and the Protestant Church. Thus we here have the three- 
fold divisions. 

Now the last two women lift up the first woman as she is 
seated in the ephah and they all go to the land of Shinar and 
build them a house and it stands on its own base. Another 
interesting feature of these women is they have the wings of 
a stork. A stork is noted as a bird that returns home from all 
its journeys so these churches go to the land of Shinar or 
Babylon to build this house which stands on its own base. 
Babylon is the place from which all false doctrines came. It 
is there that Baal worship was founded. In the place of these 
three divisions of professed Christendom building a house on 
God's Word, a sure foundation, they build one on the doc- 
trines of Babylon. This in brief is the three-fold confederacy 
so often mentioned by the prophets which will take place in 
the last days and after the close of probation. Let us beware. 

THE MOUNTAINS OF BRASS AND THE HORSES. 

Zechariah VI. 

Verses 1-3 : "And I turned, and lifted up mine eyes, and 
looked, and, behold, there came four chariots out from be- 
tween two mountains; and the mountains were mountains of 
brass. In the first chariot were red horses; and in the second 
chariot black horses: and in the third chariot white horses; 
and in the fourth chariot grizzled and bay horses." 

The description of three of these, horses is identical in 
color with three of the horses in the prophecy of the seven 



462 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

seals in the book of Revelation. The fourth horse is a mixed 
color. These horses are represented as coming out from be- 
tween two mountains of brass and going forth into different 
parts of the earth. The white and black go into the North 
country. The grizzled go to the South country and the red 
horse goes to and fro throughout the earth. In the intro- 
duction of the book these horses were also seen and in that 
picture they were represented as having completed their mis- 
sion at that time, and all the earth was quiet; but here they 
go the second time. 

Verse i says these horses came out from between two 
mountains of brass. The Bible is ever its own interpreter. 
In the previous chapter the flying roll was introduced on which 
was written the curses. As Israel entered the promised land, 
Joshua was commanded by Moses to write the blessings and 
cursings that would ever follow Israel. Joshua did this, writ- 
ing the law on plastered stone (Joshua 8:30-35), placing the 
curses on mount Ebal and the blessings on mount Gerizim. 

The ark and the priests were placed in the valley between 
these two mountains. When the blessings and curses were 
read the priest replied with a solemn Amen. The law of 
God which was placed in the ark was the rule to determine 
when either the blessing or curse was to rest upon Israel. 
Now, the symbolic prophecy of Zechariah still carries out this 
principje in the last days. 

And before the final curses (which are the seven last 
plagues) are visited upon the people, they are represented as 
coming forth from between these two mountains. Our com- 
ments on the seven seals on Verses 4-8, which follow, locate 
the place and work of each of these horses, to which the 
reader is referred. 

Verses 4-8: "Then I answered and said unto the angel 
that talked with me, What are these, my lord? And the angel 
answered and said unto me. These are the four spirits of the 
heavens, which go forth from standing before the Lord of 



Zechariah. 463 

all the earth. The black horses which are therein go forth 
into the north country ; and the white go forth after them ; 
and the grizzled go forth toward the south country. And the 
bay went forth, and sought to go that they might walk to 
and fro through the earth: and he said, Get you hence, walk 
to and fro through the earth. So they walked to and fro 
through the earth. Then cried he upon me, and spake unto 
me, saying. Behold, these that go toward the north country 
have quieted my spirit in the north country." 

We have the Hteral explanation of these horses in Verse 
5, namely, they are directed by those who stand by the Lord 
of all the earth. In the seven seals, the black horse there 
stood for Roman Catholicism ; the white horse represented the 
gospel in its purity among the Greeks of Syria. Both loca- 
tions were North of Palestine. The red horse, symbolized 
in the seals the period of the second and third centuries, when 
the false doctrines of heathenism were permeating entire 
Christendom, world-wide in its influence. 

The color red also indicated the slaughter of Christians by 
the Pagan power, as the rider upon the red horse had a sword 
in his hand. 

The South country of Egypt, Ethiopia, and Africa has 
had a mixed religion symbolized by the speckled horse. Thus 
the location of them all is clear. Now, when probation cIofcs 
there is a work to be done in all these countries. The white 
hor-se, as before shown, represents purity. Its mission will 
be to gather out the remnant people of God who have been 
sealed. 

The horse going into the South country being mingled in 
color, may indicate that but few from that country may be 
found among the remnant. 

John (the prophet) applies the work of these horses to 
the gospel age from the first to the second advent. They are 
introduced by Zechariah at a point when that work is com- 
pleted. Following this their work during the time of trouble 
is pointed out by Zechariah. 



464 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

These main principles introduced in our comments we 
believe to be true. There may be still other features taught 
by the symbols which we leave for the consideration of the 
reader. 

Verses 9-15 : "And the word of the Lord came unto me, 
saying, Take of them of the captivity, even of Heldai, of 
Tobijah, and of Jedaiah, which are come from Babylon, and 
come thou the same day, and go into the house of Josiah the 
son of Zephaniah; then take silver and gold, and make 
crowns, and set them upon the head of Joshua the son of 
Josedech, the high priest; and speak unto him, saying, Thus 
speaketh the Lord of hosts, saying, Behold the man whose 
name is The BRANCH ; and he shall grow up out of his place, 
and he shall build the temple of the Lord: even he shall 
build the temple of the Lord ; and he shall bear the glory, and 
shall sit and rule upon his throne ; and he shall be a priest 
upon his throne : and the counsel of peace shall between them 
both. And the crowns shall be to Helem, and to Tobijah, 
and to Jedaiah, and to Hen the son of Zephaniah, for a 
memorial in the temple of the Lord. And they that are far 
off shall come and build in the temple of the Lord, and ye 
shall know that the Lord of hosts hath sent me unto you. 
And this shall come to pass, if ye will diligently obey the 
voice o* the Lord your God." 

Note the ones here chosen are those who return from 
the captivity at the end of the seventy years. The crown 
made by them to be placed upon the head of Joshua was to 
be laid up as a memorial. Verse 12 is an explanation of the 
former verses. The BRANCH is Christ, who is now our High 
Priest in the Heavenly Temple. We read in the seventh chap- 
ter of Daniel, when His ministry in the heavenly temple ceases, 
there is given Him a kingdom. He is then crowned king. 

After the seventy years had expired, during which the land 
of Palestine and Jerusalem had lain waste and Judah and 
Israel were captives in Babylon, this object lesson was given 



Zechariah. 4^5 

as here recorded. After giving a record of the Babylonish 
captivity in the previous chapters, Jeremiah in the thirtieth 
chapter says plainly that captivity will be repeated in a similar 
manner. So it is when the captives are gathered after the 
second captivity that the BRANCH will be recognized as the 
king of God's people. During the second captivity the rem- 
nant are not captives but dwell apart for seventy years. It 
is during the last forty years of the seventy that they keep 
the feast of tabernacles. 

COUNSEL ASKED OF THE LORD. 

Zechariah VII. 

Verses 1-14: "And it came to pass in the fourth year of 
king Darius, that the word of the Lord came unto Zechariah 
in the fourth day of the ninth month, even in Chisleu; when 
they had sent unto the house of God Sherezer and Regem- 
melech, and their men, to pray before the Lord, and to 
speak unto the priests which were in the house of the Lord 
of hosts, and to the prophets, saying, Should I weep in the 
fifth month, separating myself, as I have done these so many 
years? Then came the word of the Lord of hosts unto me, 
saying, Speak unto all the people of the land, and to thS 
priests, saying. When ye fasted and mourned in the fifth and 
seventh month, even those seventy years, did ye at all fast 
unto me, even to me? And when ye did eat, and when ye 
did drink, did not ye eat for yourselves, and drink for your- 
selves? Should ye not hear the words which the Lord hath 
cried by the former prophets, when Jerusalem was inhabited 
and in prosperity, and the cities thereof round about her, when 
men inhabited the south and the plain? And the word of 
the Lord came unto Zechariah, saying. Thus speaketh the 
Lord of hosts, saying, Execute true judgment, and shew 
mercy and compassions every man to his brother: and op- 
press not the widow, nor the fatherless, the stranger, nor the 

30 



466 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

poor; and let none of you imagine evil against his brother in 
your heart. But they refused to hearken, and pulled away the 
shoulder, and stopped their ears, that they should not hear. 
Yea, they made their hearts as an adamant stone, lest they 
should hear the law, and the words which the Lord of hosts 
hath sent in his Spirit by the former prophets : therefore came 
a great wrath from the Lord of hosts. Therefore it is come 
to pass, that as he cried, and they would not hear; so they 
cried, and I would not hear, saith the Lord of hosts: but 
I scattered them with a whirlwind among all the nations 
whom they knew not. Thus the land was desolate after them, 
that no man passed through nor returned: for they laid the 
pleasant land desolate." 

One feature of Bible writers is their frankness. They 
are ever particular to state details as to the time the incident 
occurs. This is far different from those who seek to evade 
critical study and to hide their meaning from those who would 
examine their writings. The men here referred to go to the 
house of God to inquire of the Lord to know what course 
they should pursue concerning their custom of fasting. The 
Lord takes this opportunity to teach further concerning the 
object lesson of the Babylonish captivity. Before that event 
they fasted and had a form of godliness, but true piety was 
scarcely known among them. "Wherefore he laid the land 
desolate." These conditions will be repeated. They contin- 
ued this fasting during their captivity, but it was only for 
selfish purposes. Hence the Lord would not hear. This will 
be repealed after the close of probation, but God will not hear. 
No amount of fasting or seeking the Lord will then avail 
anything. Verse 7 tells us their trouble was, that when 
Jerusalem was inhabited and the land in prosperity they should 
have heard the words of the prophets warning them of the 
coming danger. How applicable the admonition just now. 
The Lord is now crying to the people, as expressed in Verse 
13; but very few hear the cry. Now, as then, the desolation 



Zechariah. 467 

of the fair land is near to come; and the days will not be 
prolonged. No amount of building, planting, and prosperity 
will prevent it. The last generation is here, the heathen are 
once more being awakened, as of old, to do their last work 
upon Christendom. 

THE RESTORATION FORETOLD. 

Zechariah VIII. 

Verses 1-6: "Again the word of the Lord of hosts came 
to me, saying. Thus saith the Lord of hosts; I was jealous 
* for Zion with great jealousy, and I was jealous for her with 
great fury. Thus saith the Lord; I am returned unto Zion, 
and will dwell in the midst of Jerusalem : and Jerusalem shall 
be called A city of truth; and the mountain of the Lord of 
hosts, the Holy mountain. Thus saith the Lord of hosts; 
There shall yet old men and old women dwell in the streets 
of Jerusalem, and every man with his staff in his hand for 
very age. And the streets of the city shall be full of boys 
and girls playing in the streets thereof. Thus saith the Lord 
of hosts ; if it be marvellous in the eyes of the remnant of this 
people in these days, should it also be marvellous in mine 
eyes? saith the Lord of hosts." 

The return of the Jews to rebuild Jerusalem and again be 
placed in their own land was a marvelous work to them, for 
Gcd's blessing attended their effort. Whenever the hand of 
the Lord is set to do a certain work we may expect marvel- 
ous things, for that is just the manner in which God works. 
He told them, boys and girls should yet walk those streets. 
Satan did everything he could to prevent the rebuilding but 
no power could stop it. When sincerity and righteousness is 
manifested among the people of God it is useless for Satan to 
try to hinder. The names Jerusalem and Zion are appHed 
in many of the prophecies to the gathered remnant in the 
feast of tabernacles. When probation closes many who are 



468 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

old men and many who are but children will be sealed, for 
God. These will live through till the Lord appears. None 
who are sealed will die after the close of probation. Then 
will these conditions be repeated. 

We would call attention to the consecutive order in which 
the book of Zechariah is written relating to these events as 
well as the consecutive order in which the events themselves 
occur. 

Verses 7-10: "Thus saith the Lord of hosts; Behold, I 
will save my people from the east country, and from the west 
country; and I will bring them, and they shall dwell in the 
midst of Jerusalem : and they shall be my people, and I will 
be their God, in truth and in righteousness. Thus saith the 
Lord of hosts; Let your hands be strong, ye that hear in 
these days these words by the mouth of the prophets, which 
were in the day that the foundation of the house of the Lord 
of hosts was laid that the temple might be built. For before 
these days there was no hire for man, nor any hire for beast ; 
neither was there any peace to him that went out or came in 
because of the affliction: for I set all men every one against 
his neighbour." 

The application to be made of the object lesson is plainly 
stated in Verse 7, namely, as they returned then after the 
seventy years, so the remnant will be gathered in the end of 
the world, from all nations whither they are now scattered. 
Jerusalem here signifies the Church as they dwell together dur- 
ing the feast of tabernacles. Verse 10 reveals the true con- 
dition of the people during the time of trouble. It was also 
the condition during the seventy years of desolation. 

Haggai and Zechariah wrote within two years of the close 
of the seventy years of Babylonian captivity, 520 b. c. Jere- 
miah had prophesied that the desolation would be seventy 
years. 

"And this whole land shall be a desolation, and an aston- 
ishment; and these nations shall serve the king of Babylon 



Zechariah. 469 

seventy years. And it shall come to pass, when seventy years 
are accomplished, that I will punish the king of Babylon, and 
that nation, saith the Lord, for their iniquity, and the land of 
the Chaldeans, and will make it perpetual desolations." Jer. 
25:11, 12. 

Zechariah has mentioned this seventy years in connection 
with the object lesson he was teaching. In Chapter 8, Verse 
6, he shows that it was the remnant who returned to build 
the temple. Nehemiah records the opposition met in rebuild- 
ing the temple. 

"Now it came to pass, when Sanballat, and Tobiah, and 
Geshem thC' Arabian, and the rest of our enemies, heard that 
I had builded the wall, and that there was no breach left 
therein ; (though at that time I had not set up the doors upon 
the gates;) that Sanballat and Geshem sent unto me, say- 
ing. Come, let us meet together in some one of the villages in 
the plain of Ono. But they thought to do me mischief. And 
I sent messengers unto them, saying, I am doing a great 
work, so that I cannot come down : why should the work cease, 
whilst I leave it, and come down to you?" Neh. 6:1-3. 

These men by nationality belonged to the Moabites, Am- 
monites and Philistines. Let the student associate these with 
the modern Moabite, Ammonite and Philistine, and the rem- 
nant of Israel. He will then see why the former history was 
so carefully written. 

Daniel also associates in his prophecy the seventy years 
and the rebuilding of the temple as an object lesson applying 
to the end of the world. 

"In the first year of his reign I Daniel understood by books 
the number of the years, whereof the word of the Lord came 
to Jeremiah the prophet, that he would accomplish seventy 
years in the desolations of Jerusalem. Now therefore, O our 
God, hear the prayer of thy servant, and his supphcations, and 
cause thy face to shine upon thy sanctuary that is desolate, 
for the Lord's sake. And he informed me, and talked with 



470 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

me, and said, O Daniel, / am now come forth to give thee 
skill and understanding. Know therefore and understand, 
that from the goin^ forth of the commandment to restore and 
to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven 
weeks, and threescore and two weeks: the street shall be 
built again, and the wall, even in troublous times. And after 
threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for 
himself : and the people of the prince that shall come shall de- 
stroy the city and the sanctuary; and the end thereof shall be 
with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are de- 
termined. And he shall confirm the covenant with many for 
one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the 
sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for the overspreading 
of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the con- 
summation, and that determined shall be poured upon the deso- 
late." Dan. 9 :2, 17, 22, 25-27. 

Thus Daniel connects by a prophetic period, their work of 
building the temple with a similar work in the end of the 
world and the final desolation of seventy years. (For an 
explanation of this prophetic period see The Inspired History, 
lesson on the Judgment.) 

Haggai bears very decided testimony upon the point under 
consideration, namely, the rebuilding of the temple and the 
end of the world. "In the seventh month, in the one and 
twentieth day of the month, came the word of the Lord by 
the prophet Haggai, saying, Speak now to Zerubbabel the 
son of Shealtiel, governor of Judah, and to Joshua the son of 
Josedech, the high priest, and to the residue of the people, say- 
ing. Who is left among you that saw this house in her first 
glory? and how do ye see it now? is it not in your eyes in 
comparison of it as nothing? Yet now be strong, O Zerubba- 
bel, saith the Lord; and be strong, O Joshua, son of Jose- 
dech, the high priest; and be strong, all ye people of the 
land, saith the Lord, and work: for I am with you, saith 
the Lord of hosts: according to the word that I covenanted 



Zechariah. A7^ 

with you when ye came out of Egypt, so my spirit remaineth 
among you : fear ye not. For thus saith the Lord of hosts ; 
Yet once, it is a little while, and I will shake the heavens, and 
the earth, and the sea, and the dry land; and I will shake all 
nations, and the desire of ail nations shall come: and I will fill 
this house with glory, saith the Lord of hosts. The silver is 
mine, and the gold is mine, saith the Lord of hosts. Speak 
to Zerubbabel, governor of Judah, saying, I will shake the 
heavens and the earth; and I will overthrow the throne of 
kingdoms, and I will destroy the strength of the kingdoms of 
the heathen; and I will overthrow the chariots, and those that 
ride in them ; and the horses and their riders shall come down, 
every one by the sword of his brother. In that day, saith the 
Lord of hosts, will / take thee, O Zerubbabel, my servant, the 
son of Shealtiel, saith the Lord, and will make thee as a 
signet: for I have chosen thee, saith the Lord of hosts." Hag. 
2:1-8, 21-23; see also Zech. 6:12-14. 

Zerubbabel was also to be taken as a sign, or signet, in 
that day. The word Zerubbabel means, the scattered in Baby- 
lon. We have learned in this book how the remnant, today, 
are scattered in spiritual Babylon. Therefore as ancient Ze- 
rubbabel built the temple, those scattered in Babylon (Christen- 
dom) today, will see the truth and join in building the spir- 
itual house of God as did the apostles in their day. "After 
this I will return, and will build again the tabernacle of David, 
which is fallen down ; and I will build again the ruins thereof, 
and I will set it up : that the residue of men might seek after 
the Lord, and all the Gentiles, upon whom my name is called, 
saith the Lord, who doeth all these things." Acts 15 :i6, 17. 

This rebuilding is a restoration of truth, which is the 
foundation of David's throne. Thus it is the scattered in 
Babylon, today, who are searching to know the truth. Finally, 
at the time of the plagues, they will flee out of the borders 
of Babylon into the feast of tabernacles, as Israel left Egypt. 
Thus Zerubbabel's hands (the scattered in Babylon) laid the 



472 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

foundation; Zerubbabel's hands (the scattered in Babylon) in 
the end of the world will finish it. "For the children of Israel 
shall abide many days without a king, and without a prince, 
and without a sacrifice, and without an image, and without 
an ephod, and without teraphim : afterward shall the children 
of Israel return, and seek the Lord their God, and David their 
king: and shall fear the Lord and his goodness in the latter 
days." Hosea 3 4, 5 says this will be in the latter days. 

Haggai says the glory of this latter temple will far excel 
the glory of any temple prior to it. "The glory of this latter 
house shall be greater than of the former, saith the Lord of 
hosts: and in this place will I give peace, saith the Lord of 
hosts." Hag. 2:9. 

The remnant, who finally dwell in the feast of tabernacles, 
are without fault before the throne. There is no guile in their 
mouth. They sing the song of Moses and the song of the 
Lamb. Never has such a class of people assembled for wor- 
ship in any temple. They are the ones to whom the desire of 
all nations will come. 

There is no greater or more interesting and profitable study 
in the Bible, relating to past and future history, than is the 
Babylonish captivity. This history includes the experience of 
Jeremiah the prophet before the captivity; the period of sev- 
enty years of desolation ; the return of the remnant to rebuild ; 
their experience and opposition from those referred to; the 
building of the temple ; the priesthood of Joshua ; and the gov- 
ernor, Zerubbabel. The whole is a lesson to be studied, for the 
history is to be repeated in the last days. Let the lesson be 
well studied. 

Space forbids giving an account of the utter desolation 
during the seventy years, the trip of Jeremiah and his com- 
panions to Egypt, his prophecy uttered while there, etc., all 
of which is interesting and profitable. See Jer. 44:2-14; Jer. 

43:5-13- 



Zechariah. 473 

Verses 11-23: "But now / will not be unto the residue of 
this people as in the former days, saith the Lord of hosts. For 
the seed shall be prosperous ; the vine shall give her fruit, and 
the ground shall give her increase, and the heavens shall give 
their dew ; and I will cause the remnant of this people to pos- 
sess all these things. And it shall come to pass, that as ye 
zvere a curse among the heathen, O house of Judah, and house 
of Israel ; so will / save you, and ye shall be a blessing: fear 
not, but let your hands be strong. For thus saith the Lord of 
hosts ; as I thought to punish you, when your fathers provoked 
me to wrath, saith the Lord of hosts, and I repented not: so 
again have I thought in these days to do well unto Jerusalem 
and to the house of Judah : fear ye not. These are the things 
that ye shall do; Speak ye every man the truth to his neigh- 
bour; execute the judgment of truth and peace in your gates: 
and let none of you imagine evil in your hearts against his 
neighbour; and love no false oath: for all these are things that 
I hate, saith the Lord. And the word of the Lord of hosts 
came unto me, saying, Thus saith the Lord of hosts ; The fast 
of the fourth month, and the fast of the fifth, and the fast of the 
seventh, and the fast of the tenth, shall be to the house of Judah 
joy and gladness, and cheerful feasts ; therefore love the truth 
and peace. Thus saith the Lord of hosts ; It shall yet come to 
pass, that there shall come people, and the inhabitants of many 
cities : and the inhabitants of one city shall go to another, say- 
ing. Let us go speedily to pray before the Lord, and to seek the 
Lord of hosts : I will go also. Yea, many people and strong na- 
tions shall come to seek the Lord of hosts in Jerusalem, and to 
pray before the Lord. Thus saith the Lord of hosts ; In those 
days it shall come to pass, that ten men shall take hold out of 
all languages of the nations, even shall take hold of the skirt of 
him that is a Jew, saying. We will go with you; for we have 
heard that God is with you." 

The parallel between the two captivities and the experi- 
ence connected with them is still continued in the verses before 



474 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

us. The fasts are now transferred also to the experience in 
the closing time of trouble. In the former the two houses 
were connected but in the latter reference is made only to the 
house of Judah. This is accounted for, from the fact that only 
the true remnant will then engage in this fast spoken of here ; 
and they are, after the close of probation, known to the Lord 
as the House of Judah. That name, as elsewhere explained, 
.is the only name that goes through to the final restoration; 
and in the time of trouble all who are sealed will be joined 
to that house. 

Verses 20, 21 speak of the gathering of the remnant; Verse 
23 tells the extent of this gathering which will be from all 
nations. Isaiah, sixtieth chapter, says : "The forces of the Gen- 
tiles shall be converted unto thee." He further says, "Kings 
shall come to the brightness of thy shining." Verse 23 teaches 
us how it will be when the time comes to flee out of Baby- 
lon. The spirit of God will designate to every honest heart 
at that time who possesses truth. The fame of those who 
have the truth will then be world-wide. 

Note. — During the Babylonish captivity, the land was des- 
olate and did not yield her fruit. This will be different with 
the residue or remnant of his people. The land where they 
dwell will be especially blessed of God. Other contrasts are 
made also. If we would be with those of the latter, now is 
the time to form the character designated in these verses. 
Note these points well. 

DESTRUCTION OF CHRISTENDOM. 

Zechariah IX. 

Verses 1-6: "The burden of the word of the Lord in the 
land of Hadrach, and Damascus shall be the rest thereof: 
when the eyes of man, as of all the tribes of Israel, shall be 
toward the Lord. And Hamath also shall border thereby; 
Tyrus, and Zidon, though it be very wise. And Tyrus did 



Zechariah. 475 

build herself a strong hold, and heaped up silver as the dust, 
and fine gold as the mire of the streets. Behold, the Lord will 
cast her out, and he will smite her power in the sea; and she 
shall be devoured with fire. Ashkelon shall see it, and fear ; 
Gaza also shall see it, and be very sorrowful, and Ekron ; for 
her expectation shall be ashamed: and the king shall perish 
from Gaza, and Ashkelon shall not be inhabited. And a bas- 
tard shall dwell in Ashdod, and I will cut off the pride of the 
Philistines." 

Those who have read the comments on Tyrus, Damascus, 
and Gaza in this book will at once recognize them here and 
the place they occupy. 

These three cities, Tyrus, Damascus, and Gaza, stand as 
representatives of the three divisions of Babylon, or Chris- 
tendom, in the last days; and the final judgments are here 
considered as they will fall upon them. (Read comments on 
Amos I.) 

Hadrach stands for the land of Syria: Damascus was its 
(capital. The time is specified when the prophecy has its appli- 
cation; namely, when the eyes of men are toward the Lord. 
This could be more applicable at no other time, than in the 
time of trouble such as never was since there was a nation. 
Though "Tyrus heap gold as the dust in the streets," her 
power will be broken in the sea ; and she will be burned with 
fire. Ashkelon, Ekron, Ashdod, and Gaza are all Philistine 
cities and in this prophecy apply to Protestant America. Paul 
says, "If we be without chastisement then are we bastards 
and not sons." This shows that when this prophecy has its 
application, the professed Christians in the Philistine countries 
will be recognized as bastards, that is, God does not own them 
as his children ; they have no right to call Him their Father. 

Verses 7, 8: "And I will take away his blood out of his 
mouth, and his abominations from between his teeth: but he 
that remaineth, even he, shall be for our God, and he shall 
be as a governor in Judah, and Ekron as a Jebusite. And I 



476 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

will encamp about mine house because of the army, because 
of him that passeth by, and because of him that returneth: and 
no oppressor shall pass through them any more : for now have 
I seen with mine eyes." 

The Philistine is still the one spoken of in the verses before 
us. The eating of blood was ever forbidden ; also, the unclean 
animals here called the abomination. But those who are saved 
from among the Philistines will then be joined to the House 
of Judah, and will become as a governor in that house. Those 
saved will also become as the Jebusite. The Jebusite was a 
mountaineer and noted for bravery. The remnant in the feast 
of tabernacles are first passed by, by the armies of the yellow 
peril. In our comments on Eze. 29 we showed at the end 
of forty years their armies would return; and on their return, 
as described in the eighty-third Psalm, they would seek to de- 
stroy the hidden ones or the remnant. But the Lord encamps 
about them at all times and delivers them. This return of the 
armies marks the battle of Armageddon, whose combatants 
are the confederated "righteous man from the East" (heathen) 
with professed Christendom against the remnant and the God 
of heaven. 

Verses 9-10: "Rejoice greatly, O daughter of Zion; shout, 
O daughter of Jerusalem : behold, thy King cometh unto thee : 
he is just, and having salvation ; lowly, and riding upon an ass, 
and upon a colt the foal of an ass. And I will cut off the 
chariot from Ephraim, and the horse from Jerusalem, and the 
battle bow shall be cut off: and he shall speak peace unto 
the heathen: and his dominion shall be from sea even to sea, 
and from the river even to the ends of the earth." 

The coming of Christ is now introduced. But, says one, 
that refers to his first advent, for at that time this Scripture 
was fulfilled when Christ made his triumphal entry into Jeru- 
salem. That is all true, that statement refers to that event, 
but why is it mentioned here in connection with this latter- 
day prophecy? We reply, that we may know that Christ is 



Zechariah. /^77 

he who is called "thy King,'' thus giving us a double assur- 
ance that the reference is to him. 

Verses 11-17: "As for thee also, by the blood of thy cove- 
nant I have sent forth thy prisoners out of the pit wherein is 
no water. Turn you to the strong hold, ye prisoners of hope : 
even today do I declare that I will render double unto thee; 
when I have bent Judah for me, filled the bow with Ephraim, 
and raised up thy sons, O Zion, against thy sons, O Greece, 
and made thee as the sword of a mighty man. And the Lord 
shall be seen over them, and his arrow shall go forth as the 
lightning : and the Lord God shall blow the trumpet, and shall 
go with whirlwinds of the south. The Lord of hosts shall 
defend them; and they shall devour, and subdue with sling 
stones; and they shall drink, and make a noise as through 
wine ; and they shall be filled like bowls, and as the corners of 
the altar. And the Lord their God shall save them in that day 
as the flock of his people : for they shall be as the stones of a 
crown, lifted up as an ensign upon his land. For how great is 
his goodness, and how great is his beauty! corn shall make 
the young men cheerful, and new wine the maids." 

It is the blood of Christ that is called the blood of the 
everlasting covenant. It was through this blood that Christ 
was raised from the dead (Heb. 13:20). It is through this 
blood that the dead in Christ will be raised at the last day; 
and this is the lesson here taught that the pit (graves) will 
be opened, and the dead will come forth. Verse 13 tells the 
future story of the remnant symbolized as weapons of war. 
Judah is the name of the remnant people. So Judah is here 
represented as the "bow" while those of Ephraim that will be 
joined to Judah are the arrows; thus Zion will be raised up 
against the sons of Greece. Greece is here used to symbolize 
the heathen nations in the last days. There is to be a final 
conflict between the remnant people and their enemies. Verse 
15 speaks of this conflict and the victory that will attend the 
remnant when the Lord fights their battles in Armageddon. 



478 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Verse 17 speaks ®f the gospel blessings the remnant will 
then enjoy, symbolized by corn and new wine. 

PRECIOUS PROMISE TO THE REMNANT. 

Zechariah X. 

Verses 1-3: "Ask ye of the Lord rain in the time of the 
latter rain; so the Lord shall make bright clouds, and give 
them showers of rain, to every one grass in the field. For the 
idols have spoken vanity, and the diviners have seen a lie, and 
have told false dreams; they comfort in vain: therefore they 
went their way as a flock, they were troubled, because there 
was no shepherd. Mine anger was kindled against the shep- 
herds, and I punished the goats: for the Lord of hosts hath 
visited his flock the house of Judah, and hath made them as 
his goodly horse in the battle." 

The latter rain mentioned in various Scriptures refers to 
a period, when a special outpouring of the Spirit of God will 
be visited upon the remnant people. The early rain was poured 
upon the early church on the day of pentecost and still later 
upon the apostles. In the time of the latter rain, we are to 
ask for these bright showers, and as the remnant seek the 
Lord they will be refreshed with the pentecostal outpouring 
of the Holy Spirit. This will indue them with the power 
enjoyed by the early Church. Verses 2 and 3 tell us of the 
condition of those who have not obtained this blessing. The 
Lord has withdrawn from them. They are left without a 
shepherd, and the familiar spirit to whom they have sought 
can do nothing for them. Verse 3 states plainly the line of 
separation that is drawn when probation closes between the 
remnant and those of the apostasy there called goats. This 
explains the statement of Christ where He said when He 
comes, He would set the sheep on His right hand and the 
goats on His left hand. 

Verses 4-6: "Out of him came forth the corner, out of 
him the nail, out of him the battle bow, out of him every op- 



Zechariah. 479 

pressor together. And they shall be as mighty men, which 
tread down their enemies in the mire of the streets in the 
battle: and they shall fight, because the Lord is with them, 
and the riders on horses shall be confounded. And I will 
strengthen the house of Judah, and I will save the house of 
Joseph, and I will bring them again to place them ; for I have 
mercy upon them : and they shall be as though I had not cast 
them off : for 1 am the Lord their God, and will hear them." 

The final conflict is still the subject. In Rev. 12:17 we 
read, "The dragon was wroth with the woman and went to 
make war with the remnant of her seed which keep the com- 
mandments of God and have the testimony of Jesus Christ." 
We have before noted other Scriptures which show that the 
last act of the enemy will be an attempt to destroy the rem- 
nant. But God says he will fight for them as he fought in 
the days of battle, so the story is again told in the verses be- 
fore us. Christ will fight for them and no foe will be able to 
stand before them. The Lord will save the House of Joseph 
with that of Judah. The two sticks representing the House 
of Judah and the House of Joseph in the thirty-seventh chap- 
ter of Ezekiel are said to be finally joined into one House, 
that of Judah. Ezekiel also said, the stick of Joseph was now 
in the hands of Ephraim. 

Verses 7-12 : "And they of Ephraim shall be like a mighty 
man, and their heart shall rejoice as through wine: yea, their 
children shall see it, and be glad; their heart shall rejoice in 
the Lord. I will hiss for them, and gather them; for I have 
redeemed, them : and they shall increase as they have increased. 
And / will sow them among the people: and they shall remewr- 
her me in jar countries; and they shall live with their children, 
and turn again. I will bring them again also out of the land 
of Egypt, and gather them out of Assyria; and I will bring 
them into the land of Gilead and Lebanon ; and .place shall not 
be found for them. And he shall pass through the sea with 
affliction, and shall smite the waves in the sea, and all the 



480 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

deeps of the river shall dry up : and the pride of Assyria shall 
be brought down, and the sceptre of Egypt shall depart away. 
And I will strengthen them in the Lord; and they shall walk 
up and down in his name, saith the Lord." 

It is from the division of Ephraim (House of Joseph)^ 
that the largest number will be gathered in the last days. It 
is the watchman from Mount Ephraim (Jer. 31 :5, 6) that go 
to the various nations to gather the remnant, and return. As 
here stated, there will be found no place for them in the lands 
of the old world ; hence, they come on to the land of Ephraim 
(America). Gilead was in the land of Benjamin. Benjamin 
belonged to the House of Judah, hence, when they leave the 
East, here called Assyria, they come West to Syria, or through 
Palestine, but there they find only affliction, hence, they come 
to the land of Ephraim where all the remnant are to be gath- 
ered. In the eleventh chapter of Isaiah it is said the Lord 
will smite the rivers in the seven streams and they shall go 
over dry shod; so here the same thought is brought to view 
by the smiting of the streams and sea (the people) so the 
hindrance will be removed. It only requires familiarity, to 
see the same truth taught in all the different lines of prophecy. 

BEAUTY AND BANDS. 

Zechariah XI. 
Verses 1-5 : "Open thy doors, O Lebanon, that the fire 
may devour thy cedars. Howl, fir tree; for the cedar is 
fallen; because the mighty are spoiled: howl, O ye oaks of 
Bashan; for the forest of the vintage is come down. There 
is a voice of the howling of the shepherds ; for their glory is 
spoiled: a voice of the roaring of young lions; for the pride 
of Jordan is spoiled. Thus saith the Lord my God ; Feed the 
flock of the slaughter; whose possessors slay them, and hold 
themselves not guilty: and they that sell them say, Blessed 
be the Lord; for I am rich: and their own shepherds pity 
them not." 



Zechariah. 481 

The verses now before us introduce the final destruction 
of Christendom. The places here mentioned belong to the 
land of Judah. For a detailed description of the conflict to 
take place in that land read Jeremiah, beginning with the 
fourth chapter and ending with the sixteenth. Verse 4 states 
that it is a command from the Lord to feed the flock of 
slaughter. The boastful claims of those who destroy Chris- 
tendom, are expressed in Verse 5, thus : "I am rich ; and their 
own shepherds pity them not." It is true their own shepherds 
have no mercy for them. 

If they had pitied they would have warned them of the 
coming calamity. But instead of that they kept the flock in 
darkness and made merchandise of them. 

In Jeremiah, the twenty-fifth chapter, it is said, "Howl ye 
shepherds, and wallow yourselves in the ashes, ye principal 
of the flock, for the day of your slaughter, and the day of 
your dispersion is accomplished." 

Verses 6-9 : "For I will no more pity the inhabitants of the 
land, saith the Lord : but, lo, I will deliver the men every one 
into his neighbour's hand, and into the hand of his king: and 
they shall smite the land, and out of their hand I will not 
deliver them. And I will feed the flock of slaughter, even 
you, O poor of the flock. And I took unto me two staves; 
the one I called Beauty, and the other I called Bands; and I 
fed the flock. Three shepherds also I cut off in one month; 
and my soul loathed them, and their soul also abhorred me. 
Then said I, I, will not feed you: that that dieth, let it die; 
and that that is to be cut off, let it be cut off ; and let the rest 
eat every one the flesh of another." 

Verse 6 describes what the feeding of the flock of slaughter 
will be, namely, to turn every man's hand against his brother ; 
and the whole of the flock turned over to the king that shall 
destroy them. The two staves will be explained later. The 
eighth verse gives us the time in which these three shepherds 
will be cut off. For explanation, see comments on Hosea 5 :y. 

31 



482 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Verse 9 teaches us plainly this occurs after probation is closed, 
when God will no longer feed the flock. 

Verses 10-14 : "And I took my staff, even Beauty, and cut 
it asunder, that I might break my covenant which I had made 
with all the people.. And it was broken in that day: and so 
the poor of the flock that waited upon me knew that it was 
the word of the Lord. And I said unto them, If ye think 
good, give me my price ; and if not, forbear. So they weighed 
for my price thirty pieces of silver. And the Lord said unto 
me. Cast it unto the potter: a goodly price that I was prized 
at of them. And I took the thirty pieces of silver, and cast 
them to the potter in the house of the Lord. Then I cut asun- 
der mine other staff, even Bands, that I might break the broth- 
erhood between Judah and Israel." 

Verses 12 and 13 give the key that we may understand 
who is the staff Beauty. It was Christ, who was sold for 
thirty pieces of silver; he is the staff Beauty. The breaking 
of this staff signifies that the covenant of grace, made to all 
the people of the world, has finished its work, and probation 
is closed. The poor of the flock (remnant) understand this, 
they know that it is the word of the Lord, but the others will 
not. Verse 14 explains the staff Bands, namely, the brother- 
hood between Judah and Israel. These two houses have ex- 
isted since the death of Solomon, but that brotherhood will 
cease as all the saved will be joined to one house, under the 
name of Judah. Thus it is positive that the two houses con- 
tinue through Gentile history till the close of probation. 

Verses 15-17: "And the Lord said unto me, Take unto 
thee yet the instruments of a foolish shepherd. For, lo, I 
will raise up a shepherd in the land, which shall not visit those 
that be cut off, neither shall seek the young one, nor heal that 
that is broken, nor feed that that standeth still: but he shall 
eat the flesh of the fat, and tear their claws in pieces. Woe 
to the idol shepherd that leaveth the flock! the sword shall be 
upon his arm, and upon his right eye: his arm shall be clean 
dried up, and his right eye shall be utterly darkened." 



Zechariah. 483 

The foolish shepherd here introduced, is the one to whom 
the three shepherds are turned over, and as a result he visits 
the sword upon the flock and the shepherds of the flock. This 
is during the last plague. 

A BURDENSOME STONE AND WARRIORS OF JUDAH. 

Zechariah XII. 

Verses 1-6: "The burden of the word of the Lord for 
Israel, saith the Lord, which stretcheth forth the heavens, and 
layeth the foundation of the earth, and formeth the spirit of 
man within him. Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of 
trembling unto all the people round about, when they shall be 
in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem. And 
in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all 
people : all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, 
though all the people of the earth be gathered together against 
it. In that day, saith the Lord, I will smite every horse with 
astonishment, and his rider with madness: and I will open 
mine eyes upon the house of Judah^ and will smite every horse 
of the people with blindness. And the governors of Judah 
shall say in their heart. The inhabitants of Jerusalem shall be 
my strength in the Lord of hosts their God. In that day will 
I make the governors of Judah like a hearth of fire among 
the wood, and like a torch of fire in a sheaf; and they shall 
devour all the people round about, on the right hand and on 
the left: and Jerusalem shall be inhabited again in her own 
place, even in Jerusalem." 

Jerusalem sometimes applies to the professed people of 
God ; sometimes to the Holy City, New Jerusalem ; and some- 
times to the remnant Church before they are translated. It 
here applies to the remnant in the time of trouble. The gov- 
ernors of Judah mentioned in Verse 5 refer to the remnant. 
Verse 6 tells the part Judah will act in the closing events. 
The Lord will use them in his own way to destroy those who 



484 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

come against them. As before stated, Armageddon is a signal 
battle marking the last conflict ; and that conflict is against the 
remnant at the close of the feast of tabernacles, when all na- 
tions will endeavor to blot out the name of Israel, from the 
earth. Ps. 83. Do not associate this Scripture with any other 
event. 

Verses 7-14 : "The'Lord also shall save the tents of Judah 
first, that the glory of the house of David and the glory of 
the inhabitants of Jerusalem do not magnify themselves 
against Judah. In that day shall the Lord defend the inhab- 
itants of Jerusalem ; and he that is feeble among them at that 
day shall be as David ; and the house of David shall be as God, 
as the angel of the Lord before them. And it shall come to 
pass in that day, that I will seek to destroy all the nations 
that come against Jerusalem. And I will pour upon the house 
of David, and upon the inhabitants of Jerusalem, the spirit of 
grace and of supplications : and they shall look upon me whom 
they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, as one moum- 
eth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for him, as one 
that is in bitterness for his firstborn. In that day shall there 
be a great mourning in Jerusalem, as the mourning of Hada- 
drimmon in the valley of Megiddon. And the land shall 
mourn, every family apart; the family of the house of David 
apart, and their wives apart ; the family of the house of Nathan 
apart, and their wives apart; the family of the house of Levi 
apart, and their wives apart; the family of Shimei apart, and 
their wives apart; all the families that remain, every family 
apart, and their wives apart." 

Verse 8 says the remnant shall be in that day as David. 
This shows us that when the time of trouble comes, those who 
are saved will be as David, that is they will be healed of all 
diseases and will not be subject to the plagues. Verse 10 says, 
they, the remnant, shall look upon him whom they (the Roman 
soldiers) have pierced. This is the coming of Christ. But 
prior to that event there will be to the remnant the time of 



Zechariah. 485 

Jacob's trouble described as every one "mourning apart." It 
is also mentioned by Joel. (2 :i5-2o). No friend can then com- 
fort; it is the hour of temptation (trial) upon the remnant, 
but God will deliver them as He did Jacob of old. Verse 4 
speaks of the condition of the horses and their riders in the 
conflict against Judah. We need to only turn back and read 
how the Lord smote the Assyrian army with blindness, when 
Elisha led them into Samaria. 

So in the battle of Armageddon God will frighten every 
horse and then smite his rider with blindness. Let the reader 
imagine the conditions that would follow. Verse 11 connects 
these events with Megiddon where Deborah gained the victory 
over Sisera. It is from this the name Armageddon is derived. 
Jerusalem, here referred to, is the Church. 

RESTORATION FORETOLD. 

Zechariah XIII. 

Verses 1-6: "In that day there shall be a fountain opened 
to the house of David and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem for 
sin and for uncleanness. And it shall come to pass in that 
day, saith the Lord of hosts, that I will cut off the names of 
the idols out of the land, and they shall no more be remem- 
bered : and also I will cause the prophets and the unclean spirit 
to pass out of the land. And it shall come to pass, that when 
any shall yet prophesy, then his father and his mother that 
begat him shall say unto him. Thou shalt not live; for thou 
speakest lies in the name of the Lord: and his father and his 
mother that begat him shall thrust him through when he 
prophesieth. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the 
prophets shall be ashamed every one of his vision, when he 
hath prophesied; neither shall tHey wear a rough garment to 
deceive: but he shall say, I am no prophet, I am a husband- 
man ; for man taught me to keep cattle from my youth. And 
one shall say unto him. What are these wounds in thine hands ? 



486 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Then he shall answer, Those with which I was wounded in 
the house of my friends." 

The nearer we draw to the close of the Book of Zechariah 
the more apparent is the focal point of the prophecy manifest; 
namely, the coming of Christ, and the end of the world. The 
House of David at that point is fully established and all un- 
cleanness is removed from God's people as expressed in Verse 
I. Verse 2 states that at that day all idols and unclean spirits 
shall be cut off from the land. Spiritualism in all its deceptive 
influence will then cease. All image worship of every sort 
will be known no more. But the House of David, with Christ 
as King, will then be all and in all. 

Verse 3 undpubtedly refers to the experience of the peo- 
ple during the-plagues after they have been brought to realize 
that all hope is past and there is no possible chance for their 
salvation in the lies they have believed. At that time should 
even a son prophesy in the name of the Lord his own parents 
would be so angered they would thrust him through with the 
sword. 

The prophets (ministers) at that time will deny their pro- 
fession and claim they were herdmen from their youth. All 
professional garments of the ministry, now so much desired, 
will then be laid aside and the herdman's attire will be sought. 

Verse 6 calls our attention to the wounds received by 
Christ on the cross. These shepherds will even deny at that 
time they were ever followers of the lowly Nazarene. They 
will deny him as Judas denied him, and sold him for thirty 
pieces of silver. 

Verses 7-9: "Awake, O sword, against my Shepherd, and 
against the man that is my fellow, saith the Lord of hosts: 
smite the Shepherd, and the sheep shall be scattered: and I 
will turn mine hand upon the little ones. And it shall come 
to pass, that in all the land, saith the Lord, two parts therein 
shall be cut ofif and die; but the third shall be left therein. 
And I will bring the third part through the fire, and will refine 



Zechariah. 487 

them as silver is refined, and will try them as gold is tried: 
they shall call on my name, and I will hear them: I will say. 
It is my people : and they shall say, The Lord is my God." 

Rev. 19 says they make war against the Lamb, and the 
Lamb overcomes them. The Shepherd here mentioned seems 
to be Christ. The little ones are the flock. The effort of 
Satan is to destroy them out of the earth. 

Verse 8 speaks of the three divisions telling us plainly that 
two of these shall be cut off and die, but the third part, the 
remnant, shall be left. In fact, the present three divisions 
will be cut off. Those who are saved out of them are called 
Judah. The third part (Judah) will be brought through the 
fire and refined as silver is refined before they hear the "well 
done, thou good and faithful servant." When they are tried 
as the gold is tried then the Lord owns them as His. 

PLAGUES AND FEAST OF TABERNACLES. 

Zechariah XIV. 

Verses i, 2 : "Behold, the day of the Lord cometh, and 
thy spoil shall be divided in the midst of thee. For I will 
gather all nations against Jerusalem to battle; and the city 
shall be taken, and the houses rifled, and the women ravished ; 
and half of the city shall go forth into captivity, and the resi- 
due of the people shall not be cut off from the city." 

Jerusalem here refers to the professed Church the same as 
Eze. 9. The awful picture here drawn is a sad one, the 
experience one which tongue would fail to describe. Says the 
prophet Daniel, "He shall not regard the desire of women." 
The power that will punish Christendom is of a class that 
will recognize no bounds, the Spirit of God will be withdrawn 
from the world. Such a condition has never been realized in 
the world's history as will then take place. The residue, or 
remnant, will not be cut off. 



488 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Verses 3-7: "Then shall the Lord go forth, and fight 
against those nations, as when he fought in the day of battle. 
And his feet shall stand in that day upon the mount of Olives, 
which is before Jerusalem on the east, and the mount of 
Olives shall cleave in the midst thereof toward the east and 
toward the west, and there shall be a very great valley; and 
half of the mountain shall remove toward the north, and half 
of it toward the south. And ye shall flee to the valley of the 
mountains; for the valley of the mountains shall reach unto 
Azal : yea, ye shall flee, like as ye fled from before the earth- 
quake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah : and the Lord my 
God shall come, and all the saints with thee. And it shall 
come to pass in that day, that the light shall not be clear, nor 
dark: but it shall be one day which shall be known to the 
Lord, not day, nor night: but it shall come to pass, that at 
evening time it shall be light." 

Verse 3 closes up the struggle prior to the coming of 
Christ. The last act as elsewhere shown is to cast alive those 
who remain of the beast (House of Israel) and false prophet 
(Ephraim) alive into the lake of fire, and slay the remnant of 
the dragon power with the sword that proceeds out of his 
mouth. Now Verse 7 speaks of a certain day. The events in 
Verse 4 which are to occur during the day mentioned in 
Verses 6 and 7, cover a period of time, as elsewhere explained, 
of one thousand years. During which time, says Jeremiah, "I 
beheld the heavens and they gave no light." (See comments 
on the Millennium, in the Inspired History.) At the begin- 
ning of this period, says John, there will be such an earth- 
quake as there never was since the foundation of the world. 
(Rev. 16:19.) This earthquake will cause what is predicted 
in Verse 4. At the end of the period the prophet John says. 
The Holy City will descend from God out of heaven. Thus 
we put Zechariah's prophecy with that of John's, and connect 
them with the teaching on the millennium and these verses 
are all clear before us. The day here mentioned is spoken of 



Zechariah. 489 

as the day of the Lord, and as the seventh day is the Sabbath 
of the weekly cycle, the seventh thousandth year is the day of 
the Lord when the earth will lie desolate, untilled and unsown. 
(See Time, Tradition and Truth.) 

Verses 8-1 1 : And it shall be in that day, that living wa- 
ters shall go out from Jerusalem; half of them toward the 
former sea, and half of them toward, the hinder sea: in sum- 
mer and in winter shall it be. And the Lord shall be King 
over all the earth : in that day shall there be one Lord, and his 
name one. All the land shall be turned as a plain from Geba 
to Rimmon south of Jerusalem : and it shall be lifted up, and 
inhabited in her place, from Benjamin's gate unto the place of 
the first gate, unto the corner gate, and from the tower of 
Hananeel unto the king's winepresses. And men shall dwell 
in it, and there shall be no more utter destruction; but Jeru- 
salem shall be safely inhabited." 

The verses are a continuation of the thought in Verse 4. 
Therefore, beginning with Verse 4 and ending with 11, the 
history is covered from the great earthquake which takes place 
at the coming of Christ, through the millenium to the restora- 
tion of the earth, with the New Jerusalem as its metropolis. 
We only need to read how it was in the creation regarding 
the streams that flowed from the garden of Eden to see that 
the restoration will restore Eden as it was in the beginning. 

Verses 12-15: "And this shall be the plague wherewith 
the Lord will smite all the people that have fought against 
Jerusalem; Their flesh shall consume away while they stand 
upon their feet, and their eyes shall consume away in their 
holes, and their tongue shall consume away in their mouth. 
And it shall come to pass in that day, that a great tumult 
from the Lord shall be among them; and they shall lay hold 
every one on the hand of his neighbour, and his hand shall 
rise up against the hand of his neighbour. And Judah also 
shall fight at Jerusalem; and the wealth of all the heathen 
round about shall be gathered together, gold, and silver, and 



490 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

apparel, in great abundance. And so shall be the plague of 
the horse, of the mule, of the camel, and of the ass, and of 
all the beasts that shall be in these tents, as this plague." 

In these verses the prophet carries the mind back to the 
events of (Verses 1-3) the seven last plagues and the experi- 
ence of the people during that time. The plagues are summed 
up by other prophets, as the four sore judgments: The fam- 
ine, pestilence, noisome beasts and sword. The picture here 
drawn refers, no doubt, to those who will suffer from the 
famine and pestilence which indicates a slow death and char- 
acterized as the most painful and loathsome disease possible 
to befall man. This class, no doubt, are those who have held 
responsible positions of trust and are now made to feel the 
keenest suffering. 

Verses 16-21 : "And it shall come to pass, that every one 
that is left of all the nations which came against Jerusalem, 
shall even go up from year to year to worship the King, the 
Lord of hosts, and to keep the feast of tabernacles. And it 
shall be, that whoso will not come up of all the families of the 
earth unto Jerusalem to worship the "King, the Lord of hosts, 
even upon them shall be no rain. And if the family of Egypt 
go not up, and come not, that have no rain; there shall be the 
plague, wherewith the Lord will smite the heathen that come 
not up to keep the feast of tabernacles. This shall be the pim- 
ishment of Egypt, and the punishment of all nations that come 
not up to keep the feast of tabernacles. In that day shall 
there be upon the bells of the horses, HOLINESS UNTO 
THE LORD; and the pots in the Lord's house shall be like 
the bowls before the altar. Yea, every pot in Jerusalem and 
in Judah shall be holiness unto the Lord of hosts : and all 
they that sacrifice shall come and take of them, and seethe 
therein: and in thit day there shall be no more the Canaanite 
in the house of the Lord of hosts." 

Verse 16 speaks of those who are left; but who are they? 
We reply, those who have escaped the plagues, or the remnant 



Zechariah. 491 

termed Judah and the Church, Jerusalem. In the comments 
on the seventy years of desolation taken up in Time, Tradi- 
tion and Truth, it is taught that the remnant go into the 
feast of tabernacles after the destruction of the three shep- 
herds. It is here introduced in the same manner as those 
who" are left and in Zech. 14:2 as "The residue." Verse 17 
says plainly that upon those who do not prepare to come up 
to the feast of tabernacles there shall be no rain. This prepara- 
tion is prior to the falling of the plagues. 

We go back to the experience of Israel in Egypt during 
the plagues. At that time the plagues did not fall in the land 
of Goshen. Verses 18 and 19 tell us that the family of Egypt 
and those of all nations that do not enter into this feast of 
tabernacles will all suffer the same judgments. Verses 20 and 
21 speak of the remnant as they are in the feast of the Lord 
or feast of tabernacles. (For a full explanation of the typical 
feasts the reader is again referred to the pamphlet Time, 
Tradition and Truth, by the author.) 

Thus we close the comments on the book of Zechariah. 
Brief as they have been, we trust the rtmarks may be of some 
benefit to the reader. One thing is sure, the day of the Lord 
is at hand. The message that is to prepare the remnant is due 
the world and there is no time now to have our hearts over- 
charged with the cares of this life. The Lord says, it is high 
time that we awake out of sleep, the "night is far spent, the 
day is at hand." The world is sleeping on the shores of eter- 
nity. The spirit of God is now calling for those who will 
blow the trumpet in Zion and sound an alarm in the whole 
world telling the people of the coming events so soon to over- 
take the inhabitants of the land. Protestantism needs an 
awakening to the doom hanging over her head. Roman 
Catholicism needs to hear the trumpet of alarm that some in 
her borders may flee from her as Lot fled from Sodom before 
its destruction. The Greek Church in the East in all its 
dead formality and sleeping under the influence of heathen 



492 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

doctrines needs to hear the call. Every nation needs the 
message of truth now due the world. Where are the prophets 
of Israel who will join in this closing message, to call the 
people from Babylon before her final destruction. This is the 
call of the hour; this is the work now to be performed. We 
therefore say, aid us in the work for this time, that the close 
of probation and the Yellow Peril may find none unwarned 
and many prepared to meet the event. 




CHAPTER XXIX. 



CIVIL GOVERNMENT. 



Much has been said in this volume that will lead the mind 
to inquire as to the true relationship of Church and state, and 
the obligations of every individual to civil authority. There- 
fore we will lay down some principles as taught in the Bible, 
which we trust will make this plain. 

God has appointed civil rulers as we read : "For he is the 
minister of God to thee for good. But if thou do that which 
is evil, be afraid; for he beareth not the sword in vain: for 
he is the minister of God, a revenger to execute wrath upon 
him that doeth evil. Wherefore ye must needs be subject, not 
only for wrath, but also for conscience' sake." Rom. 13 4, 5. 

The object of these rulers is the protection of all citizens 
and the punishment of evildoers : "For rulers are not a terror 
to good works, but to the evil. Wilt thou then not be afraid 
of the power? dp that which is good, and thou shalt have 
praise of the same." Rom. 13 :3. 

The duty of these rulers is to recognize and show their 
appreciation of good behavior, to punish the disobedient; and 
in turn for this, the subjects are to see to their support, "For 
this cause pay ye tribute also: for they are God's ministers, 
attending continually upon this very thing. Render therefore 
to all their dues: tribute to whom tribute is due; custom to 

493 



494 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

zvhom custom; fear to whom fear; honour to whom honour. 
For he is the minister of God to thee for good. But if thou 
do that which is evil, be afraid ; for he beareth not the sword 
in vain: for he is the minister of God, a revenger to execute 
wrath upon him that doeth evil." Rom. 13 :6, 7 and 4. 

The Christian feels a responsibility resting upon him to 
yield cheerful obedience to right laws, and pray to the Ruler 
of the universe to aid the officers of the law in the execution 
of the same. "I exhort therefore, that, first of all, supplicor 
tions, prayers, intercessions, and giving of thanks, be made for 
all men; for kings, and for all that are in authority; that we 
may lead a quiet and peaceable life in all godliness and hon- 
esty. For this is good and acceptable in the sight of God our 
Saviour." I Tim. 2:1-3. "Thou shalt not revile the gods 
(margin judges), nor curse the ruler of thy people." Ex. 
22:28. "Curse not the king, no not in thy thought; and curse 
not the rich in thy bedchamber: for a bird of the air shall 
carry the voice, and that which hath wings shall tell the mat- 
ter." Feci. 10:20. 

The custom of speaking evil of rulers is a wrong one. It 
teaches those who hear to disregard civil authority. There is 
nothing breaks down influence more than pubfic slander. It 
is a sad condition, indeed, when truthful reports of evil ruler- 
ship must be told. Of all men, who ought to be just in the 
administration of law and public duty, it is those who are 
called to positions of trust in such matters. He who does not 
regard the sacredness of his position, has stooped to the level 
of the criminal and the vile, where he neither fears God nor 
man. And the man who would seek to influence or bribe a 
ruler to do wrong, is equally guilty and contemptible. 

It is always desirable that good men should be sought out 
and intrusted with public responsibilities. A Christian is a 
fit man for any office he is intellectually able to hold. Would 
this might be said of all church members. Many of God's 
servants of old made acceptable statesmen. "Then the king 



Civil Government. 495 

made Daniel a great man, and gave him many great gifts, 
and made him ruler over the whole province of Babylon, and 
chief of the governors over all the wise men of Babylon." 
Dan. 2 :48. "And Pharaoh said unto his servants. Can we find 
such a one as this is, a man in whom the Spirit of God is? 
And Pharaoh said unto Joseph, Forasmuch as God hath 
shewed thee all this, there is none so discreet and wise as 
thou art: thou shalt be over my house, and according unto thy 
word shall all my people be ruled: only in the throne will I 
be greater than thou." Gen. 41 :38, 40. "Woe to thee, O land, 
when thy king is a child, and thy princes eat in the morning ! 
Blessed art thou, O land, when thy king is the son of nobles, 
and thy princes eat in due season, for strength, and not for 
drunkenness!" Eccl. 10:16, 17. 

There is a principle laid down in the Scriptures, which it 
would be well for Christians, and all people, to understand, 
namely, The relation of the Church to the state. We introduce 
this with a statement from the apostle Paul: "Dare any of 
you, having a matter against another, go to law before the 
urrjust, and not before the saints?- Do ye not know that the 
saints shall judge the world? and if the world shall be judged 
by you, are ye unworthy to judge the smallest matters?" I 
Cor. 6:1, 2. 

A Church can only settle minor questions between brethren. 
If a brother is guilty of murder, theft or any other criminal 
offense, it should be settled by the state. The Church has 
nothing to do in such cases. For this reason, Paul's instruc- 
tion to believers not to go to law before unbelievers, could 
only apply to matte.rs in which the Church could consistently 
settle, without covering up criminal offenses. If, therefore, 
a Church does to one of its members that which is uncivil or 
unjust, and the Church does not remedy the wrong, he has a 
right to appeal to the state for justice. The Church itself is 
subject to the state in all civil matters. Under the theocracy 
of Israel, when God was the direct ruler of the civil as well 



496 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

as the ecclesiastical, the criminal, though a believer, was dealt 
with under the civil law and punished accordingly. This 
was true in all civil offenses, such as Sabbath breaking, adul- 
tery, theft and all civil cases. 

The Church, guided by the Bible, can decide what is sin 
and withdraw the hand of fellowship. They can also decide 
what is right and wrong; and bring about a settlement be- 
tween brethren in minor offenses. But any attempt to cover 
up a crime, or settle a criminal offense, is not Rendering to 
Caesar the things that are Caesar's, nor to God the things 
that are God's. Any society. Church or organization that over- 
looks criminal or civil offenses that belong to the state to 
settle, in order to keep such offenses secret, or free the trans- 
gressor, is guilty of a criminal offense as an organization. If 
a member of an organization has been wronged by that or- 
ganization, he has a right and duty to appeal to the civil power. 

We often hear it said, The rulers of this world are so 
corrupt. This is no doubt true in many instances. But with- 
out these rulers, anarchy and lawlessness would reign su- 
preme. 

We here give an example -of Church government found in 
the law of Moses, which reads as follows : "And if one man's 
ox hurt another's, that he die ; then they shall sell the live ox, 
and divide the money of it; and the dead ox also they shall 
divide. Or if it be known that the ox hath used to push in 
time past, and his owner hath not kept him in ; he shall surely 
pay ox for ox ; and the dead shall be his own." Ex. 21 135, 36. 

This is plain. The Church rulers, who should be versed in 
the divine law, should read the statutes of the Lord, thus 
bringing about a settlement of the difficulty. If they, or either 
of them refuse to hear the law, the civil judge should then 
take hold of the matter, and compel a settlement according to 
the civil law. The Church has no power of enforcement; 
neither has it authority except as based upon divine statutes. 
They can settle according to the law of the Lord in civil cases 



Civil Government. 497 

only where all are willing to abide by what the plain letter of 
the law requires. Opinions of officials or majority rule settles 
nothing in Church government. The reason any advice is 
given to take matters to the Church, is that the facts of the 
law may be obtained upon the point at issue. Acts 15:19, 20. 
These are true principles. 

Christ taught that it is better to sufifer wrong in minor 
offenses than to go to law. He said. If thy brother sue thee 
at the law and take away thy coat, give him thy cloak also. 
This was a case where one was seeking unjust oppression by 
law. A true Christian will not wait until he is sued before 
paying an honest debt. In conclusion let us say, not only let 
every Christian stand on the right side of rulers, but pray for 
them. 

On the other hand, the state should not interfere with 
Church rights and privileges. She has no power to regulate 
the spiritual teachings of the Church. "But Peter and John 
answered and said unto them. Whether it be right in the sight 
of God to hearken unto you more than unto God, judge ye." 
Acts 4:19. "And he saith unto them. Whose is this image 
and superscription ? They say unto him, Caesar's. Then saith 
he unto them, Render therefore unto Caesar the things which 
are Caesar's; and unto God the things that are God's." Matt. 
22:20-21. Babylon attempted to do this with Daniel and the 
three Hebrew children. "All the presidents of the kingdom, 
the governors, and the princes, the counsellors," and the cap- 
tains, have consulted together to establish a royal statute, and 
to make a firm decree, that Whosoever shall ask a petition of 
any God or man for thirty days, save of thee, king, he shall 
be cast into the den of lions. Now, O king, establish the de- 
cree, and sign the writing, that it be not changed, according to 
the law of the Medes and Persians, which altereth not. Now 
when Daniel knew that the writing was signed, he went into 
his house ; and, his windows being open in his chamber toward 
Jerusalem, he kneeled upon his knees three times a day, and 

32 



498 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

prayed, and gave thanks before his God, as he did, aforetime. 
Then the liing commanded, and they brought Daniel, and cast 
him into the den of lions." Dan. 6:7, 8, 10, 16. "Shadrach, 
Meshach, and Abed-nego, answered and said to the king, O 
Nebuchadnezzar, we are not careful to answer thee in this mat- 
ter. If it be so, our God whom we serve is able to deliver 
us from the burning fiery furnace, and he will deliver us out 
of thine hand, O king. But if not, be it known unto thee, O 
king, that we will not serve thy gods, nor worship the golden 
image which thou hast set up. And he commanded the most 
mighty men that were in his army to bind Shadrach, Meshach, 
and Abed-nego, and to cast them. into the burning fiery fur- 
nace. And these three men, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed- 
nego, fell down bound into the midst of the burning fiery fur- 
nace. Then Nebuchadnezzar spake, and said, Blessed be the 
God of Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego, who hath sent 
his angel, and delivered his servanjs that trusted in him, and 
have changed the king's word, and yielded their bodies, that 
they might not serve nor vi^orship any god, except their own 
God." Dan. 3:16-18, 20, 23, 28. God protected them in their 
loyalty to His law and in their defiance of the state, where the 
state had no right to interfere. "Then said Daniel unto the 
king, O king, live for ever. My God hath sent his angel, and 
hath shut the lions' mouths, that they htwe not hurt me: for- 
asmuch as before him innocency was found in me; and also 
before thee, O king, have I done no hurt." Dan. 6:21, 22. 

Under similar circumstances the Lord protected the Jews 
from Persian persecution. "And Mordecai wrote these things, 
and sent letters unto all the Jews that were in all the provinces 
of the king Ahasuerus, both nigh and far, to establish this 
among them, that they should keep the fourteenth day of the 
month Adar, and the fifteenth day of the same, yearly, as the 
days wherein the Jews rested from their enemies, and the 
month which was turned unto them from sorrow to joy, and 
from mourning into a good day: that they should make them 



Civil Government. 499 

days of feasting and joy, and of sending portions one to an- 
other, and gifts to the poor." Esther 9 :2o-22. 

Note. — The story recorded in the book of Esther is a most 
important one, showing how Satan often works through the 
nations of the earth to destroy the people of God. In this brief 
space, we can only refer you to the Book for further informa- 
tion: but as He delivered His people in the time of Esther, 
so He will deliver those who put their trust in Him and His 
written Word. 

The three divisions of Christendom are symbolized by a 
corrupt woman (Rev. 17) with whom the kings of the earth 
have committed fornication. Her daughters and grand daugh- 
ters are all classed under the same character. This fornica- 
tion is no less than the union of civil and ecclesiastical au- 
thority, brought about by political schemes usually initiated by 
an apostate Church seeking civil power to help her accomplish 
what she has lost the power of God to help her perform ; and 
to help her promulgate the false doctrines imbibed by her and 
marking her apostasy. We are plainly warned against obey- 
ing such laws as this unlawful union may make on religious 
questions, and purported doctrines of the Bible. "And the 
third angel followed them, saying with a loud voice, If any 
man worship the beast and his image, and receive his mark 
in his forehead, or in his hand, the same shall drink of the wine 
of the wrath of God, which is poured out without mixture into 
the cup of his indignation ; and he shall be tormented with fire 
and brimstone in the presence of the holy angels, and in the 
presence of the Lamb." Rev. 14 :g, 10. 

This law is to enforce a false doctrine of the Beast, and 
not designed to hinder obedience to a commandment of God. 
The facts are two powers demand obedience to their com- 
mandments. The result to the individual all depends upon 
whom he obeys. The issue is a square one, and must be met 
by obedienge or disobedience. The choice of masters must 
be made by the individual in his own mind and heart. He will 
act accordingly. 



50O The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

Thus we see that while Christians are in duty bound to 
support, pray for and ever maintain a position of being loyal 
to civil government, they are at the same time to realize the 
limit of their obligation to civil government. 

There is a civil liberty and there is a religious liberty. 
The former is that which belongs to the civil power to grant ; 
the latter that which God alone can give to the individual. 
It is the duty of every civil government to see that each of 
its citizens enjoys all rights belonging to him, both in civil 
and religious matters. He is to be allowed the civil right to 
carry on any legitimate business, or trade that will enable him 
to make an honest living ; and it is the duty of the government 
to protect him from any who would maliciously interfere. The 
civil government should grant him the privilege which is given 
him by his Creator, to "worship God according to the dictates 
of his own conscience." These are his civil rights and it is 
the province of an earthly government to grant protection in 
the exercise of such rights. The individual has the right to 
choose any occupation he may wish, which is not a detriment 
to the general public or does not interfere with the individual 
rights of others. He has a right to believe in God, or not to 
believe in God as he may choose. Thus it is the right of any 
citizen to ask that all civil privileges be granted to him by 
the civil power. 

Now religious liberty is different. Religious liberty is 
that which belongs to religion with which the civil power has 
nothing to do. It can neither give a man religion, nor take 
it away from him. This comes from a higher power. Re- 
ligious liberty is freedom from sin; and that freedom is ob- 
tained from God and his truth. Says Christ, "If the truth shall 
make you free, ye shall be free indeed." For this liberty we 
ask at another throne than the civil. The standard of religious 
law is different from the civil. The Holy Spirit which en- 
ables us to obtain religious freedom is not vested in civil 
power. It is as separate as light is separate from darkness. 



Civil Government. 5°^ 

When we are oppressed, we ask for that oppression to be 
removed and our civil rights restored. When men ask of any 
nation for civil rights to worship, or not to worship, they 
should be sure that the principle of religious liberty reigns in 
their own hearts. A sure guide to detect whether a man has 
this religious liberty, is the golden rule. If he lives this rule 
out in his life then he has religious liberty. 

Religious liberty is something that rulers can neither give 
nor take away from us. Civil liberty is that which is granted 
to every citizen by virtue of his citizenship ; and it is in the 
power of rulers to see that civil liberty is secured to each one 
of its citizens. The object of civil government is to protect 
its citizens in all their rights, and punish those who would in 
any way interfere with those rights. This is the kernel of 
civil law. 

Religious organizations who have not religious liberty 
principles in their lives and manifest them toward their 
brethren, as laid down in the golden rule, should never ask any 
government for civil liberty in worship. For they are a fraud. 
They should first learn religious liberty and set the example 
of religious liberty, then they would have a much better show 
and more boldness to plead for civil liberty. 

No religious denomination has any right to ask, at the 
hands of any civil government, privileges of protection in their 
own religious rights, until they are willing to practice religious 
liberty, according to the golden rule, toward their own breth- 
ren in their own organization. 

Religious liberty is what enables a man to stand before a 
ruler and say, "Whether we shall hearken unto God or man, 
judge ye." In applying for civil liberty he comes to the ruler 
as a suppliant asking that his rights be granted him. 

Religious liberty causes a man to rejoice when reviled and 
persecuted. But if he has not religious liberty in his own ex- 
perience, he mourns and complains when his civil liberty is 
taken away from him. Those who have religious liberty feel 



502 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

it a pleasure to suffer with Christ that they may also reign 
with Him. Those who have not this kind of liberty give up 
their profession, deny their Lord and forsake all when their 
civil rights are removed from them. Daniel and the three 
Hebrew children had a full supply of religious liberty; but 
the disciples who forsook Christ, when they saw persecution 
staring them in the face, were in bondage. 

So it is now, many who are so active in asking civil rights 
to be granted that all may "worship God according to the 
dictates of their own conscience," will forsake all when the 
decree is passed to cause all to worship the beast and his 
image. And all this because they have failed to get a firm 
hold on personal, golden rule liberty before that test comes: 
"Because thou hast kept the word of my patience, I also will 
keep thee in the hour of temptation that shall come upon all 
the world to try them that dwell upon the earth." Therefore 
let neither the civil power, nor the Church, as its supporter, 
try to enforce by civil law, upon any citizen, obedience to any 
genuine or supposed religious commandment in order to honor 
God. Neither let any civil power, influenced by any church 
or organization, interfere with any citizen in obedience to 
any genuine or supposed commandment of God. Thus we 
shall keep the Church and state forever separate. "Know 
ye not, that to whom ye yield yourselves servants to obey, 
his servants ye are to whom ye obey; whether of sin unto 
death, or of obedience unto righteousness?" Rom. 6:i6. 





ticsnjyiCDnL 

AS 

MIALLt 

CHAPTER XXX. 

THE SEVEN TRUMPETS. 

A trumpet is an instrument used to arouse and call to ac- 
tion an army and where referred to in prophecy is a symbol 
of war. The governments of earth are brought into existence 
usually as the result of war. We take the four universal gov- 
ernments, beginning with Babylon. Its overthrow and the 
establishment of the Medo-Persian nation was the result of 
war. The Medo-Persians were conquered in turn by the Gre- 
cians and in turn again the Grecians as they came in contact 
with Rome, piece by piece their territory was taken till the 
Roman government became the universal ruler of the world. 
Now in carrying the story of the Roman government into its 
various changes and divisions the prophets symbolized this 
history by seven trumpets, as will be clearly seen in the study 
of the prophecy here introduced. This nation remained uni- 
versal till after the death of Constantine, a. d. 337, when it 
was divided into the Eastern and Western empires. Rome was 
the capital of the Western division. Seeing the difficulties 
which led to the overthrow began in that territory, so the first 
of this prophecy has its application to that territory, and later 
on to the Eastern division as the history developed. Constan- 
tinople was the capital of the Eastern division. As the prophet 
John lived under the Roman government it is but natural to 

S03 



504 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

suppose that the history would be thus pointed out by him from 
that time forward. 

The scene presented under the first trumpet was, "And 
the seven angels which had the seven trumpets prepared them- 
selves to sound. The first angel sounded, and there followed 
hail and fire mingled with blood, and they were cast upon the 
earth ; and the third part of trees was burnt up, and all green 
grass was burnt up." Rev. 8 :6-7. 

These trumpets are prophetic, covering the long period 
from A. D. 395, when Alaric and the Goths first invaded Ro- 
man territory, till the coming of the Lord. We can not do 
better in commenting on these trumpets than to quote from 
Keith, a writer on the prophecies: "The first sore and heavy 
judgment which fell on Rome on her downward course was 
the war with the Goths, under Alaric, who opened the way 
for later inroads. After the death of Theodosius, the Roman 
emperor, in January, 395, before the end of the winter, the 
Goths under Alaric were in arms against the empire. 'Hail 
and fire mingled with blood were cast upon the earth.' The 
terrible effects of this Gothic invasion are represented as 'hail,' 
from the fact of the northern origin of the invaders; 'fire,' 
from the destruction by flame of both city and country; and 
'blood,' from the terrible slaughter of the citizens of the em- 
pire by the bold and intrepid warriors." 

Keith continues, and quotes from Gibbon, the author of 
The Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire, as follows : "The 
Gothic nation was in arms at the first sound of the trumpet, 
and in the unusual severity of the winter they rolled their 
ponderous wagons over the broad and icy back of the river. 
The fertile fields of Phocis and Boeotia were crowded with 
a deluge of barbarians ; the males were massacred ; the females 
and cattle of the flaming villages were driven away. The 
deep and bloody traces of the march of the Goths could easily 
be discovered after several years. The whole territory of 
Attica was blasted by the baneful presence of Alaric. The 



The Seven Trumpets. 5^5 

most fortunate of the inhabitants of Corinth, Argos and Sparta 
were saved by death from beholding the conflagration of their 
cities. In a season of such great heat that the beds of the 
rivers were dry, Alaric invaded the dominion of the West. 
A secluded old man of Verona, the poet Claudian, pathetically 
lamented the fate of his contemporary trees, which must blaze 
in the conflagration of the whole country (Note the words of 
the prophecy, 'The third part of trees was burnt up'), and 
the emperor of the Romans fled before the king of the Goths. 
Alaric again stretched his ravages over Italy. During four 
years, the Goths ravaged and the streets of the city were filled 
with dead bodies; the flames consumed many public and pri- 
vate buildings; and the ruins of a palace remained (after a 
century and a half) a stately monument of the Gothic con- 
flagration." The closing part of the thirty-third chapter of 
Gibbon, from which we have been quoting, is an excellent 
commentary on this point: "The public devotion of the age 
was impatient to exalt the saints and martyrs of the Catholic 
Church on the altars of Diana and Hercules. The union of 
the Roman Empire was dissolved; its genius was humbled in 
the dust; and armies of unknown barbarians, issuing from the 
frozen regions of the north, had established their victorious 
reign over the fairest provinces of Europe and Africa." 

The second trumpet is introduced as follows: "And the 
second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burn- 
ing with fire was cast into the sea; and the third part of 
the sea became blood; and the third part of the creatures 
which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part 
of the ships were destroyed." Rev. 8 :8-9. 

The scene changes now from north of the Mediterranean 
to the south in Africa. It also changes from the land to the 
sea ; and as we read the history of the downfall of Rome, as 
given by the historian, the next movement was the great naval 
power of Genseric in Africa. As the first movement has its 
date from 395 to 428 a. d., so this one has its time located 



506 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

from this period forward to 468, marked by the inroads of the 
Vandals. We can not do better than to quote historical facts 
gathered by U. Smith on the second trumpet, as found in 
"Daniel and Revelation," pages 459, 460: 

"A last and desperate attempt to dispossess Genseric of 
the sovereignty of the seas was made in the year 468, by Leo, 
the emperor of the East. Gibbon bears witness to this as fol- 
lows : 'The whole expense of the African campaign amounted 
to the sum of one hundred and thirty thousand pounds of gold, 
— about five million two hundred thousand pounds sterling. 
The fleet that sailed from Constantinople to Carthage consisted 
of eleven hundred and thirteen ships, and the number of sol- 
diers and marines exceeded one hundred thousand men. . . 
The army of Heraclius and the fleet of Marcellinus either 
joined or seconded the imperial lieutenant. . . . The wind 
became favorable to the designs of Genseric. He manned his 
largest ships of war with the bravest of the Moors and Van- 
dals, and they towed after them many large barques filled 
with combustible materials. In the obscurity of the night, 
these destructive vessels were impelled against the unguarded 
and unsuspecting fleet of the Romans, who were awakened 
by a sense of their instant danger. Their close and crowded 
order assisted the progress of the fire, which was communi- 
cated with rapid and irresistible violence; and the noise of the 
wind, the crackling of the flames, the dissonant cries of the 
soldiers and mariners, who could neither command nor obey, 
increased the horror of the nocturnal tumult. While they 
labored to extricate themselves from thfe fire-ships, and to save 
at least a part of the navy, the galleys of Genseric assaulted 
them with temperate and disciplined valor; and many of the 
Romans who escaped the fury of the flames were destroyed 
or taken by the vicious Vandals. . . . After the failure of 
this great expedition, Genseric again became the tyrant of the 
sea; the coasts of Italy, Greece, and Asia, were again exposed 
to his revenge and avarice. Tripoli and Sardinia returned to 



The Seven Trumpets. 5^7 

his obedience. He added Sicily to the number of his prov- 
inces, and before he died, in the fulness of years and of glory, 
he beheld the final extinction of the Empire of the West.' — 
Gibbon, vol. 3, pp. 495-498. Concerning the important part 
which this bold corsair acted in the downfall, of Rome, Mr. 
Gibbon uses this significant language, 'Genseric a name which 
in the destruction of the Roman Empire has deserved an equal 
rank with the names of Alaric and Attila.' " 

"And the third angel sounded, and there fell a great star 
from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the 
third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; 
and the name of the star is called Wormwood: and the third 
part of the waters became wormwood ; and many men died of 
the waters, because they were made bitter." Rev. 8:10-11. 

This is described as fulfilled by Attila and recorded by 
Gibbon as follows : 

"The whole breadth of Europe, as it extends above five 
hundred miles from the Euxine to Adriatic, was at once in- 
vaded, and occupied, and desolated by the myriads of bar- 
barians whom Attila led into the field." Attila's operations 
were largely on the Alps, where the rivers and the streams 
had their origin, or, as expressed by the prophet, "upon the 
fountain of waters"; and, as the prophet further states, the 
waters became bitter. It was a bitter experience for those in 
that portion of the empire. Attila styled himself "The Scourge 
of God." 

"One of his lieutenants chastised and almost exterminated 
the Burgundians of the Rhine. They traversed, both in their 
march and in their return, the territories of the Franks; and 
they massacred their hostages as well as their captives. Two 
hundred young maidens were tortured with exquisite and un- 
relenting rage ; their bodies were torn asunder by wild horses, 
or were crushed under the weight of rolling wagons ; and their 
unburied limbs were abandoned on the public roads, as a prey 
to dogs and vultures. It was the boast of Attila that the grass 



5o8 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

never grew on the spot which his horse had trod. The West- 
ern emperor, with the senate and people of Rome, humbly 
and fearfully deprecated the wrath of Attila. And the con- 
cluding paragraph of the chapters which record his history is 
entitled 'Symptoms of the Decay and Ruin of the Roman 
Government.' The name of the star is called 'Wormwood.' " 
—Keith. 

Thus far it is evident these trumpets have had their appli- 
cation in the warlike attitude of the world during the down- 
fall of Rome. 

"And the fourth angel sounded, and the third part of the 
sun was smitten, and the third part of the moon, and the third 
part of the stars; so as the third part of them was darkened, 
and the day shone not for a third part of it, and the night 
likewise. And I beheld, and heard an angel flying through 
the midst of heaven, saying with a loud voice, Woe, woe, 
woe, to the inhabiters of the earth by reason of the other 
voices of the trumpet of the three angels, which are yet to 
sound!" Rev. 8:12-13. 

The following history meets the fulfillment of this trum- 
pet: 

"We have now reached the history of the last trumpet as 
applying to the Western empire. The symbols here used are 
the sun, moon, and stars, which undoubtedly refer to those 
standing at the head of the government. The Western em- 
pire of Rome fell A. d. 476. Odoacer, the leader of the bar- 
barians of the north, is the next noted person as brought to 
view in this history. The historical facts concerning the re- 
moval of the luminaries and total subjugation of the Western 
empire are best expressed by Keith, whom we here quote : 

"The unfortunate Augustulus was made the instrument of 
his own disgrace; and he signified his resignation to the sen- 
ate; and that assembly, in their last act of obedience to a 
Roman prince, still affected the spirit of freedom and the 
forms of the constitution. An epistle was addressed, by their 



The Seven Trumpets. 5^9 

unanimous decree, to the Emperor Zeno, the son-in-law and 
successor of Leo, who had lately been restored, after a short 
rebellion, to the Byzantine throne. They solemnly disclaim 
the necessity or even the wish of continuing any longer the 
imperial succession in Italy, since in their opinion the majesty 
of a sole monarch is sufficient to pervade and to protect at the 
same time both the East and the West. In their own name, 
and in the name of the people, they consent that the seat of 
universal empire shall be transferred from Rome to Constanti- 
nople; and they basely renounce the right of choosing their 
master, the only vestige which yet remained of the authority 
which had given laws to the world. The power and glory of 
Rome as bearing rule over any nation became extinct. The 
name alone remained to the queen of nations. Every token of 
royalty disappeared from the imperial city. She who had 
ruled over the nations sat in the dust like a second Babylon, 
and there was no throne where the Caesars had reigned." 

"And the fifth angel sounded, and I saw a star fall from 
heaven unto the earth, and to him was given the key of the 
bottomless pit. And he opened the bottomless pit; and there 
arose a smoke out of the pit, as the smoke of a great fur- 
nace ; and the sun and the air were darkened by reason of the 
smoke of the pit. And there came out of the smoke locusts 
upon the earth: and unto them was given power, as the scor- 
pions of the earth have power. And it was commanded them 
that they should not hurt the grass of the earth, neither any 
green thing, neither any tree ; but only those men which have 
not the seal of God in their foreheads. And to them it was 
given that they should not kill them, but that they should be 
tormented five months: and their torment was as the torment 
of a scorpion, when he striketh a man. And in those days 
shall men seek death, and shall not find it; and shall desire 
to die, and death shall flee from them. And the shapes of 
the locusts were like unto horses prepared unto battle; and 
on their heads were as it were crowns like gold, and their 



510 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

faces were as the faces of men. And they had hair as the 
hair of women, and their teeth were as the teeth of lions. 
And they had breastplates, as it were breastplates of iron; 
and the sound of their wings was as the sound of chariots of 
many horses running to battle. And they had tails like unto 
scorpions, and there were stings in their tails : and their power 
was to hurt men five months. And they had a king over 
them, which is the angel of the bottomless pit, whose name 
in the Hebrew tongue is Abaddon, but in the Greek tongue 
hath his name Apollyon. One woe Is past, and, behold, there 
come two woes more hereafter." Rev. 9:1-12. 

Constantinople was besieged for the first time after the 
extinction of the Western empire by Chosroes, the king of 
Persia. Following this, war continued between Persia and 
the Romans during the life of this Persian king. He died in 
628 A. D. War between these nations weakened the Romans 
and also the Persians to that extent that Mohammed, of 
Arabia, seeing this was a golden opportunity, in a. d. 629, im- 
mediately after the death of Chosroes, declared war against 
the Romans. Hence as described by the prophet the death of 
Chosroes was the key that unlocked the bottomless pit and 
turned loose the myriads of Arabians to travel North and 
lay siege to Constantinople. This war continued for centuries" 
between the Mohammedans of Arabia and the Eastern or 
Greek division of the Roman empire. The description of 
them is vividly portrayed in the symbolic language of the 
prophet John. A special prophetic period is here introduced, 
that of five months, representing one hundred and fifty years. 
The time when this period was to begin is stated, when a 
king was appointed to rule over them. July 27, 1299, the 
Ottoman empire was founded as here described, with a king 
over it. One hundred and fifty years would reach to 1449 
A. D. During this period they were to hurt men. Men should 
seek death and should not find it. The history of this period 
is one of the dark periods in the world's history of cruelty 



The Seven Trumpets. gil 

and bloodshed. But God's providence protected a certain class 
of his people, those who had the seal of God in their fore- 
heads. For a full exposition of these trumpets see "Inspired 
History" by the writer. 

"And the sixth angel sounded, and I heard a voice from 
the four horns of the golden altar which is before God, Say- 
ing to the sixth angel which had the trumpet, Loose the four 
angels which are bound in the great river Euphrates. And 
the four angels were loosed, which were prepared for an hour, 
and a day, and a month, and a year, for to slay the third part 
of men. And the number of the army of horsemen were two 
hundred thousand: and I heard the number of them. And 
thus I saw the horses in the vision, and them that sat on them, 
having breastplates of fire, and of jacinth, and brimstone; 
and the heads of the horses were as the heads of lions; and 
out of their mouths issued fire and smoke and brimstone. By 
these three was the third part of men killed, by the fire, and by 
the smoke, and by the brimstone, which issued out of their 
mouths. For their power is in their mouth, and in their tails ; 
for their tails were like unto serpents, and had heads, and with 
them they do hurt. And the rest of the men which were not 
killed by these plagues yet repented not of the works of their 
hands, that they should not worship devils, and idols of gold, 
and silver, and brass, and stone, and of wood: which neither 
can see, nor hear, nor walk. Neither repented they of their 
murders, nor of their sorceries, nor of their fornication nor of 
their thefts." Rev. 9:13-21. 

In 1453 A. D. Constantinople fell into the hands of the Mo- 
hammedan warriors. Its walls were battered down as the re- 
sult of the use of gunpowder and cannon, 'which had been 
invented by them at that time. The Eastern empire of 
Rome became extinct as a ruling power. The Mohammedans 
were established in its place and have held possession from 
that day to this, nearly five hundred years. They were turned 
loose upon the countries of the Euphrates. That country which 



512 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

is mentioned in the prophecy of the seven plagues is to be 
dried up under the sixth plague and marks the close of the 
supremacy of Mohammedan rule in that territory. The four 
angels of this prophecy were the four sultans that ruled at 
dififerent points in the territory. The next prophetic period 
introduced consisted of three hundred and ninety-one years 
and fifteen days and began in July, 1449 a. d., when the five 
months' period ended. This last prophetic period brings us 
down to August 11, 1840. This marked a period when the 
Turk would cease to rule as an independent nation. The end- 
ing of this trumpet at the above date was literally fulfilled by 
this nation accepting at the hands of the powers of Europe 
the condition to rule solely by the forbearance and guidance 
of those nations. Under the sixth plague it ceases as a nation. 
Its people as shown in Eze. thirty-eighth chapter under the 
name of Gomer are then joined to the nations of the North 
and East. 

"And the seventh angel sounded; and there were great 
voices in heaven, saying, The kingdoms of this world are 
become the kingdoms of our Lord, and of his Christ; and he 
shall reign for ever and ever. And the four and twenty elders, 
which sat before God on their seats, fell upon their faces and 
worshipped God, Saying, We give thee thanks, O Lord Al- 
mighty, which art, and wast, and art to come; because thou 
hast taken to thee thy great power and hast reigned." Rev. 

ii:iS-i7- 

The condition of the kingdoms of the world under the 
seventh trumpet is described as follows : 

"And the nations were angry, and thy wrath is come, and 
the time of the dead that they should be judged and that thou 
shouldest give reward unto thy servants the prophets and to 
the saints, and them that fear thy name, small and great ; and 
shouldest destroy them which destroy the earth. And the 
temple of God was opened in heaven, and there was seen in 
his temple the ark of his testament ; and there were lightnings. 



The Seven Trumpets. 513 

and voices, and thunderings, and an earthquake, and great 
hail." Rev. 11: 18-19. 

Near the close of the seventh trumpet the nations are an- 
gry. John says the spirits of devils are to gather them to the 
battle of the great day of God Almighty. 

In the early history of this trumpet God commands these 
nations : 

"Proclaim ye this among the Gentiles; Prepare war, wake 
up the mighty men, let all the men of war draw near ; let them 
come up: beat your plowshares into swords, and your prun- 
inghooks into spears: let the weak say, I am strong." As- 
semble yourselves, and come, all ye heathen, and gather your- 
selves together round about: thither cause thy mighty ones to 
come down, O Lord. Let the heathen be wakened, and come 
up to the valley of Jehosaphat : for there will I sit to judge all 
the heathen round about. Put ye in the sickle, for the harvest 
is ripe: corfie, get you down; for the press is full, the fats 
overflow; for their wickedness is great. Multitudes, multi- 
tudes in the valley of decision : for the day of the Lord is near 
in the valley of decision." Joel 3:9-14. 

But the Lord says that many of these Christian nations 
will tea'ch: 

"But in the last days it shall come to pass, that the moun- 
tain of the house of the Lord shall be established in the top 
of the mountains, and it shall be exalted above the hills, and 
people shall flow unto it. And many nations shall come, and 
say. Come, and let us go up to the mountain of the Lord, and 
to the house of the God of Jacob ; and he will teach us of his 
ways, and we will walk in his paths: for the law shall go 
forth of Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem. And 
he shall judge among many people, and rebuke strong nations 
afar off; and they shall beat their swords into plowshares, 
and their spears into pruninghooks : nation shall not lift up a 
sword against nation, neither shall they learn war any more. 
But they shall sit every man under his vine and under his 
33 



514 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

fig tree ; and none shall make them afraid ; for the mouth of 
the Lord of hosts hath spoken it." Micah 4:1-4. 

Isaiah speaks also the same as Micah. Now, we have the 
story revealed in the seven trumpets. We are under the prep- 
aration of the seventh trumpet. Its closing history is soon to 
burst upon the world. Thus the prophetic history of the seven 
churches, the seven seals, the seven trumpets and the seven 
last plagues, marks the closing events of the world's history in 
clear lines and reveals to us the last events in our own day. 




'^iKsWftitk Omaft) 



Nic<xht:8- 




CHAPTER XXXI. 



CONCLUSION. 



No doubt some of the readers of this book will say, Well, 
if the thing is to come we can't help it, therefore we need 
not bother our minds until it comes. Now if God had made 
no provision for a remedy then that would be true; but we 
have Nineveh as an example to teach us that the calamity even 
now is not necessary. The provision holds good till the last 
moment before the decree, "he that is filthy let him be filthy 
still," passes. Up to that time man can repent and obey God. 
If Christendom meets the threatened peril there will be no 
one to blame but themselves. And that is true of each indi- 
vidual. Each can escape if he will. That is just why the 
Bible is so particular to give every evidence of the surety of 
the event. There is just one motive we have had in the pub- 
lication of this book, namely, to call attention to the facts as 
recorded, hoping some, at least, will take the advice the Lord 
has so often given to repent and obey God rather than man. 
We need not repeat the condition now confronting us for the 
record is being written daily in the public press of the coun- 

SiS 



5 16 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

try. Crime is now extant everywhere. For instance, the 
thousands of murders each year perpetrated in cold blood. 
Adultery is the common sin of the day. Divorces are daily 
increasing. Suicides are of daily occurrence. Fraud is prac- 
ticed in business transactions in too many instances to specify. 
But it exists from the great combines to the cheap fakes ad- 
vertised in the daily papers. 

We look for a moment at the pride of heart manifested in 
the churches in display of dress, Church edifices, high-priced 
ministry, all growing from the unconverted heart. Election 
frauds are common; political bribery is equally so. Last, but 
far from the least, in the list of crimes is the nation's grant- 
ing, for the sake of gain, a license to men to deal out the 
deadly poison of liquor in all its soul-destroying and finance- 
wrecking devices. The daily increase of poverty, and multi- 
plied widows and orphans, and a thousand other crimes grow- 
ing out of the traffic are all the result of license by Christian 
nations for the sake of gain. Will not God avenge for this? 
Do not be deceived, "Whatsoever a man soweth that shall he 
also reap." There has been going on for years a struggle to 
overthrow the liquor traffic ; but in vain. When law is passed 
forbidding the public saloon, the loathsome bootlegger defies 
the law, the wishes of good citizens, and every principle of 
government and carries on his traffic in alleys, and dark rooms, 
and through his study of the business sells to boys, houses 
of ill fame, and all who will recognize his illegitimate traffic. 
He is often caught and taken before the officers of law and 
there receives the wink and is turned loose. All this is done 
for money. We mention this that some may see the true sit- 
uation and not blame us for saying our Christian nation will 
not be able to meet the foe. They may possibly judge us as 
the Jews did Jeremiah as being in sympathy with the Baby- 
lonians when he tol4 the Jews what would come to pass. Be- 
lieveuswhen we sayitis from love to our country, its people, 
and righteousness that we thus write. 



Conclusion. 517 

Now in addition to all this late years have developed an- 
other traffic for gain — that of the white slave trade, or the 
traffic of trapping girls and selling them to those who run 
houses of ill fame. Lately we read of a sentence passed on 
five negroes for holding up and killing a man for his money. 
The negroes were sentenced to hang. In the same paper 
was a record where a farmer's daughter had been allured to 
a city where great inducements were held out of employ- 
ment in' a store but in place of this she was sold as a white 
slave. Her father found out the crime and rescued her. 
Now where is the father who would not say those who 
robbed him of his child were as worthy to be hung as the 
murderers of the white man. We may be accused as a 
pessimist while some eloquent orators are proclaiming from 
the pulpit in all the power of their optimistic views that the 
world is getting better. We leave the reader to judge. Our 
advice to all is do not let the daily reading of crimes harden 
your heart, till it benumbs your sensibilities and you think: 
It was always so and God lets things go and he will con- 
tinue to do so. If you do you will awake very soon to the 
realization of your fatal mistake. 

We need but look back to recently past history to see how 
fclearly men foresee approaching danger. Before the civil war 
in America the difficulty was seen, the subject of state rights 
and the slavery of the black man were discussed. The firing 
upon Fort Sumter announced the beginning of hostilities. 

For a long time before the Spanish-American war the 
Cuban situation was discussed by Americans; but it was the 
blowing up of -^the Maine in Havana harbor that raised the 
slogan, "Remember the Maine." 

The Russo-Japanese war was clearly foreseen and pointed 
out before it happened. 

For more than fifty years all Europe has asked, Who shall 
control the Turkish territory? Russia and England have 
looked this, matter over well, each expecting the time would 



5 18 The Yellow Peril; or, the Orient versus the Occident. 

come when it would be settled by measuring forces. Japan 
and America have for several years been watching each other, 
expecting the issue as to the control of the Pacific to be 
brought up. 

Will the last-mentioned wars come as did the former? 
Surely they will ; it is unavoidable. Says the prophet, "If the 
nations refuse to drink, say unto them, ye shall surely drink 
of the cup." Nothing but the blood of Christ can sweeten this 
cup. Is He your personal Saviour? 




APPENDIX. 



FORTY to fifty years ago I read of the cruelties which 
befell the banished opposers of the Russian government 
to the far of5f land of snow and cold in Siberia, I read of the 
long drives made with the snow sleds which were loaded with 
prisoners who were torn from their homes and families, never 
to see them again. The impression given of those prisoners 
was, that they were very bad people, who stirred up strife 
and waged war on the government, thus making it a necessity 
to banish them where they could no more be heard of. 

Later years began to reveal in the reading matter, that 
the Government was a cruel despot over its subjects, which 
denied every privilege of speech and freedom in thought as to 
how things should be. It was also revealed that those who had 
been banished were a class who had given vent to their minds 
and tried to help the poor down-trodden people out of their 
unhappy condition. Thus it was shown that the ones banished 
were the more intellectual and humane class and so the edu- 
cation has been going on until today, the old regime of Gtovern- 
ment is overthrown, and a Soviet form of Government is now 
in operation. Thus the point in these statements is designed 
to show that Russia, the "land of Magog" the Grandson of 
Noah, was marked to be the place where the movement of 
the Socialist, The Communist, and all similar organizations^ 
were to have their rise, according to the story of the prophet. 
Today that same spirit that characterized the long ago Socialist 
of Russia has grown in the world, till every nation under the 
sun is honey-combed with the same spirit. These are absolute 
facts. The U. S. has deported back to Russia many of 
that class who were sowing the seed in this country hoping to 
avert the spread of the contagious conditions that has troubled 

S19 



S20 Appendix. 

Russia. To say the least, it is time everyone should be well 
acquainted with the coming storm that threatens the World's 
overthrow. It can't be laughed off, nor sneered away, but 
like a pestilence of the Almighty, it will accomplish its work. 
To the man of the World it means everything to him ; to the 
Child of God it means His redemption is nigh at hand. To 
the wise it is said "he seeth the evil and hideth himself." To 
the foolish "he passeth on and is punished." Read this chap- 
ter and treasure it up in thine heart. 



THE. BOLSHEVIK AND THE YELLOW PERIL. 

It is the privilege of the student of prophecy, as of no 
other class, to see and know what movements in the World 
are such as are pointed out in the Inspired Word. It is their 
privilege as the movement shapes up, to discern the marks 
upon it as pointed out by the prophets. Thus seeing what are 
the distinguished marks "given, which are to characterize the 
work pointed out which Russia will do. This book teaches 
that Russia, the "Land pf Magog" is to be leader of the great- 
est army against the west that was ever raised in past history. 
That army is to overthrow the whole west, as pointed out in 
this book. It is therefore well to know and study well all the 
marks given, that we may know when and what are the tmder- 
lying principles of the movement. Here are the marks. Says 
the prophet: 

"Thus saith the Lord God : It shall also come to pass 
at the same time, shall things come into thy mind, and 
thou shalt think an evil thought, and thou shalt say, 
I will go up to the land of unwalled villages, I will go 
to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them 
dwelling without bars or gates, to take a spoil, to Hake 
a prey." Eze. 38. 

The thirty-eighth chapter of Ezekiel, as shown in this book, 
deals expressly with Russia in the last days. It says, that 



Appendix. 521 

evil thought is to rob and take a prey. Covetousness and de- 
sire for the things of others is the prevaiHng sin of the last 
days, selfishness is at the root of every evil thing. The love 
of money sets the World in a craze, money buys virtue, it 
would cause every principle of that which is pure, honest, 
and true to bow at its altar. The rich and the poor are alike. 
It controls the buyer and the seller, the giver of usury and the 
taker of usury, it rules the producer as well as the profiteer, the 
consumer as well as the dealer, it enters into the sacred altars 
of the churches, it moves the ministry from place to place, it 
gives the rich the most pleasant seat, while the poor takes the 
opposite. Money is no respecter of persons, it sacrifices the 
maid to the slave trade, it destroys the young man of promise, 
luxury which they think money produces is the goal to be 
obtained even at the risk of life, in bank robbing, and the 
pick-pocket. There is no exception of class or color, money is 
the ruling god of all, it is but the genuine, who have been 
made pure by the new birth, that escapes its grasp; says the 
prophet, "it is the stumbling block of their iniquity." 

"The love of money" says the Apostle, "is the root of all 
evil." 

It robs the Fatherless and the Widow. 

It causes jails and prisons to be built. 

It has caused millions of money, and tens of thousands of 
lives to be lost. 

It causes short weights and measures. 

It robs the poor and makes hogs of the rich who trust 
in it. 

It makes men an abomination in the sight of God. 

It dethrones intellect and makes fools. 

It breaks up homes and wrecks happiness. 

It bribes Senators, Courts and Juries. 

It causes wrong laws to be enacted and places men 
in position who should not be in office. 

It burns property and causes the majority of all murders. 



522 Appendix. 

It turned the noble young man with millions of others, 
away from God in sorrow. 

It sends untold numbers to hell. 

It causes war among nations, as the saying is "It is the 
rich man's war and the poor man's fight." 

It makes hirelings in the Ministry, and places beggars in 
the pulpit. The love of money is truly the root of all evil. 

Preachers will speak against strong drink, tobacco, un- 
becoming dress, but who hears about the evils of covetousness ? 
Says God, "A covetous person shall be without with the 
whoremonger, the idolater, the liars and drunkards." The 
Apostle says: "If any be a covetous man or an extortioner, 
the saints shall not keep company with him, no, not so much as 
to eat (Commune.) 

Paul said, "I would not have known sin except the law had 
said, thou shalt not covet." He further said, "when the com- 
mandment came, sin by the commandment became exceedingly 
sinful." He says, "It wrought in me all manner of con- 
cupiscence (irregular desires). "Yes when we see ourselves as 
sinners by the commjandment which forbids covetousness, then 
we see every irregular desire centers in a violation of that 
commandment. It is the last comtaand of the ten, disobedi- 
ence to every other command of the ten is caused by the diso- 
bedience of the tenth." 

This is the root of all evil. There is the foundation upon 
which the Bolshevik and the Capitalist stand. It is this evil 
which is to soon overthrow the world. 

Russia for long centuries has been ruled by Autocracy and 
Czardom. Ignorance has prevailed. The day at last arrived 
for the masses to take the rule into their own hands. The 
first step that opened the door was when Russia entered the 
war with the Allied forces of the west against Germany. Fate 
was again against them. Eight million of her men were sacri- 
ficed to the sword. As stated by the prophet, "I will turn 
them back." Her move was one that brought no relief. She 



Appendix. 523 

was "turned back." But when turned back it only opened the 
door for the next step to be taken, and that was the overthrow 
of her own government by her own subjects. It is at present 
up to the first of 1920 in that floundering. Hence Russia has 
been, and is yet, as the prophet said she would be, like a 
floundering fish with hooks in her jaws. But says the prophet, 
"I will bring thee forth thou and all the company that are 
assembled unto thee. Russia will be a captain to them all 
with an army that shall come like a storm and like a cloud 
to cover the land." That day is rapidly approaching. "Now" 
says the prophet, "when that point is reached, an evil thought 
shall enter into the mind of the leader of this host. That 
thought which is evil is for them to plan to "go up to the land 
called the wealthy nation to take a spoil, and to lay their hand 
on a people who have gotten rich in cattle and goods to take 
a spoil. It is ever lawful for the oppressed to seek every 
honorable avenue for freedom, but to take that which belongs 
to another by robbery is evil, and only evil. It is right 
and lawful for every individual or nation by economy, 
industry and exercise of good judgment and industry to gain 
sufficiently for their comfort. That accumulation should never 
reach the point of oppression, or to in any way take advan- 
tage. Then that would be evil. But for one nation to "take 
the spoil" as the prophet says "their army here described will 
do, is evil and only evil." The Lord says it is an evil thought. 



COMMUNISM. 

These are the principles of Communism. Communism is 
Socialism. Socialism is the basis of the I. W. W. in America. 
Anarchism is opposition to any Government that is organized 
contrary to the principles of Communism. The basis of all 
is an equal distribution of all wealth and the prevention of any 
system that favors legislation granting privileges to any class 
to control power over another through the power of wealth. 



524 Appendix. 

To say the least, when we consider the selfishness that exists 
in both the rich and the poor, the present condition of the 
World is not a bright outlook. Such is the Bolsheviki move- 
ment in Russia at this time. Any one can see the earmarks 
on the movement when they compare the movement with the 
saying of the prophets. They can then see the storm-cloud 
growing, and is today larger than a man's hand. It isn't only 
in Russia but everywhere. The Bolsheviki is in many hearts, 
only ready to burst out. That army will come like a storm to 
cover the land. 

Our purpose in this book is to show the voice of the 
prophets on this direct point. We will see that not only one 
prophet has spoken but all who have written on this last day 
prophecy speaks of the desolation of the land caused by the 
movement. We read : 

Go ye upon her walls, and destroy; but make not a full 
end ; take away her battlements ; for they are not the Lord's. 

For the house of Israel and the house of Judah have dealt 
very treacherously against me, saith the Lord. 

They have belied the Lord, and said. It is not he ; neither 
shall evil come upon us; neither shall we see sword nor 
famine : 

And the prophets shall become wind, and the word is not 
in them; thus shall it be done unto them. 

Wherefore thus saith the Lord God of hosts, Because ye 
speak this word, behold, I will make my words in thy mouth 
fire, and this people wood, and it shall devour them. 

Lo, I will bring a nation upon you from far, O house of 
Israel, saith the Lord: it is a mighty nation, it is an ancient 
nation, a nation whose language thou knowest not, neither 
understandest what they say. 

Their quiver is as an open sepulchre, they are all mighty 
men. 

And they shall eat up thine harvest, and thy bread, which 
thy sons and thy daughters should eat: they shall eat up thy 



Appendix. 525 

flocks and thine herds: they shall eat up thy vines and thy 
fig trees : they shall impoverish thy fenced cities, wherein thou 
trustedst, with the sword. 

Nevertheless in those days, saith the Lord. I will not make 
a full end with you. 

Jer. 5:15-18: 

Note: Ezekiel says this vast army will come against the 
land of Israel (professed people of God). Hence (as we 
show in this book). It is the kings of the east against the 
west. Russia is the land of Magog which was the grandson 
of Noah. It is an ancient nation. But even a more ancient 
Nation is to be joined to them, namely, China, Japan and 
India with others. The cause is also plainly stated by the 
prophet thus : 

And it shall come to pass when ye shall say, Wherefore 
doeth the Lord our God all these things unto us? then shalt 
thou answer them, Like as ye have forsaken me, and served 
strange gods in your land, so shall ye serve strangers in a 
land that is not yours. 

Declare this in the house of Jacob, and publish it in 
Judah, saying: 

Hear now this, O foolish people, and without understand- 
ing; which have eyes and see not, which have ears and hear 
not. 

Fear ye not me? saith the Lord: will ye not tremble at 
my presence, which have placed the sand for the bound of the 
sea by a perpetual decree, that it cannot pass it: and though 
the waves thereof toss themselves, yet can they not prevail; 
though they roar, yet can they not pass over it ? 

But this people hath a revolting and a rebellious heart? 
they are revolted and gone. 

Neither say they in their heart, Let us now fear the Lord 
our God, that giveth rain, both the former and the latter, in 
his season: he reserveth unto us the appointed weeks of the 
harvest. 



526 'Appendix. 

Your iniquities have turned away these things, and your 
sins have withholden good things from you. 

For among my people are found wicked men: they lay 
wait, as he that setteth snares ; they set a trap, they catch men. 

As a cage is full of birds, so are their houses full of deceit : 
therefore they are become great, and waxen rich. 

They are waxen fat, they shine: yea, they overpass the 
deeds of the wicked. 

Jer. 5 :i9-2i, 23-30. 

Any one who knows anything at all about the Bible, knows 
well God overthrows Nations and sets up Nations, as the result 
of their moral condition before Hinu Especially is this true 
with a professed Christian nation. 

So the cause of this is from the Lord and no arm can hinder 
it. Repentance is the only thing that saved Nineveh. It is the 
only thing that will save any nation or people. 

The late war which is now closed for a moment only to 
burst out with a greater to follow did not come causeless. To 
this day it is not defined as to the real cause which caused it. 
None but the Bible student of prophecy can understand it. 
We say it was the sin that existed in and among the professed 
people of God that caused it and it can freely say as we have 
said so many times, it was but preparatory by the weakening 
of the Nations engaged in it for the greater struggle that is 
so soon to come. This we are now trying to teach the children 
of God who are seeking for truth. Again we read from 
another prophet : 

Woe to her that is filthy and polluted, to the oppressing 
city! 

2. She obeyed not the voice ; she received not correction ; 
she trusted not in the Lord ; she drew not near to her God. 

3. Her princes within her are roaring lions; her judges 
are evening wolves; they gnaw not the bones till the 
morrow. 

4. Her prophets are light and treacherous persons: her 



Appendix. 527 

priests have polluted the sanctuary, they have done violence to 
the law. 

5. The just Lord is in the midst thereof ; he will not do 
iniquity: every morning doth he bring his judgment to light, 
he faileth not ; but the unjust knoweth no shame. 

6. I have cut off the nations: their towers are desolate; 
I made their streets waste, that none passeth by : their cities 
are destroyed, so that there is no man, that there is none 
inhabitant. 

7. I said, Surely thou wilt fear me, thou wilt receive in- 
struction; so their dwelling should not be cut off, however I 
punished them: but they rose early, and corrupted all their 
doings. 

8. Therefore wait ye upon me, saith the Lord, until the 
day that I rise up to the prey: for my determination is to 
gather the nations, that I may assemble the kingdoms, to pour 
upon them mine indignation, even all my fierce anger : for all 
the earth shall be devoured with the fire of my jealousy. 

9. For then will I turn to the people a pure language, that 
they may all call upon the name of the Lord, to serve Him with 
one consent. 

10. From beyond the rivers of Ethiopia my suppliants, 
even the daughter of my dispersed, shall bring mine offering. 

Zeph. 3:1-10. 

The above testimonies of the prophets are but a few of 
the many that could be cited. Moses of old pointed out this 
day of distress. Deut. 2nd Chapter. Christendom has sown 
to the wind, she is soon to reap the whirlwind. It is well to 
know the situation well. We then say the Bolsheviki move- 
ment bears every mark of the movement pointed out by the 
Prophets. One thing is certain. Whether the movement will 
go under the name of Bolsheviki or not, the character will be 
the same. The movement must start in Russia, the land of 
Magog. It must come out of the North country from the 
home of the prophets of old. It must come against the pro- 



528 Appendix. 

f essed people of God for their sins. All these things are abso- 
lute. To our mind the time is here as taught in the scriptures 
for the movement. The conditions of the World are just such 
that nothing short of it can ever settle the situation. The 
greed for gain is the present cause today for the high cost of 
living. It is the cause of the strike, it is the cause of so much 
murder. It is the cause of the evils of this age. No one 
receives enough to satisfy his desires. Everyone wants of 
selfishness is more than their income wrill satisfy. Conse- 
quently the farmer wants more for his grain. Though the 
price is thribbled. The laborer wants more for his labor 
though it has been increased till it is thribbled. The dealer 
says his profits must increase and so on through, till there 
is no chance for lower prices. Committees have been appointed 
and probes have been made to no end, but nothing avails. All 
are in the same boat of desire. All are alike. Lately a bank 
was robbed. The robbers were traced till there was no ques- 
tion as to whom some at least of them were, but the Police-in- 
Chief said if you wi